Read untitled text version

Your Partner in Test Generation

Imagine being able to create and access you test anywhere, at any time without installing the testing software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.

Features and Functions Test Creation Online Test Management Online Scoring and Reporting EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks. EZ Test supports the use of following question types: True or False Fill In the Blank Yes or No Numeric Response Multiple Choice Matching Check All That Apply Ranking Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type. You can create multiple versions of the same test. You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test. Automated scoring for most of EZ test's numerous questions types. How do you get it? To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives or email [email protected] Short Answer Survey Essay

a ris .mh h e .c o m

Why ARIS?

McGraw-Hill's ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a "ready-to-use, straight-out-of-the-box" system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your smart solution. Flexibility

Choose pre-built assignments or create your own custom content and assignments. Administer and share course sections with peers, adjuncts, parttimers and TAs. Integrate ARIS with third-party course management systems, including Blackboard/WebCTTM. Set Mathematical tolerance standards for accepting alternative versions of a student's correct answer. (This feature is only applicable to ARIS disciplines that utilize algorithmically generated questions, i.e., Chemistry, Physics and Engineering.) Assign problems, videos, and other learning aids as homework. Provide students with immediate feedback. Know exactly where your students stand with robust gradebook reporting. Save yourself and your students time and stress by enjoying the industry's most intuitive user interface for electronic homework. Help from our online technical support 24-hours a day, seven days a week.

Power

Ease of Use

ARIS is available for the subjects in Anatomy & Physiology Astronomy Biology Chemistry Engineering Environmental Science For More Information

Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales representatives. Visit aris.mhhe.com & click on the technical support tab.

Geography Geology Microbiology Nutrition Physics

w w w. m a t h z o n e . c o m

Why MathZone?

McGraw-Hill's MathZone is an electronic homework and course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a "ready-to-use, straight-out-of-the-box" system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, MathZone is your smart solution. Flexibility

Set Mathematical tolerance standards for flexibility in accepting alternative versions of a student's correct answer. Choose pre-built assignments or create your own custom content and assignments. Use the "Print" feature to create hard-copy versions of algorithmically generated quizzes and tests to hand out in class. Allow students to print algorithmic assignments; work the math at their own pace using pencil and paper; and enter their answers at a later date. Administer and share course sections with peers, adjuncts, parttimers and TAs. Integrate MathZone with third-party course management systems, including Blackboard/WebCTTM. Know exactly where your students stand with robust gradebook reporting and individualized, assignable assessment powered by ALEKS®. Assign problems, videos, and other learning aids as homework. Choose algorithmic problems from an entire library of McGraw-Hill titles. Save yourself and your students time and stress by enjoying the industry's most intuitive user interface for electronic homework. Help from our online technical support 24-hours a day, seven days a week.

Power

Ease of Use

MathZone is available for the subjects in Mathematics & Statistics

For More Information

Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales representatives. Visit www.mathzone.com & click on the technical support tab.

New Version

ISBN-13: 978-007-337807-7 MHID: 007-337807-0

Anatomy &Physiology | REVEALED® Version 2.0 has the following new features:

System selection menu enables easy switching between systems. Type-in "Google-like" search integrated across all body systems quickly locates information. Separate histology section contains labeled micrographs organized by system. All-new integumentary system module includes skin and fingernail dissections. Expanded skeletal system coverage offers images of individual bones, origin/insertion maps, and joint dissections. Larger viewing area maximizes structure visibility. Color-coded layer tags distinguish system-specific and reference structures. Directional labels clarify dissection views.

Over 100,000 students are using

Anatomy & Physiology | REVEALED®

and recommending it to their friends! To see why, please visit www.aprevealed.com

Anatomy &Physiology | REVEALED® Version 2.0 is a virtual cadaver dissection tool with

animations and quizzes to help students succeed in any of the following courses:

Anatomy & Physiology Human Anatomy Human Physiology Human Biology Nursing

Allied Health (Medical Assisting, Radiology Technician, Surgical Technician, Massage Therapy, Medical Billing, Medical Insurance, Medical Coding) Public Safety (Paramedic & Emergency Medical Technician)

www.blackboard.com

/

www.webct.com

course management systems

Course Management Systems like Blackboard and WebCT offer you another way to integrate digital McGraw-Hill content into your class. McGrawHill Online Learning Center content is formatted to save you hours of computer inputting.

How instructors use it

Load McGraw-Hill content into your platform and you will have a fully populated course online. You can then customize the content to match your syllabus. You will also be able to assign specific exercises, quizzes, or readings to your students. Grades are posetd automatically to let you know how students are doing as a whole, or individually. Built-in communication allows you to conduct live chats, oversee bulletin board topics, and e-mail students who might need more help than others.

How students use it

Students can visit your online course via the Internet to check the coursework you have assigned. The platform will record the students' progress through your course, which will enable you to see where they are studying most. Self-grading quizzes also indicate exactly where students need further review. The platform's communicaiton system encourages student collaboration with features such as live chat rooms, asynchronous bulletin boards, or traditional e-mail.

CONTENTS Agriculture & Forestry

Forestry Dendrology .........................................................................15 Forest Resources ...............................................................15 Mensuration Measurement .................................................16 Agriculture Agricultural Business ..........................................................16 Agricultural Economics .......................................................17 Agricultural Education.........................................................18 Animal Science ...................................................................19

Biology

Biology - Multimedia ....................................................................76 - Supplements ................................................................77 General Biology Majors - Laboratory ....................................................................73 - Textbook .......................................................................70 General Biology - Non Majors - Laboratory ....................................................................66 - Textbook .......................................................................59 General Biology Non Majors & Majors Combined - Laboratory ....................................................................69

********************

- Textbook .......................................................................68 Human Biology - Laboratory ...............................................76

Anatomy & Physiology

Anatomy & Physiology - Supplements ............................... 39 Biology of Aging ..................................................................55 Histology .............................................................................56 Human Anatomy - Lab ...............................................................................43 - Multimedia ....................................................................46 - Textbooks .....................................................................41 Human Physiology - Lab ...............................................................................50 - Multimedia ....................................................................53 - Textbooks .....................................................................48 One and Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Multimedia ....................................................................35 One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ...............................................................................25 - Textbooks .....................................................................23 Pathophysiology .................................................................56 Reproductive Biology..........................................................56 Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ...............................................................................30 - Textbooks .....................................................................27

Human Biology - Textbook..................................................75

********************

Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics

Biotechnology .....................................................................99 Developmental Biology / Embryology .................................94 General Genetics................................................................95 Human Genetics .................................................................98 Immunology ........................................................................94 Introductory Microbiology - Laboratory ............................... 86 Introductory Microbiology - Majors Text .............................. 81 Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors - Multimedia ......... 92 Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text - Allied Health Emphasis.................................................83 Microbiology Printed - Supplements ...................................92 Molecular Biology ...............................................................93 STDs / AIDS .......................................................................92 Virology...............................................................................92

********************

********************

1

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit1 1

11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

CONTENTS Nutrition

Introduction to Nutrition - Multimedia ..................................................................106 - Supplements ..............................................................106 - Textbook .....................................................................103 Nutrition and Sport............................................................109 Nutritional Assessment .....................................................109 Nutrition Through the Life Cycle - Nutrition & Human Development ................................................................108

Physics & Astronomy

College Physics ................................................................132 Conceptual Physics ..........................................................131 Electricity & Magnetism ....................................................140 Integrated Sciences ..........................................................129 Introduction to Astronomy .................................................142 Intro to Physical Science ..................................................127 Mathematical Physics .......................................................140 Medical Physics ................................................................139 Modern Physics ................................................................139 Optics ...............................................................................142 ******************** Quantum Mechanics.........................................................141 Technical Physics .............................................................137

Plants & Animals

Animal Behavior ............................................................... 116 Botany (Economic) ........................................................... 115 Botany - Non Majors - Lab Manuals ............................................................... 114 - Textbook ..................................................................... 113 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy..................................... 119 Invertebrate Biology.......................................................... 118 Mammalogy ...................................................................... 116 Marine Biology .................................................................. 117 Parasitology ...................................................................... 118 Vertebrate Biology - Laboratory .................................................................. 119 - Textbook ..................................................................... 119 Zoology - Laboratory Majors ......................................................123 - Supplements ..............................................................122 - Textbook .....................................................................120

University Physics ............................................................137

********************

Chemistry

Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic and Biochemistry) - Lab Manuals ...............................................................154 - Supplements ..............................................................155 - Textbooks ...................................................................152 Analytical Chemistry .........................................................170 Biochemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks ............................ 163 General Chemistry - Lab .............................................................................160 - Multimedia ..................................................................162 - Supplements ..............................................................159 - Textbooks ...................................................................156 Kinetics and Reaction Mechanics.....................................171 Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors)

********************

- Textbook .....................................................................149 Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks ................... 164 Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester - Lab Manuals ...............................................................166 - Multimedia ..................................................................167 - Supplements ..............................................................167 - Textbooks ...................................................................165

2

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit2 2

11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

CONTENTS Geology

Dinosaurs .........................................................................195 Earh Science ....................................................................195 Environmental Geology ....................................................197 General Geology ..............................................................198 Geomorphology ................................................................198 Hazards / Natural Disasters..............................................198 Historical Geology ............................................................199 Hydrogeology ...................................................................200 ******************** Meteorology ......................................................................200 Oceanography ..................................................................200 Paleontology .....................................................................202 Petrology ..........................................................................203 Physical Geology - Laboratory ..................................................................206 - Textbook .....................................................................203

Physical Chemistry - Lab .............................................................................169 - Supplements ..............................................................170 - Textbooks ...................................................................168 Prep/Basic Chemistry - Supplements ..............................................................152 - Textbooks ...................................................................151

Environmental Science & Ecology

Biostatistics.......................................................................180 Ecology .............................................................................179 - Laboratory ..................................................................179 Environmental Science - Introductory Texts .......................................................175 - Media..........................................................................178 Evolution ...........................................................................181 Limnology .........................................................................181

********************

********************

Geography

GIS ...................................................................................185 Human / Cultural Geography ............................................186 Intro to Geography............................................................187 Latin America ....................................................................191 Map use / Cartography .....................................................189 Meteorology ......................................................................189 Physical Geography Lab ..................................................188 US & Canada....................................................................192 World Regional Geography ..............................................190

********************

3

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit3 3

11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

CONTENTS Allied Health

Allied Health Advanced First Aid............................................................ 211 Blood and Airborne Pathogens ......................................... 211 BLS/CPR for the Professional Rescuer ............................ 211 Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting .............. 212 Computers in the Medical Office ......................................212 CPR and AED ...................................................................213 EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology.............................................214 Electronic Medical Records ..............................................216 First Aid.............................................................................217 Massage Therapy .............................................................217 Math for Health Professions .............................................220 Medical Assisting - Administrative and Clinical ................. 220 Medical Billing and Coding ...............................................226 Medical Insurance ............................................................227 Medical Law & Ethics .......................................................229 Medical Office Procedures ...............................................229 Medical Terminology .........................................................229 Nurse Assisting / Long Term Care ....................................234 Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED ...........................................234 Pharmacology for Health Professions ..............................235 Phlebotomy.......................................................................236 ********************

Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles .............................................................245

Indexes

Author Indexes ................................................................ 260 Title Indexes .................................................................... 249

********************

Fire & Emergency Services

Emergency Medical Services ACLS/Advanced Cardiac Life Support .............................243 EMT Paramedic ................................................................240 First Responder ................................................................240 Homeland Security ...........................................................239

Firefighting ......................................................................244

********************

4

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit4 4

11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

NEW TITLES

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

2008

Farm Management, 6e

Author

Kay

ISBN-13

9780073028293

MHID

0073028290

Page

16, 17, 18

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

2009

Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD Fundamentals of Human Physiology Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Lab Manual to accompany Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Medical College of Ohio 9780073378039 Shier Stone Tate Wise 9780077221355 9780073049687 9780077226480 9780077216900 0073378038 0077221354 0073049689 0077226488 0077216903 35, 46, 53 23 39 27 30 Martin 9780072965674 0072965673 25 Fox Lutterschmidt 9780077226350 9780077229733 0077226356 0077229738 48 50 Broyles 9780073378145 0073378143 25, 30, 39, 43,51

2008

Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy by McKinley Human Physiology, 10e Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Applications, 12e Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 3e Mader's Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Human Anatomy, 2e Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD Human Anatomy, 2e Anatomy & Physiology, 8e Longenbaker McKinley 9780073288864 9780077213404 0073288861 0077213408 0073378070 0073293695 0073293687 23 41 36, 47, 53 42 28 Grine 9780073051284 0073051284 44 Fox Fox 9780073312934 9780073347240 0073312932 0073347248 49 52 Broyles Eckel 9780073403540 9780072863130 0073403547 0072863137 51 44

Medical College of Ohio 9780073378077 Saladin Seeley 9780073293691 9780073293684

5

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit5 5

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

NEW TITLES

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

2008

PH.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 8e

Author

Stephens Widmaier

ISBN-13

9780073349336 9780077216092

MHID

007334933X 0077216091

Page

36, 54 49

Wise Wise

9780073347202 9780073347257

0073347205 0073347256

45 31

BIOLOGY

2009

Concepts in Biology, 13e Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Biology: Concepts and Investigations Concepts of Biology Enger Enger Hoefnagels Mader 9780077229962 9780073377926 9780073342528 9780077229979 0077229967 0073377929 0073342521 0077229975 59 66 59 60

2008

Biology Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Essentials of the Living World, 2e The Living World, 5e Human Biology, 10e Inquiry into Life, 12e Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 12e Biology: Dimensions of Life Biology, 8e Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Brooker Dolphin Johnson Johnson Mader Mader Mader Mader Presson Raven Vodopich 9780073268071 9780072992878 9780073309354 9780073256535 9780072986860 9780073309330 9780072986907 9780072986822 9780073227368 9780073227399 9780072995220 0073268070 0072992875 0073309354 0073256536 0072986867 0073309338 0072986905 0072986824 0073227366 0073227390 007299522X 70 73 62 62 75 63 76 66 64 72 74

6

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit6 6

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

NEW TITLES

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

2009

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Introduction to Genetics Human Genetics, 8e AIDS Update 2008, 2e Prescott's Principles of Microbiology

Author

Brooker Brown

ISBN-13

9780077229726 9780073522555

MHID

007722972X 0073522554

Page

95 86

Brown

9780073522548

0073522546

87

Cowan Hyde Lewis Stine Willey

9780077224776 9780073224817 9780077221270 9780073375281 9780077213411

0077224779 0073224812 0077221273 0073375284 0077213416

83 96 98 92 81

2008

Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e Laboratory Manual and Workbook in MIcrobiology: Applications to Patient Care, 9e Foundations in Microbiology, 6e Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e Molecular Biology, 4e Prescott/Harley/Klein's Microbiology, 7e Talaro Talaro Weaver Willey 9780073305400 9780073309477 9780073319940 9780073302089 0073305405 0073309478 0073319945 0073302082 84 85 93 82 Harley Hartwell Morello 9780072992939 9780073227382 9780072995756 007299293X 0073227382 0072995750 88 96 89

NUTRITION

2009

NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card Nutrition for Healthy Living Contemporary Nutrition, 7e Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach ESHA Research ESHA Research Schiff Wardlaw Wardlaw 9780073328652 9780073375526 9780077224851 9780077211660 9780077227784 0073328650 0073375527 007722485X 0077211669 0077227786 106 107 103 104 105

7

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit7 7

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

NEW TITLES

PLANTS & ANIMALS

2009

Marine Biology, 7e Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Plants and Society, 5e

Author

Castro Hickman Levetin

ISBN-13

9780077221249 9780077221263 9780077221256

MHID

0077221249 0077221265 0077221257

Page

117 120 115

2008

Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Hickman Stern Stern 9780072970050 9780073314211 9780072830682 0072970057 0073314218 0072830689 123 113 114

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

2008

Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, with Starry Night Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 5e Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, with Starry Night Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 5e Physics The Physical Universe, 12e Integrated Science, 4e Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e Giambattista Krauskopf Tillery Tillery 9780073327501 9780073312750 9780073404486 9780073357386 0073327506 0073312754 0073404489 0073357383 132 127 129 130 Fix 9780073347219 0073347213 143 Arny 9780073347226 0073347221 142

8

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit8 8

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

NEW TITLES

CHEMISTRY

2009

Chemistry in Context, 6e Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e Chemistry Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e University Chemistry Physical Chemistry, 6e Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e

Author

American Chem. Soc. American Chem. Soc.

ISBN-13

9780077221348 9780073048772

MHID

0077221346 0073048771

Page

149 149

Burdge Cooper Denniston Garland Laird Levine Silberberg

9780077221324 9780073050232 9780077221416 9780072828429 9780077221331 9780072538625 9780077216504

007722132X 0073050237 0077221419 0072828420 0077221338 0072538627 0077216504

156 160 152 169 156 168 157

2008

Organic Chemistry, 7e General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry A Laboratory for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Organic Chemistry,2e Aris for General Chemistry Access Card Carey Chang Denniston Henrickson Smith WCB/McGraw-Hill 9780073311845 9780073311852 9780073311838 9780073226835 9780073327495 9780073375601 0073311847 0073311855 0073311839 0073226831 0073327492 0073375608 165 157 153 154 166 167

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

2008

Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e Environmental Science Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e Cunningham Cunningham Enger Kardong Kaufmann Molles 9780077221225 9780073304465 9780073304472 9780073050775 9780073311869 9780073309767 0077221222 0073304468 0073304476 0073050776 0073311863 0073309761 175 176 177 181 178 179

9

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit9 9

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

NEW TITLES

GEOGRAPHY

2009

Physical Geography Laboratory Manual

Author

Lemke

ISBN-13

9780072873641

MHID

0072873647

Page

188

2008

Essentials of World Regional Geography Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e Human Geography, 10e Introduction to Geography, 11e Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e Bradshaw Chang Fellman Getis Price 9780073359380 9780073312798 9780077216047 9780073256498 9780073312804 0073359386 0073312797 0077216040 0073256498 0073312800 190 185 186 187 185

GEOLOGY

2008

Natural Disasters, 6e Physical Geology, 7e Exploring the World Ocean Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e (Revised) Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences Environmental Geology, 8e Physical Geology, 12e Exploring Geology Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e Abbott Carlson Chamberlin Jones Levin McConnell Montgomery Plummer Reynolds Sverdrup 9780073292328 9780073256481 9780073312767 9780077218942 9780073050720 9780073256504 9780077216054 9780077216061 9780073256511 9780073254838 007329232X 007325648X 0073312762 0077218949 0073050725 0073256501 0077216059 0077216067 007325651X 0073254835 198 203 200 206 199 195 197 204 205 201

10

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit10 10

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

NEW TITLES

ALLIED HEALTH

2009

Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Heatlh, 2e Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies with Student CD-ROMS, 3e Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures (without A&P Chapters), 3e Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Electronic Health Records Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Exams with Student CD, 3e HIPAA for Allied Health Careers Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e The Complete Diagnosis Coding Book Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques

Author

ISBN-13

9780073261270 9780073373959 9780073259871 9780073259888

MHID

0073261270 0073373958 007325987X 0073259888

Page

220 221 222 223

Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e Booth Booth Booth Booth

Booth

9780073373997

0073373990

224

Booth Hamilton Moini

9780073309774 9780073374000 9780073309798

007330977X 0073374008 0073309796

236 216 212

Newby NSC Safian Shade Watson

9780073374123 9780073382883 9780073373942 9780073519760 9780073510958

0073374121 0073382884 007337394X 0073519766 0073510955

227 211 226 215 217

2008

Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM with Student CD-ROM Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student CD, 2e Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/ Flashcards/Online Learning Center McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health Administering Medications, 6e From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office with Student Data CD, 5e Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e Newby 9780073522050 0073522058 228 Dumith Gauwitz Newby 9780073510965 9780073520858 9780073254791 0073510963 0073520853 0073254797 231 235 227 Bostwick 9780073335056 0073335053 230 Booth 9780073281124 0073281123 225 Booth 9780073302096 0073302090 214 Allan Abbott 9780073272948 9780077227777 0073272949 0077227778 229 218

11

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit11 11

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

NEW TITLES

ALLIED HEALTH

2008

CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Student CD-ROM Praciticing ECGs Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e Medical Terminology Word Builder and Communications Workbook with Flashcards

Author

NSC NSC Saeger

ISBN-13

9780073513645 9780073297019 9780073025827

MHID

0073513644 0073297011 0073025828

Page

213 234 219

Shade Schull Thierer

9780073314181 9780071548779 9780073315447

0073314188 0071548777 0073315443

215 235 232

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

2009

The Paramedic The Paramedic Workbook with Student CD Chapleau Hsieh 9780073520711 9780073205328 0073520713 007320532X 240 241

2008

Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Professionals with Student CD Campbell Delve Productions McKenna Palin 9780073044378 9780073220697 9780073019710 9780073317748 0073044377 0073220698 0073019712 0073317748 239, 242 243 243 239

12

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit12 12

11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

FORESTRY Dendrology .........................................................................................................15 Forest Resources ...............................................................................................15 Mensuration Measurement .................................................................................16

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

AGRICULTURE Agricultural Business ..........................................................................................16 Agricultural Economics .......................................................................................17 Agricultural Education.........................................................................................18 Animal Science ...................................................................................................19

13

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)13 13

11/13/2007 2:14:08 PM

NEW TITLES

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

2008

Farm Management, 6e

Author

Kay

ISBN-13

9780073028293

MHID

0073028290

Page

16, 17, 18

14

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)14 14

11/13/2007 2:14:08 PM

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

Forestry

INTRODUCTION TO FOREST AND RENEWABLE RESOURCES 7th Edition

By Grant Sharpe, University of Washington, Clare Hendee, Formerly University of Maryl, Wenonah Sharpe, Washington Chapter of Federal Women in Timber and John Hendee, University of Idaho 2003 / 640 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366172-8 / MHID: 0-07-366172-4

Dendrology

HARLOW AND HARRAR'S TEXTBOOK OF DENDROLOGY 9th Edition

By James Hardin, North Carolina State University-Raleigh, Donald Leopold, State University of New York at Syracuse and Fred White, Chief Forester with the Forester Group 2001 / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366171-1 / MHID: 0-07-366171-6 CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Classification Chapter 3 Nomenclature Chapter 4 Identification Chapter 5 Variation Chapter 6 Habitat, Range, and Communities Chapter 7 Vegetative and Reproductive Morphology Chapter 8 Pinophyta (Gymnosperms) Chapter 9 Magnoliophyta (Angiosperms) Chapter 10 Dendrochronology Chapter 11 After Dendrology, What? Glossary References Index

http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/

CONTENTS Part 1 Economic Scope, Organization, and Problems of Agriculture Chapter 1 Economics of Resources, Agriculture, and Food Part 2 Microeconomic Concepts Chapter 2 Economics of Demand Chapter 3 Production Functions and Product Curves Chapter 4 Costs, Returns, ans Profit Maximization Part 3 Markets Chapter 5 Theory of Markets Chapter 6 Multiple Inputs and Outputs Chapter 7 Forms of Market Competition Chapter 8 International Trade Chapter 9 Agribusinesses Organization, Management, and Finance Chapter 10 Economic Performance of Agribusiness Part 4 Macroeconomic Relationships Chapter 11 Introduction to Macroeconomics Chapter 12 Gross Domestic Product and Fiscal Policy Chapter 13 Gross Domestic Product and Monetary Policy Chapter 14 Gross Domestic Product, International Transactions, and Macroeconomic Policy Part 5 Public Policy and Agriculture Chapter 15 Resource and Environmental Management Chapter 16 Agriculture and Development Chapter 17 Agricultural Price and Income Policy Chapter 18 Putting It All Together: The Economic System

Forest Resources

International Edition

GIS APPLICATIONS IN FORESTRY AND NATURAL RESOURCES

By Pete Bettinger, Oregon State University 2004 / 256 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256242-2 / MHID: 0-07-256242-0 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121590-9 / MHID: 0-07-121590-5 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci

CONTENTS 1 GIS Data Structures 2 GIS Databases 3 MapsTablesSpatial Analyses 4 Forest Thinning Opportunities 5 Delineating Variable Width Riparian Areas 6 Buffer Owl Nest Sites 7 Forest Fertilization Plan 8 Forest Pruning Plan 9 Recreation Opportunity Spectrum 10 Land Classification 11 Integration of GIS and Forest Inventories 12 Soil Loss Potential 13 Tactical Issues with Forest Harvest Schedule

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

15

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)15 15

11/13/2007 2:14:08 PM

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

Mensuration Measurement

FOREST MEASUREMENTS 5th Edition

By Thomas Eugene Avery and Harold Burkhart 2002 / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366176-6 / MHID: 0-07-366176-7

Agriculture

Agricultural Business

http://www.mhhe.com/catalogs/sem/agriculture/burkhart.mhtml

CONTENTS Preface 1. Introduction 2. Statistical Methods 3. Sampling Designs 4. Land Measurements. 5. Cubic Volume, Cord Meaure, and Weight Scaling 6. Log Rules, Scaling Practices, and Specialty Wood Products 7. Measuring Standing Trees 8. Volumes and Weights of Standing Trees 9. Forest Inventory 10. Inventories with Sample Strips or Plots 11. Inventories with Point Samples 12. Inventories with 3P Sampling 13. Using Aerial Photographs 14. Geographic Information Systems 15. Site, Stocking, and Stand Density 16. Tree--Growth and Stand-Table Projection 17. Growth and Yield Models 18. Assessing Rangeland, Wildlife, Water and Recreational Resources Answers to Selected Problems Glossary

NEW

International Edition

FARM MANAGEMENT 6th Edition

By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University

2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302829-3 / MHID: 0-07-302829-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125953-8 / MHID: 0-07-125953-8 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/kay6

This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management, typically taken by a junior/senior level student. It was designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a farm business. The sixth edition provides students with the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. FEATURES Chapter 1 on "Farm Management in the 21st Century" responds to changes coming in the farm business that, "will require a new type of manager..able to absorb, organize, and use large amounts of information, particularly that related to new technologies." This gets students thinking about farm management practices in a way that will allow them to compete in the future. "Chapter Objectives", "Chapter Summaries", as well as "Questions for review" are helpful learning tools for students. Terminology and Guidelines in Part 2, (the accounting section), are based on standards maintained by the Farm Financial Standards Council. More emphasis on Strategic Planning in chapter 1

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

As with the previous edition, this book is divided into five parts. Part One begins with the chapter "Farm Management in the Twentyfirst Century". It describes some of the forces and technology, which are driving the changes we see in agriculture. We hope that by reading this chapter students will find both an incentive to study farm management and an appreciation for the management skills modern farm managers must have or acquire. Part One concludes with an explanation of the concept of management and the decision-making process with an increased emphasis on the importance of strategic decision-making. Part Two presents the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. It discusses how to collect and organize accounting data and how to construct and analyze balance sheets and income statements. In response to several suggestions, income tax depreciation (MACRS) has been added to the chapter on depreciation methods and asset valuation.

16

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)16 16

11/13/2007 2:14:09 PM

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

As in the fifth edition, Part Three contains three chapters on basic microeconomic principles and four on budgeting and planning tools. The topics in this part provide the basic tools needed to make good management decisions. Students will learn how and when economic principles can be used in management decision-making along with the importance of the different types of economic costs. The discussion of economies of size has been revised and expanded. Practical use of budgeting is emphasized in the chapters on enterprise, partial, whole farm, and cash flow budgets. An expanded discussion on using sensitivity analysis with partial budgets has been added and linear programming is covered in more detail than in previous editions. Topics necessary to increase a manager's decision-making skills are included in Part Four. Farm business organization, analyzing investments, managing risk, income tax management, and whole farm business analysis are discussed. The chapter on income tax management has been updated with the latest changes available. Data from an actual farm is now used to demonstrate the analysis process in the chapter on whole farm business analysis. The chapter on investment analysis includes a new discussion of the concepts of annual equivalent and capital recovery values. Part Five discusses the management alternatives and decisions related to acquiring the resources needed on farms and ranches. This part includes chapters on capital and credit, land, human resources, and machinery. The human resource chapter includes new sections on improving managerial capacity and bridging the cultural barriers that may be encountered in managing agricultural labor. CONTENTS 1 Management 1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century 2 Management 2 Measuring Management Performance 3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information 4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation 5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis 6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis 3 Developing Basic Management Skills 7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels 8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations 9 Cost Concepts in Economics 10 Enterprise Budgeting 11 Partial Budgeting 12 Whole-Farm Planning 13 Cash Flow Budgeting 4 Improving Management Skills 14 Forms of Farm Business Organization 15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty 16 Managing Income Taxes 17 Investment Analysis 18 Farm Business Analysis 5 Acquiring Resources for Management 19 Capital and the Use of Credit 20 Land--Control and Use 21 Human Resource Management 22 Machinery Management Appendix

Agricultural Economics

NEW

International Edition

FARM MANAGEMENT 6th Edition

By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University

2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302829-3 / MHID: 0-07-302829-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125953-8 / MHID: 0-07-125953-8 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/kay6

This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management, typically taken by a junior/senior level student. It was designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a farm business. The sixth edition provides students with the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. FEATURES Chapter 1 on "Farm Management in the 21st Century" responds to changes coming in the farm business that, "will require a new type of manager..able to absorb, organize, and use large amounts of information, particularly that related to new technologies." This gets students thinking about farm management practices in a way that will allow them to compete in the future. "Chapter Objectives", "Chapter Summaries", as well as "Questions for review" are helpful learning tools for students. Terminology and Guidelines in Part 2, (the accounting section), are based on standards maintained by the Farm Financial Standards Council. More emphasis on Strategic Planning in chapter 1 As with the previous edition, this book is divided into five parts. Part One begins with the chapter "Farm Management in the Twentyfirst Century". It describes some of the forces and technology, which are driving the changes we see in agriculture. We hope that by reading this chapter students will find both an incentive to study farm management and an appreciation for the management skills modern farm managers must have or acquire. Part One concludes with an explanation of the concept of management and the decision-making process with an increased emphasis on the importance of strategic decision-making. Part Two presents the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. It discusses how to collect and organize accounting data and how to construct and analyze balance sheets and income statements. In response to several suggestions, income tax depreciation (MACRS) has been added to the chapter on depreciation methods and asset valuation. As in the fifth edition, Part Three contains three chapters on basic microeconomic principles and four on budgeting and planning tools. The topics in this part provide the basic tools needed to make good management decisions. Students will learn how and when economic

17

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)17 17

11/13/2007 2:14:09 PM

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

principles can be used in management decision-making along with the importance of the different types of economic costs. The discussion of economies of size has been revised and expanded. Practical use of budgeting is emphasized in the chapters on enterprise, partial, whole farm, and cash flow budgets. An expanded discussion on using sensitivity analysis with partial budgets has been added and linear programming is covered in more detail than in previous editions. Topics necessary to increase a manager's decision-making skills are included in Part Four. Farm business organization, analyzing investments, managing risk, income tax management, and whole farm business analysis are discussed. The chapter on income tax management has been updated with the latest changes available. Data from an actual farm is now used to demonstrate the analysis process in the chapter on whole farm business analysis. The chapter on investment analysis includes a new discussion of the concepts of annual equivalent and capital recovery values. Part Five discusses the management alternatives and decisions related to acquiring the resources needed on farms and ranches. This part includes chapters on capital and credit, land, human resources, and machinery. The human resource chapter includes new sections on improving managerial capacity and bridging the cultural barriers that may be encountered in managing agricultural labor. CONTENTS 1 Management 1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century 2 Management 2 Measuring Management Performance 3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information 4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation 5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis 6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis 3 Developing Basic Management Skills 7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels 8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations 9 Cost Concepts in Economics 10 Enterprise Budgeting 11 Partial Budgeting 12 Whole-Farm Planning 13 Cash Flow Budgeting 4 Improving Management Skills 14 Forms of Farm Business Organization 15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty 16 Managing Income Taxes 17 Investment Analysis 18 Farm Business Analysis 5 Acquiring Resources for Management 19 Capital and the Use of Credit 20 Land--Control and Use 21 Human Resource Management 22 Machinery Management Appendix

Agricultural Education

NEW

International Edition

FARM MANAGEMENT 6th Edition

By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University

2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302829-3 / MHID: 0-07-302829-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125953-8 / MHID: 0-07-125953-8 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/kay6

This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management, typically taken by a junior/senior level student. It was designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a farm business. The sixth edition provides students with the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. FEATURES Chapter 1 on "Farm Management in the 21st Century" responds to changes coming in the farm business that, "will require a new type of manager..able to absorb, organize, and use large amounts of information, particularly that related to new technologies." This gets students thinking about farm management practices in a way that will allow them to compete in the future. "Chapter Objectives", "Chapter Summaries", as well as "Questions for review" are helpful learning tools for students. Terminology and Guidelines in Part 2, (the accounting section), are based on standards maintained by the Farm Financial Standards Council. More emphasis on Strategic Planning in chapter 1 As with the previous edition, this book is divided into five parts. Part One begins with the chapter "Farm Management in the Twentyfirst Century". It describes some of the forces and technology, which are driving the changes we see in agriculture. We hope that by reading this chapter students will find both an incentive to study farm management and an appreciation for the management skills modern farm managers must have or acquire. Part One concludes with an explanation of the concept of management and the decision-making process with an increased emphasis on the importance of strategic decision-making. Part Two presents the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. It discusses how to collect and organize accounting data and how to construct and analyze balance sheets and income statements. In response to several suggestions, income tax depreciation (MACRS) has been added to the chapter on depreciation methods and asset valuation. As in the fifth edition, Part Three contains three chapters on basic microeconomic principles and four on budgeting and planning tools. The topics in this part provide the basic tools needed to make good management decisions. Students will learn how and when economic principles can be used in management decision-making along with

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

18

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)18 18

11/13/2007 2:14:09 PM

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

the importance of the different types of economic costs. The discussion of economies of size has been revised and expanded. Practical use of budgeting is emphasized in the chapters on enterprise, partial, whole farm, and cash flow budgets. An expanded discussion on using sensitivity analysis with partial budgets has been added and linear programming is covered in more detail than in previous editions. Topics necessary to increase a manager's decision-making skills are included in Part Four. Farm business organization, analyzing investments, managing risk, income tax management, and whole farm business analysis are discussed. The chapter on income tax management has been updated with the latest changes available. Data from an actual farm is now used to demonstrate the analysis process in the chapter on whole farm business analysis. The chapter on investment analysis includes a new discussion of the concepts of annual equivalent and capital recovery values. Part Five discusses the management alternatives and decisions related to acquiring the resources needed on farms and ranches. This part includes chapters on capital and credit, land, human resources, and machinery. The human resource chapter includes new sections on improving managerial capacity and bridging the cultural barriers that may be encountered in managing agricultural labor. CONTENTS 1 Management 1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century 2 Management 2 Measuring Management Performance 3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information 4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation 5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis 6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis 3 Developing Basic Management Skills 7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels 8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations 9 Cost Concepts in Economics 10 Enterprise Budgeting 11 Partial Budgeting 12 Whole-Farm Planning 13 Cash Flow Budgeting 4 Improving Management Skills 14 Forms of Farm Business Organization 15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty 16 Managing Income Taxes 17 Investment Analysis 18 Farm Business Analysis 5 Acquiring Resources for Management 19 Capital and the Use of Credit 20 Land--Control and Use 21 Human Resource Management 22 Machinery Management Appendix

Animal Science

International Edition

ANIMAL SCIENCES The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4th Edition

By John R. Campbell, Oklahoma State U--Oklahoma City, M. Douglas Kenealy, Iowa State University and Karen L. Campbell, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign 2003 / 528 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366175-9 / MHID: 0-07-366175-9 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121732-3 / MHID: 0-07-121732-0 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/campbell

CONTENTS 1 Animal Agriculture 2 Breeds and Life Cycles of Livestock and Poultry 3 Animal Products 4 Companion Animals 5 Horses 6 Aquaculture 7 State of Being of Domestic Animals 8 Fundamental Principles of Genetics 9 Principles of Selecting and Mating Farm Animals 10 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals 11 The Application of Endocrinology to Selected Animals and Humans 12 The Physiology of Growth and Senescence 13 Anatomy and Physiology of Reproduction and Related Technologies in Farm Mammals 14 Artificial Insemination 15 Physiology of Lactation 16 Physiology of Egg Laying 17 Ecology and Environmental Physiology 18 Principles of Nutrition: Plant and Animal Composition 19 The Physiology of Digestion in Nutrition 20 The Nutritional Application of Vitamins to Human and Animal Health 21 The Nutritional Contributions of Minerals to Humans and Animals 22 Animal Disease and the Health of Humans 23 Selected Insects and Parasites of Significance to Humans and Animals 24 Ethology and Animal Behavior Appendix A: Common Terms or Names Applied to Selected Farm Animals Appendix B: Convenient Conversion Data Appendix C: Tables of Weights and Measures Appendix D: Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations in the United States and Its Territories Appendix E: Alphabetical List of Elements and Symbols

19

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)19 19

11/13/2007 2:14:09 PM

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

20

HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)20 20

11/13/2007 2:14:09 PM

Anatomy & Physiology - Supplements ...............................................................39 Biology of Aging..................................................................................................55 Histology.............................................................................................................56 Human Anatomy - Lab ...............................................................................................................43 - Multimedia ....................................................................................................46 - Textbooks .....................................................................................................41 Human Physiology - Lab ...............................................................................................................50 - Multimedia ....................................................................................................53 - Textbooks .....................................................................................................48 One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology Multimedia ................................35 One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ...............................................................................................................25 - Textbooks .....................................................................................................23 Pathophysiology .................................................................................................56 Reproductive Biology..........................................................................................56 Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ...............................................................................................................30 - Textbooks .....................................................................................................27

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

21

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i21 21

11/13/2007 2:15:28 PM

NEW TITLES

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

2009

Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD Fundamentals of Human Physiology Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Lab Manual to accompany Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology

Author

Broyles

ISBN-13

9780073378145

MHID

0073378143

Page

25, 30, 39, 43,51

Fox Lutterschmidt

9780077226350 9780077229733

0077226356 0077229738

48 50

Martin

9780072965674

0072965673

25

Medical College of Ohio 9780073378039 Shier Stone Tate Wise 9780077221355 9780073049687 9780077226480 9780077216900

0073378038 0077221354 0073049689 0077226488 0077216903

35, 46, 53 23 39 27 30

2008

Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy by McKinley Human Physiology, 10e Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Applications, 12e Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 3e Mader's Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Human Anatomy, 2e Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD Human Anatomy, 2e Anatomy & Physiology, 8e PH.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 8e Wise Wise 9780073347202 9780073347257 0073347205 0073347256 45 31 Longenbaker McKinley 9780073288864 9780077213404 0073288861 0077213408 0073378070 0073293695 0073293687 007334933X 0077216091 23 41 36, 47, 53 42 28 36, 54 49 Grine 9780073051284 0073051284 44 Fox Fox 9780073312934 9780073347240 0073312932 0073347248 49 52 Broyles Eckel 9780073403540 9780072863130 0073403547 0072863137 51 44

Medical College of Ohio 9780073378077 Saladin Seeley Stephens Widmaier 9780073293691 9780073293684 9780073349336 9780077216092

22

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i22 22

11/13/2007 2:15:28 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks

CONTENTS Unit 1 Levels of Organization 1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cells 4 Cellular Metabolism 5 Tissues Unit 2 Support and Movement 6 Integumentary System 7 Skeletal System 8 Muscular System Unit 3 Integration and Coordination 9 Nervous System 10 The Senses 11 Endocrine System Unit 4 Transport 12 Blood 13 Cardiovascular System 14 Lymphatic System and Immunity Unit 5 Absorption and Excretion 15 Digestion and Nutrition 16 Respiratory System 17 Urinary System 18 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance Unit 6 The Human Life Cycle 19 Reproductive Systems 20 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development

NEW

International Edition

HOLE'S ESSENTIALS OF HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 10th Edition

By David N. Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie l. Butler, Grayson County College and Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, "The Scientist" 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722135-5 / MHID: 0-07-722135-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128352-6 / MHID: 0-07-128352-8 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/shieress10

Designed for the one-semester anatomy and physiology course, Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology assumes no prior science knowledge and supports core topics with clinical applications, making difficult concepts relevant to students pursuing careers in the allied health field. The unparalleled teaching system is highly effective in providing students with a solid understanding of the important concepts in anatomy and physiology. NEW TO THIS EDITION An Outcomes and Assessments format has been incorporated throughout the text. The chapter starts with a list of outcomes for instructors and students. Outcomes and then directly tied to assessments found at the end of the chapter. A new section called "Foundations for Success" has been added to the beginning of the text. This section was specifically designed to help students LEARN how to study at the collegiate level and efficiently use the tools available to them. McGraw-Hill's ARIS for "Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology" is a complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Free on adoption of "Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology", instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions and algorithms [if applicable], import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easyto-assign algorithmically generated [if applicable] homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR)! This multimedia tool is designed to help students learn and review using a virtual human cadaver! Detailed cadaver photos layered upon one another provide an interactive dissection experience! Anatomy & Physiology Revealed includes 4 major areas: dissections, animations, imaging, anatomy terms and an incredible self testing program. All sections combine to make study time efficient and lectures unforgettable. APR Correlation Guide to assist instructors by giving them information specific to this text.

NEW

International Edition

MADER'S UNDERSTANDING HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 6th Edition

By Susannah Longenbaker, Columbus State Community College 2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-328886-4 / MHID: 0-07-328886-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110208-7 / MHID: 0-07-110208-6 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

Renowned for her effective learning systems, respected author Sylvia Mader has helped thousands of entry-level students understand and enjoy the principles of human anatomy and physiology. Now, Susannah Longenbaker is building on Dr. Mader's format and engaging writing style while adding her own personal touch to this successful title. The writing is still clear, direct and user-friendly, but is now enriched with new clinical information, terminology and classroom-tested features such as "Focus on Forensics" readings and in-text "Content Check-Up" questions. Drawing on over twenty years of teaching experience, Sue Longenbaker writes for the next generation of students that will learn anatomy and physiology from this classic textbook. NEW TO THIS EDITION Logical, accessible writing style (without being overly "chatty") for the one-semester course that includes lots of relevant examples, artwork and analogies. Excellent pedagogy written to capture the interest of the student and expand upon the Chapter concepts. Examples include; Focus

23

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i23 23

11/13/2007 2:15:28 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

on Forensics, Medical Focus, Visual Focus and What's New boxed readings. Direct Application to Careers in Health-Related Fields. Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR)--This text has the opportunity to be packaged with the most unique and popular student tutorial CD in the anatomy & physiology market today. CONTENTS Part I Human Organization 1 Organization of the Body 2 Chemistry of Life 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Body Tissues and Membranes Part II Support and Movement 5 The Integumentary System 6 The Skeletal System 7 The Muscular System Part III Integration and Coordination 8 The Nervous System 9 The Sensory System 10 The Endocrine System Part IV Maintenance of the Body 11 Blood 12 The Circulatory System 13 The Lymphatic System and Body Defense 14 The Respiratory System 15 The Digestive System 16 The Urinary System and Excretion Part V Reproduction and Development 17 The Reproductive System 18 Human Development and Birth 19 Human Genetics Appendix A Reference Figures: The Human Organism Appendix B Understanding Medical Terminology 10 Endocrine System 11 Blood 12 Heart 13 Blood Vessels and Circulation 14 Lymphatic System and Immunity 15 Respiratory System 16 Digestive System 17 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature Regulation 18 Urinary System and Fluid Balance 19 Reproductive System 20 Development, Heredity, and Aging Appendixes A Table of Measurements B Some Reference Laboratory Values C Solution Concentrations D Answers to Critical Thinking Questions

International Edition

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY WITH INTEGRATED STUDY GUIDE 3rd Edition

By Stanley E. Gunstream, Emeritus, Pasadena City College 2006 (Jan 2005) / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235111-8 / MHID: 0-07-235111-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111703-6 / MHID: 0-07-111703-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/gunstream3

Designed for an introductory, one-semester course, the scope, organization, writing style, depth of presentation, and pedagogical aspects of this text have been tailored to meet the needs of students preparing for a career in allied health. This text does not assume any prior science knowledge on the part of the student and effectively presents students with the fundamentals of anatomy and physiology. It's the only one-semester text available with a built-in study guide/workbook. CONTENTS

International Edition

ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 6th Edition

By Rod R Seeley and Trent D Stephens of Idaho State University and Philip Tate, Phoenix College 2007 (March 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322805-1 / MHID: 0-07-322805-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110805-8 / MHID: 0-07-110805-X [IE] Part 1 Organization of the Body 1 Introduction to the Human Body 2 Chemical Aspects of Life 3 The Cell 4 Tissues and Membranes Part 2 Covering, Support, and Movement of the Body 5 The Integumentary System 6 The Skeletal System 7 The Muscular System Part 3 Integration and Control 8 The Nervous System 9 The Senses 10 The Endocrine System Part 4 Maintenance of the Body 11 Blood 12 Heart and Blood Vessels 13 The Lymphatic System and Defenses Against Disease 14 The Respiratory System 15 The Digestive System 16 Urinary System Part 5 Reproduction 17 The Reproductive Systems 18 Pregnancy, Prenatal Development, and Genetics Part 6 Study Guides Appendix A Keys to Medical Terminology Appendix B Answers to Check Your Understanding Questions

http://www.mhhe.com/seeleyess6

Designed for the one-semester course, Seeley/Stephens/Tate's Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology is written to allow instructors the ability to accomplish one overall goal: to teach the basics of A&P while fostering the skill of problem solving. Through learning how to solve problems and think critically, students learn A&P based on two themes: the relationship between structure and function, and homeostasis. CONTENTS 1 Human Organism 2 Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cell Structures and Their Functions 4 Tissues, Glands, and Membranes 5 Integumentary System 6 Skeletal System: Bones and Joints 7 Muscular System 8 Nervous System 9 Senses

24

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i24 24

11/13/2007 2:15:28 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY HOLE'S ESSENTIALS OF HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 10th Edition

NEW

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD

By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

By Terry R. Martin, Kishwaukee College 2009 (February 2008) / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-296567-4 / MHID: 0-07-296567-3 This full-color manual is designed for students with minimal backgrounds in science who are pursuing careers in allied health fields. Designed to support the tenth edition of Hole's Essentials of Human A&P by Shier, Butler, and Lewis, this manual contains 49 laboratory exercises and reports, which are integrated closely to the textbook. Exercises are planned to illustrate and review the anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in the text and to help students investigate some of these ideas in greater detail. NEW TO THIS EDITION To meet the request of many professors, a NEW Genetics lab has been added. CONTENTS Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 19 Skeletal Muscle Structure 20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck 21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22 Muscles of the Abdominal Wall and Pelvic Outlet 23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb 24 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26 Spinal Cord and Meninges 27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28 Brain and Cranial Nerves 29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain Special Senses 30 Ear and Hearing 31 Eye Structure

2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. NEW TO THIS EDITION A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, corresponding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2. A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, Version 2. New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2. New content on insertions and origins has been included in The Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version 2. More coloring exercises on structure are included in the workbook. All changes to the interface of version two of APR have consequently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the workbook. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System

25

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i25 25

11/13/2007 2:15:29 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

32 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 33 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System* 34 Blood Cells and Blood Typing 35 Heart Structure 36 Cardiac Cycle 37 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 38 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Lymphatic System 39 Lymphatic System Digestive System 40 Digestive Organs 41 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Respiratory System 42 Respiratory Organs 43 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes and Capacities Urinary System 44 Kidney Structure 45 Urinalysis Reproductive System 46 Male Reproductive System 47 Female Reproductive System 48 Genetics *Supplemental Laboratory Exercise 49 Blood Testing--A Demonstration (this lab is available on the Shier text website at aris.mhhe.com) Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports Exercise 20, The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the Narco Bio-Systems Physiograph Exercise 21, The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the Intelitool Physiograph Part 4, The Nervous System Exercise 22, The Spinal Cord and Reflex Arcs Exercise 23, Brain Anatomy: External Exercise 24, Brain Anatomy: Internal Exercise 25, The Eye Exercise 26, The Ear Part 5, The Circulatory System Exercise 27, Blood Tests Exercise 28, The Heart Exercise 29, Blood Vessels, Fetal Circulation, and Lymphatic System Exercise 30, Cardiovascular Phenomena Part 6, The Respiratory System Exercise 31, The Respiratory Organs Exercise 32, Respiratory Physiology Part 7, The Digestive System Exercise 33, The Digestive Organs Exercise 34, Digestio Part 8, The Urinary System Exercise 35, The Urinary System Exercise 36, Urine and Urinalysis Part 9, The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems Exercise 37, The Endocrine Glands Exercise 38, The Reproductive Organs Histology Atlas Laboratory Reports Appendix A: Caliberating the Physiograph Appendix B: Sample Physiograph Records Appendix C: Vital Capacities Appendix D: Microorganisms

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY TEXTBOOK Essentials Version, 4th Edition

By Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College 2007 (Feb 2006) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-246470-2 / MHID: 0-07-246470-4 Gunstream's manual presents the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology in an easy-to-read manner appropriate for allied health students. Designed especially for a one-semester course, the Essentials Version features a concise writing style, 37 self-directing exercises, full-color photomicrographs in the Histology Atlas, and numerous illustrations in each exercise. CONTENTS Part 1, Fundamentals Exercise 1, Introduction to Human Anatomy Exercise 2, Body Organization Exercise 3, The Microscope Exercise 4, Cell Anatomy Exercise 5, Mitotic Cell Division Exercise 6, Diffusion and Osmosis Exercise 7, Epithelial and Connective Tissues Exercise 8, The Integument Part 2, The Skeletal System Exercise 9, The Skeletal Plan Exercise 10, The Skull Exercise 11, The Vertebral Column and Thorax Exercise 12, The Appendicular Skeleton Exercise 13, Articulations Part 3, The Muscle System Exercise 14, Muscle Organization and Body Movements Exercise 15, Head and Trunk Muscles Exercise 16, Muscles of the Upper Limb Exercise 17, Muscles of the Lower Limb Exercise 18, Muscle and Nerve Tissues Exercise 19, The Nature of Muscle Contraction

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 6th Edition

By Kevin T Patton, St Charles Community College 2007 (May 2006) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294594-2 / MHID: 0-07-294594-X Kevin Patton divides the lab activities typically covered in A&P lab into 42 subunits, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose the units and sequence that integrates with lecture material. Basic content is introduced first, and gradually more complex activities are developed. Features include procedure check lists, coloring exercises, boxed hints, safety alerts, separate lab reports, and a full-color histology mini-reference. CONTENTS Welcome to Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory Histology Minireference The Basics 1 The Microscope 2 Cell Anatomy 3 Transport through Cell Membranes 4 The Cell's Life Cycle 5 Epithelial Tissue 6 Connective Tissue 7 Muscle and Nerve Tissue 8 Organization of the Body Support and Movement 9 The Skin 10 Overview of the Skeleton 11 The Skull 12 The Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 13 The Appendicular Skeleton

26

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i26 26

11/13/2007 2:15:29 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

14 Joints 15 Organization of the Muscular System 16 Muscle Identification 17 Muscular Contractions Integration and Control 18 Nerves and Reflexes 19 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 20 The Brain and Cranial Nerves 21 The Eye and Vision 22 The Ear, Hearing, and Equilibrium 23 Endocrine Glands 24 Hormones Regulation and Maintenance 25 Blood 26 Structure of the Heart 27 Electrical Activity of the Heart 28 The Pulse and Blood Pressure 29 The Circulatory Pathway 30 The Lymphatic System and Immunity 31 Respiratory Structures 32 Pulmonary Volumes and Capacities 33 Digestive Structures 34 Enzymes and Digestion 35 Urinary Structures 36 Urinalysis Reproduction 37 The Male Reproductive System 38 The Female Reproductive System 39 Development 40 Genetics and Heredity Major Dissection 41 The Laboratory Rat 42 The Fetal Pig 43 The Human Appendix FEATURES A Problem-Solving theme ties the pedagogy in this first edition all together. The Case in Point scenarios and the Clinical Relevance readings are written to be consistent with the In-Text Review, Predict, and Critical Thinking Questions. All of these elements are designed to encourage students to learn to think critically. In some cases they bring information from previous chapters together to address sample problems and encourage more than just rote memorization. A beautiful art program depicts and supports the textual copy, including just the right amount of detail. Macro-to-micro drawings, micrographs side by side with line art, up-to-date photographs, physiological Process Figures, and beautiful renderings of anatomical structures all work together to effectively illustrate anatomy and physiology for students. Histology Tables are presented in table format to allow both descriptions and illustrations of the major tissue types found in the body to be viewed together. Homeostasis Figures succinctly map out key homeostatic events, giving students a brief, yet complete and effective summary of the mechanisms described in the text. "Start Here" icons and color-coded arrows to make it easier for students to follow the events occurring when a variable increases or decreases. Process Figures provide well-organized, self-contained visual explanations of how physiological mechanisms work. These help students learn physiological processes by combining illustrations with parallel descriptions of the major steps of each process. Each of the "A Case in Point" Readings explain how material just presented in the text can be used in understanding anatomical and physiological concepts, especially in a clinical setting. They are designed to be interesting as well as instructional because they present information as small news-like clips taken from real life scenarios. Systems Interactions pages are found at the end of each system chapter, and represent a condensed look at how each of the other body systems are influenced by the system in that particular chapter.

Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks

"Clinical Relevance" boxed essays include pathologies, current research, sports medicine, exercise physiology, pharmacology and/or clinical applications--all designed to not only illustrate the chapter content but also to stimulate interest relevant to many student's future careers. A hallmark of the Seeley texts, critical thinking Predict Questions are embedded throughout each chapter, converting the passive reader into an active learner by requiring them to use newly acquired information to solve a problem. The answer to this kind of question is not a mere restatement of a fact, but rather a prediction and analysis of the data, the synthesis of an experiment, or the evaluation and weighing of important variables of a problem.

NEW

SEELEY'S PRINCIPLES OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

By Philip Tate, Phoenix College, Rod Seeley and Trent D Stephens of Idaho State University

Process Figures are self-contained art pieces that break down physiological processes into a series of smaller steps, allowing students to track the key occurrences and learn them as they navigate through the figure. Numbered steps are correlated to numbered explanations. In-text Review Questions follow major sections of text and help students test comprehension before reading on in the chapter. The End-of-Chapter material includes a bulleted Chapter Summary; Review and Comprehension questions; and carefully constructed Critical Thinking questions. CONTENTS 1. The Human Organism 2. The Chemical Basis of Life 3. Cell Structures and Their Functions 4. Tissues, Glands, and Membranes 5. Integumentary System 6. Histology and Physiology of Bones 7. Anatomy of Bones and Joints

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722648-0 / MHID: 0-07-722648-8

http://aris.mhhe.com

This new textbook will compete in both the "slim" segment and the full two-semester market. It will be a briefer, less-expensive alternative for instructors who have always liked Seeley et al's Anatomy and Physiology, but struggled with the depth of the textbook, covering all of the necessary basics of anatomy and physiology.

27

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i27 27

11/13/2007 2:15:29 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

8. Histology and Physiology of Muscles 9. Gross Anatomy and Functions of Muscles 10. Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue 11. Peripheral and Central Nervous Systems 12. Integration of Sensory and Motor Functions 13. Autonomic Nervous System 14. Special Senses 15. Endocrine System 16. Blood 17. Heart 18. Blood Vessels and Circulation 19. Lymphatic System and Immunity 20. Respiratory System 21. Digestive System 22. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature 23. Urinary System and Fluid Balance 24. Reproductive System 25. Development, Growth, Aging, and Genetics Resource Reference Guide directs instructors to all relevant A& P resources for each Chapter of the text. -Bound into instructor's copies, this foldout chart is indispensable for instructors planning their class lectures. Online Prep Center includes Digital Content Manager content. The digital assets formerly on this cross-platform CD-ROM are now organized online and can be easily searched and downloaded. -Art Library: Full-color digital files of all illustrations in the book (745 images), plus the same art saved in gray scale (745 images). These images are also pre-inserted into blank PowerPoint slides for ease of use. Unlabeled versions of 164 figures are included in both color and grayscale formats. -Photo Library: Digital files of 160 instructionally significant photographs from the text- including cadaver, bone, histology, and surface anatomy images. Also includes 34 photos saved in unlabeled versions. -Table Library: Every table that appears in the text is provided in electronic form (195 tables). -PowerPoint Lecture Outlines: Ready-made presentations that combine art and lecture notes are provided for each of the 29 Chapters of the text. -Active Art Library: 41 pieces included (30 new, book specific/11 repurposed pieces from other texts) -Animations Library: 45 full-color animations illustrating physiological processes are provided (30 new, book specific/15 repurposed animations from 6th edition). CONTENTS

NEW

International Edition

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 8th Edition

By Rod Seeley and Trent Stephens of Idaho State University and Philip Tate, Phoenix College

2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329368-4 / MHID: 0-07-329368-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110210-0 / MHID: 0-07-110210-8 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

Anatomy and Physiology is designed to help students develop a solid, basic understanding of anatomy and physiology without an encyclopedic presentation of detail. Great care has been taken to select important concepts and to perfectly describe the anatomy of cells, organs, and organ systems. The plan that has been followed for eight editions of this text is to combine clear and accurate descriptions of anatomy with precise explanations of how structures function and examples of how they work together to maintain life. To emphasize the concepts of anatomy and physiology, the authors provide explanations of how the systems respond to aging, changes in physical activity, and disease, with a special focus on homeostasis and the regulatory mechanisms that maintain it. Timely and interesting examples demonstrate the application of knowledge in a clinical context. NEW TO THIS EDITION Comprehensive coverage without encyclopedic detail. Examples include: Homeostasis Summaries-summarize entire process explained in susurrounding text. Tables with Illustrative Art. Process Art. More Clinical Coverage--In direct response to reviewer feedback case studies have been added to the eighth edition. These will be an excellent addition to the clinical material also found in the Homeostasis Summaries, Systems Pathology boxed readings, Clinical Asides, Clinical Focuses, NEW Clinical Genetics and/or Process Figures. New Genetic Material -Chapter 3 & 29 have been completely rewritten to include new findings in this exciting and relevant field. -New Genetics boxed readings address some of the most significant discoveries and how they affect diseases.

Part 1 Organization of the Human Body 1 The Human Organism 2 The Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cell Biology and Genetics 4 Histology: The Study of Tissues Part 2 Support and Movement 5 Integumentary System 6 Skeletal System: Bones and Bone Tissue 7 Skeletal System: Gross Anatomy 8 Articulations and Movement 9 Muscular System: Histology and Physiology 10 Muscular System: Gross Anatomy Part 3 Integration and Control Systems 11 Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue 12 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 13 Brain and Cranial Nerves 14 Integration of Nervous System Functions 15 The Special Senses 16 Autonomic Nervous System 17 Functional Organization of the Endocrine System 18 Endocrine Glands Part 4 Regulations and Maintenance 19 Cardiovascular System: Blood 20 Cardiovascular System: The Heart 21 Cardiovascular System: Peripheral Circulation and Regulation 22 Lymphatic System and Immunity 23 Respiratory System 24 Digestive System 25 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Temperature Regulation 26 Urinary System 27 Water, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Balance Part 5 Reproduction and Development 28 Reproductive System 29 Development, Growth, and Aging Appendix A Table of Measurements Appendix B Scientific Notation Appendix C Solution Concentrations Appendix D pH Appendix E Reference Laboratory Values Appendix F Answers to Review and Comprehension Questions Appendix G Answers to Critical Thinking Questions Appendix H Answers to Predict Questions

28

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i28 28

11/13/2007 2:15:30 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

International Edition

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY The Unity of Form and Function 4th Edition

By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University 2007 (August 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331608-6 / MHID: 0-07-331608-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110737-2 / MHID: 0-07-110737-1 [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110804-1 / MHID: 0-07-110804-1 [IE with Aris Bi-Card]

International Edition

HOLE'S HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 11th Edition

By David N Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie L Butler, Grayson County College and Ricki Lewis, SUNY-at Albany 2007 (March 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331609-3 / MHID: 0-07-331609-1 (with ARIS) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110747-1 / MHID: 0-07-110747-9 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/shier11

Shier et al., continue the unparalleled tradition of Hole in the 11th edition. Hole was created for the introductory level student and assumes no prior science knowledge by placing emphasis on the fundamentals. This new edition updates a great A&P classic while offering greater efficiencies to the user. The 11th edition of Hole also offers never before technology that combined with the text offer users an incredible Course Solution! Technology like Anatomy and Physiology Revealed and the new online Homework Manager bring unprecedented opportunities to the classroom whether on campus or at home! CONTENTS Unit One Levels of Organization 1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cells 4 Cellular Metabolism 5 Tissues Unit Two Support and Movement 6 Skin and the Integumentary System 7 Skeletal System Joints of the Skeletal System 9 Muscular System Unit Three Integration and Coordination 10 Nervous System I: Basic Structure and Function 11 Nervous System II: Divisions of the Nervous System 12 Somatic and Special Senses 13 Endocrine System Unit Four Transport 14 Blood 15 Cardiovascular System 16 Lymphatic System and Immunity Unit Five Absorption and Excretion 17 Digestive System 18 Nutrition and Metabolism 19 Respiratory System 20 Urinary System 21 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance Unit Six The Human Life Cycle 22 Reproductive System 23 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development 24 Genetics and Genomics

http://www.mhhe.com/saladin

From the completely new, exceptional art program, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Saladin has formed a teaching solution that will both motivate and enable your students to understand and appreciate the wonders of anatomy and physiology. This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other A&P texts with unparalleled art, a writing style that has been acclaimed by both users and reviewers and clinical coverage that offers the perfect balance without being too much. Saladin's well-accepted organization of topics is based upon the most logical physiological ties between body systems. The text requires no prior knowledge of college chemistry or cell biology, and is designed for a two-semester A&P college course. CONTENTS Part 1 Organization of the Body 1 Major Themes of Anatomy and Physiology 2 The Chemistry of Life 3 Cellular Form and Function 4 Genetics and Cellular Function 5 Histology Part 2 Support and Movement 6 The Integumentary System 7 Bone Tissue 8 The Skeletal System 9 Joints 10 The Muscular System 11 Muscular Tissue Part 3 Integration and Control 12 Nervous Tissue 13 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Somatic Reflexes 14 The Brain and Cranial Nerves 15 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes 16 Sense Organs 17 The Endocrine System Part 4 Regulation and Maintenance 18 The Circulatory System: Blood 19 The Circulatory System: The Heart 20 The Circulatory System: Blood Vessels and Circulation 21 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems 22 The Respiratory System 23 The Urinary System 24 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance 25 The Digestive System 26 Nutrition and Metabolism Part 5 Reproduction and Development 27 The Male Reproductive System 28 The Female Reproductive System 29 Human Development

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

29

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i29 29

11/13/2007 2:15:30 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

DICTIONARY OF BIOSCIENCE 2nd Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2003 / 662 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141043-4 / MHID: 0-07-141043-0 More coloring exercises on structure are included in the workbook. All changes to the interface of version two of APR have consequently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the workbook. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface Staff How to Use the Dictionary Fields and Their Scope Pronunciation Key A-Z Terms Appendix

Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab

NEW NEW

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD

By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY SEELEY'S PRINCIPLES OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College 2009 (March 2008) / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721690-0 / MHID: 0-07-721690-3 Written by Eric Wise of Santa Barbara City College, this comprehensive manual contains 43 laboratory exercises that are integrated closely with the textbook. Each exercise demonstrates key anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in Seeley's Principles of Anatomy and Physiology by directing students to investigate specific concepts in greater detail. An instructor's manual for the laboratory manual is available online at www.mhhe.com/labcentral. FEATURES Step-by-step explanations and a complete materials list for each experiment. Precisely labeled, full-color drawings. Numerous full-color photomicrographs and dissection photographs. Self-contained presentations with the essential background information needed to complete each exercise--material is not just repeated from the text. Integrated use of cat dissection specimen with material on human anatomy. Extensive lab reports at the end of every exercise challenge students to review and apply what they have learned. Data collection embedded in each exercise as opposed to in a table at the back of the manual. Laboratory Safety Guidelines prominently displayed on inside front cover and caution symbols appear throughout manual where appropriate.

2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. NEW TO THIS EDITION A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, corresponding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2. A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, Version 2. New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2. New content on insertions and origins has been included in The Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version 2.

30

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i30 30

11/13/2007 2:15:30 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

CONTENTS 1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2. Microscopy 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System 7. Appendicular Skeleton 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull 10. Articulations 11. Muscle Physiology 12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 14. Muscles of the Head and Neck 15. Muscles of the Torso 16. Introduction to the Nervous System 17. Brain and Cranial Nerves 18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes 20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 21. Taste and Smell 22. Eye and Vision 23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance 24. Endocrine System 25. Blood 26. Blood Tests and Typing 27. Structure of the Heart 28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 29. Functions of the Heart 30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 31. Arteries of the Lower Body 32. Veins and Special Circulations 33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System 34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 35. Structure of the Respiratory System 36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration 37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health 38. Anatomy of the Digestive System 39. Digestive Physiology 40. Anatomy of the Urinary System 41. Urinalysis 42. Male Reproductive System 43. Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conversions Appendix B Preparation of Materials Appendix C Lab Reports Index

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY SEELEY'S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 8th Edition

By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College 2008 (March 2007) / 560 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334725-7 / MHID: 0-07-334725-6 CONTENTS 1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2. Microscopy 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System 7. Appendicular Skeleton 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull 10. Articulations 11. Muscle Physiology 12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 14. Muscles of the Head and Neck 15. Muscles of the Torso 16. Introduction to the Nervous System 17. Brain and Cranial Nerves 18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes 20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 21. Taste and Smell 22. Eye and Vision 23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance 24. Endocrine System 25. Blood 26. Blood Tests and Typing 27. Structure of the Heart 28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 29. Functions of the Heart 30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 31. Arteries of the Lower Body 32. Veins and Special Circulations 33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System 34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 35. Structure of the Respiratory System 36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration 37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health 38. Anatomy of the Digestive System 39. Digestive Physiology 40. Anatomy of the Urinary System 41. Urinalysis 42. Male Reproductive System 43. Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conversions Appendix B Preparation of Materials Appendix C Lab Reports Index

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

31

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i31 31

11/13/2007 2:15:30 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL Fetal Pig Dissection, 3rd Edition

By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College 2007 (March 2006) / 496 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282734-7 / MHID: 0-07-282734-3 Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory Manual: Fetal Pig Dissection is designed for one- or two-semester A&P lab courses that utilize the pig as the primary dissection specimen. This lab manual offers excellent, full color dissection photos of the fetal pig with matching, corresponding labeled art. Web site activities found in numerous labs give students additional resources for learning. This laboratory manual contains sixty-two laboratory exercises and reports. The exercises illustrate and review anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in an A&P textbook and help students investigate these ideas in greater detail. CONTENTS Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure and Classification 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Joints Muscular System 19 Skeletal Muscle Structure 20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck 21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb 24 Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature Nervous System 25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26 Meninges and Spinal Cord 27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28 Brain and Cranial Nerves 29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain Somatic and Special Senses 30 Receptors and Somatic Senses 31 Smell and Taste 32 Ear and Hearing 33 Equilibrium 34 Eye Structure 35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 36 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 37 Blood Cells 38 Blood Testing ­ A Demonstration 39 Blood Typing 40 Heart Structure 41 Cardiac Cycle 42 Blood Vessels 43 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure 44 Arteries and Veins 45 Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System Lymphatic System 46 Lymphatic System Digestive System 47 Digestive Organs 48 Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System 49 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Respiratory System 50 Respiratory Organs 51 Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System 52 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes and Capacities 53 Control of Breathing Urinary System 54 Kidney Structure 55 Urinalysis 56 Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System Reproductive Systems and Development 57 Male Reproductive System 58 Female Reproductive System 59 Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems 60 Fertilization and Early Development 61 Genetics Online Laboratory Exercises 62 Skeletal Muscle Contractions 63 Nerve Impulse Stimulation 64 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY HOLE'S HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 11th Edition

By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College 2007 (March 2006) / 528 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282957-0 / MHID: 0-07-282957-5

http://www.mhhe.com/shier10

This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has been updated throughout. The new 11th edition of this effective manual is organized into units that correlate directly with the text and include new and updated art to match Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology, 11e. CONTENTS Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure and Classification 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage

32

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i32 32

11/13/2007 2:15:31 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Joints Muscular System 19 Skeletal Muscle Structure 20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck 21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb 24 Cat Dissection: Musculature Nervous System 25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26 The Meninges and Spinal Cord 27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28 Brain and Cranial Nerves 29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain Somatic and Special Senses 30 Receptors and Somatic Senses 31 Smell and Taste 32 Ear and Hearing 33 Equilibrium 34 Eye Structure 35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 36 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 37 Blood Cells 38 Blood Testing ­ A Demonstration 39 Blood Typing 40 Heart Structure 41 Cardiac Cycle 42 Blood Vessels 43 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure 44 Arteries and Veins 45 Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System Lymphatic System 46 Lymphatic System Digestive System 47 Digestive Organs 48 Cat Dissection: Digestive System 49 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Respiratory System 50 Respiratory Organs 51 Cat Dissection: Respiratory System 52 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes and Capacities 53 Control of Breathing Urinary System 54 Kidney Structure 55 Urinalysis 56 Cat Dissection: Urinary System Reproductive Systems and Development 57 Male Reproductive System 58 Female Reproductive System 59 Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems 60 Fertilization and Early Development 61 Genetics Online Laboratory Exercises 62 Skeletal Muscle Contractions 63 Nerve Impulse Stimulation 64 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL T/A SALADIN 4th Edition

By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College 2007 (April 2006) / 672 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287509-6 / MHID: 0-07-287509-7

http://www.mhhe.com/saladin3

This manual (utilizing the cat as the primary dissection specimen) uses the same four-color art program as the fourth edition of Saladin's Anatomy & Physiology and follows the same order of presentation. The 47 exercises provide a comprehensive overview of the human body and present the core elements of the subject matter. CONTENTS Laboratory Exercises 1 Measurement in Science 2 Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 3 Microscopy 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Some Functions of Cell Membranes 6 Tissues 7 Integumentary System 8 Introduction to the Skeletal System 9 Appendicular Skeleton 10 Axial Skeleton, Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 11 Axial Skeleton--Skull 12 Articulations 13 Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm 14 Muscles of the Forearm and Hand 15 Muscles of the Hip and Thigh 16 Muscles of the Leg and Foot 17 Muscles of the Head and Neck 18 Muscles of the Trunk 19 Muscle Physiology 20 Introduction to the Nervous System 21 Structure and Function of the Brain and Cranial Nerves 22 Structure and Function of the Spinal Cord and Nerves 23 Nervous System Physiology-Stimuli and Reflexes 24 Introduction to Sensory Receptors 25 Taste and Smell 26 Eye and Vision 27 Ear, Hearing, and Balance 28 Endocrine System 29 Blood Cells 30 Blood Tests and Typing 31 Structure of the Heart 32 Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 33 Functions of the Heart 34 Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 35 Arteries of the Lower Body 36 Veins and Fetal Circulation 37 Functions of Vessels, Lymphatic System 38 Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 39 Structure of the Respiratory System 40 Respiratory Function, Breathing, Respiration 41 Physiology of Exercise 42 Anatomy of the Digestive System 43 Digestive Physiology 44 Urinary System 45 Urinalysis 46 Male Reproductive System 47 Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conversions Appendix B Periodic Table of the Elements Appendix C Preparation of Materials and Solutions Appendix D Lab Reports

33

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i33 33

11/13/2007 2:15:31 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY TEXTBOOK Complete Version, 8th Edition

By Harold Benson, Stanley Gunstream, Arthur Talaro and Kathleen Talaro of Pasadena City College 2005 (Jan 2004) / 672 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235107-1 / MHID: 0-07-235107-1 CONTENTS Part 1 Some Fundamentals Part 2 Cells and Tissues Part 3 The Skeletal System Part 4 The Nerve-Muscle Relationship Part 5 Instrumentation Part 6 Skeletal Muscle Physiology Part 7 The Major Skeletal Muscles Part 8 The Nervous System Part 9 The Sense Organs: The Histology Atlas Part 10 Hematology Part 11 The Cardiovascular System Part 12 The Respiratory System Part 13 Autonomic Responses to Physical and Psychological Factors Part 14 The Digestive System Part 15 The Excretory System Part 16 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems Histology Self-Quizzes Answer Keys to Self-Quizzes

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY TEXTBOOK Short Version, 8th Edition

By Harold Benson, Stanley Gunstream, Arthur Talaro and Kathleen Talaro of Pasadena City College 2005 (March 2004) / 528 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235109-5 / MHID: 0-07-235109-8 CONTENTS Part 1 Some Fundamentals 1 Anatomical Terminology 2 Body Cavities & Membranes 3 Organ Systems: Rat Dissection Part 2 Cells & Tissues 4 Microscopy 5 Basic Cell Structure 6 Mitosis 7 Osmosis & Cell Membrane Integrity 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 The Integument Part 3 The Skeletal System 11 The Skeletal Plan 12 The Skull 13 The Vertebral Column & Thorax 14 The Appendicular Skeleton 15 Articulation Part 4 Skeletal Muscle Physiology 16 Electronic Instrumentation 17 Muscle Structure 18 Body Movements 19 Nerve and Muscle Tissues 20 The Neuromuscular Junction 21 The Physicochemical Nature of Muscle Contraction 22 Muscle Contraction Experiments: Using Chart Recorders 23 Muscle Contraction Experiments 24 Electromyography Part 5 The Major Skeletal Muscles 25 Head and Neck Muscles 26 Trunk and Shoulder Muscles 27 Upper Extremity Muscles 28 Abdominal and Pelvic Muscles 29 Lower Extremity Muscles Part 6 The Nervous System 30 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Reflex Arcs 31 Somatic Reflexes 32 The Patellar Reflex: A Computerized Evaluation 33 Brain Anatomy: External 34 Brain Anatomy: Internal Part 7 The Sense Organs 35 Anatomy of the Eye 36 Visual Tests 37 The Ear: Its Role in Hearing 38 The Ear: Its Role in Equilibrium The Histology Atlas Part 8 Hematology 39 A White Blood Cell Study: The Differential WBC Count 40 Total Blood Cell Counts 41 Hemoglobin Percentage Measurement 42 Packed Red Cell Volume Blood Typing 43 Coagulation Time Part 9 The Circulatory System 44 Anatomy of the Heart 45 Cardiovasular sounds 46 Electrocardiogram Monitoring: Using Chart Recorders 47 Electrocardiogram Monitoring: Using Computerized Hardware 48 Pulse Monitoring 49 Blood Pressure Monitoring 50 Peripheral Circulation Control (Frog) 51 The Arteries and Veins 52 Fetal Circulation 53 The Lymphatic System and the Immune Response

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY TEXTBOOK Intermediate Version, CAT, 6th Edition

By Harold Benson, Stanley Gunstream, Arthur Talaro and Kathleen Talaro of Pasadena City College 2005 (Feb 2004) / 560 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247663-7 / MHID: 0-07-247663-X CONTENTS Part 1 Some Fundamentals Part 2 Cells and Tissues Part 3 The Skeletal System Part 4 Skeletal Muscle Physiology Part 5 The Major Skeletal Muscles Part 6 The Nervous System Part 7 The Sense Organs The Histology Atlas Part 8 Hematology Part 9 The Cardiovascular System Part 10 Respiratory System Part 11 The Digestive System Part 12 The Excretory System Part 13 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems Histology Self-Quizzes Answer Keys to Self-Quizzes

34

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i34 34

11/13/2007 2:15:31 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Part 10 The Respiratory System 54 The Respiratory Organs 55 Hyperventilation and Rebreathing 56 The Diving Reflex 57 the Valsalva Maneuver 58 Spirometry: Lung Capacities 59 Spirometry: The FEVt Test 60 Spirometry: Using Computerized Hardware Part 11 The Digestive System 61 Anatomy of the Digestive System 62 The Chemistry of Hydrolysis 63 Factors Affecting Hydrolysis Part 12 The Excretory System 64 Anatomy of the Urinary System 65 Urine: Composition and Tests Part 13 The Endocrine and Reproductive System 66 The Endocrine Glands 67 The Reproductive System Laboratory Reports Appendixes A Tables B Solutions and Reagents C Tests and Methods D Physiograph Sample Records E Microorganisms F "Slife of Life" Bar Codes

One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology Multimedia

NEW

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 ONLINE

By Medical College of Ohio 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337803-9 / MHID: 0-07-337803-8 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis, hair shaft, specific glands, etc. Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added. NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the microscope icon located on the navigation bar. NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology animation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! System selection menu makes it easy to hop between systems. A new "Smart" (Google-like) search button has been added and integrated across all systems. Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system are one color and reference structures that are not part of that system are another color. CONTENTS Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Endocrine System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System

BIOLOGY DEMYSTIFIED

By Dale Layman 2003 / 401 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141040-3 / MHID: 0-07-141040-6

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS PREFACE PART 1: GETTING READY FOR BIOLOGY Chapter 1. The Coming of Biology Chapter 2. Patterns of Life Chapter 3. Evolution: From Dawn to Darwin Test: Part 1 PART 2: THE UNIVERSAL BUILDING BLOCKS OF LIFE Chapter 4. Chemicals: The Tiniest Blocks Chapter 5. Cells: The "Little Chambers" in Plants and Animals Test: Part 2 PART 3: THE FIVE KINGDOMS OF LIFE, PLUS VIRUSES Chapter 6. Bacteria and the "Homeless" Viruses Chapter 7. The Protists: "First of All" Chapter 8. The Fungi: Not Just Mushrooms! Chapter 9. The Plants: "Kings and Queens" of the World of Green Chapter 10. Invertebrates As Special Animals: "Have You No Spine?" Chapter 11. The Arthropods: No Jointed Backbone, but "Jointed Feet" Chapter 12. The Chordata: Animals with a "Chord" In Their "Back" Test: Part 3 PART 4: ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF ANIMALS Chapter 13. Skins and Skeletons Chapter 14. The Neuromuscular (Nerve-Muscle) Connection Chapter 15. Glands and Their Hormone Messengers Chapter 16. Blood and the Circulatory System Chapter 17. Immune and Lymphatic Systems: "The Best Survival Offense Is a Good Defense!" Chapter 18. The Respiratory System: Breath of Life Chapter 19. "Getting the Goodies": Nutrition and the Digestive System Chapter 20. Urine and (Gulp!) Sex in Animals Test: Part 4 Final Exam Appendix: Answers to Quiz, Test, and Final Exam Questions Index

35

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i35 35

11/13/2007 2:15:31 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Lymphatic System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

NEW

PH.I.L.S VERSION 3.0 CD-ROM

By Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University 2008 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334933-6 / MHID: 0-07-334933-X Ph.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) 3.0 offers a new interface which makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system. There are also new post lab quizzes offering more assessment opportunities! Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 37 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 37 labs are self-contained experiments - no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment - there is no limit! FEATURES Includes 37 Lab simulations - 12 NEW simulations! New interface makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system. New post lab quizzes offer more assessment opportunities.

NEW

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 CD

By Medical College of Ohio 2008 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337807-7 / MHID: 0-07-337807-0 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis, hair shaft, specific glands, etc. Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added. NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the microscope icon located on the navigation bar. NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology animation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! A new "Smart" (google-like) search button has been added and integrated across all systems. Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system one color and reference structures not part of that system are another color. CONTENTS Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Lymphatic System Respiratory System Urinary System Digestive System Endocrine System Reproductive System

Features All 37 labs are self-contained experiments- no lengthy instruction manual required! And have printable lab reports with instructor answer key. Students can change the parameters or variables of the lab experiments with no limits. Students work through labs, adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, and draw conclusions. CONTENTS Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation 5. The Length-Tension Relationship 6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Resting Potentials 8. Resting Potential and External Potassium Concentration 9. Resting Potential and External Sodium Concentration Action Potentials 10. The Compound Action Potential 11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods 13. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 14. Facilitation & Depression 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs Endocrine Function 17. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate Frog Heart Function 18. Thyroid and Chemical Effects 19. Refractory Period of the Heart 20. Starling's Law of the Heart

36

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i36 36

11/13/2007 2:15:31 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

21. Heart Block ECG and Heart Function 22. ECG and Exercise 23. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 24. ECG and Finger Pulse 25. Electrical Axis of the Heart 26. ECG and Heart Block 27. Abnormal ECGs Circulation 28. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 29. Blood Pressure and Gravity 30. Blood Pressure and Body Position Blood 31. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding 32. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding Respiration 33. Altering Body Position 34. Altering Airway Volume 35. Exercise-Induced Changes 36. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 37. Glucose Transport

MEDIAPHYS VERSION 3.0 An Introduction to Human Physiology, 3rd Edition

By Tom Stavraky, University of Western Ontario 2006 (June 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294582-9 / MHID: 0-07-294582-6 (Stand-Alone)

http://www.mhhe.com/mediacentral

McGraw-Hill is proud to introduce MediaPhys 3.0, the most comprehensive physiology study tool available. MediaPhys is a multimedia educational CD-ROM that offers cross-platform compatibility (Windows or Macintosh systems). This dynamic program offers 16 complete modules featuring detailed explanations, high-quality illustrations, and animations to provide students with a thorough introduction into the world of physiology. MediaPhys is filled with interactive activities and quizzes to help reinforce physiology concepts that are often difficult to understand. Now students can learn and study on their own while using a powerful tool that challenges them to succeed! CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Physiology 2. Body Fluids 3. Human Cell 4. Nerve Cells 5. Muscles 6. Nervous System 7. Sensory Systems 8. Cardiovascular System I- The Heart 9. Cardiovascular System II- Blood Vessels 10. Respiratory System 11. Renal System, Water and Electrolyte Balance 12. Acid-Base Balance 13. Endocrine System 14. Reproductive System 15. Digestive System 16. Metabolism

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED CDS 1-4 COMPLETE SERIES

By Medical College of Ohio 2007 (May 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321553-2 / MHID: 0-07-321553-8 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES DISSECTION: Using actual cadaver photographs blended together with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy Revealed allows students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human cadaver. Students can literally peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. ANIMATION: Compelling animations demonstrate muscle actions, clarify anatomical relationships, or explain difficult concepts. IMAGING: Labeled x-ray, MRI, and CAT scan images are available by system. SELF-TEST: Challenging quizzes allow students to test their ability to identify anatomical structures in a timed practical exam format.

CARDIOLOGY ATLAS CD-ROM 2nd Edition

By Blausen Medical Communications 2005 (September 2004) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304272-5 / MHID: 0-07-304272-2 (Details unavailable at press time)

HUMAN ATLAS (FORMERLY INTERACTIVE CLINICAL RESOURCE CD-ROM) 2nd Edition

By Blausen Medical Communications 2005 (Jan 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294580-5 / MHID: 0-07-294580-X Created by Blausen Communications Inc., the Interactive Clinical Resource CD-ROM offers NEW animations, one hundred and fifty 3D animations and 3D models of human disease and disorders. It also contains 13 sections of clinical content (and nearly every body system) including Urinary, Skeletal, Reproductive, Nervous, Muscular, Immune, Digestive, Circulatory and Endocrine. The Interactive Clinical Resource CD ROM may be used as a classroom lecture tool or study guide for students post lecture. Students can use the Interactive Clinical Resource CD-ROM to play the 3D animations, explore the

37

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i37 37

11/13/2007 2:15:31 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

3D models, print the associated text and view the slides with labels and definitions of key structures related to the disease/disorder. Students will learn how the various diseases/disorders affect the human body system along with possible treatments. The Interactive Clinical Resource CD-ROM is the perfect way to reinforce and relate the physiological concepts taught in the classroom to real life. Shoulder/back Shoulder/back, deep Abdomen Arm, flexors Arm, flexors, deep Arm, extensors Antebrachium, extensors Hind region, lateral Hind region, lateral, deep Leg, medial Leg, medial, deep Shank, lateral Shank, medial Gastrointestinal System Mouth and Throat Abdominal cavity, general view Liver Small intestines Large intestines Respiratory System Larynx and Trachea Lungs Cardiovascular System Cranial vessels, general view Cranial vessels, shoulder and arm Caudal vessels, general view Caudal vessels, hip and leg Sheep heart, external view Sheep heart, interior, right side Sheep heart, interior, left side Urogenital System Reproductive system, male Reproductive system, female Sheep kidney Nervous System Sheep brain, lateral view Sheep brain, inferior view Sheep brain, posterior view Sheep brain, sagital section Sheep eye, external view Sheep eye, internal view Inner ear (model)

ORTHOPEDIC ATLAS CD-ROM 2nd Edition

By Blausen Medical Communications 2005 (September 2004) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304271-8 / MHID: 0-07-304271-4 (Details unavailable at press time)

REPRODUCTION ATLAS CD-ROM 2nd Edition

By Blausen Medical Communications 2005 (Jan 205) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304273-2 / MHID: 0-07-304273-0 (Details unavailable at press time)

VIRTUAL ANATOMY DISSECTION REVIEW CD-ROM VERSION 2.0

By John R. Waters, Pennsylvania State University ­ University Park 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297431-7 / MHID: 0-07-297431-1 (Stand-Alone Version) CONTENTS Skeletal System (Axial Skeleton) Skull, anterior view Skull, lateral view Skull, inferior view Skull, interior view Atlas Axis Cervical vertebra Thoracic vertebra Lumbar vertebra Sacrum Sternum Rib (Appendicular Skeleton) Clavicle Scapula Humeus Ulna Radius Wrist and Hand Os coxa Femur Tibia Fibula Ankle and Foot Muscular System Chest Chest, deep Neck

A&P ANIMATIONS COLLECTION (CD-ROM)

By McGraw-Hill 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288990-1 / MHID: 0-07-288990-X Enables instructors to demonstrate physiological processes in motion by importing full-color animation files into classroom presentations or online course materials. FEATURES This CD-ROM contains three types of Animations (210 total), covering key A&P concepts! Mac and PC compatible Clinical Animations- 151 clinical animations highlighting human diseases and disorders. Interactive Physiology Animations- 29 interactive physiology animations based on the artwork from Vander (Widmaier) 9/e. Physiology Animations- 30 physiology animations based on the artwork from McGraw-Hill's market leading A&P texts.

38

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i38 38

11/13/2007 2:15:32 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Anatomy & Physiology - Supplements

NEW

ATLAS OF SKELETAL MUSCLES 6th Edition

By Robert Stone and Judeith Stone of Suffolk County Community College

NEW

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD

By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

2009 (January 2008) / 256 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304968-7 / MHID: 0-07-304968-9 The 6th edition includes changes reflecting modern understanding, terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical relationships. NEW TO THIS EDITION Major improvements in the 6th edition! The 6th edition includes changes reflecting modern understanding, terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical relationships. A Summary of these changes are: Enhanced explanation of motions (e.g. captions of figs 2.19, 2.20) Many additional notes describing the relationships of muscles tendons and nerves (e.g. VMO, page 180) Helpful descriptions used in real classroom teaching (e.g. anatomical snuffbox, page 150, Tom, Dick and Harry, page 207) Updated terminology (e.g. fibularis for peroneus) Several upgraded illustrations.(e.g. page 3) CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Skeleton Chapter 2: Movements of the Body Chapter 3: Muscles of the Face and Head Chapter 4: Muscles of the Neck Chapter 5: Muscles of the Trunk Chapter 6: Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm Chapter 7: Muscles of the Forearm and Hand Chapter 8: Muscles of the Hip and Thigh Chapter 9: Muscles of the Leg and Foot

2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. NEW TO THIS EDITION A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, corresponding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2. A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, Version 2. New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2. New content on insertions and origins has been included in The Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version 2. More coloring exercises on structure are included in the workbook. All changes to the interface of version two of APR have consequently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the workbook. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

39

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i39 39

11/13/2007 2:15:32 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

International Edition

LABORATORY ATLAS OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 5th Edition

By Douglas J Eder, Southern Illinois University, John W Bertram and Shari Lewis Kaminsky 2007 (October 2005) / 192 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282733-1 / MHID: 0-07-282733-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110648-0 / MHID: 0-07-110648-0 [IE] This full-color atlas is intended to effectively supplement the A&P laboratory course and aid students in their studies. Eder's high-quality visuals, in combination with its unique tables, make it a valuable supplement in any lab course. Tables include terms and definitions as well as descriptions of the origin, insertion, action, and innervation of muscles. This atlas illustrates the dissection structures as they actually exist, so students will be able to easily recognize the parts when they are dissecting or taking an exam. CONTENTS 1 Histology 2 Human Skeletal Anatomy 3 Human Muscular Anatomy 4 Dissections 5 Reference Tables Table 5.1 Structure and Function of Some Cellular Components Table 5.2 Some Membrane Transport Processes Table 5.3 Formed Elements of Blood Table 5.4 Terms for Bone Structure Table 5.5 Bones of the Human Skeleton Table 5.6 Comparison of Female and Male Skeletons Table 5.7 Extrinsic Muscles of the Eye Table 5.8 Facial Muscles Table 5.9 Chewing Muscles Table 5.10 Muscles of the Throat Table 5.11 Muscles of the Tongue Table 5.12 Muscles of the Pharynx and Palate Table 5.13 Muscles That Move the Head Table 5.14 Muscles That Move the Shoulder Table 5.15 Muscles That Move the Upper Arm Table 5.16 Muscles That Move the Lower Arm Table 5.17 Muscles That Move the Wrist and Hand Table 5.18 Muscles That Move the Chest Wall: Breathing Table 5.19 Muscles That Move the Abdominal Wall Table 5.20 Muscles of the Pelvic Floor: The Pelvic Diaphragm Table 5.21 Muscles of the Vertebral Column: Muscles of Erect Posture Table 5.22 Muscles Located in the Lateral Hip Table 5.23 Muscles Located in the Anterior Hip Table 5.24 Muscles Located in the Posterior Hip Table 5.25 Muscles Located in the Anterior Thigh Table 5.26 Muscles Located in the Medial Thigh Table 5.27 Muscles Located in the Posterior Thigh Table 5.28 Muscles Located in the Lower Leg Table 5.29 The Cranial Nerves Table 5.30 Spinal Nerves and Their Branches Table 5.31 Events of the Cardiac Cycle T able 5.32 Major Blood Vessels and Their Branches Table 5.33 Major Hormones of the Pituitary Gland 6 Specialized Heart, Kidney, and Brain

SOLVE SALADIN: ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY CROSSWORD PUZZLES SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY The Unity of Form and Function, 4th Edition By Ken Saladin

By Greg Reeder, Broward Community College 2007 (May 2006) / 200 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340359-5 / MHID: 0-07-340359-8 (Details unavailable at press time)

A VISUAL ATLAS FOR ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY TO ACCOMPANY SALADIN'S A&P 3rd Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294394-8 / MHID: 0-07-294394-7 CONTENTS Unit 1 Axial Skeleton Unit 2 Appendicular Skeleton Unit 3 Articulations Unit 4 Muscular System Unit 5 Nervous System Unit 6 Eye and Ear Unit 7 Heart and Lungs

SCHAUM'S EASY OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

By Kent M. Van De Graaff, Weber State University and R. Ward Rhees, Brigham Young University--Provo 2001 / 160 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136976-3 / MHID: 0-07-136976-7

A Schaum's Publication

http://doi.contentdirections.com

What could be better than the bestselling Schaum's Outline series? For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, it would have to be Schaum's Easy Outline series. Every book in this series is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its predecessor. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, each new title features a streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of the subject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give students quick pointers to the essentials. · Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turned off by dense text · Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get the material across fast · Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject · Delivers expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields · Perfect for last-minute test preparation · So small and light that they fit in a backpack!

40

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i40 40

11/13/2007 2:15:32 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

International Edition

AN ATLAS TO HUMAN ANATOMY

By Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College 2000 / 208 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-697-38793-6 / MHID: 0-697-38793-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115591-5 / MHID: 0-07-115591-0 [IE]

Human Anatomy - Textbooks

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN ANATOMY 2nd Edition

By Michael McKinley, Glendale Community College and Valerie O'Loughlin, Indiana UniversityBloomington

www.mhhe.com/biosci/abio

CONTENTS Part 1 Cells and Tissues Chapter 1 Anatomy at the Cellular Level Chapter 2 Tissue Organization: Epithelial, Connective, Muscle, and Nervous Tissue Part 2 Organ Systems Chapter 3 Integumentary System Chapter 4 Skeletal System Chapter 5 Muscular System Chapter 6 Nervous System Chapter 7 Special Senses: Olfactory, Gustation, Auditory, Visual Chapter 8 Endocrine System Chapter 9 Cardiovascular System Chapter 10 Lymphatic System Chapter 11 Respiratory System Chapter 12 Digestive System Chapter 13 Urinary System Chapter 14 Male Reproductive System Chapter 15 Female Reproductive System

2008 (October 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721340-4 / MHID: 0-07-721340-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128320-5 / MHID: 0-07-128320-X [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/mckinley2

With its unrivaled art program and accessible writing style, McKinley/ O'Loughlin's Human Anatomy stands apart from other anatomy texts. High-quality photographs paired with brilliantly rendered illustrations help students visualize, understand, and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. Student-friendly Study Tips, Clinical View boxes, and progressive question sets motivate students to internalize and apply what they've learned. The second edition has been refined based on reviewer feedback to offer an even stronger version of this highly acclaimed textbook. FEATURES

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 2nd Edition

By Kent Van De Graaf, Brigham Young University 1997 / 453 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-066887-4 / MHID: 0-07-066887-6

A separate embryology chapter (Ch. 3). The inclusion of an embryology chapter sets the stage for an appropriate discussion of developmental anatomy. Knowing how the body forms is important in understanding structural organization. In addition, system-specific embryology coverage is included in relevant chapters. Developmental anatomy topical theme integrated throughout the text. Cutting­edge photo and art programs. For many students, an important part of their knowledge of anatomy emanates from excellent photographs and art work with succinct, yet thorough descriptions. Chapter pedagogy and textual content will developed around large teaching illustrations. The art program is also complemented with very descriptive figure legends--such that they can stand on their own. Special Topic Boxes will be utilized to describe in some detail topics that are slightly clinically oriented (such as `Bell's Palsy' ), or of general interest (such as `relationship of sun exposure to skin cancer'). Effective use of cadaver photos at strategic locations in specific chapters to enhance the artwork there and extend the learning capabilities of the student. Interative CD can also have dissections on CD that directly correspond with presentation in the text. Clinical applications appear throughout. Each is isolated and identified with a symbol to indicate to the reader the nature of that content material. Concept reinforcement: Concept check questions at appropriate places through out the text to permit the student to assess understanding. Critical thinking questions typically associated with a figure. These will be used to stimulate the reader to assimilate text content and art work content to elevate understanding to a higher level.

A Schaum's Publication

http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?=0070668876&adkey =W02003

CONTENTS Introduction to the Human Body. Cellular Chemistry. Cell Structure and Function. Tissues. Integumentary System. Skeletal System. Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction. Muscular System. Nervous Tissue. Central Nervous System. Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous Systems. Sensory Organs. Endocrine System. Cardiovascular System: Blood. Cardiovascular System: The Heart. Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Blood Circulation. Lymphatic System and Body Immunity. Respiratory System. Digestive System. Metabolism, Nutrition, and Temperature Regulation. Urinary System. Water and Electrolyte Balance. Reproductive System.

41

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i41 41

11/13/2007 2:15:32 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

End of chapter summaries of the salient points presented throughout the chapter. It will be organized parallel to the organization of the chapter. End of chapter questions prepared at different levels of understanding. Answers will be provided to students for immediate feed-back. CONTENTS 1 A First Look at Anatomy 2 The Cell: Basic Unit of Structure and Function 3 Embryology 4 Tissue Level of Organization 5 Integumentary System Skeletal System 6 Cartilage and Bone Connective Tissue 7 Axial Skeleton 8 Appendicular Skeleton 9 Articulations Muscular System 10 Muscle Tissue and Organization 11 Axial Muscles 12 Appendicular Muscles 13 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 14 Nervous Tissue 15 Brain and Cranial Nerves 16 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 17 Pathways and Integrative Functions 18 Autonomic Nervous System 19 Senses: General and Special 20 Endocrine System Cardiovascular System 21 Blood 22 Heart 23 Vessels and Circulation 24 Lymphatic System 25 Respiratory System 26 Digestive System 27 Urinary System 28 Reproductive System signed for a one-semester college anatomy course, Saladin requires no prior knowledge of college chemistry or cell biology. NEW TO THIS EDITION Revamped Art Program--We've made this unparalleled, completely digitized from the groundwork up, art program even better with the use of a more colorful and 3-dimensional style; and many of the figures will be larger than in previous editions. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed!--Anatomy & Physiology Revealed! is a unique multimedia tool designed to help students learn and review using a virtual human cadaver! Detailed cadaver photos layered upon one another provide an interactive dissection experience! The program includes 5 major areas: dissections, animations, imaging, anatomy terms and an incredible self testing program. All sections combine to make study time efficient and lectures unforgettable. Correlations to Anatomy & Physiology Revealed! multimedia tool-The new edition will feature basic Anatomy & Physiology Revealed! correlations throughout the book, as well as specific correlations offered on the website. A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill's ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and course management system which is designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Homework is easy-to-assign, automatically graded, and recorded in a robust grade book. Instructors can even share their course materials and assignments with colleagues. Whether you are looking for a "ready-to-use-straight-out-of-the-box" system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your solution. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher's representative for more information on getting started with ARIS. More Critical Thinking Questions--These new critical thinking questions are found near Figure Legends throughout the text. CONTENTS Part One: Organization of the Human Body 1 The Study of Human Anatomy Atlas A Survey of the Human Body 2 Cytology--The Study of Cells 3 Histology--The Study of Tissues 4 Human Development Part Two: Support and Movement 5 The Integumentary System 6 Bone Tissue 7 The Axial Skeleton 8 The Appendicular Skeleton 9 Joints 10 The Muscular System--Introduction 11 The Axial Musculature 12 The Appendicular Musculature Atlas B Surface Anatomy Part Three: Integration and Control 13 Nervous Tissue 14 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 15 The Brain and Cranial Nerves 16 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes 17 Sense Organs 18 The Endocrine System Part Four: Maintenance 19 The Circulatory System I--Blood 20 The Circulatory System II--The Heart 21 The Circulatory System III--Blood Vessels 22 The Lymphatic System and Immunity 23 The Respiratory System 24 The Digestive System 25 The Urinary System Part Five: Reproduction 26 The Reproductive System

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN ANATOMY 2nd Edition

By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University

2008 (January 2007) / 864 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329369-1 / MHID: 0-07-329369-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110209-4 / MHID: 0-07-110209-4 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

From the most pedagogically sound organization to the exceptional art, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Saladin has formed a teaching system that will both motivate and enable students to understand and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other anatomy texts with an approach borne out of 25 years of teaching, unparalleled art, and a writing style that has been acclaimed by reviewers. De-

42

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i42 42

11/13/2007 2:15:33 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

International Edition

HUMAN ANATOMY 6th Edition

By Kent Van De Graaf, Weber State University 2002 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-248665-0 / MHID: 0-07-248665-1 (Mandatory Package) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112284-9 / MHID: 0-07-112284-2 [IE]

Human Anatomy Lab

NEW

www.mhhe.com/vdg

CONTENTS Historical Perspective: 1 History of Anatomy Terminology, Organization, and the Human Organism 2 Body Organization and Anatomical Nomenclature Microscopic Structure of the Body 3 Cytology 4 Histology Support and Movement 5 Integumentary System 6 Skeletal System: Introduction and the Axial Skeleton 7 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton 8 Articulations 9 Muscular System 10 Surface and Regional Anatomy Integration and Coordination 11 Nervous Tissue and the Central Nervous System 12 Peripheral Nervous System 13 Autonomic Nervous System 14 Endocrine System 15 Sensory Organs Maintenance of the Body 16 Circulatory System 17 Respiratory System 18 Digestive System 19 Urinary System Reproduction and Development 20 Male Reproductive System 21 Female Reproductive System 22 Developmental Anatomy, Postnatal Growth, and Inheritance Appendix A Answers to Objective Questions with Explanations

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD

By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. NEW TO THIS EDITION A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, corresponding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2. A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, Version 2. New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2. New content on insertions and origins has been included in The Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version 2. More coloring exercises on structure are included in the workbook. All changes to the interface of version two of APR have consequently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the workbook. CONTENTS

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System

43

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i43 43

11/13/2007 2:15:33 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Each chapter includes a Pre-Laboratory Worksheet to prompt students to review relevant background information prior to the lab session and a Post-Laboratory Worksheet to assess understanding of lab activities. Lab exercises consistently incorporate surface anatomy observation and palpation activities to make anatomy relevant on a personal level. Competing lab manuals typically isolate surface anatomy to a single chapter. CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Human Anatomy Laboratory Chapter 2 The Microscope Chapter 3 Cellular Anatomy Chapter 4 Introduction to Histology Chapter 5 Integument Chapter 6 The Skeletal System ­ Bone Anatomy Chapter 7 The Skeletal System ­Axial Skeleton Chapter 8 The Skeletal System ­Appendicular Skeleton Chapter 9 Arthrology Chapter 10 The Muscular System ­ Muscle Tissue Chapter 11 The Muscular System ­ Axial Musculature Chapter 12 The Muscular System ­ Appendicular Musculature Chapter 13 The Nervous System ­ Nervous Tissue Chapter 14 The Nervous System ­ The Brain Chapter 15 The Nervous System ­Cranial Nerves Chapter 16 The Nervous System ­ Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves Chapter 17 The Nervous System ­ General and Special Senses Chapter 18 The Endocrine System Chapter 19 The Cardiovascular System ­ Blood Chapter 20 The Cardiovascular System ­ Heart Chapter 21 The Cardiovascular System ­ Blood Vessels Chapter 22 The Lymphatic System Chapter 23 The Respiratory System Chapter 24 The Digestive System Chapter 25 The Urinary System Chapter 26 The Reproductive Systems Appendix Credits Index

NEW

HUMAN ANATOMY LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY HUMAN ANATOMY BY MCKINLEY

By Christine M Eckel, Salt Lake Community College 2008 (December 2007) / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-286313-0 / MHID: 0-07-286313-7 Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual by Christine Eckel is a handson learning tool designed to guide students through human anatomy concepts through observation, touch, dissection, and practical activities such as sketching, labeling, and coloring. Exquisite dissection photographs capture anatomical details, and a student-friendly writing style uses relevant examples to engage students in concept application. It focuses on human specimens, and also includes common animal specimens such as cow eye, sheep brain, and sheep heart. This manual was expressly written to supplement and expand upon content covered in the lecture course, not to repeat it. It accompanies McKinley/O'Loughlin Human Anatomy 2nd edition, but is also a stand alone product that works well with any 1-semester human anatomy text. FEATURES The Eckel lab manual emphasizes the cadaver as the main demonstration specimen, and also includes activities and photos centered around anatomical models as well as animal specimens such as fresh cow bone, cow eye, sheep brain, and sheep heart. The manual includes Christine Eckel's outstanding cadaver and animal dissection photos that surpass the quality of any other manual on the market. She is an experienced cadaver prosectionist and biomedical photographer, and has dissected and photographed images expressly designed to coordinate with her lab activities. The Eckel lab manual strives to avoid repeating textbook material. It includes art and textual material that is unique to and geared for laboratory use. Although it is intended primarily to accompany McKinley/ O'Loughlin Human Anatomy 2e, this laboratory manual is appropriate for use with any 1-semester human anatomy text. The manual serves as a hands-on guide to learning human anatomy through touch, dissection, critical thinking exercises, and observation. It includes numerous practical activities such as sketching, labeling and coloring exercises, and table completion exercises. Eckel is written in a student-friendly, conversational style that incorporates analogies and everyday examples. Chapters begin with captivating introductions that pique student interest in the topics to be covered. Study Tips throughout the chapters provide practical, student-oriented ideas for remembering information. The exercises in Eckel are presented as numbered modules and are divided into two main categories: Histology and Gross Anatomy. Pedagogical devices applied throughout the lab manual include: chapter outlines with embedded learning objectives; pre- and post laboratory worksheets; What Do You Think? critical thinking questions; Study Tip! boxes; Focus boxes; structure identification checklists; word origin guides; optional activities incorporating Anatomy & Physiology Revealed; and various hands-on activities such as sketching, labeling, and coloring.

NEW

REGIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 3rd Edition

By Frederick Edward Grine, Stony Brook University

2008 (December 2006) / 416 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305128-4 / MHID: 0-07-305128-4 The Grine Lab Workbook is designed for the Human Anatomy Lab course and takes a REGIONAL approach as opposed to a systems approach. This approach is becoming more and more popular as a way to teach Human Anatomy. Instructors who use a lab book with a "regional approach" and combine it with a text that takes a "systems" approach offer their students a combination that serves to reinforce anatomical knowledge since it forces the student to see each anatomical structure from two perspectives. Grine can be used effectively in conjunction with a lab course that uses human cadavers since the content is presented in the regional sequence typically practiced in dissection.

44

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i44 44

11/13/2007 2:15:33 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

NEW TO THIS EDITION Currently, there is no other manual on the market that takes this approach that is NOT a dissection guide. This approach mimics the dissection of a human cadaver, and the order of the Chapters is such that most cadaveric dissections follow the same sequence. The regional perspective allows students to think about anatomical structures (the heart for example) not only in terms of their relationship within a body system (cardiovascular), but also in terms of their relationship to organs located in the immediate vicinity (thoracic structures for example). Exquisite collection of precisely rendered black and white illustrations intended for students to color them in and add labels. Labels are keyed to text explanations, so student reads text and then matches structure numbers to fill in the labels. Boxed activities including critical thinking questions, prompts to examine lab specimens or models, palpation exercises, etc. Boxed clinical asides note important clinical connections. CONTENTS Laboratory 1: Anatomical Terminology, General Osteology, and General Arthrology 1.1 Anatomical Terminology 1.2 General Osteology 1.3 General Arthrology Laboratory 2: The Back 2.1 The Integument 2.2 The Vertebral Column 2.3 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 2.4 Muscles of the Back Laboratory 3: The Upper Limb 3.1 Bones of the Upper Limb 3.2 Joints of the Upper Limb 3.3 Innervation of the Upper Limb 3.4 Muscles of the Upper Limb 3.5 Blood Vessels of the Upper Limb Laboratory 4: The Lower Limb 4.1 Bones of the Lower Limb 4.2 Joints of the Lower Limb 4.3 Innervation of the Lower Limb 4.4 Muscles of the Lower Limb 4.5 Blood Vessels of the Lower Limb Laboratory 5: The Neck 5.1 Bones and Cartilages of the Neck 5.2 Nerves of the Neck 5.3 Muscles of the Neck 5.4 Blood Vessels of the Neck 5.5 Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands Laboratory 6: The Head 6.1 The Skull 6.2 The Dentition 6.3 Muscles of the Head 6.4 Nasal and Oral Cavities 6.5 Blood Vessels of the Head Laboratory 7: The Brain and Cranial Nerves 7.1 The Brain 7.2 Cranial Nerves Laboratory 8: The Eye and The Ear 8.1 The Eye 8.2 The Ear Laboratory 9: The Thorax 9.1 The Breast 9.2 The Thoracic Skeleton 9.3 Skeletal Muscles of the Thorax 9.4 The Thoracic Cavity 9.5 The Mediastinum 9.6 The Respiratory Apparatus 9.7 The Heart 9.8 Lymphatics in the Thorax 9.9 Blood Vessels of the Thorax 9.10 Nerves of the Thorax Laboratory 10: The Abdomen 10.1 The Abdominal Skeleton 10.2 Skeletal Muscles of the Abdomen 10.3 Abdominal Cavity and peritoneum 10.4 Digestive Canal and Organs 10.5 Blood Vessels of the Gut 10.6 Lymphatic Organs and Lymph Drainage 10.7 The Kidneys and Adrenal Glands 10.8 Gonadal Blood Vessels 10.9 Nerves in the Abdomen Laboratory 11: The Pelvis 11.1 The Pelvic Skeleton 11.2 Muscles of the Pelvis 11.3 Peritoneum in the Pelvic Cavity 11.4 Common Pelvic Viscera 11.5 Male Genitalia 11.6 Female Genitalia 11.7 Blood Vessels of the Pelvis 11.8 Nerves of the Pelvis 2008 (June 2007) / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334720-2 / MHID: 0-07-334720-5 This laboratory manual is expressly written to coincide with the Chapters of Human Anatomy, 2/e by Kenneth Saladin. This lab manual has clear explanations of anatomy experiments. Other features include a set of review questions at the end of each lab, plus numerous outstanding color photographs and artwork. FEATURES The cat is the main dissection specimen in this laboratory manual, however, it is integrated with material on human anatomy, so that animals do not have to be relied upon as dissection specimens. Instructors can down load Instructors Manual's and other materials at: www.mhhe.com/labcentral Review sections at the end of each exercise assist students in assessing thier understanding. This lab manual includes about 20 review questions per exercise! Review questions include short answer exercises as well as application questions and labeling activities. All experiments presented in numbered list format making it easier for students to follow the steps required to set up and complete each experiment. Collection of data is imbedded within each exercise as opposed to a separate table in the back of the manual. Study Hints are located in selected exercises where additional information is provided to help students comprehend and retain difficult material presented. CONTENTS 1 Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2 Microscopy 3 Cell Structure 4 Tissues 5 Integumentary System 6 Introduction to the Skeletal System 7 Appendicular Skeleton 8 Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9 Axial Skeleton--Skull 10 Articulations 11 Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 12 Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg and Foot 13 Muscles of the Head and Neck 14 Muscles of the Torso 15 Introduction to the Nervous System 16 Brain and Cranial Nerves 17 Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 18 Introduction to Sensory Receptors 19 Endocrine System 20 Blood Cells 21 The Heart 22 Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body

NEW

HUMAN ANATOMY LABORATORY MANUAL 2nd Edition

By Eric Wise

45

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i45 45

11/13/2007 2:15:34 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

23 Arteries of the Lower Body 24 Veins, Fetal Circulation, and the Lymphatic System 25 Respiratory System 26 Digestive System 27 Urinary System 28 Male Reproductive System 29 Female Reproductive System Appendix Preparation of Materials

Human Anatomy - Multimedia

NEW

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 ONLINE

HUMAN ANATOMY LABORATORY TEXTBOOK 7th Edition

By Harold Benson and Kathleen Talaro of Pasadena City College 2005 (May 2004) / 416 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247579-1 / MHID: 0-07-247579-X CONTENTS 1 Some Fundamentals 1 Anatomical Terminology 2 Body Cavities and Membranes 3 Organ Systems: Rat Dissection 2 Cells and Tissues 4 Microscopy 5 Basic Cell Structure 6 Mitosis 7 Epithelial Tissues 8 Connective Tissues 9 The Integument 3 The Skeletal System 10 The Skeletal Plan 11 The Skull 12 The Vertebral Column and Thorax 13 The Appendicular Skeleton 14 Articulations 4 The Skeletal Muscles 15 Muscle Tissue 16 Muscle Structure 17 Body Movements 18 Cat Dissection: Skin Removal 19 Head and Neck Muscles 20 Trunk and Shoulder Muscles 21 Upper Extremity Muscles 22 Abdominal and Pelvic Muscles 23 Lower Extremity Muscles 5 The Nervous System 24 Nerve Tissue 25 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Reflex Arcs 26 The Neuromuscular Junction 27 Brain Anatomy: External 28 Brain Anatomy: Internal 29 The Eye 30 The Ear The Histology Atlas 6 Metabolic Support 31 The Blood 32 The Heart 33 The Arteries and Veins 34 Fetal Circulation 35 The Lymphatic System and the Immune Response 36 The Respiratory System 37 The Digestive System 38 The Urinary System 7 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems 39 The Endocrine System 40 The Reproductive System Histology Self-Quizzes Laboratory Reports Appendix A Answer Keys to Histology Self-Quizzes Appendix B Slice of Life Videodisc Directory

By Medical College of Ohio 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337803-9 / MHID: 0-07-337803-8 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis, hair shaft, specific glands, etc. Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added. NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the microscope icon located on the navigation bar. NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology animation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! System selection menu makes it easy to hop between systems. A new "Smart" (Google-like) search button has been added and integrated across all systems. Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system are one color and reference structures that are not part of that system are another color. CONTENTS Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Endocrine System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Lymphatic System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

46

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i46 46

11/13/2007 2:15:34 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED CDS 1-4 COMPLETE SERIES

By Medical College of Ohio 2007 (May 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321553-2 / MHID: 0-07-321553-8 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES DISSECTION: Using actual cadaver photographs blended together with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy Revealed allows students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human cadaver. Students can literally peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. ANIMATION: Compelling animations demonstrate muscle actions, clarify anatomical relationships, or explain difficult concepts. IMAGING: Labeled x-ray, MRI, and CAT scan images are available by system. SELF-TEST: Challenging quizzes allow students to test their ability to identify anatomical structures in a timed practical exam format.

NEW

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 CD

By Medical College of Ohio 2008 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337807-7 / MHID: 0-07-337807-0 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis, hair shaft, specific glands, etc. Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added. NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the microscope icon located on the navigation bar. NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology animation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! A new "Smart" (google-like) search button has been added and integrated across all systems. Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system one color and reference structures not part of that system are another color. CONTENTS Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Lymphatic System Respiratory System Urinary System Digestive System Endocrine System Reproductive System

A&P ANIMATIONS COLLECTION (CD-ROM)

By McGraw-Hill 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288990-1 / MHID: 0-07-288990-X Enables instructors to demonstrate physiological processes in motion by importing full-color animation files into classroom presentations or online course materials. FEATURES This CD-ROM contains three types of Animations (210 total), covering key A&P concepts! Mac and PC compatible Clinical Animations- 151 clinical animations highlighting human diseases and disorders. Interactive Physiology Animations- 29 interactive physiology animations based on the artwork from Vander (Widmaier) 9/e. Physiology Animations- 30 physiology animations based on the artwork from McGraw-Hill's market leading A&P texts.

47

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i47 47

11/13/2007 2:15:34 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

VIRTUAL ANATOMY DISSECTION REVIEW CD-ROM VERSION 2.0

By John R. Waters, Pennsylvania State University ­ University Park 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297431-7 / MHID: 0-07-297431-1 (Stand-Alone Version) CONTENTS Skeletal System (Axial Skeleton) Skull, anterior view Skull, lateral view Skull, inferior view Skull, interior view Atlas Axis Cervical vertebra Thoracic vertebra Lumbar vertebra Sacrum Sternum Rib (Appendicular Skeleton) Clavicle Scapula Humeus Ulna Radius Wrist and Hand Os coxa Femur Tibia Fibula Ankle and Foot Muscular System Chest Chest, deep Neck Shoulder/back Shoulder/back, deep Abdomen Arm, flexors Arm, flexors, deep Arm, extensors Antebrachium, extensors Hind region, lateral Hind region, lateral, deep Leg, medial Leg, medial, deep Shank, lateral Shank, medial Gastrointestinal System Mouth and Throat Abdominal cavity, general view Liver Small intestines Large intestines Respiratory System Larynx and Trachea Lungs Cardiovascular System Cranial vessels, general view Cranial vessels, shoulder and arm Caudal vessels, general view Caudal vessels, hip and leg Sheep heart, external view Sheep heart, interior, right side Sheep heart, interior, left side Urogenital System Reproductive system, male Reproductive system, female Sheep kidney Nervous System Sheep brain, lateral view Sheep brain, inferior view Sheep brain, posterior view Sheep brain, sagital section Sheep eye, external view Sheep eye, internal view Inner ear (model)

Human Physiology - Textbooks

NEW

International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722635-0 / MHID: 0-07-722635-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128791-3 / MHID: 0-07-128791-4 [IE] Fundamentals of Human Physiology was conceived to meet the needs of students and professors struggling with the complexity and depth of the larger, more detailed human physiology textbooks currently available. In addition to being more concise and focusing on the basics of human physiology, this text is smaller in physical size, allowing for a cheaper, easier choice for instructors. FEATURES Proven author Stuart Fox is known for his accessible writing style and years of classroom experience. Clinical Investigation Case Studies are based on homeostasis and appear at the beginning of every chapter. These are coupled with a brief scenario that describes what happens if homeostasis fails. Clinical Investigation Clues throughout the rest of the chapter point out material relevant to the initial case study, increasing comprehension through application. Select "Pyramid Paragraphs" alert students that the information about to be presented is a key building block or fundamental concept that future physiological topics will be built upon. A special "Chemistry Refresher" in Chapter 1 allows students with prior knowledge to review chemistry basics; students with no chemistry prerequisite can read the entire chapter. "Before You Read On" questions test comprehension after major sections of the chapter text. "Clinical Applications" boxes emphasize relevance of chapter topics via clinical examples. Readings entitled "Physiology in Health and Disease" build on chapter content and offer more in-depth clinical detail. "FYI" footnotes engage student interest and present interesting facts connected to chapter content. End-of-chapter review questions build in complexity based on Bloom's taxonomy. "Physiology in Balance" pages close every chapter and illustrate how the chapter relates to other chapters, emphasizing once again the importance of homeostasis. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Human Physiology 2. From Cells to Systems 3. Interactions Between Cells and Their Environment 4. Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses

48

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i48 48

11/13/2007 2:15:34 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

5. Central Nervous System 6. Peripheral Nervous System 7. Sensory System 8. Endocrine System 9. Muscle Physiology 10. Blood and Circulation 11. The Immune System 12. The Lungs, Gas Transport, and Acid/Base Balance 13. The Kidneys and Urinary System 14. The Digestive System 15. The Reproductive System Appendix 1: Calculations of chemical concentrations. Appendix 2: Pathways of cell respiration. Appendix 3: Mathematical concepts of selected topics in physiology. Appendix 4: Answers to multiple choice questions. clarity and ease of learning. CONTENTS Homeostasis: A Framework for Human Physiology Chemical Composition of the Body Cellular structure, proteins, and Metabolism Movement of Molecules Across Cell Membranes Control of Cells by Chemical Messengers Neuronal Signaling and the Structure of the Nervous System Sensory Physiology Consciousness, the Brain, and Behavior Muscle Control of Body Movement The Endocrine System Cardiovascular Physiology Respiratory Physiology The Kidneys and Regulation of Water and Inorganic Ions The Digestion and Absorption of Food Regulation of Organic Metabolism and Energy Balance Reproduction Defense Mechanisms of the Body Medical Physiology: Integration Using Clinical Cases

NEW

International Edition

VANDER'S HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11th Edition

By Eric P Widmaier, Boston University, Hershel Raff, Medical College of Wisconsin and Kevin T Strang, University of Wisconsin Madison 2008 (November 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721609-2 / MHID: 0-07-721609-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128366-3 / MHID: 0-07-128366-8 [IE]

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 10th Edition

By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG

http://www.mhhe.com/widmaier11e

Eric Widmaier (Boston University), Hershel Raff (Medical College of Wisconsin), and Kevin Strang (University of Wisconsin) have taken on the challenge of maintaining the strengths and reputation of Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function. Moving beyond the listing of mere facts, it stressed the causal chains of events that constitute the mechanisms of body function. The fundamental purpose of this textbook is to present the principles and facts of human physiology in a format that is suitable for undergraduates regardless of academic background or field of study. Vander's Human Physiology, eleventh edition, carries on the tradition of clarity and accuracy, while refining and updating the content to meet the needs of today's instructors and students. The eleventh edition features a streamlined, clinically oriented focus to the study of human body systems. It has also responded to reviewer requests for more clinical applications. Chapter 19 is new and contains three complete case studies. Physiology Inquiries have also been added to many figures throughout the chapters. These critical-thinking questions are just one more opportunity to add to the student's learning experience. NEW TO THIS EDITION New Chapter 19 - In response to reviewer requests for more clinical applications, a new chapter has been added. It contains three indepth clinical case studies using integrative, whole-body responses to challenges involving homeostasis of the human body --- three complete clinical case studies. Physiological Inquiries - You will now find critical-thinking and quantitative based questions integrated into many figures found in each chapter. Section on Calcium Homeostasis Moved to Chapter 11 - In response to reviewer requests, this section has been moved to improve 2008 (January 2007) / 800 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331293-4 / MHID: 0-07-331293-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110207-0 / MHID: 0-07-110207-8 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

Human Physiology, Tenth Edition, is intended for the one-semester Human Physiology course often taken by allied health and other biology students. The beginning Chapters introduce basic chemical and biological concepts to provide students with the framework they need to comprehend physiological principles. The Chapters that follow promote conceptual understanding rather than rote memorization of facts. Health applications are included throughout the book to heighten interest, deepen understanding of physiological concepts, and help students relate the material to their individual career goals. Every effort has been made to help students integrate related concepts and understand the relationships between anatomical structures and their functions. NEW TO THIS EDITION Inovative Clinical Pedagogical Techniques--The innovative pedagogical techniques utilized in Human Physiology helps students to make the most of the information in the text. Each Chapter includes the following clinical learning aids: 1) "Clinical Investigations" are brief case studies presented at the beginning of the Chapters to present a fascinating puzzle. Clues to solving the case are given along the way, as each relevant piece of information is presented. 2) "Clinical and Fitness Applications" boxes help students understand physiological concepts through medical and exercise applications.

49

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i49 49

11/13/2007 2:15:35 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

A new and updated art program helps clarify difficult concepts. 18 new figures and 3 new tables are indcluded in the text. The new figures are: 1.6, 1.24, 5.1, 6.18, 6.27, 6.29, 6.30, 7.15, 7.16, 7.25, 8.24, 10.11, 10.22, 11.12, 12.17, 12.23, 14.13, 16.36, 16.43 Revisions and content updates have been made in every Chapter, keeping the text current with the latest research, and incorporating new and recently modified physiological concepts. New Text Specific Website!--McGraw-Hill's ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and course management system which is designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Homework is easy-to-assign, automatically graded, and recorded in a robust grade book. Instructors can even share their course materials and assignments with colleagues. Whether you are looking for a "readyto-use-straight-out-of-the-box" system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your solution. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher's representative for more information on getting started with ARIS. CONTENTS 1 The Study of Body Function2 Chemical Composition of the Body 3 Cell Structure and Genetic Control 4 Enzymes and Energy 5 Cell Respiration and Metabolism 6 Interactions Between Cells and the Extracellular Environment 7 The Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses 8 The Central Nervous System 9 The Autonomic Nervous System 10 Sensory Physiology 11 Endocrine Glands: Secretion and Action of Hormones 12 Muscle: Mechanisms of Contraction and Neural Control 13 Blood, Heart and Circulation 14 Cardio Output, Blood Flow, and Blood Pressure 15 The Immune System 16 Respiratory Physiology 17 Physiology of the Kidneys 18 The Digestive System 19 Regulation of Metabolism 20 Reproduction Appendix A Solutions to Clinical Investigations Appendix B Answers to Test Your Knowledge of Terms and Facts Questions

Human Physiology Lab

NEW

LABORATORY EXERCISES IN HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S. 3.0, 2nd Edition

By William Lutterschmidt and Deborah Lutterschmidt, Oregon State University 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722973-3 / MHID: 0-07-722973-8 This stand-alone laboratory text has been developed as an introduction to fundamental concepts in physiology. The text has been designed to emphasize an experimental approach to teaching physiology and is therefore designed for a particular type of student and curriculum. Many of the exercises will help students develop their clinical knowledge of physiology, plus help them gain an appreciation for the clinical techniques as would be needed by students studying nursing, physical therapy, and other health-oriented fields. Although this laboratory text may be used independently, its presentation and formal of material will closely follow that of Vander's Human Physiology, 11th Edition. NEW TO THIS EDITION Exercise on Scientific Investigation -- A Laboratory exercise on Scientific Investigation is included to introduce basic data analyses used in physiology. Each laboratory exercise is also organized in a format of a scientific publication having An Introduction, Materials and Methods, Results, and Discussion sections. Pre-Lab Exercises -- Each laboratory presents an introduction and a series of pre-lab exercises that students should complete before each laboratory session. These pre-lab exercises may be collected by the instructor at the beginning of the laboratory session in addition to or in lieu of a pre-lab quiz. A brief introduction to the exercise presents the essential information for understanding the physiological significance of each laboratory. Offering "Comparative Notes" -- The study of physiology is most intriguing to both students and instructors when particular physiological processes are placed in the broader context of physiological adaptation. Each lab exercises offers a "Comparative Note" to introduce the student to a variety of physiological solutions to the unique challenges of a species' environment.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

Expectations Clearly Defined -- Each laboratory has a clear and consistent organization: A concise statement of Purpose, Learning Objectives, Materials List, and a brief Introduction. Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (Ph.I.L.S.) 3.0 -- This laboratory text utilizes Ph.I.L.S. where no appropriate alternative to classical animal-based experiments are available. Lab Reports -- A laboratory report follows each exercise to examine a student's understanding of the physiological concepts investigated in the laboratory. Instructor's Manual -- An instructor's manual is provided online at www.mhhe.com/lutterschmidt1. Simply contact your local McGraw-Hill sales representative to obtain the appropriate user name and password.

50

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i50 50

11/13/2007 2:15:35 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Artwork corresponds to Vander's Human Physiology 11th edition. CONTENTS 1 Scientific Investigation 2 Homeostasis 3 Diffusion, Osmosis, and Tonicity 4 Enzyme Activity 5 Action Potentials 6 Reflexes 7 Sensory Physiology 8 Functional Anatomy of Muscle and Mechanics of Contraction 9 Physiology of Muscle Contraction 10 Endocrine Physiology 11 Cardiovascular Physiology 12 Physiology of Blood 13 Respiratory Physiology 14 Renal Physiology 15 Metabolic Rate CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System

NEW

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD

By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

NEW

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED

By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. NEW TO THIS EDITION A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, corresponding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2. A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, Version 2. New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2. New content on insertions and origins has been included in The Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version 2. More coloring exercises on structure are included in the workbook. All changes to the interface of version two of APR have consequently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the workbook.

2008 (January 2007) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340354-0 / MHID: 0-07-340354-7 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR) CD, and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows the 4-CD APR set and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. FEATURES The inside front cover includes a step-by-step quick reference chart covering the initial steps needed to access main sections of APR. The author refers students back to this chart when appropriate at different points in the workbook. Each Chapter is numbered; exercises reflect the Chapter number, followed by the sequential exercise number (e.g. Exercise 4.1, Exercise 4.2, etc.), making it easy for instructors to assign portions of the workbook. The introductory Chapter includes an overview of tools, views, etc., to help students navigate within APR. "Check Point" questions within many of the exercises help students make the connection between content in APR and lecture/lab. "Heads-Up" notes let students know that the content is important and related to information or exercises to come. Many exercises include tables to help students visually comprehend various anatomical groupings. A "Bonus Question" on root words and/or terminology is included at the end of the tables.

51

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i51 51

11/13/2007 2:15:35 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

The workbook includes coloring figures to identify bony landmarks. "What Have I Learned?" questions summarize each exercise and may be assigned as a quiz or homework activity. CONTENTS Volume One: Skeletal and Muscular Systems Skeletal System Muscular System Volume Two: Nervous System Volume Three: Cardiovascular, Lymphatic and Respiratory Systems Cardiovascular System Lymphatic System Respiratory System Volume Four: Digestive, Urinary, Reproductive and Endocrine Systems Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System Endocrine System CONTENTS 1 Introduction: Structure and Physiological Control Systems 2 Cell Function and Biochemical Measurements 3 The Nervous System and Sensory Physiology 4 The Endocrine System 5 Skeletal Muscles 6 Blood: Gas Transport, Immunity, and Clotting Functions 7 The Cardiovascular System 8 Respiration and Metabolism 9 Renal Function and Homeostasis 10 Digestion and Nutrition 11 Reproductive System Appendix 1 Basic Chemistry Appendix 2 Sources of Equipment and Solutions Appendix 3 Multimedia Correlations to the Laboratory Exercises

EXPERIMENTAL AND APPLIED PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL 8th Edition

By Richard G Pflanzer, Iupui - Indianapolis 2007 (Sept 2005) / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-250077-6 / MHID: 0-07-250077-8 Experimental and Applied Physiology Laboratory Manual, Eighth Edition, is a comprehensive, stand-alone laboratory manual for the one-semester physiology course taught at the undergraduate level. It can accompany any physiology textbook on the market, and reinforces those principles that are fundamental to all courses on physiology. The strengths of this lab manual are its emphasis on hands-on experiments, a practical balance of background information, and clear procedural instructions. CONTENTS 1 Metrics, Measurements, Computations 2 Bioinstrumentation 3 Compound Light Microscopy 4 Physical Processes of Biological Importance 5 Neural Control of Skeletal Muscle 6 Contractility of Skeletal Muscle I: The Twitch and Motor Unit Summation 7 Contractility of Skeletal Muscle II: Mechanical Summation, Contracture, Tetanus, and Fatigue 8 Contractility of Skeletal Muscle III: Isotonic Contraction and Initial Length versus Work 9 Electromyography and Dynamometry 10 Neuromuscular Reflexes of the Spinal Cord and Brain Stem 11 Somatic Sensation 12 Cranial Nerves: Assessment of Functions 13 Visual Acuity, Accommodation, Peripheral Vision, Color Vision, and Ophthalmoscopy 14 Hearing and Equilibrium 15 Electroencephalography I: Relaxation and Brain Rhythms 16 Electroencephalography II: Occipital Lobe Alpha Rhythms 17 Blood Cells and Blood Types 18 Red Blood Cell Count 19 Hemoglobin Content, Hematocrit, and Red Cell Indices 20 Hemostasis: The Platelet Count, Bleeding Time, and Coagulation 21 White Blood Cell Count 22 Microcirculation 23 The Cardiac Cycle 24 Heart Sounds, Pulse Rate, and Systemic Blood Pressure 25 Plethysmography and the Peripheral Pressure Pulse 26 Electrical Activity of the Heart: The Electrocardiogram 27 Electrical Activity of the Heart: Vectorcardiography 28 The Respiratory Cycle

NEW

LABORATORY GUIDE TO HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY Concepts and Clinical Applications, 12th Edition

By Stuart Ira Fox

2008 (January 2007) / 132 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334724-0 / MHID: 0-07-334724-8 (with ARIS Sticker) A Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology, Twelfth Edition, is a standalone human physiology manual that can be used in conjunction with any human physiology textbook. It includes a wide variety of exercises that support most areas covered in a human physiology course, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose those exercises best suited to meet their particular instructional goals. Background information that is needed to understand the principles and significance of each exercise is presented in a concise manner, so that little or no support is needed from the lecture text. NEW TO THIS EDITION Procedures Revised--Many of the exercises have updated explanations of basic physiology and clinical applications, as well as procedures that have been updated for newer equipment. 15 NEW EXERCISES IN Ph.I.L.S.! The Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (Ph.I.L.S.) 2.0 CD-ROM now contains 26 simulated lab exercises that can be performed in addition to, or instead of, the noted exercises in the Fox laboratory guide. This easy to use software offers students the flexibility to change the parameters of every lab experiment, with no limit to the amount of times a student can repeat experiments or modify the variables. Revised Review Activities--The review activities have been revised for almost all of the exercises in order to improve clarity and coverage.

52

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i52 52

11/13/2007 2:15:35 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

29 Pulmonary Function Tests: Volumes and Capacities 30 Pulmonary Function Tests: Forced Expiratory Volume and Maximal Voluntary Ventilation 31 Analysis of Urine 32 Digestion 33 Metabolic Rates: Indirect Calorimetry 34 Maintenance and Regulation of Body Temperature 35 Glucose Tolerance Appendix A Preparation of Agar Plates and Pipettes Appendix B Preparation of the Egg Osmometer Appendix C Pithing the Frog Appendix D Preparing the Freshwater Turtle for Heart Experiments Appendix E Jones Pulmonor Disinfectant Procedure A new "Smart" (Google-like) search button has been added and integrated across all systems. Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system are one color and reference structures that are not part of that system are another color. CONTENTS Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Endocrine System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Lymphatic System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

Human Physiology - Multimedia

NEW NEW

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 ONLINE

By Medical College of Ohio 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337803-9 / MHID: 0-07-337803-8 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis, hair shaft, specific glands, etc. Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added. NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the microscope icon located on the navigation bar. NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology animation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! System selection menu makes it easy to hop between systems.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 CD

By Medical College of Ohio 2008 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337807-7 / MHID: 0-07-337807-0 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis, hair shaft, specific glands, etc. Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added. NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the microscope icon located on the navigation bar. NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology animation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! A new "Smart" (google-like) search button has been added and integrated across all systems. Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system one color and reference structures not part of that system are another color.

53

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i53 53

11/13/2007 2:15:36 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

CONTENTS Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Lymphatic System Respiratory System Urinary System Digestive System Endocrine System Reproductive System Sodium Concentration Action Potentials 10. The Compound Action Potential 11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods 13. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 14. Facilitation & Depression 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs Endocrine Function 17. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate Frog Heart Function 18. Thyroid and Chemical Effects 19. Refractory Period of the Heart 20. Starling's Law of the Heart 21. Heart Block ECG and Heart Function 22. ECG and Exercise 23. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 24. ECG and Finger Pulse 25. Electrical Axis of the Heart 26. ECG and Heart Block 27. Abnormal ECGs Circulation 28. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 29. Blood Pressure and Gravity 30. Blood Pressure and Body Position Blood 31. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding 32. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding Respiration 33. Altering Body Position 34. Altering Airway Volume 35. Exercise-Induced Changes 36. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 37. Glucose Transport

NEW

PH.I.L.S VERSION 3.0 CD-ROM

By Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University 2008 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334933-6 / MHID: 0-07-334933-X Ph.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) 3.0 offers a new interface which makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system. There are also new post lab quizzes offering more assessment opportunities! Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 37 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 37 labs are self-contained experiments - no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment - there is no limit! FEATURES Includes 37 Lab simulations - 12 NEW simulations! New interface makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system. New post lab quizzes offer more assessment opportunities. Features All 37 labs are self-contained experiments- no lengthy instruction manual required! And have printable lab reports with instructor answer key. Students can change the parameters or variables of the lab experiments with no limits. Students work through labs, adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, and draw conclusions. CONTENTS Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation 5. The Length-Tension Relationship 6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Resting Potentials 8. Resting Potential and External Potassium Concentration 9. Resting Potential and External

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED CDS 1-4 COMPLETE SERIES

By Medical College of Ohio 2007 (May 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321553-2 / MHID: 0-07-321553-8 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill's Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. FEATURES DISSECTION: Using actual cadaver photographs blended together with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy Revealed allows students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human cadaver. Students can literally peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. ANIMATION: Compelling animations demonstrate muscle actions, clarify anatomical relationships, or explain difficult concepts. IMAGING: Labeled x-ray, MRI, and CAT scan images are available by system.

54

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i54 54

11/13/2007 2:15:36 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

SELF-TEST: Challenging quizzes allow students to test their ability to identify anatomical structures in a timed practical exam format.

A&P ANIMATIONS COLLECTION (CD-ROM)

By McGraw-Hill 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288990-1 / MHID: 0-07-288990-X Enables instructors to demonstrate physiological processes in motion by importing full-color animation files into classroom presentations or online course materials.

MEDIAPHYS VERSION 3.0 An Introduction to Human Physiology, 3rd Edition

By Tom Stavraky, University of Western Ontario 2006 (June 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294582-9 / MHID: 0-07-294582-6 (Stand-Alone)

FEATURES This CD-ROM contains three types of Animations (210 total), covering key A&P concepts! Mac and PC compatible Clinical Animations- 151 clinical animations highlighting human diseases and disorders. Interactive Physiology Animations- 29 interactive physiology animations based on the artwork from Vander (Widmaier) 9/e. Physiology Animations- 30 physiology animations based on the artwork from McGraw-Hill's market leading A&P texts.

http://www.mhhe.com/mediacentral

McGraw-Hill is proud to introduce MediaPhys 3.0, the most comprehensive physiology study tool available. MediaPhys is a multimedia educational CD-ROM that offers cross-platform compatibility (Windows or Macintosh systems). This dynamic program offers 16 complete modules featuring detailed explanations, high-quality illustrations, and animations to provide students with a thorough introduction into the world of physiology. MediaPhys is filled with interactive activities and quizzes to help reinforce physiology concepts that are often difficult to understand. Now students can learn and study on their own while using a powerful tool that challenges them to succeed! CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Physiology 2. Body Fluids 3. Human Cell 4. Nerve Cells 5. Muscles 6. Nervous System 7. Sensory Systems 8. Cardiovascular System I- The Heart 9. Cardiovascular System II- Blood Vessels 10. Respiratory System 11. Renal System, Water and Electrolyte Balance 12. Acid-Base Balance 13. Endocrine System 14. Reproductive System 15. Digestive System 16. Metabolism

Biology of Aging

HUMAN AGING Biological Perspectives, 2nd Edition

By Augustine G Digiovanna, Salisbury State University 2000 / 408 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-292691-0 / MHID: 0-07-292691-0

http://www.biologyofhumanaging.com

CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Molecules, Cells, and Theories of Aging Chapter 3 The Integumentary System Chapter 4 Circulatory System Chapter 5 Respiratory System Chapter 6 Nervous System Chapter 7 Eyes and Ears Chapter 8 Muscle System Chapter 9 Skeletal System Chapter 10 Digestive System Chapter 11 Diet and Nutrition Chapter 12 Urinary System Chapter 13 Reproductive Systems Chapter 14 Endocrine System Chapter 15 Immune System Chapter 16 About the Future

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

55

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i55 55

11/13/2007 2:15:36 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Histology

International Edition

BASIC HISTOLOGY Text & Atlas, 11th Edition

By Luiz Carlos Junqueira and Jose Carneiro of University of San Paulo, Brazil 2005 / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144091-2 / MHID: 0-07-144091-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111888-0 / MHID: 0-07-111888-8 [IE with CD] CONTENTS 1. Histology & Its Methods of Study 2. The Cytoplasm 3. The Cell Nucleus 4. Epithelial Tissue 5. Connective Tissue 6. Adipose Tissue 7. Cartilage 8. Bone 9. Nerve Tissue & the Nervous System 10. Muscle Tissue 11. The Circulatory System 12. Blood Cells 13. Hematopoiesis 14. The Immune System & Lymphoid Organs 15. Digestive Tract 16. Organs Associated with the Digestive Tract 17. The Respiratory System 18. Skin 19. The Urinary System 20. Hypophysis 21. Adrenals, Islets of Langerhans, Thyroid, Parathyroids, & Pineal Gland 22. The Male Reproductive System 23. The Female Reproductive System 24. Photoreceptor & Audioreceptor Systems

Chapter 2 Inflammation Chapter 3 Fever Chapter 4 Healing Chapter 5 Disease of Immunity Chapter 6 Neoplasis Part 2 Systemic Pathophysiology Chapter 7 Blood Disorders Chapter 8 Hemodynamic Disorders Chapter 9 Vascular Disorders Chapter 10 Cardiac Pathophysiology Chapter 11 Circulatory Shock Chapter 12 Respiratory Pathophysiology Chapter 13 Gastrointestinal Pathophysiology Chapter 14 Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Pathophysiology Chapter 15 Renal Pathophysiology Chapter 16 Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances Chapter 17 Endocrine Pathophysiology Chapter 18 Skeletal and Muscular Pathophysiology Chapter 19 Reproductive Pathophysiology Chapter 20 Disorders of Central ervous System Development, Vascular Support, and Protection Chapter 21 Disorders of Movement, Sensation, and Mental Function Chapter 22 Seizures and Epilepsy Chapter 23 Pain and Pain Management Chapter 24 Trauma

Reproductive Biology

HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY 3rd Edition

By Sylvia S Mader 2005 (April 2004) / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287234-7 / MHID: 0-07-287234-9

http://www.mhhe.com/maderrepro3

CONTENTS Part I- Human Inheritance 1 Chromosomes and Chromosomal Inheritance 2 Genes and Medical Inheritance 3 DNA and Molecular Genetics 4 Genetic Counseling Part II- Human Reproduction 5 Reproductive Hormones and Sexual Maturation 6 Human Reproductive Systems 7 Human Sexual Response 8 Fertilization, Development, and Birth 9 Birth Control and Infertility 10 Sexually Transmitted Diseases AIDS SUPPLEMENT Part III- Evolution, Behavior, and Population Concerns 11 Evolution 12 Behavior 13 Population Concerns

Pathophysiology

International Edition

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3rd Edition

By Thomas J Nowak and A Gordon Handford of British Columbia Institute of Tech. 2004 / 752 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-027255-2 / MHID: 0-07-027255-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121497-1 / MHID: 0-07-121497-6 [IE] CONTENTS Part 1 Foundation Concepts of Pathophysiology Chapter 1 Cell Injury

56

HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i56 56

11/13/2007 2:15:36 PM

Biology - Multimedia ....................................................................................................76 - Supplements ................................................................................................77 General Biology Majors - Laboratory ....................................................................................................73 - Textbook .......................................................................................................70 General Biology Non Majors - Laboratory ....................................................................................................66 - Textbook .......................................................................................................59 General Biology Non Majors & Majors Combined - Laboratory ....................................................................................................69 - Textbook .......................................................................................................68 Human Biology - Laboratory ....................................................................................................76 - Textbook .......................................................................................................75

BIOLOGY

57

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 57

11/13/2007 2:16:55 PM

NEW TITLES

BIOLOGY

2009

Concepts in Biology, 13e Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Biology: Concepts and Investigations Concepts of Biology

Author

Enger Enger Hoefnagels Mader

ISBN-13

9780077229962 9780073377926 9780073342528 9780077229979

MHID

0077229967 0073377929 0073342521 0077229975

Page

59 66 59 60

2008

Biology Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Essentials of the Living World, 2e The Living World, 5e Human Biology, 10e Inquiry into Life, 12e Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 12e Biology: Dimensions of Life Biology, 8e Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Brooker Dolphin Johnson Johnson Mader Mader Mader Mader Presson Raven Vodopich 9780073268071 9780072992878 9780073309354 9780073256535 9780072986860 9780073309330 9780072986907 9780072986822 9780073227368 9780073227399 9780072995220 0073268070 0072992875 0073309354 0073256536 0072986867 0073309338 0072986905 0072986824 0073227366 0073227390 007299522X 70 73 62 62 75 63 76 66 64 72 74

58

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 58

11/13/2007 2:16:56 PM

BIOLOGY

General Biology - Non Majors

but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. CONTENTS Part I Introduction 1 What is Biology? Part II Cornerstones: Chemistry, Cells, and Metabolism 2 The Basics of Life: Chemistry 3 Organic Molecules-The Molecules of Life 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Enzymes, Coenzymes, and Energy 6 Biochemical Pathways-Cellular Respiration 7 Biochemical Pathways-Photosynthesis Part III Molecular Biology, Cell Division and Genetics 8 DNA and RNA: The Molecular Basis of Heredity 9 Cell Division 10 Patterns of Inheritance 11 Applications of Biotechnology Part IV Evolution and Ecology 12 Diversity within Species and Population Genetics 13 Evolution and Natural Selection 14 The Formation of Species and Evolutionary Change 15 Ecosystem Dynamics: The Flow of Energy and Matter 16 Community Interactions 17 Population Ecology 18 Evolutionary and Ecological Aspects of Behavior Part V The Origin and Classification of Life 19 The Origin of Life and Evolution of Cells 20 The Classification and Evolution of Organisms 21 The Nature of Microorganisms 22 The Plant Kingdom 23 The Animal Kingdom Part VI Physiological Processes 24 Materials Exchange in the Body 25 Nutrition: Food and Diet 26 The Body's Control Mechanisms and Immunity 27 Human Reproduction, Sex, and Sexuality

Textbook

NEW

International Edition

CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY 13th Edition

By Eldon Enger, Frederick C Ross and David Bailey of Delta College

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722996-2 / MHID: 0-07-722996-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128789-0 / MHID: 0-07-128789-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/enger13e

Enger/Ross/Bailey: Concepts in Biology is a relatively brief introductory general biology text written for students with no previous science background. The authors strive to use the most accessible vocabulary and writing style possible while still maintaining scientific accuracy. The text covers all the main areas of study in biology from cells through ecosystems. Evolution and ecology coverage are combined in Part Four to emphasize the relationship between these two main subject areas. The new, 13th edition is the latest and most exciting revision of a respected introductory biology text written by authors who know how to reach students through engaging writing, interesting issues and applications, and accessible level. Instructors will appreciate the book's scientific accuracy, complete coverage and extensive supplement package. NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill's ARIS ­ Assessment, Review, and Instruction System is a complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. For students, ARIS contains self-study tools such as animations, interactive quizzes, and more. This program enables students to complete their homework online, as assigned by their instructors. ARIS provides all instructor resources online, as well provides the ability to create or edit questions from the question bank, import your own content, and automatically grade and report easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Go to www.aris. mhhe.com to learn more. Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever, whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill books in the library. Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY Concepts and Investigations

By Marielle Hoefnagels, University of OklahomaNorman

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334252-8 / MHID: 0-07-334252-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128801-9 / MHID: 0-07-128801-5 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

This new non-majors biology textbook offers an engaging writing style, strong focus on scientific inquiry and evolution, an emphasis on applications and a superior pedagogical system within a concepts format. Content: This text takes a concepts approach, with up-to-date content delivered at a nonmajors level. Each chapter is built around a set of core concepts. Authorship: This is the only single-authored, non-majors text written by a Ph.D. biologist, who is an active, tenured, award-winning teacher from a well-respected research university.

59

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 59

11/13/2007 2:16:56 PM

BIOLOGY

Scientific Inquiry: This text emphasizes science as a process and how scientists do their work. Evolution: Evolution is the central theme of the text and addressed in multiple way throughout. Media: This text includes a multitude of media assets include learning outcomes, animations, videos, and quizzing. Applications: The text several features that highlight the relevance of topics to readers, including an opening essays, Burning Questions boxed readings, Can You Relate boxed readings, and applications woven throughout all chapters in the narrative. Art/Visuals: This text includes a brand new art program with a 3dimensional look and feel, using consistent color and style throughout. Pedagogy: Leaning tools in this text include two-page chapter openers, numbered concepts, boxed readings, Mastering Concepts questions at the end of major sections, and substantive end-of-chapter assessment material. FEATURES Marielle Hoefnagels is an assistant professor on the faculty of the departments of Botany/Microbiology and Zoology at The University of Oklahoma. She received her Ph.D in plant pathology from Oregon State University in 1997. She is an award-winning teacher. Investigating Life: each chapter's capstone concept focuses on a scientific study that shed light on an evolutionary topic. In each case, the emphasis is on how scientists developed and tested a specific hypothesis. Often illustrating the work of global teams of researchers, these reinforce the connections between multiple fields of biology. Beautiful color-coordinated art and photo program, developed with the purpose of addressing student learning styles. Each art figure has been thoroughly analyzed by the development team, our faculty consultant group, and by the author. Content. This new text offers a modern approach to genetics and comprehensive units on evolution and biological diversity. Unit 4 includes a unique feature, "Focus on Model Organisms," that are frequently used in biological research. Ancillary Program. The instructor and student supplements package will be in this non-majros market. You will find all illustrations ( over 500) in the transparency set, all art and photographs from the text on a Instructors Presentation CD ROM, over 300 life science animations for classroom presentation, Active Art, Animations developed from text specific illustrations, Student and Instructor Online Learning Center and a Course Solutions staff who can help you pull it all together. Chapter by Chapter color customization -Professors now have the option to select only the chapters they cover in lecture and lab allowing students savings in book costs. CONTENTS Unit 1: The Cellular Basis of Life 1. What is Life? 2. The Chemistry of Life 3. The Dynamic Cell 4. The Energy of Life 5. Photosynthesis 6. How Cells Release Energy Unit 2: The Molecular Basis of Life 7. DNA Structure and Replication 8. The Cell Cycle 9. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 10. Patterns of Inheritance 11. Chromosomes and Human Inheritance Patterns 12. Gene Function, Gene Regulation, and Biotechnology Unit 3: The Evolution of Life 13. The Forces of Evolutionary Change 14. Speciation and Extinction 15. Evidence for Evolution 16. The Origin and History of Life Unit 4: The Diversity of Life 17. Viruses and Simple Infectious Agents 18. Bacteria and Archaea 19. Protista 20. Plants 21. Fungi 22. Animals I ­ Invertebrates 23. Animals II ­ Vertebrates Unit 5: Plant Life 24. Plant Form and Function 25. Plant Nutrition and Transport 26. Reproduction and Development of Flowering Plants Unit 6: Animal Life 27. Animal Tissues, Organ Systems and Homeostasis 28. The Nervous System 29. The Sensory System 30. The Endocrine System 31. The Musculoskeletal System 32. The Circulatory System 33. The Respiratory System 34. Digestion and Animal Nutrition 35. Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids 36. The Immune System 37. Animal Reproduction and Development Unit 7: The Ecology of Life 38. Animal Behavior 39. Populations 40. Communities and Ecosystems 41. The Biosphere 42. Conserving Biodiversity

NEW

International Edition

CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY

By Sylvia S Mader

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722997-9 / MHID: 0-07-722997-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128315-1 / MHID: 0-07-128315-3 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

Instructors consistently ask for a textbook that helps students understand the relationships between the main concepts of biology, so they are not learning facts about biology in isolation. Mader's Concepts of Biology was developed to fill this void. Organized around the main themes of biology, Concepts of Biology guides students to think conceptually about biology and the world around them. Just as the levels of biological organization flow from one level to the next, themes and topics in Concepts of Biology are tied to one another throughout the chapter, and between the chapters and parts. Combined with Dr. Mader's hallmark writing style, exceptional art program, and pedagogical framework, difficult concepts become easier to understand and visualize, allowing students to focus on understanding how the concepts are related.

60

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 60

11/13/2007 2:16:56 PM

BIOLOGY

FEATURES Relationships Between Concepts Are Emphasized. The content in Mader's Concepts of Biology is organized around the main themes of biology (Cells, Genes, Evolution, Homeostasis, and Ecology), and relationships among the concepts are highlighted in several key ways: careful transitions between the sections, chapters, and parts; the Connecting the Concepts feature at the end of each chapter that ties together the concepts of the chapter and explains how they relate to the concepts of the next chapter; and the Biological Viewpoints feature at the end of each Part that gives students a take-home message about the major concepts of the Part. Learning System. The pedagogical tools in Concepts of Biology were developed to help students organize the content and to further the goal of showing relationships among concepts. A short reading opens the chapter and engages students with interesting information that they may not readily know. The information is tied to the concepts that will be covered in the chapter. Learning Outcomes give students a snapshot of the key concepts they will need to understand, and the outcomes are referred to throughout the chapter. Within the chapter, full-phrase headings are used to clearly capture the main concepts. An introduction at the beginning of each main section orients students to the material that follows. Check Your Progress questions appear at the end of each section so students can self-assess how well they understood the material, and when effective, the questions relate back to the chapter-opening reading to help students relate the concepts to an example. Each chapter ends with an illustrated, bulleted summary, and review questions. The review questions include multiple-choice questions and open-ended, critical thinking questions organized by the main headings of the chapter to help students more efficiently organize their study. Relevancy. Two types of readings appear periodically in each chapter--How Biology Impacts Our Lives and How Science Progresses--to present concepts in the context of real-life events. In addition, analogies, a strength of Dr. Mader's writing style, aid students in understanding difficult concepts. Writing Style. Continuing with the Mader tradition, reviewers tout the writing style of Concepts of Biology as logical, easy to read, and at a level appropriate to the non-major student. Art Program. The artwork in Mader's Concepts of Biology is dynamic and dimensional to engage students. Some of the key features include: clarity and effectiveness of presentation, consistent use of color, inclusion of figures with multi-level perspective (macroscopic to microscopic), use of process figures to break down complex processes, and placement of all art and photos on the same page as the associated text. Media: Teaching and Learning with Technology. Mader's Concepts of Biology is accompanied by a vast array of electronic teaching and learning tools, including animations and videos with quizzing, pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and on-line labs. The ARIS website for Concepts of Biology is organized by the main headings in the textbook to further help students build upon the learning outcomes in the textbook and assess performance. A vast array of presentation and course management tools are also provided for use by instructors to enhance their lectures and manage their classrooms more effectively. Finally, we at McGraw-Hill are committed to offering electronic book and customized print options to best fit your needs. Full-Color Customization. Professors have the option of creating a customized version of the text by selecting only the chapters they cover in lecture, providing students with significant savings in book costs. Customization can occur in two ways: -- Chapter-by-chapter color customized printed book or a full-color Primis eBook. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Biology is the Study of Life Part I: Organisms are Composed of Cells Chapter 2: Basic Chemistry and Cells Chapter 3: Organic Molecules and Cells Chapter 4: Structure and Function of Cells Chapter 5: Dynamic Activities of Cells Chapter 6: Pathways of Photosynthesis Chapter 7: Pathways of Cellular Respiration Part II: Genes Control the Traits of Organisms Chapter 8: Cell Division and Reproduction Chapter 9: Patterns of Genetic Inheritance Chapter 10: Molecular Biology of Inheritance Chapter 11: Regulation of Gene Activity Chapter 12: Biotechnology and Genomics Part III: Organisms are Related and Adapted to their Environment Chapter 13: Darwin and Evolution Chapter 14: Speciation and Evolution Chapter 15: The History and Classification of Life on Earth Chapter 16: Evolution of Microbial Life Chapter 17: Evolution of Protists Chapter 18: Evolution of Plants and Fungi Chapter 19: Evolution of Animals Chapter 20: Evolution of Humans Part IV: Plants are Homeostatic Chapter 21: Plant Organization and Homeostasis Chapter 22: Nutrition and Transport in Plants Chapter 23: Regulation of Growth and Responses in Plants Chapter 24: Reproduction and Development of Plants Part V: Animals are Homeostatic Chapter 25: Animal Organization and Homeostasis Chapter 26: Coordination by Neural Signaling Chapter 27: Sense Organs Chapter 28: Locomotion and Support Systems Chapter 29: Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems Chapter 30: Lymph Transport and Immunity Chapter 31: Digestive Systems and Nutrition Chapter 32: Gas Exchange and Transport in Animals Chapter 33: Osmoregulation and Excretion Chapter 34: Coordination by Hormone Signaling Chapter 35: Reproduction and Development Part VI: Organisms Live in Ecosystems Chapter 36: Population Ecology Chapter 37: Behavioral Ecology Chapter 38: Community and Ecosystem Ecology Chapter 39: Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere Chapter 40: Conservation of Biodiversity

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

61

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 61

11/13/2007 2:16:56 PM

BIOLOGY

Part 6 Animal Life 24 The Animal Body and How It Moves 25 Circulation 26 Respiration 27 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body 28 Maintaining the Internal Environment 29 How the Body Defends Itself 30 The Nervous System 31 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body 32 Reproduction and Development Part 7 Plant Life 33 Plant Form and Function 34 Plant Reproduction and Growth

NEW

International Edition

ESSENTIALS OF THE LIVING WORLD 2nd Edition

By George Johnson and Jonathan Losos of Washington University -St Louis

2008 (October 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330935-4 / MHID: 0-07-330935-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330570-7 / MHID: 0-07-330570-7 (with ARIS Instructor QuickStart Guide) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110211-7 / MHID: 0-07-110211-6 [IE]

NEW

International Edition

THE LIVING WORLD 5th Edition

By George Johnson, Washington University-St Louis

http://aris.mhhe.com

In this Essentials version of George Johnson's textbook, The Living World which is often considered to be a student favorite. Dr. Johnson has written this textbook from the ground up to be an engaging and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on "how things work and why things happen the way they do". This Essentials textbook features a straightforward, clear writing style and a wide variety of media assets to enhance the content of the textbook. The strength of the second edition is the integration of many tools that are designed to inspire both students and instructors. The multi-media package for the new edition stretches students beyond the confines of the traditional textbook to include high interest video clips and animations of key biological concepts. NEW TO THIS EDITION Issues Oriented: The author endeavors to apply biology to current issues and students' lives as much as possible throughout the text. However, he specifically adds boxes entitled "A Closer Look", "Author's Corner" and "Science in Action" to accomplish this objective as well. CONTENTS Part 1 The Study of Life 1 The Science of Biology 2 Evolution and Ecology Part 2 The Living Cell 3 The Chemistry of Life 4 Molecules of Life 5 Cells 6 Energy and Life 7 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun 8 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food Part 3 The Continuity of Life 9 Mitosis 10 Meiosis 11 Foundations of Genetics 12 DNA: The Genetic Material 13 How Genes Work 14 The New Biology Part 4 The Evolution and Diversity of Life 15 Evolution and Natural Selection 16 Exploring Biological Diversity 17 Evolution of Microbial Life 18 Evolution of Plants 19 Evolution of Animals Part 5 The Living Environment 20 Ecosystems 21 Populations and Communities 22 Behavior and the Environment 23 Plant Under Stress

2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325653-5 / MHID: 0-07-325653-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110212-4 / MHID: 0-07-110212-4 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

George Johnson's textbook, The Living World is often considered to be a student favorite. Dr. Johnson has written this non-majors textbook from the ground up to be an engaging and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on "how things work and why things happen the way they do". This authoritative textbook features a straightforward, clear writing style and a wide variety of media assets to enhance the content of the textbook. The strength of the fifth edition is the integration of many tools that are designed to inspire both students and instructors. The multi-media package for the new edition stretches students beyond the confines of the traditional textbook to include high interest video clips and animations of key biological concepts. NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW FEATURE! Inquiry and Analysis--This new feature appears at the end of all chapters and is intended to help students with developing their skills in analyzing and interpreting data. The author provides a 2-page discussion on the presentation of data in Chapter 1, introducing the students to the concepts of variables, relationships between variables, and presentation of data in various types of graphs. To reinforce this concept, the Inquiry and Analysis sections present the student with experimental data and help them analyze the data with a set of questions that walks them through the data. Reorganized Table of Contents--In response to the comments of our reviewers, the Table of Contents for the 5th edition will contain more, but shorter chapters than the 4th edition. Several of the chapters were sited as being too long and containing too much information for nonmajors. Six of these longer chapters have been split to form the addition of two more manageable chapters. These two new chapters are Chapters 29 and 30; 29 is devoted to the circulatory system and 30 is dedicated to the respiratory system. Art Tie-Ins--Throughout the text, descriptions of the art have been incorporated into the textual discussion, encouraging the students to

62

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 62

11/13/2007 2:16:57 PM

BIOLOGY

look at the art as they are reading the textual descriptions. In many cases, the artwork has been revised to make these rat tie-ins in the text clearer and more meaningful. A numbering system has been placed within the figures allowing the text to guide the student through particular areas of a figure. New Boxed Readings!--The addition of boxes readings in the previous edition (i.e. Author's Corner, Science in Action and A Closer Look) were very well received, so additional topics have been added. UPDATED TEXT WEBSITE!--McGraw-Hill's ARIS--Assessment, Review, and Instruction System for The Living World, 5/e is a complete electronic homework and course management system. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher's representative for more information on getting started with ARIS. CONTENTS Part 1 The Study of Life 1 The Science of Biology 2 Evolution and Ecology Part 2 The Living Cell 3 The Chemistry of Life 4 Molecules of Life 5 Cells 6 Energy and Life 7 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun 8 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food Part 3 The Continuity of Life 9 Mitosis 10 Meiosis 11 Foundations of Genetics 12 DNA: The Genetic Material 13 How Genes Work Part 4 The New Biology 14 Gene Technology 15 Genomics 16 The Revolution in Cell Technology Part 5 The Evolution and Diversity of Life 17 Evolution and Natural Selection 18 How We Name Living Things 19 The First Single-Celled Creatures 20 Advent of the Eukaryotes 21 Fungi Invade the Land Part 6 Plant Life 22 Evolution of Plants 23 Plant Form and Function 24 Plant Reproduction and Growth Part 7 Evolution of Animal Life 25 Evolution of the Animal Phyla 26 History of the Vertebrates 27 How Humans Evolved Part 8 Animal Life 28 The Animal Body and How It Moves 29 Circulation 30 Respiration 31 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body 32 Maintaining the Internal Environment 33 How the Body Defends Itself 34 The Nervous System 35 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body 36 Reproduction and Development Part 9 The Living Environment 37 Ecosystems 38 Populations and Communities 39 Behavior and the Environment 40 Planet Under Stress

NEW

International Edition

INQUIRY INTO LIFE 12th Edition

By Sylvia S Mader

2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330933-0 / MHID: 0-07-330933-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110213-1 / MHID: 0-07-110213-2 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

From the unique delivery of biology content, to the time tested art program, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Dr. Sylvia Mader has formed a teaching system that will both motivate and enable your students to understand and appreciate the wonders of all areas of biology. Inquiry into Life, 12/e emphasizes the application of all areas of biology to knowledge of human concerns, what the students are able to relate to. This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other non-majors texts with a unique approach, unparalleled art, and a straightforward, succinct writing style that has been acclaimed by both users and reviewers. NEW TO THIS EDITION More Critical Thinking Emphasis--Discussion questions have been provided at the end of each "Focus" boxed reading and at the end of each chapter. Is it important that your students be able to apply what they've learned to real-life applications? Do you think this better prepares them for the future? eInstruction questions are available with this project and can be found on the A.R.I.S. site. eInstruction is a wireless student response system that allows for the ultimate in classroom participation, giving you immediate feedback from every student. Content Revised Throughout--Content has been revised throughout the book by contributing experts in the field. Integrated Disease Coverage--More human disease coverage will be integrated throughout the text. Each of the systems chapter will ahve a new Disease and Disorder section. A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill's ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and course management system which is designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Homework is easy-to-assign, automatically graded, and recorded in a robust grade book. Instructors can even share their course materials and assignments with colleagues. Whether you are looking for a "ready-to-use-straight-out-of-the-box" system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your solution. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher's representative for more information on getting started with ARIS. Enhanced Art Program--The content and clarity of the art program within Inquiry Into Life have always been a hallmark of the text. Great care has been taken to maintain this high standard in making this revision. Vibrant colors and added dimension have been put into place to help create an even more beneficial art program.

63

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 63

11/13/2007 2:16:57 PM

BIOLOGY

CONTENTS 1 Exploring Life and Science Part I Human Organization 2 Chemistry of Life 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Organization and Regulation of Body Systems Part II Maintenance of the Human Body 5 Cardiovascular System: Heart and Blood Vessels 6 Cardiovascular System: Blood 7 Lymphatic System and Immunity ** 8 Digestive System and Nutrition 9 Respiratory System 10 Urinary System and Excretion Part III Movement and Support in Humans 11 Skeletal System 12 Muscular System Part IV Integration and Coordination in Humans 13 Nervous System 14 Senses 15 Endocrine System Part V Reproduction in Humans 16 Reproductive System 17 Development and Aging Part VI Human Genetics 18 Patterns of Chromosome Inheritance ** 19 Cancer 20 Patterns of Genetic Inheritance ** 21 DNA Biology and Technology ** Part VII Human Evolution and Ecology 22 Human Evolution 23 Global Ecology 24 Human Population, Planetary Resources, and Conservation Applied topics of particular interest to students (e.g. Psychoactive Drugs chapter) are covered in greater detail than normally expected in a text for this course. Modern Biology emphasizes the use of scientific processes to understand nature. Each chapter starts with an interesting story or scenario and then ends with a section that returns to the story and asks the question "How Do You Know?" The introductory scenario sets up intriguing issues and questions and, after covering the material in the chapter, the last section returns to the opening scenario and addresses these issues and questions in detail. Key terms are boldfaced when they are first presented and formally defined. Then this definition is repeated in the margin space that is close to the relevant text. Key questions appear in the margins throughout the text and ask students to rephrase what they have learned. Illustrations, photos, graphs, and other visual items complement the written text to provide the most accessible definitions of basic biological concepts. A complete set of instructor and student media ancillaries accompanies Modern Biology, including Students Online Learning Center, Life Science Animations, Instructor's Digital Content Manager, Instructor's Testing, and Primis Online customizable digital and print versions. Use of analogies and deeper explanations Added Dimensions Full applications chapters End of Chapter Now You Can Understand What Do You Think? Quick Checks

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY Dimensions of Life

By Joelle C Presson, University of Maryland-College Park and Janann Jenner

CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Framework of Biology Part I: Biological Chemistry, Cells, and Cellular Processes Chapter 2: Life Emerges from Chemistry: Atoms and Molecules Chapter 3: Biological Molecules Chapter 4: Life is Cellular: Cell Structure and Function Chapter 5: Life Uses Chemical Energy: Energy and Life Chapter 6: Engine of Life: Photosynthesis and Glucose Metabolism Part II: Reproduction of Cells and Inheritance Chapter 7: The Master Molecule of Life: DNA: Structure and Function Chapter 8: Life Renews Itself: Reproduction of Cells Chapter 9: Constructing Life: The Control of Eukaryotic Gene Expression Chapter 10: Rules of Inheritance: Classical Genetics Part III: Applying Your Knowledge of Cells and Cellular Processes Chapter 11: Biotechnology (Applications chapter) Chapter 12: The Biology and Treatment of Cancer (Applications chapter) Part IV: Evolution and Diversity of Life Chapter 13: Life Evolves: Darwin and the Science of Evolution Chapter 14: All Life is Related: Understanding Biological Diversity Chapter 15: Varieties of Life: Prokaryotes, Single-Celled Eukaryotes, and Algae Chapter 16: Varieties of Life: Fungi and Animals Chapter 17: Varieties of Life: Plants Part V: Applying Your Knowledge of Biological Diversity Chapter 18: The Value of Biological Diversity (Applications chapter) Part VI: Plant Biology Chapter 19: The Living Plant: Plant Structure and Function Chapter 20: The Thread of Life: Reproduction of Seed Plants Part VII: Human Biology

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322736-8 / MHID: 0-07-322736-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110214-8 / MHID: 0-07-110214-0 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

Presson/Jenner: Biology: Dimensions of Life, 1e is a one-semester biology text with an engaging, conversational style which encourages basic understanding of biology, issues, and applications leading students to a greater awareness of how they interact with the world around them. The goal of this text is to help students understand how biology relates to their lives and why they should develop a desire to obtain knowledge about science and biological issues. FEATURES Accessible writing style Fundamental biological concepts are presented with less complexity in terms of detail, but with more attention paid to conveying a deeper understanding that students are sure to grasp.

64

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 64

11/13/2007 2:16:58 PM

BIOLOGY

Chapter 21: Nerves, Senses, Bones, Muscles Chapter 22: Nutrition and Digestion Chapter 23: Circulation, Respiration, and Excretion Chapter 24: Hormones, Reproduction, and Early Development Part VIII: Applying Your Knowledge of Human Biology Chapter 25: Human Control of Reproduction (Applications chapter) Chapter 26: The Immune System and Emergent Diseases (Applications chapter) Part IX: Ecology Chapter 27: Ecology: Populations and Communities Chapter 28: Ecosystems and Biomes Part X: Applying Your Knowledge of Ecology Chapter 29: Human Impact Upon the Earth (Applications chapter) CONTENTS 1 A View of Life Part 1 The Cell 2 The Chemical Basis of Life 3 The Organic Molecules of Life 4 Inside the Cell 5 The Dynamic Cell 6 Energy for Life 7 Energy for Cells Part 2 Genetics 8 Cellular Reproduction 9 Sexual Reproduction 10 Patterns of Inheritance 11 DNA Biology and Technology 12 Gene Regulation and Cancer 13 Genetic Counseling Part 3 Evolution 14 Darwin and Evolution 15 Evolution on a Small Scale 16 Evolution on a Large Scale Part 4 Diversity of Life 17 The First Forms of Life 18 Land Environment: Plants and Fungi 19 Both Water and Land: Animals Part 5 Plant Structure and Function 20 Plant Anatomy and Growth 21 Plant Responses and Reproduction Part 6 Animal Structure and Function 22 Being Organized and Steady 23 The Transport Systems 24 The Maintenance Systems 25 Human Nutrition 26 Defenses Against Disease 27 The Control Systems 28 Sensory Input and Motor Output 29 Reproduction and Development Part 7 Ecology 30 Ecology of Populations 31 Communities and Ecosystems 32 Human Impact on the Biosphere

International Edition

ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY

By Sylvia S Mader 2007 (August 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330323-9 / MHID: 0-07-330323-2 (with ARIS Bi-Card) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110696-2 / MHID: 0-07-110696-0 [IE-Text only] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110801-0 / MHID: 0-07-110801-7 [IE with ARIS Card]

http://www.mhhe.com/maderessentials

Essentials of Biology is an essentials level introductory general biology text for non-majors students that combines Dr. Sylvia Mader's superb and accessible writing style with clear visuals, a comprehensive learning system, and abundant supplements. Essentials of Biology emphasizes the relevance of biology to students' lives within a framework of biodiversity and basic-concepts coverage of all main areas of general biology. The three key features of Essentials of Biology include: 1. Dr. Sylvia Mader's succinct, precise writing style. Sylvia's writing is what has earned her a reputation as one of the most successful introductory biology textbook author ever, and it is what will be most compelling in this text. 2. A comprehensive learning system to help students get the most out of each chapter's text content and an incredible instructional visual program. 3. Our package would not be complete without our robust media technology package with quality animations, digitized videos, OLC, and student interactive CD-ROM. Each chapter features numerous pedagogical tools that are carefully developed to help students grasp challenging concepts. These include: -A numbered outline at the beginning of each chapter with accompanying concept statements for the main topics in each chapter. - Check Your Progress questions and answers at the end of each major heading within the chapter to help students assess their understanding of the previous section. - The boldface terms in each chapter are page referenced in an Understanding the Terms list at the end of the chapter, and a matching exercise allows students to test their knowledge of the terms. - A Thinking Scientifically section at the end of each chapter gives students the opportunity to use critical thinking skills to respond to scientific questions. - The Bioethical Issue at the end of each chapter briefly discusses a controversial issue confronting society and poses questions to help students fully consider the issue and arrive at an opinion. -Numbered summary at the end of the chapter to help students review. -Testing Yourself objective questions at the end of the chapter to help students prepare for the test.

BIOLOGY An Australian Focus, 3rd Edition

By Bruce Knox (Deceased), Pauline Ladiges and Barbara Evans of University of Melbourne and Robert Saint, Australian National Univeristy 2004 (Sept 2004) / 1240 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-471325-9 / MHID: 0-07-471325-6

McGraw-Hill Australia Title http://www.mhhe.com/au/knox3e

CONTENTS Introduction--The nature of biology and science Part 1 ­ Cell Biology and Energetics 1 Molecules of life 2 The chemistry of life 3 Functioning cells 4 Movement across membranes 5 Harvesting energy 6 Cells, tissues and signals 7 Cell division Part 2 ­ Genetics and Molecular Biology 8 Inheritance 9 Genes, chromosomes and DNA 10 The genetic code 11 Gene expression

65

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 65

11/13/2007 2:16:58 PM

BIOLOGY

12 Genomes, mutation and cancer 13 Genetic engineering and biotechnology Part 3 ­ Plant Form and Function 14 Reproduction, growth and development of flowering plants 15 Structure of plants 16 Plant nutrition, transport and adaptation to stress 17 Plant hormones and growth responses Part 4--Animal Form and Function 18 Animal reproduction 19 Animal development 20 Animal and human nutrition 21 Gas exchange in animals 22 Circulation 23 Water, solutes and excretion 24 Innate defences and the immune system 25 Hormonal control in animals 26 Nervous systems 27 Animal movement 28 Animal behaviour 29 Animals responding to environmental stress Part 5--Evolution and Biodiversity 30 Evolving life 31 Evolving earth 32 Mechanisms of evolution 33 Bacteria 34 Viruses 35 The protists 36 Plants 37 Fungi 38 Simple animals: sponges to flatworms 39 Annelids, molluscs, nematodes and arthropods 40 Echinoderms and chordates Part 6 ­ Ecology 41 Australian biota 42 Population ecology 43 Living in communities 44 Ecosystems 45 Human impacts Appendix 1 Classification of cellular organisms Glossary Credits Index

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY INQUIRY INTO LIFE 12th Edition

By Sylvia Mader

2008 (March 2007) / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298682-2 / MHID: 0-07-298682-4 The laboratory exercises in this manual are coordinated with Inquiry into Life. The text emphasizes how we can apply biological knowledge to our own lives and to our relationships with other organisms. Although each laboratory is referenced to the appropriate chapter in Inquiry into Life, this manual may be used in coordination with other general biology texts. This manual can be adapted to a variety of course orientations and designs. There are a sufficient number of laboratories to permit a choice of activities over the length of the course. Many activities may be performed as demonstrations rather than as student activities, thereby shortening the time required to cover a particular concept. FEATURES Customizable. Inquiry into Life Lab Manual is chapter-by-chapter color customizable through Primis Online so you and your students use only the exercises you want. Integrated Opening. Each laboratory begins with a list of learning objectives that are organized according to the major sections of the laboratory. The major sections of the labs are numbered on the opening page, in the lab material, and in the review. Self-Contained Content. Each lab contains all the background information necessary to understand the concepts being studied and to answer the questions asked. This feature will reduce student frustration and increase learning. Scientific Method. All laboratories stress the scientific method, and many opportunities are given for students to gain an appreciation of the scientific process. The first laboratory of this edition explicitly explains the steps of the scientific method and gives students an opportunity to use them. Student Activities. A color bar is used to designate a student activity. Some student activities are observations and some are experimental procedures. An icon appears whenever a procedure requires a period of time before results can be viewed. Sequentially numbered steps guide students as they perform an activity. Live Materials. Although students work with living material during some part of almost all laboratories, the exercises are designed to be completed within one laboratory session. This facilitates the use of the manual in multiple-section courses. Laboratory Safety. Lab safety is of prime importance, and the listing on page vii will assist instructors in their efforts to make the lab experience a safe one. A Laboratory Resource Guide--The lab resource guide is available to instructors and lab assistants via the password protected Instructor Center of Mader: Human Biology's A.R.I.S., text specific website. Each lab exercise is designed to be completed within one laboratory session.

Laboratory

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY 13th Edition

By Eldon Enger and Frederick Ross of Delta College 2009 (February 2008) / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337792-6 / MHID: 0-07-337792-9 (Details unavailable at press time)

66

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 66

11/13/2007 2:16:58 PM

BIOLOGY

Each lab exercise concludes with review and thought questions. CONTENTS To the Instructor To the Student Laboratory Safety Part 1 Cell Biology 1 Scientific Method 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy 3 Chemical Composition of Cells 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Mitosis and Meiosis 6 Enzymes 7 Cellular Respiration Part 2 Plant Biology 8 Photosynthesis 9 Organization of Flowering Plants 10 Reproduction in Flowering Plants Part 3 Maintenance of the Human Body 11 Animal Organization 12 Chemical Aspects of Digestion 13 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 14 Cardiovascular System 15 Features of the Cardiovascular System 16 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 17 Homeostasis Part 4 Integration and Control of the Human Body 18 Nervous System and Senses 19 Musculoskeletal System Part 5 Continuance of the Species 20 Development 21 Patterns of Inheritance 22 DNA Biology and Technology 23 Genetic Counseling Part 6 Evolution and Diversity 24 Evidences of Evolution 25 Microbiology 26 Seedless Plants 27 Seed Plants 28 Introduction to Invertebrates 29 Molluscs, Annelids, and Arthropods 30 Echinoderms and Chordates Part 7 Behavior and Ecology 31 Sampling Ecosystems 32 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems Appendix A Preparing a Laboratory Report Laboratory Report Form Appendix B Metric System Appendix C Classification of Organisms Lab Exercise 9: The Chemistry and Ecology of Yogurt Production Lab Exercise 10: DNA and RNA: Structure and Function Lab Exercise 11: Mitosis-Cell Division Lab Exercise 12: Meiosis Lab Exercise 13: DNA Extraction Lab Exercise 14: Genetics Problems Lab Exercise 15: Genetic Ratios and Chi-Square Analysis Lab Exercise 16: Human Variation Lab Exercise 17: Sensory Abilities Lab Exercise 18: Population Demographics Lab Exercise 19: Population Genetics Simulation Lab Exercise 20: Bacterial Selection Lab Exercise 21: The Effect of Abiotic Factors on Habitat Preference Lab Exercise 22: Successional Changes in Vegetation Lab Exercise 23: Behavioral Differences in Small Mammals Lab Exercise 24: Plant Life Cycles Lab Exercise 25: Plant Structure and Function Lab Exercise 26: Natural Selection Lab Exercise 27: Species Diversity Lab Exercise 28: Frog Dissection Lab Exercise 29: Roll Call of the Animals Lab Exercise 30: Intraspecific and Interspecific Competition Appendix A: Chi-Square (Goodness of Fit) Test Appendix B: Math Review

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY

By Sylvia Mader 2007 (May 2006) / 304 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340341-0 / MHID: 0-07-340341-5 The Laboratory Manual to accompany Sylvia Mader's Essentials of Biology reflects all of the exceptional features of the Essentials of Biology text. Instructors appreciate the refined exercises that are so numerous you won't need to look anywhere else for student activities. Author Sylvia Mader's writing in the laboratory manual, just as in the text, emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded study questions that are direct in their intent and purpose. The lab manual's accessible writing accompanies unparalleled illustrations to provide students with clear exercises and questions. The visuals have been updated to be even easier for students--both majors and non-majors--to comprehend. The dramatic illustrations and photographs not only help students understand concepts and process, but also give them an appreciation for the beauty of organisms and biological structure. McGraw-Hill's Biology Digitized Video Clips on the accompanying DVD will capture students' interest while illustrating key biological concepts and processes. CONTENTS

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY 12th Edition

By Eldon Enger and Frederick Ross of Delta College 2007 (March 2006) / 304 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298663-1 / MHID: 0-07-298663-8 CONTENTS Lab Exercise 1: Metric Measurement and the Scientific Method Lab Exercise 2: Atoms and Molecules Lab Exercise 3: Diffusion and Osmosis Lab Exercise 4: Structure of Some Organic Molecules Lab Exercise 5: The Microscope Lab Exercise 6: Survey of Cell Types: Structure and Function Lab Exercise 7: Enzymes Lab Exercise 8: Photosynthesis and Respiration

1 Scientific Method 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Enzymes 5 Cellular Respiration 6 Photosynthesis 7 Mitosis and Meiosis 8 Patterns of Inheritance 9 DNA Biology and Technology 10 Genetic Counseling 11 Evidences of Evolution 12 Microbiology 13 Seedless Plants and Seed Plants 14 Plant Anatomy and Growth 15 Animal Diversity 16 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 17 Cardiovascular System 18 Chemical Aspects of Digestion

67

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 67

11/13/2007 2:16:58 PM

BIOLOGY

19 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 20 Nervous System and Senses 21 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems Appendix A: Metric System Practical Examination Answer Sheet Classroom concepts "come to life" with this exciting new edition of Life by Lewis, Parker, Gaffin and Hoefnagels. For over 15 years, Life has been known for its ability to weave together solid biology content with interesting stories, real-life case studies and applications to student life. The sixth edition offers the depth of content, pedagogical organization, accuracy and visual appeal to serve both majors and non-majors biology students. CONTENTS

INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS Version 2.0, 2nd Edition

By Deanne Raineri, University of Illinois 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4 (CD and Workbook) CONTENTS Interactive Laboratories Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case A) Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case B) Sickle Cell Anemia Lab Huntington's Disease Lab Hemophilia Lab Restriction Mapping Lab Solving a Murder Mystery Lac Operon Exercise 1 Lac Operon Exercise 2 Biological Simulations Basic Techniques in Molecular Biology A Murder Mystery The Romanov Mystery DNA Replication The Polymerase Chain Reaction Sequencing Transcription Viruses Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon

General Biology Non Majors & Majors Combined

Textbook

International Edition

LIFE 6th Edition

By Ricki Lewis, SUNY-at Albany, Bruce Parker, Utah Valley State College-Orem, Douglas Gaffin and Marielle Hoefnagels of University of Oklahoma-Norman 2007 (Jan 2006) / 1024 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322480-0 / MHID: 0-07-322480-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110690-0 / MHID: 0-07-110690-1 [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110802-7 / MHID: 0-07-110802-5 [IE with ARIS Bi-Card]

Unit 1 From Atoms to Cells 1 What is Life? 2 Of Atoms and Molecules: Chemistry Basics 3 Life's Chemistry 4 Cells 5 The Cell Surface and Cytoskeleton 6 The Energy of Life 7 Photosynthesis 8 How Cells Release Energy Unit 2 Genetics & Biotechnology 9 The Cell Cycle 10 Meiosis 11 How Inherited Traits are Transmitted 12 Chromosomes 13 DNA Structure and Function 14 Genetic Technology Unit 3 Evolution 15 The Evolution of Evolutionary Thought 16 The Forces of Evolutionary Change--Microevolution 17 Speciation and Extinction 18 Evidence for Evolution 19 The Origin and History of Life Unit 4 The Diversity of Life 20 Viruses 21 Bacteria and Archaea 22 Protista 23 Plantae 24 Fungi 25 Animalia I: Sponges Through Echinoderms 26 Animalia II: Chordates Unit 5 Plant Life 27 Plant Form and Function 28 Plant Nutrition and Transport 29 Reproduction of Flowering Plants 30 Plant Responses to Stimuli Unit 6 Animal Life 31 Animal Tissues and Organ Systems 32 The Nervous System 33 The Senses 34 The Endocrine System 35 The Musculoskeletal System 36 The Circulatory System 37 The Respiratory System 38 Digestion and Nutrition 39 Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids 40 The Immune System 41 Human Reproduction and Development Unit 7 Behavior and Ecology 42 Animal Behavior 43 Populations 44 Communities and Ecosystems 45 Biomes and Aquatic Ecosystems 46 Environmental Challenges

http://www.mhhe.com/life6

68

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 68

11/13/2007 2:16:59 PM

BIOLOGY

International Edition

BIOLOGY 9th Edition

By Sylvia S Mader 2007 (Dec 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330113-6 / MHID: 0-07-330113-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320928-9 / MHID: 0-07-320928-7 (with ARIS Bind In Card) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110695-5 / MHID: 0-07-110695-2 [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110780-8 / MHID: 0-07-110780-0 [IE with ARIS] 36 Digestive Systems and Nutrition 37 Respiratory Systems 38 Body Fluid Regulation and Excretory Systems 39 Neurons and Nervous Systems 40 Sense Organs 41 Locomotion and Support Systems 42 Hormones and the Endocrine Systems 43 Reproductive Systems 44 Animal Development Part VIII Behavior and Ecology 45 Animal Behavior 46 Ecology of Populations 47 Community Ecology 48 Ecosystems and Human Interferences 49 The Biosphere 50 Conservation Biology

http://www.mhhe.com/maderbiology9

Biology is a comprehensive introductory biology textbook for nonmajors or mixed-majors courses that covers biology in a traditional order from the structure and function of the cell to the organization of the biosphere. The book, which centers on the evolution and diversity of organisms, is appropriate for a one- or two-semester course. It's no wonder that Sylvia Mader's Biology continues to be a text that's appreciated as much by instructors as it is by the students who use it. The ninth edition is the epitome of Mader's expertise: Its concise, precise writing uses an economy of words to present the material as succinctly and clearly as possible, thereby enabling students--even non-majors--to understand the concepts without necessarily asking the instructor to explain further. CONTENTS 1 A View of Life Part I The Cell 2 Basic Chemistry 3 The Chemistry of Organic Molecules 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Membrane Structure and Function 6 Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes 7 Photosynthesis 8 Cellular Respiration Part II Genetic Basis of Life 9 The Cell Cycle and Cellular Reproduction 10 Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction 11 Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance 12 Chromosomal Patterns of Inheritance 13 DNA Structure and Functions 14 Gene Activity: How Genes Work 15 Regulation of Gene Activity and Gene Mutations 16 Biotechnology and Genomics Part III Evolution 17 Darwin and Evolution 18 Process of Evolution 19 Origin and History of Life 20 Classification of Living Things Part IV Microbiology and Evolution 21 Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaea 22 The Protists 23 The Fungi Part V Plant Evolution and Biology 24 Evolution and Diversity of Plants 25 Structure and Organization of Plants 26 Nutrition and Transport in Plants 27 Control of Growth and Responses in Plants 28 Reproduction in Plants Part VI Animal Evolution 29 Introduction to Invertebrates 30 More Invertebrates 31 Vertebrates 32 Human Evolution Part VII Comparative Animal Biology 33 Animal Organization and Homeostasis 34 Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems 35 Lymph Transport and Immunity

Laboratory

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY BIOLOGY 9th Edition

By Sylvia S Mader 2007 (March 2006) / 528 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298955-7 / MHID: 0-07-298955-6 The Laboratory Manual to accompany Biology reflects all of the exceptional features of the Biology text. Instructors appreciate the refined exercises that are so numerous you won't need to look anywhere else for student activities. Author Sylvia Mader's writing in the laboratory manual, just as in the text, emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded study questions that are direct in their intent and purpose. The lab manual's accessible writing accompanies unparalleled illustrations to provide students with clear exercises and questions. The visuals have been updated to be even easier for students--both majors and non-majors--to comprehend. The dramatic illustrations and photographs not only help students understand concepts and process, but also give them an appreciation for the beauty of organisms and biological structure. McGraw-Hill's Biology Digitized Video Clips on the accompanying DVD will capture students' interest while illustrating key biological concepts and processes. CONTENTS Preface / To the Instructor / To the Student / Laboratory Safety / 1 Scientific Method 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy 3 Chemical Composition of Cells 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Enzymes 6 Photosynthesis 7 Cellular Respiration 8 Mitosis and Meiosis 9 Mendelian Genetics 10 Human Genetics 11 DNA and Biotechnology 12 Evidences of Evolution 13 Mechanisms in Evolution: Genetic Drift and Natural Selection 14 Bacteria and Protists 15 Fungi 16 Nonvascular and Seedless Vascular Plants 17 Seed Plants 18 Organization of Flowering Plants

69

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 69

11/13/2007 2:16:59 PM

BIOLOGY

19 Water Absorption and Transport in Plants 20 Control of Plant Growth and Responses 21 Reproduction in Plants 22 Introduction to Invertebrates 23 The Protostomes 24 The Deuterostomes 25 Animal Organization 26 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 27 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 28 Chemical Aspects of Digestion 29 Homeostasis 30 Nervous System and Senses 31 Musculoskeletal System 32 Animal Development 33 Symbiotic Relationships 34 Sampling Ecosystems 35 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems

International Edition

SCHAUM'S 3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY

By Stephen Bernstein and Ruth Bernstein of University of Colorado at Boulder 1989 / 406 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-005022-8 / MHID: 0-07-005022-8 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-099157-6 / MHID: 0-07-099157-X [IE]

A Schaum's Publication

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan) CONTENTS Chemistry of Life. Molecular Genetics. Inheritance. Evolution. Diversity of Life. History of Life: Major Patterns. Plants: Form and Function. Animals: Form and Function. Ecology.

INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS Version 2.0, 2nd Edition

By Deanne Raineri, University of Illinois 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4 (CD and Workbook) CONTENTS Interactive Laboratories Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case A) Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case B) Sickle Cell Anemia Lab Huntington's Disease Lab Hemophilia Lab Restriction Mapping Lab Solving a Murder Mystery Lac Operon Exercise 1 Lac Operon Exercise 2 Biological Simulations Basic Techniques in Molecular Biology A Murder Mystery The Romanov Mystery DNA Replication The Polymerase Chain Reaction Sequencing Transcription Viruses Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon

General Biology Majors

Textbook

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY

By Robert Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Eric Widmaier, Boston University, Linda Graham, University of Wisconsin-Madison and Peter Stiling, University of South Florida-Tampa

2008 (March 2007) / 1488 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326807-1 / MHID: 0-07-326807-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110200-1 / MHID: 0-07-110200-0 [IE]

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

http://aris.mhhe.com www.brookerbiology.com

Coming in January 2007, McGraw-Hill will publish the most carefully developed NEW biology textbook in the history of our company. Brooker et al Biology combines the talent of four active researchers and experienced textbook authors to create a comprehensive modern text featuring an evolutionary focus with an emphasis on scientific inquiry.--Four active researchers--Four experienced text authors--Comprehensive and modern approach--Evolutionary focus--Emphasizes scientific inquiry--Realistic, integrated (3-D) visual program

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

70

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 70

11/13/2007 2:16:59 PM

BIOLOGY

FEATURES Evolution--A strong evolutionary approach The author team delivers a clear theme of evolution through natural selection through out each chapter by use of genomes and proteomes. This engages students who are reading popular press about these topics and encourages their study of biology. It sets the stage of future biology courses and/or career opportunities. Content--Top notch and break through content Provides the most accurate and up to date reference book on the market that will assist students throughout their college career and beyond. The Brooker texts will also provide a useful resource to students. Investigative Approach--From the first chapter, the Brooker author team guides the reader through how the investigation of living things leads to discoveries that no one would have imagined. This is emphasized in the Feature Investigation boxes throughout the text. Each Feature Investigation highlights important experiments in the various fields of biology and the relevance to the discoveries. Art--Instructive visuals The student can understand what is going on in the figures/photos with out necessarily reading the narrative. Visual learners will especially benefit from the clear and concise art/photos. Brand new art, all consistent! Integrated Scientific method--You get the traditional TOC, but the benefit of integrated feature investigations throughout the narrative at appropriate areas in every chapter. Strong Author Team--The best education tool is available with this new textbook because this new author team is current researchers, active/award-winning teachers, and experienced authors with current textbooks in their field of expertise. Balanced pedagogy--Everything in the book is important and the student is not overwhelmed by lots of pedagogy (boxes, tables, insights...). 360 Degree Development Plan--The development of Brooker Biology has truly gone full circle to guarantee customers the most accurate, authoritative new majors biology textbook ever launched in this market. This plan includes: 7 Developmental Focus Groups ­ 1 for each unit of the book. Never before done in publishing development....Each unit was extensively reviewed and critiqued by experts in the field from across the country to make sure the development of this textbook met the needs of instructors/students. This step was taken with the authors present to improve the early draft writing of the manuscript. 6 Freelance Developmental Editors--A monumental undertaking to bring in a large staff of developmental editors to make sure the content was accurate, concise, and well connected between the other authors and it's important illustration program. Steps Taken to Assure Accuracy--*11 Accuracy Checkers *3 Photo Consultants *Board of Consultants for Textbook *Board of Consultants for Media CONTENTS 1 An Introduction to Biology Unit 1 Chemistry 2 The Chemical Basis of Life I: Atoms, Molecules, and Water 3 The Chemical Basis of Life II: Organic Molecules Unit 2 Cell 4 General Features of Cells 5 Membrane Structure and Transport 6 Systems Biology of Cell Organization 7 Enzymes, Metabolism and Cellular Respiration 8 Photosynthesis 9 Cell Communication and Regulation of the Cell Cycle 10 Multicellularity Unit 3 Genetics 11 Nucleic Acid Structure and DNA Replication 12 Gene Expression at the Molecular Level 13 Gene Regulation 14 Mutation, DNA Repair, and Cancer 15 Eukaryotic Chromosomes, Mitosis, and Meiosis 16 Simle Patterns of Inheritance 17 Complex Patterns of Inheritance 18 Genetics of Bacteria and Viruses 19 Developmental Genetics 20 Genetic Technology 21 Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics Unit 4 Evolution 22 Origin and History of Life 23 An Introduction to Evolution 24 Population Genetics 25 Origin of Species 26 Taxonomy and Systematics Unit 5 Diversity 27 The Bacteria and Archaea 28 Protists 29 The Kingdom Fungi 30 Plants and the Conquest of Land 31 The Diversity of Modern Gymnosperms and Angiosperms 32 An Introduction to Animal Diversity 33 The Invertebrates 34 Vertebrates Unit 6 Plants 35 An Introduction to Flowering Plants 36 Flowering Plants: Behavior 37 Flowering Plants: Nutrition 38 Flowering Plants: Transport 39 Flowering Plants: Reproduction and Development Unit 7 Animals 40 Introduction to Animal Form and Function 41 Nutrition, Digestion, and Absorption 42 Control of Energy Balance, Metabolic Rate, and Body Temperature 43 Neuroscience I: Cells of the Nervous System 44 Neuroscience II: Evolution and Function of the Brain and Nervous Systems 45 Neuroscience III: Sensory Systems 46 The Muscular-Skeletal System and Locomotion 47 Circulatory Systems 48 Gas Exchange 49 Excretory Systems and Salt and Water Balance 50 Endocrine Systems 51 Animal Reproduction 52 Animal Development 53 Defense Mechanisms of the Body Unit 8 Ecology 54 An Introduction to Ecology and Biomes 55 Behavioral Ecology 56 Population Ecology 57 Species Interactions 58 Community Ecology 59 Ecosystem Ecology 60 Conservation Biology and Biodiversity

71

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 71

11/13/2007 2:16:59 PM

BIOLOGY

on heredity and Mendelian principles, and the expanded explanation of chromosomal theory of inheritance(12 & 13).

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY 8th Edition

By Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens, George Johnson, Washington University-St Louis, Kenneth Mason, Purdue University-West Lafayette, Jonathan Losos, Washington University-St Louis and Susan Singer, Carleton College 2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322739-9 / MHID: 0-07-322739-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110202-5 / MHID: 0-07-110202-7 [IE]

* Evolution Unit--Expanded coverage of Evolution based on latest research in molecular biology. Jonathon Losos of Harvard expanded and updated this key unit of text. Moved Systematics & Phylogeny Chapter to this unit from Diversity unit. = new chapter 23. Split old chapter 24 into two new chapters: 24 Genome Evolution 25 Evolution of Development * Systematics and the Phylogenetic Revolution Chapter (23) has been greatly expanded creating this new chapter. Systematics * Expanded Diversity Unit--Chapter 26. This new dedicated chapter on diversity coverage was developed by taking content from the previous edition, plus adding new information on key events in evolution. This chapter can be used as a stand alone chapter for instructors who are only able to cover a small amount of diversity in their course. Includes Expanded coverage of new molecular understanding of phylogeny * Animal Unit--Reorganized and expanded coverage of animal biology starting with Nervous System (like Campbell) A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill's ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and course management system which is designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Homework is easy-to-assign, automatically graded, and recorded in a robust grade book. Instructors can even share their course materials and assignments with colleagues. Whether you are looking for a "ready-to-use-straight-out-of-the-box" system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your solution. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher's representative for more information on getting started with ARIS. CONTENTS Part I The Molecular Basis of Life 1 The Science of Biology 2 The Nature of Molecules 3 The Chemical Building Blocks of Life Part II Biology of the Cell 4 Cell Structure 5 Membranes 6 Energy and Metabolism 7 How Cells Harvest Energy 8 Photosynthesis 9 Cell-Cell Interactions 10 How Cells Divide Part III Genetic and Molecular Biology 11 Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 12 Patterns of Inheritance 13 Chromosomes, Mapping and the Meiosis--Inheritance Connection 14 DNA: The Genetic Material 15 Genes and How They Work 16 Control of Gene Expression 17 Biotechnology 18 Genomics 19 Cellular Mechanisms of Development Part IV Evolution 20 Genes Within Populations 21 The Evidence for Evolution 22 The Origin of Species 23 Systematics and the Phylogenetic Revolution 24 Genome Evolution 25 Evolution of Development Part V Diversity of Life on Earth 26 Tree of Life 27 Viruses 28 Prokaryotes

http://aris.mhhe.com

BIOLOGY is an authoritative majors textbook with evolution as a unifying theme. In revising the text, McGraw-Hill has consulted extensively with previous users, noted experts and professors in the field. It is distinguished from other texts by its strong emphasis on natural selection and the evolutionary process that explains biodiversity. The new 8th edition will feature the latest in cutting edge content reflective of the rapid advances in Biology and will also offer a Dynamic, Realistic, Accurate New Visual Program. NEW TO THIS EDITION Dynamic Author Team--This new team is comprised of Susan Singer, Plant Geneticist--Carleton College, Jonathan Losos, Evolutionary Biologist--Harvard University, and Ken Mason, Molecular Biologist--Purdue University have joined forces and completely overhauled the textbook. They were able to successfully modernize the content of the material, while maintaining the historical context to the subject matter. Thorough Reorganization of Material--The author team worked closely in conjunction with a copy editor to create a sense of unity, providing a seamless and balanced presentation of the material. The material has been reorganized, including splitting excessively long chapters into more manageable components where appropriate. These adjustments were made in response to feedback from our many reviewers Part of the reorganization has been to ensure that a tightly structured pedagogical framework is carried throughout each chapter. This consistent flow gives the student a better learning tool. It also allows an instructor ease in assigning or eliminating specific sections from a chapter. Strengthened Evolutionary Emphasis--From the inception of Biology, evolution has been the underlying theme of the text. The Eighth edition has been written with an even greater focus on evolution, beginning with the first chapter and more consistently threaded it throughout the entire text. There has been a significant increase of coverage at the molecular level to create more depth in this area, again balancing the amount of evolutionary coverage throughout. Experimental Focus--The authors use existing scientific evidence to reinforce biological concepts within the narrative when a particularly elegant story exists. Talking about actual experiments within the flow of text, rather than a boxed reading or solitary figure, helps students make the connection between actual people doing science and the contents of the textbook they are reading. Updated Molecular Coverage--The team has brought more modern information by incorporating even more molecular information throughout the text, which is most evident in the evolution section where two new chapters on molecular evolution have been added. Organizational Changes * Pattern of Inheritance divided into two chapters allowing more focus

72

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 72

11/13/2007 2:17:00 PM

BIOLOGY

29 Protists 30 Overview of Plant Diversity 31 Fungi 32 Overview of Animal Diversity 33 Noncoelomate Invertebrates 34 Coelomate Invertebrates 35 Vertebrates Part VI Plant Form and Function 36 Plant Form 37 Vegetative Plant Development 38 Transport in Plants 39 Plant Nutrition 40 Plant Defense Responses 41 Sensory Systems in Plants 42 Plant Reproduction Part VII Animal Form and Function 43 The Animal Body and Principles of Regulation 44 The Nervous System 45 Sensory Systems 46 The Endocrine System 47 The Musculoskeletal System 48 The Digestive System 49 The Circulatory and Respiratory Systems 50 Temperature, Osmotic Regulation and the Urinary System 51 The Integumentary & Immune Systems 52 The Reproductive Systems 53 Animal Development Part VIII Ecology and Behavior 54 Behavioral Biology 55 Population Ecology 56 Community Ecology 57 Dynamics of Ecosystems 58 The Biosphere 59 Conservation Biology NEW TO THIS EDITION The instructor's manual to the lab manual can be found at www. mhhe.com/labcentral Revised Art Program--More than 90 figures have been reived or replaced throughout the textbook. How To Evaluate Web Material--Information on evaluating material gathered on the web has been added to Lab Topic 1. CONTENTS 1 Science: A Way of Gathering Knowledge 2 Techniques in Microscopy 3 Cellular Structure Reflects Function 4 Determining How Materials Enter Cells 5 Using Quantitative Techniques and Statistics 6 Modeling Biological Molecules 7 Determining the Properties of an Enzyme 8 Measuring Cellular Respiration 9 Determining Chromosome Number in Mitotic Cells 10 Observing Meiosis and Determining Cross-Over Frequency 11 Determining Genotypes of Fruit Flies 12 Isolating DNA and Working with Plasmids 13 Testing Assumptions in Microevolution and Inducing Mutations 14 Working with Diverse Bacteria 15 Diversity Among Protists 16 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seedless Plants 17 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seed Plants 18 Observing Fungal Diversity and Symbiotic Relationships 19 Investigating Early Events in Animal Development 20 Animal Phylogeny: Investigating Animal Body Plans 21 Protostomes I: Lophotrochozoans and Development of Complexity 22 Protostomes II: Ecdysozoa and Great Diversity 23 Deuterostomes and the Origins of Vertebrates 24 Investigating Plant Tissues and Primary Root Structure 25 Investigating Primary Roots, Stems and Secondary Growth 26 Investigating Leaf Structure and Photosynthesis 27 Angiosperm Reproduction, Germination, and Development Interchapter Investigating Animal Form and Function 28 Investigating Digestive and Gas Exchange Systems 29 Investigating Circulatory Systems 30 Investigating the Mammalian Urogenital System 31 Investigating the Properties of Muscle and Skeletal Systems 32 Investigating Nervous and Sensory Systems 33 Statistically Analyzing Simple Behaviors 34 Estimating Population Size and Growth Appendix A Significant Figures and Rounding Appendix B Making Graphs Appendix C Simple Statistics Appendix D Writing Lab Reports and Scientific Papers

Laboratory

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS LAB MANUAL 8th Edition

By Warren Dolphin, Iowa State University

2008 (January 2007) / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299287-8 / MHID: 0-07-299287-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110201-8 / MHID: 0-07-110201-9 [IE] This independent lab manual can be used for a one or two-semester majors level general biology lab and can be used with any majors-level general biology textbook. The labs are investigative and ask students to use more critical thinking and hands-on learning. The author emphasizes investigative, quantitative, and comparative approaches to studying the life sciences.

73

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 73

11/13/2007 2:17:00 PM

BIOLOGY

22 Population Growth: Limitations of the Environment 23 Pollution: The Effect of Chemical, Thermal, and Acid Pollution 24 Survey of Bacteria: Kingdoms Archaebacteria and Bacteria 25 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: The Algae 26 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: Protozoa and Slime Molds 27 Survey of the Kingdom Fungi: Molds, Sac Fungi, Mushrooms, and Lichens 28 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Liverworts, Mosses, and Hornworts of Phyla Hepaticophyta, Bryophyta, and Anthocerophyta 29 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Seedles Vascular Plants of Phyla Pterophyta and Lycophyta 30 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Gymnosperms of Phyla Cycadophyta, Ginkgophyta, Coniferophyta, and Gnetophyta 31 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Angiosperms 32 Plant Anatomy: Vegetative Structure of Vascular Plants 33 Plant Physiology: Transpiration 34 Plant Physiology: Tropisms, Nutrition, and Growth Regulators 35 Bioassay: Measuring Physiologically Active Substances 36 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Porifera and Cnidaria 37 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Platyhelminthes and Nematoda 38 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Mollusca and Annelida 39 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phylum Arthropoda 40 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Echinodermata, Hemichordata, and Chordata 41 Vertebrate Animal Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscular, and Nervous Tissues 42 Human Biology: The Human Skeletal System 43 Human Biology: Muscles and Muscle Contraction 44 Human Biology: Breathing 45 Human Biology: Circulation and Blood Pressure 46 Human Biology: Sensory Perception 47 Vertebrate Anatomy: External Features and Skeletal System of the Rat 48 Vertebrate Anatomy: Muscles and Internal Organs of the Rat 49 Vertebrate Anatomy: Urogenital and Circulatory Systems of the Rat 50 Embryology: Comparative Morphologies and Strategies of Development 51 Animal Behavior: Taxis, Kinesis, and Agonistic Behavior

NEW

BIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL 8th Edition

By Darrell S Vodopich, Baylor University and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2008 (February 2007) / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299522-0 / MHID: 0-07-299522-X This laboratory manual is designed for an introductory majors biology course with a broad survey of basic laboratory techniques. The experiments and procedures are simple, safe, easy to perform, and especially appropriate for large classes. Few experiments require a second class-meeting to complete the procedure. Each exercise includes many photographs, traditional topics, and experiments that help students learn about life. Procedures within each exercise are numerous and discrete so that an exercise can be tailored to the needs of the students, the style of the instructor, and the facilities available. NEW TO THIS EDITION Clearer information on Safety--A new safety icon will be used throughout the text, replacing the current "CAUTION" that appears in red font. Plus a Laboratory Safety Rules table has been added to the Welcome chapter. Process of Science Exercises--A new exercises on Process of Science now appears in Chapter 1. New Figures and Tables--More than 70 tables and figures have been extended with additions, revisions or replacements. CONTENTS 1 Scientific Methods 2 Measurements in Biology: The Metric System and Data Analysis 3 The Microscope: Basic Skills of Light Microscopy 4 The Cell: Structure and Function 5 Solutions, Acids, and Bases: The pH Scale 6 Biologically Important Molecules: Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids, and Nucleic Acids 7 Separating Organic Compounds: Column Chromatography, Paper Chromatography, and Gel Electrophoresis 8 Spectrophotometry: Identifying Solutes and Determining Their Concentration 9 Diffusion and Osmosis: Passive Movements of Molecules in Biologal Systems 10 Cellular Membranes: Effects of Physical and Chemical Stress 11 Enzymes: Factors Affecting the Rate of Activity 12 Respiration: Aerobic and Anaerobic Oxidation of Organic Molecules 13 Photosynthesis: Pigment Separation, Starch Production, and CO2 Uptake 14 Mitosis: Replication of Eukaryotic Cells 15 Meiosis: Reduction Division and Gametogenesis 16 Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: DNA Isolation and Bacterial Transformation 17 Genetics: The Principles of Mendel 18 Evolution: Natural Selection and Morphological Change in Green Algae 19 Human Evolution: Skull Examination 20 Ecology: Diversity and Interaction in Plant Communities 21 Community Succession

INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS Version 2.0, 2nd Edition

By Deanne Raineri, University of Illinois 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4 (CD and Workbook) CONTENTS Interactive Laboratories Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case A) Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case B) Sickle Cell Anemia Lab Huntington's Disease Lab Hemophilia Lab Restriction Mapping Lab Solving a Murder Mystery Lac Operon Exercise 1 Lac Operon Exercise 2 Biological Simulations Basic Techniques in Molecular Biology A Murder Mystery The Romanov Mystery DNA Replication The Polymerase Chain Reaction

74

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 74

11/13/2007 2:17:00 PM

BIOLOGY

Sequencing Transcription Viruses Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon New Chapter Openers Throughout--Each chapter begins with an engaging, real-life vignette that captures the student's attention. The vignette is referenced throughout the chapter with connections/applications woven into the chapter and finally at the end of the chapter students are asked to consider the vignette in light of the chapter concepts by discussing critical-thinking questions related to the chapter opener. Human Disease Coverage Expanded--Human Disease coverage has been enhanced and is covered as each system is discussed. Additionally each of these chapters will have a Disease and Disorder section. Updated Genetics Coverage--The entire genetics chapter has been updated to include the most recent information possible. This edition now combines genetics and genetic counseling topics in one chapter. CONTENTS 1 Exploring Life and Science Part I Human Organization 2 Chemistry of Life 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Organization and Regulation of Body Systems Part II Maintenance of the Human Body 5 Cardiovascular System: Heart and Blood Vessels 6 Cardiovascular System: Blood 7 Lymphatic System and Immunity 8 Digestive System and Nutrition 9 Respiratory System 10 Urinary System and Excretion Part III Movement and Support in Humans 11 Skeletal System 12 Muscular System Part IV Integration and Coordination in Humans 13 Nervous System 14 Senses 15 Endocrine System Part V Reproduction in Humans 16 Reproductive System 17 Development and Aging Part VI Human Genetics 18 Patterns of Chromosome Inheritance 19 Cancer 20 Patterns of Genetic Inheritance 21 DNA Biology and Technology Part VII Human Evolution and Ecology 22 Human Evolution 23 Global Ecology and Human Interferences 24 Human Population, Planetary Resources, and Conservation

Human Biology

Textbook

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN BIOLOGY 10th Edition

By Sylvia Mader

2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298686-0 / MHID: 0-07-298686-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330934-7 / MHID: 0-07-330934-6 (ARIS) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128579-7 / MHID: 0-07-128579-2 [IE] This market leading human biology text emphasizes the relationships of humans to other living things. Human Biology remains user friendly; relevancy and pedagogy are among its strengths. In this edition, as in previous editions, each chapter presents the topic clearly and distinctly so that students will feel capable of achieving an adult level of understanding. Detailed, high-level scientific data and terminology are not included because Dr. Mader believes that true knowledge consists of working concepts rather than technical facility. NEW TO THIS EDITION New Artwork!--New art will be presented throughout the text. Several of the new figures have been created specifically for Human Biology incorporating a new updated style. Chapter summaries will also be more visually focused with the addition of art and sections of art brought into the summary. A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill's ARIS--Assessment, Review, and Instruction System for Human Biology, 10/e is a complete electronic homework and course management system. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easyto-assign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher's representative for more information on getting started with ARIS.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

75

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 75

11/13/2007 2:17:01 PM

BIOLOGY

Laboratory

INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS Version 2.0, 2nd Edition

By Deanne Raineri, University of Illinois 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4 (CD and Workbook) CONTENTS Interactive Laboratories Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case A) Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case B) Sickle Cell Anemia Lab Huntington's Disease Lab Hemophilia Lab Restriction Mapping Lab Solving a Murder Mystery Lac Operon Exercise 1 Lac Operon Exercise 2 Biological Simulations Basic Techniques in Molecular Biology A Murder Mystery The Romanov Mystery DNA Replication The Polymerase Chain Reaction Sequencing Transcription Viruses Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY HUMAN BIOLOGY 10th Edition

By Sylvia Mader

2008 (March 2007) / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298690-7 / MHID: 0-07-298690-5 The Laboratory Manual to accompany Sylvia Mader's Human Biology reflects all of the exceptional features of the Human Biology text. Instructors appreciate the refined exercises that are so numerous you won't need to look anywhere else for student activities. Author Sylvia Mader's writing in the laboratory manual, just as in the text, emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded study questions that are direct in their intent and purpose. The lab manual's accessible writing accompanies unparalleled illustrations to provide students with clear exercises and questions. The visuals have been updated to be even easier for students--both majors and non-majors--to comprehend. The dramatic illustrations and photographs not only help students understand concepts and process, but also give them an appreciation for the beauty of organisms and biological structure. McGraw-Hill's Biology Digitized Video Clips on the accompanying DVD will capture students' interest while illustrating key biological concepts and processes.

DIGITAL ZOOLOGY VERSION 2.0 CD-ROM

By Jon Houseman, University of Ottawa 2003 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256481-5 / MHID: 0-07-256481-4 (with Workbook)

Website: www.mhhe.com/digitalzoology

CONTENTS Unit Names: Annelida Apicomplexa Arthropoda Cheliceriformes Ciliophora Cnidaria Crustacea Ctenophora Echinodermata Hemichordata Lophophores Mesozoa Microspora Mollusca Myxozoa Nematoda Nemertea Other Chordata Other Pseudocoelomates Placozoa Platyhelminthes Porifera Sarcomastigophora Uniramia Vertebrata Workbook chapters: Protozoans Porifera

Biology

Multimedia

BIOLOGY DIGITIZED VIDEO CLIPS

By McGraw-Hill 2006 (August 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-312155-0 / MHID: 0-07-312155-X McGraw-Hill is pleased to offer adopting instructors a new presentation tool-- 152 digitized biology video clips on DVD! Licensed from some of the highest-quality science video producers in the world, these brief segments range from about five seconds to just under three minutes in length and cover all areas of general biology from cells to ecosystems. Engaging and informative, McGraw-Hill's Biology Digitized Video Clips will help capture students' interest while illustrating key biological concepts and processes such as mitosis, how cilia and flagella work, and how some plants have evolved into carnivores.

76

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 76

11/13/2007 2:17:01 PM

BIOLOGY

Cnidaria Platyhelminthes Annelida Mollusca Nematoda, Gastrotricha, Rotifera, including Acanthocephala Arthropoda Bryozoa and Brachiopoda Echinodermata Hemichordata Urochordata and Cephalochordata Agnatha Jawed Fishes Amphibia Mammalia

Supplements

PHOTO ATLAS FOR GENERAL BIOLOGY 2nd Edition

By Dennis Strete, McLennan Communiy College and Darrell S. Vodopich, Baylor University 2007 (August 2006) / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-284610-2 / MHID: 0-07-284610-0 This atlas was developed to support our numerous general biology titles. It can be used as a supplement for a general biology or laboratory course. CONTENTS

MICROBES IN MOTION III CD-ROM 3rd Edition

By Gloria J Delisle, Queen's University and Lewis L Tomalty, Queen's University/Kingston General Hospital 2002 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-233438-8 / MHID: 0-07-233438-X CONTENTS Anaerobic Bacteria Antimicrobial Action Antimicrobial Resistance Bacterial Structure & Function Control--Physical & Chemical Environmental Microbiology Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases Microbial Genetics Gram Negative Organisms Gram Positive Organisms Immunology Metabolism and Growth Miscellaneous Bacteria Mycology Fungal Structure and Function Parasitology Parasite Structure and Function Microbial Pathogenesis--Specific Immunology Vaccines Virology Viral Structure & Function Glossary

1 Microscopy 2 Plant Cells 3 Animal Cells and Tissues 4 Plant Mitosis and Gametogenesis 5 Animal Cell Mitosis and Meiosis 6 Prokaryotes 7 Kingdom Protista 8 Kingdom Fungi 9 Bryophytes 10 Seedless Vascular Plants 11 Ferns 12 Gymnosperms 13 Flowering Plants 14 Invertebrate Phyla 15 Chordates 16 The Vertebrates 17 Vertebrate Dissections 18 Human Biology--Histology and Anatomy of Systems 19 Development

SCHAUM'S A-Z BIOLOGY

By Bill Indge 2003 / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141934-5 / MHID: 0-07-141934-9

A Schaum's Publication

Schaum's A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with a clear, one-sentence definition and is followed by an explanation and examples. A-to-Z format for ready reference Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and enhanced with numerous worked examples and illustrations Extended explanations of more important concepts Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix aid review

77

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 77

11/13/2007 2:17:01 PM

BIOLOGY

HOW TO STUDY SCIENCE 4th Edition

By Kristin L.D. Milligan and Frederick W. Drewes, Suffolk Community College--Selden 2003 / 128 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234693-0 / MHID: 0-07-234693-0 CONTENTS 1 The Study of Science 2 Science Classes and Instructors 3 Bridging the Learning Pyramid 4 The First Week and the "Two D's" 5 Listening and Taking Notes 6 Time Management 7 Study Sessions 8 Use of Textbooks 9 Terms, Symbols, and Figures 10 Analyzing Figures 11 Practice Understanding Figures 12 Assignments and Reports 13 Answering Essay and Math-Based Problems 14 Tests 15 Analyzing Results of Tests and Assignments Appendix A Mnemonics Appendix B Exercise Resource

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY 2nd Edition

By George Fried, Brooklyn College 1999 / 455 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-022405-6 / MHID: 0-07-022405-6

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Part I: Fundamentals of Biology. Part II: Biology of the Cell. Part III: Genetics and Inheritance. Part IV: Plant Biology. Part V: Animal Biology. Part VI: Evolution and Ecology. Part VII: Biological Diversity.

SCHAUM'S EASY OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY

By George H. Fried and George J. Hademenos 2001 / 154 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136971-8 / MHID: 0-07-136971-6

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Chemistry of Life. Chapter 2: Cell Structure and Function. Chapter 3: The Molecular Basis of Inheritance. Chapter 4: The Cellular Basis of Inheritance. Chapter 5: The Mechanism of Inheritance. Chapter 6: Classification of Prokaryotes. Chapter 7: Classification of Eukaryotes. Chapter 8: Plant STructure and Function. Chapter 9: Intercellular Communication. Chapter 10: Musculoskeletal System. Chapter 11: Respiration and Circulation. Chapter 12: Homeostasis and Excretion. Chapter 13: Nurition and Digestion. Chapter 14: Reproduction and Early Human Development. Chapter 15: Evolution and the Origin of Life. Chapter 16: Ecology.

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

78

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

HED 08 Biology(3).indd 78

11/13/2007 2:17:01 PM

Biotechnology .....................................................................................................99 Developmental Biology / Embryology .................................................................94 General Genetics................................................................................................95 Human Genetics .................................................................................................98 Immunology ........................................................................................................94 Introductory Microbiology Laboratory .................................................................86 Introductory Microbiology - Majors Text ..............................................................81 Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors - Multimedia ....................................................................................................92 Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text - Allied Health Emphasis.................................................................................83 Microbiology Printed - Supplements ...................................................................92 Molecular Biology ...............................................................................................93 STDs / AIDS .......................................................................................................92 Virology...............................................................................................................92

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

79

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro79 79

11/13/2007 2:18:29 PM

NEW TITLES

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

2009

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Introduction to Genetics Human Genetics, 8e AIDS Update 2008, 2e Prescott's Principles of Microbiology

Author

Brooker Brown

ISBN-13

9780077229726 9780073522555

MHID

007722972X 0073522554

Page

95 86

Brown

9780073522548

0073522546

87

Cowan Hyde Lewis Stine Willey

9780077224776 9780073224817 9780077221270 9780073375281 9780077213411

0077224779 0073224812 0077221273 0073375284 0077213416

83 96 98 92 81

2008

Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e Laboratory Manual and Workbook in MIcrobiology: Applications to Patient Care, 9e Foundations in Microbiology, 6e Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e Molecular Biology, 4e Prescott/Harley/Klein's Microbiology, 7e Talaro Talaro Weaver Willey 9780073305400 9780073309477 9780073319940 9780073302089 0073305405 0073309478 0073319945 0073302082 84 85 93 82 Harley Hartwell Morello 9780072992939 9780073227382 9780072995756 007299293X 0073227382 0072995750 88 96 89

80

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro80 80

11/13/2007 2:18:29 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Introductory Microbiology ­ Majors Text

make the material more comprehendible. The authors also believe that figures should be content-rich, not just pretty to look at. Therefore, the art program also includes pedagogical features such as concept maps and annotation of key pathways and processes. Learning Tools Throughout the Text. -Chapter Glossary Each chapter begins with a glossary--a list of key terms discussed in the chapter. Each is succinctly defined and page numbers referenced.

NEW

International Edition

PRESCOTT'S PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY

By Joanne Willey Hofstra University, Linda Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent

-Cross-Referenced Notes In-text references with icons refer students to other parts of the book to review. -Review and Reflection Questions within Narrative Review questions throughout each chapter assist students in mastering section concepts before moving on to other topics. -Special Interest Essays Interesting essays on relevant topics are included in most chapters. Readings are organized into these topics: Historical Highlights, Techniques & Applications, Microbial Diversity & Ecology, Disease, and Microbial Tidbits. -End-of-Chapter Material End-of-chapter summaries are organized by numbered headings and provide a snapshot of important chapter concepts. Critical Thinking Questions supplement the questions for review and reflection found throughout each chapter; they are designed to stimulate analytical problem solving skills. McGraw-Hill's ARIS. ARIS is a complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's ARIS website, Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction to Microbiology Chapter 1: The History and Scope of Microbiology Chapter 2: Microscopes and the Study of Microbial Structure Chapter 3: Procaryotic Cell Structure Chapter 4: Eucaryotic Cell Structure and Function Chapter 5: Viruses and Other Cellular Agents Part II: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control Chapter 6: Microbial Nutrition Chapter 7: Microbial Growth Chapter 8: Control of Microorganisms by Physical and Chemical Agents Part III: Microbial Metabolism Chapter 9: Introduction to Metabolism Chapter 10: Catabolism: Energy Release and Conservation Chapter 11: Anabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis Part IV: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics Chapter 12: Gene Structure, Replication, and Expression Chapter 13: Regulation of Gene Expression Chapter 14: Mechanisms of Genetic Variation Chapter 15: Microbial Genomics

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721341-1 / MHID: 0-07-721341-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128367-0 / MHID: 0-07-128367-6 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/prescottprinciples

Prescott's Principles of Microbiology continues in the tradition of the market leading Prescott, Harley, and Klein's Microbiology. In using the 7th edition of PHK's Microbiology as the foundation for the development of Principles, the authors have presented a streamlined, briefer discussion of the broad discipline of microbiology and have focused on readability and the integration of several key themes with an emphasis on evolution, ecology and diversity throughout the text. To accomplish this, each chapter focuses on key concepts and includes only the most relevant, up-to-date examples. Unique to Principles is the inclusion of microbial pathogens into the diversity chapters (chapters 19-24). Thus when students read about the metabolic and genetic diversity of each bacterial, protist, and viral taxon, they are also presented with the important pathogens. In this way, the physiological adaptations that make a given organism successful can be immediately related to its role as a pathogen and pathogens can be readily compared to phylogenetically similar microbes. FEATURES Unique to Principles is the inclusion of microbial pathogens into the diversity chapters (chapters 19-24). Thus when students read about the metabolic and genetic diversity of each bacterial, protist, and viral taxon, they are also presented with the important pathogens. In this way, the physiological adaptations that make a given organism successful can be immediately related to it role as a pathogen and pathogens can be readily compared to phylogenetically similar microbes. Thematic Integration. Because microbial evolution, diversity, and ecology are no longer subdisciplines to be ignored by those interested in microbial genetics, physiology, or pathogenesis, Principles strives to integrate these themes throughout the text. The authors begin in chapter 1 with a discussion of the universal tree of life and whenever possible, discuss diverse microbial species so that students can begin to appreciate the tremendous variation in the microbial world. In addition, Principles uses the topics of intercellular communication (chapters 6 and 13), biofilms (throughout the text, but specifically in chapters 6, 13, and 29), microbial evolution (chapter 17), and polymicrobial diseases (chapter 33) to emphasize that evolution must be linked to genetics, physiology to diversity, and ecology to pathogenesis. Instructional Art. Three-dimensional renderings help the student appreciate the beauty and elegance of the cell, while at the same time

81

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro81 81

11/13/2007 2:18:30 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Chapter 16: Biotechnology and Industrial Microbiology Part V: The Diversity of The Microbial World Chapter 17: Microbial Evolution, Taxonomy, and Diversity Chapter 18: The Archaea Chapter 19: Deinococci and Nonproteobacteria Gram Negative Bacteria Chapter 20: Proteobacteria Chapter 21: Low G + C Gram Positive Bacteria Chapter 22: High G + C Gram Positive Bacteria Chapter 23: Eucaryotic Microbes Chapter 24: Viral Diversity Part VI: Ecology and Symbiosis Chapter 25: Biogeochemical Cycling and Introductory Microbial Ecology Chapter 26: Microorganisms in Natural Environments Chapter 27: Microbial Interactions Part VII: Host Defenses Chapter 28: Nonspecific (Innate) Host Resistance> Chapter 29: Specific (Adaptive) Immunity Part VIII: Microbial Diseases and Their Control Chapter 30: Pathogenicity of Microorganisms Chapter 31: Antimicrobial Chemotherapy Chapter 32: Clinical Microbiology and Immunology Chapter 33: The Epidemiology of Infectious Disease Part IX: Applied Microbiology Chapter 34: Microbiology of Food Chapter 35: Industrial Microbiology Chapter 19, which now covers microbial evolution in greater depth than other texts. The chapters that are specifically devoted to ecology (27-29) have also undergone significant revisions. The most up-to-date information to maintain accurate descriptions of structures and processes, as well as provide exciting recent discoveries to illustrate essential points, has been added. A few specific examples include: - a current description of the structure and function of DNA polymerase III - the role of viruses in marine ecosystems - the ubiquitous nature of type III secretion systems - an updated coverage of the inflammatory response - the current understanding of HIV origins - the avian influenza epidemiology Nearly 200 new and 300 revised illustrations and photos featuring three-dimensional renditions and bright, attractive colors are part of the extensively revised art program! The art program also includes new pedagogical features such as concept maps and annotation of key pathways and processes. New study aids have been developed to help students better understand the vast array of microbiology concepts: - New questions that require critical thinking skills have been added throughout. - Important names of scientists, techniques, and microbes are now called out to students by being highligted in red font. - In addition to every term being page-referenced, the updated glossary now also includes 200 new and revised entries. New instructor and student technology resources available with the 7th edition!

NEW

International Edition

PRESCOTT/HARLEY/KLEIN'S MICROBIOLOGY 7th Edition

By Joanne Willey, Hofstra University, Linda Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330208-9 / MHID: 0-07-330208-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110231-5 / MHID: 0-07-110231-0 [IE]

- The 50 high-quality animations that were available with the 6th edition are even more improved with the 7th edition! With an additional 25 new animations available (75 total), students can now quiz themselves over each animation, receive automatic feedback on correct/incorrect answers, and then submit their answers to their instructors for grading. - McGraw-Hill's ARIS is a new complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS Part I Introduction to Microbiology 1 The History and Scope of Microbiology 2 The Study of Microbial Structure: Microscopy and Specimen Preparation 3 Procaryotic Cell Structure and Function 4 Eucaryotic Cell Structure and Function Part II Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control 5 Microbial Nutrition 6 Microbial Growth 7 Control of Microorganisms by Physical and Chemical Agents Part III Microbial Metabolism 8 Metabolism: Energy, Enzymes, and Regulation 9 Metabolism: Energy Release and Conservation 10 Metabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis Part IV Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics 11 Microbial Genetics: Gene Structure, Replication, and Expression 12 Microbial Genetics of Gene Expression 13 Microbial Genetics: Mechanisms of Genetic Variation Part V DNA Technology and Genomics 14 Recombinant DNA Technology

Website: http://aris.mhhe.com

The brand new author team of Prescott, Harley and Klein's Microbiology continues the tradition of past editions by providing a balanced, comprehensive introduction to all major areas of microbiology. Because of this balance, the Seventh Edition of Microbiology is appropriate for microbiology majors and mixed majors courses. The new authors have focused on readability, artwork, and the integration of several key themes (including evolution, ecology and diversity) throughout the text, making an already superior text even better. NEW TO THIS EDITION The Seventh Edition introduces a brand new author team with over 40 years of combined research and teaching experience. Joanne Willey, Linda Sherwood, and Christopher Woolverton focused on readability, artwork, and the integration of several key themes throughout the text, making an already superior text even better. Increased emphasis on microbial evolution and diversity. The themes of microbial evolution, ecology, and diversity are now more than ever integrated throughout the Seventh Edition. Several chapters have been revised and reorganized to reflect this integration, including

82

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro82 82

11/13/2007 2:18:30 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

15 Microbial Genomics Part VI The Viruses 16 The Viruses: Introduction and General Characteristics 17 The Viruses: Viruses of Bacteria and Archaea 18 The Viruses: Eucaryotic Viruses and Other Acellular Infectious Agents Part VII The Diversity of the Microbial World 19 Microbial Evolution, Taxonomy, and Diversity 20 The Archaea 21 Bacteria: The Deinococci and Nonproteobacteria Gram Negatives 22 Bacteria: The Proteobacteria 23 Bacteria: The Low G + C Gram Positives 24 Bacteria: The High G + C Gram Positives 25 The Protists 26 The Fungi (Eumycota) Part VIII Ecology and Symbiosis 27 Biogeochemical Cycling and Introductory Microbial Ecology 28 Microorganism in Marine and Freshwater Environments 29 Microorganisms in Terrestrial Environments Part IX Nonspecific (Innate) Resistance and the Immune Response 30 Microbial Interactions 31 Nonspecific (Innate) Host Resistance 32 Specific (Adaptive) Immunity 33 Pathogenecity of Microorganisms Part X Microbial Diseases and Their Control 34 Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 35 Clinical Microbiology 36 The Epidemiology of Infectious Disease 37 Human Diseases Caused by Viruses 38 Human Diseases Caused by Bacteria 39 Human Diseases Caused by Fungi and Protists Part XI Food and Industrial Microbiology 40 Microbiology of Food 41 Applied and Industrial Microbiology Appendix I A Review of the Chemistry of Biological Molecules Appendix II Common Metabolic Pathways

Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text

Allied Health Emphasis

NEW

International Edition

MICROBIOLOGY A Systems Approach, 2nd Edition

By Marjorie Kelly Cowan, Miami University of OH-Oxford and Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena Area Community College 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722477-6 / MHID: 0-07-722477-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128777-7 / MHID: 0-07-128777-9 [IE]

http://www.aris.mhhe.com

Microbiology: A Systems Approach is a non-majors/allied health microbiology textbook that has quickly become known for its unique organization, appealing writing style, and current medical applications. Cowan/Talaro utilizes an organ systems approach, but unlike any other book, this text first describes the clinical presentation (the particular set of symptoms) and then all of the organisms that could cause the symptom as opposed to just providing a long list of organisms to study. This treatment is unique and represents a real difference in the method of teaching microbiology. NEW TO THIS EDITION Major revisions have occurred within several chapters to simplify content and add the latest research: -Chapter 1: Significantly updated and improved; taxonomy has been updated; evolution discussed improved; 3-Domain figure updated with current understanding.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

-Chapter 8: Major reorganization, simplification and clarification of concepts; better and more complete treatment of photosynthesis.

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

-Chapter 12: Major reorganization to better match the opening summary figure 12.1; antiviral section much improved. -Chapters 24 & 25: New research and developments have necessitated breaking Chapter 24 from the first edition into two chapters in the second edition: Chapter 24 = Environmental Microbiology, and Chapter 25 = Applied (Industrial) Microbiology. Some of the new topics included in these chapters are emphasis on microbes in earth's crust miles below the surface, the role of microbial consortia in bioremediation, astrobiology, and increased emphasis on greenhouse gases. -New coverage on biofilms and polymicrobial diseases has been integrated throughout the text. New end-of-chapter material has been added to help reinforce key chapter concepts: -Visual Understanding Questions use images from previous chapters

83

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro83 83

11/13/2007 2:18:30 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

to ask integrated learning questions. -Concept Mapping exercises help students learn and retain material. -True-False questions are now included in the end-of-chapter study tools, in addition to multiple choice and "Writing to Learn" questions. -More Internet Search Topics finish up each chapter to offer students additional reliable, informational sites for research on chapter content. Twenty-five new animations have been developed on key microbiological processes, bringing the total number of animations available to instructors and students to over 100. Students can now quiz themselves over each animation, receive automatic feedback on correct/incorrect answers, and then submit their answers to their instructors for grading. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's ARIS website, Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology Chapter 2 The Chemistry of Biology Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms Chapter 4 Procaryotic Profiles: The Bacteria and Archaea Chapter 5 Eucaryotic Cells and Microorganisms Chapter 6 An Introduction to the Viruses Chapter 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth Chapter 8 Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life Chapter 9 Microbial Genetics Chapter 10 Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology Chapter 11 Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes Chapter 12 Drugs, Microbes, Host--The Elements of Chemotherapy Chapter 13 Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease Chapter 14 Nonspecific Host Defenses Cowan's Microbiology 2/e TOC, contd. Chapter 15 Specific Immunity and Immunization Chapter 16 Disorders in Immunity Chapter 17 Diagnosing Infections Chapter 18 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Skin and Eyes Chapter 19 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Nervous System Chapter 20 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems Chapter 21 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Respiratory System Chapter 22 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Gastrointestinal Tract Chapter 23 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Genitourinary System Chapter 24 Environmental Microbiology Chapter 25 Applied Microbiology

NEW

International Edition

FOUNDATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY 6th Edition

By Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena City College

2008 (September 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330540-0 / MHID: 0-07-330540-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110229-2 / MHID: 0-07-110229-9 [IE]

http://www.aris.mhhe.com

Written with the non-major/allied health student in mind, Foundations in Microbiology offers an engaging and accessible writing style through the use of tools such as case studies and analogies to thoroughly explain difficult microbiology concepts. A taxonomic approach is used for the study of pathogens. NEW TO THIS EDITION The immunology chapters have been extensively reorganized and updated: - Chapter 14, now titled "Nonspecific Host Defenses", only includes material on nonspecific immunity. - Chapter 15, now titled "Specific Immunity and Immunization", includes material on specific immunity and immunization. - The previous edition's Chapter 16 material on immunization is now placed in Chapter 15, and previous material on immune assays can now be found in the new Chapter 17 on diagnosing infections. The new Chapter 16 is "Disorders in Immunity" (old Chapter 17). Chapter 17, Diagnosing Infections, is brand new to this edition! Bringing together in one place the methods used to diagnose infectious diseases, the chapter starts with collecting samples from the patient and details the biochemical, serological and molecular methods used to identify causative microbes. Each chapter now begins with a "Real Case Study in Microbiology", giving students an opportunity to appreciate and understand how microbiology impacts their lives on a daily basis. The solutions appear at the end of the chapter, after the necessary elements have been presented. Over 200 new and revised illustrations add to the existing art program's display of realistic views of microbiology. The boxed readings in previous editions have been updated to "Insight Boxes" in the 6th edition. These interesting boxed readings found throughout each chapter include Historical, Medical, Discovery, and Cultural spotlights on microbiology. Questions at the end of each reading reinforce for students the important material they have just read (answers can be found on the ARIS website). Concept Questions found at the ends of chapters now include page references, allowing students to easily page back and review the information they are looking for. New instructor and student technology resources available with the 6th edition! - 100+ animations available with the Sixth Edition! Students can quiz themselves over each animation, receive automatic feedback on correct/incorrect answers, and then submit their answers to their instructors for grading. - McGraw-Hill's ARIS is a new complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the

84

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro84 84

11/13/2007 2:18:31 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology Chapter 2 The Chemistry of Biology Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms Chapter 4 An Introduction to Cells and Procaryotic Cell Structure and Function Chapter 5 Eucaryotic Cells and Microorganisms Chapter 6 An Introduction to the Viruses Chapter 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth Chapter 8 Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life Chapter 9 Microbial Genetics Chapter 10 Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology Chapter 11 Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes Chapter 12 Drugs, Microbes, Host--The Elements of Chemotherapy Chapter 13 Microbe-Human Interactions Chapter 14 Nonspecific Host Defenses Chapter 15 Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization Chapter 16 Disorders in Immunity Chapter 17 Diagnosing Infections Chapter 18 The Cocci of Medical Importance Chapter 19 The Gram-Positive Bacilli of Medical Importance Chapter 20 The Gram-Negative Bacilli of Medical Importance Chapter 21 Miscellaneous Bacterial Agents of Disease Chapter 22 The Fungi of Medical Importance Chapter 23 The Parasites of Medical Importance Chapter 24 Introduction to Viruses: The DNA Viruses Chapter 25 The RNA Viruses that Infect Humans Chapter 26 Environmental and Applied Microbiology - Chapter 14, now titled "Nonspecific Host Defenses", only includes material on nonspecific immunity. - Chapter 15, now titled "Specific Immunity and Immunization", includes material on specific immunity and immunization. - The previous edition's Chapter 16 material on immunization is now placed in Chapter 15, and previous material on immune assays can now be found in the new Chapter 17 on diagnosing infections. The new Chapter 16 is "Disorders in Immunity" (old Chapter 17). Chapter 17, Diagnosing Infections, is brand new to this edition! Bringing together in one place the methods used to diagnose infectious diseases, the chapter starts with collecting samples from the patient and details the biochemical, serological and molecular methods used to identify causative microbes. Each chapter now begins with a "Real Case Study in Microbiology", giving students an opportunity to appreciate and understand how microbiology impacts their lives on a daily basis. The solutions appear at the end of the chapter, after the necessary elements have been presented. Over 200 new and revised illustrations add to the existing art program's display of realistic views of microbiology. The boxed readings in previous have been updated to "Insight Boxes" in the 6th edition. These interesting boxed readings found throughout each chapter include historical, medical, and cultural spotlights on microbiology. Questions at the end of each reading reinforce for students the important material they have just read (answers can be found on the ARIS website). Concept Questions found at the ends of chapters now include page references, allowing students to easily page back and review the information they are looking for. New instructor and student technology resources available with the 6th edition! - The 50 high-quality animations that were available with the 5th edition are even more improved with the 6th edition! With an additional 25 new animations available (75 total), students can now quiz themselves over each animation, receive automatic feedback on correct/incorrect answers, and then submit their answers to their instructors for grading. - McGraw-Hill's ARIS is a new complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology Chapter 2 The Chemistry of Biology Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms Chapter 4 An Introduction to Cells and Procaryotic Cell Structure and Function Chapter 5 Eucaryotic Cells and Microorganisms Chapter 6 An Introduction to the Viruses Chapter 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth Chapter 8 Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life Chapter 9 Microbial Genetics Chapter 10 Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology Chapter 11 Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes Chapter 12 Drugs, Microbes, Host--The Elements of Chemotherapy Chapter 13 Microbe--Human Interactions Chapter 14 Nonspecific Host Defenses Chapter 15 Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization

NEW

International Edition

FOUNDATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY Basic Principles, 6th Edition

By Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena City College

2008 (September 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330947-7 / MHID: 0-07-330947-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110230-8 / MHID: 0-07-110230-2 [IE]

http://www.aris.mhhe.com

Written with the non-major/allied health student in mind, Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles offers an engaging and accessible writing style through the use of tools such as case studies and analogies to thoroughly explain difficult microbiology concepts. This version includes chapters 1 through 17 of the full Foundations in Microbiology text, teaching only the basic principles of microbiology and not covering the clinical aspects. NEW TO THIS EDITION The metabolism (8) and immunology chapters have been extensively revised. The reorganized and updated immunology chapters include:

85

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro85 85

11/13/2007 2:18:31 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Chapter 16 Disorders in Immunity Chapter 17 Diagnosing Infections

Introductory Microbiology Laboratory

International Edition

MICROBIOLOGY A Human Perspective, 5th Edition

By Eugene W Nester, Denise G Anderson and C Evans Roberts Jr of University of Washington, Martha T Nester 2007 (Nov 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321152-7 / MHID: 0-07-321152-4 (with ARIS Bi-Card) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110781-5 / MHID: 0-07-110781-9 [IE with ARIS Bi Card]

NEW

BENSON'S MICROBIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11th Edition

By Alfred Brown, Auburn University--Auburn 2009 (January 2008) / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352255-5 / MHID: 0-07-352255-4 The classic resource for undergraduate microbiology laboratory courses just keeps getting better. The 78 self-contained, clearly illustrated exercises and full-color format makes Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors or non-majors lab course, this manual assumes no prior organic chemistry course has been taken. NEW TO THIS EDITION Several exercises have been updated and revised. For example: -The exercises on the protozoa, algae, and cyanobacteria (Exercise 6) and the fungi (Exercise 8) in the Survey of Microorganisms have been completely rewritten. The new exercises have been updated with the current taxonomy of these two groups of microorganisms. -The introductory material in Exercise 60, Bacterial Counts of Food, has been expanded. The introductory section now includes a discussion on why and how bacteria become associated with foods. It also addresses how foods are important in food borne diseases and how counts may or not be important in transmission of disease. The inside front cover now features a pronunciation guide for many bacteria, viruses, fungi, and protists. The basic microbiology laboratory safety rules have been rewritten to be more consistent with rules and regulations that apply to student laboratories. A new table of the organisms used in the manual has been introduced in the preface. The table includes the current accepted name of the organism, its ATCC number, gram stain and morphology, its habitat, its biosafety level and the exercise in which the organism is used. A website for the lab manual includes images from the lab and an instructor's manual. The instructor's manual provides a materials list and guidelines for conducting all the experiments, as well as answers to the lab exercises. CONTENTS Part 1 Microscopy Exercise 1 Brightfield Microscopy Exercise 2 Darkfield Microscopy Exercise 3 Phase-Contrast Microscopy Exercise 4 Fluorescence Microscopy Exercise 5 Microscopic Measurements Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms Exercise 6 Protozoans, Algae, and Cyanobacteria Exercise 7 Ubiquity of Bacteria Exercise 8 The Fungi: Yeasts and Molds Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms Exercise 9 Aseptic Technique Exercise 10 Pure Culture Techniques

http://www.mhhe.com/nester4

Appropriate for the non-major/allied health student, this authoritative text carefully explains the fundamentals of microbiology, providing a general overview of the principles followed by more detailed explanations. With its clear and concise writing style, Microbiology: A Human Perspective offers modern coverage on such topics as genomics, biofilms, and quorum sensing. A body systems approach is used in the coverage of diseases. CONTENTS 1 Life and Death of Microorganisms 1 Humans and the Microbial World 2 The Molecules of Life 3 Microscopy and Cell Structure 4 Dynamics of Prokaryotic Growth 5 Control of Microbial Growth 6 Metabolism: Fueling Cell Growth 7 The Blueprint of Life, from DNA to Protein 8 Bacterial Genetics 9 Biotechnology and Recombinant DNA 2 The Microbial World 10 Identification and Classification of Prokaryotes 11 The Diversity of Prokaryotic Organisms 12 The Eukaryotic Members of the Microbial World 13 Viruses of Bacteria 14 Viruses, Prions and Viroids: Infectious Agents of Animals and Plants 3 Microorganisms and Humans 15 The Innate Immune Response 16 The Adaptive Immune Response 17 Applications of Immune Responses 18 Immunologic Disorders 19 Host-Microbe Interactions 20 Epidemiology 21 Antimicrobial Medications 4 Infectious Diseases 22 Skin Infections 23 Wound Infections 24 Respiratory System Infections 25 Alimentary System Infections 26 Genitourinary Infections 27 Nervous System Infections 28 Blood and Lymphatic Infections 29 HIV Disease and Complications of Immunodeficiency 5 Applied Microbiology 30 Microbes and the Environment 31 Applications of Environmental Microbiology: Water and Waste Treatment 32 Food Microbiology

86

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro86 86

11/13/2007 2:18:31 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Part 4 Staining and Observation of Microorganisms Exercise 11 Smear Preparation Exercise 12 Simple Staining Exercise 13 Negative Staining Exercise 14 Capsular Staining Exercise 15 Gram Staining Exercise 16 Spore Staining: Two Methods Exercise 17 Acid-Fast Staining: Ziehl-Neelsen Method Exercise 18 Motility Determination Part 5 Culture Methods Exercise 19 Culture Media Preparation Exercise 20 Preparation of Stock Cultures Exercise 21 Cultivation of Anaerobes Exercise 22 Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count Exercise 23 Slime Mold Culture Exercise 24 Slide Culture: Molds Part 6 Bacterial Viruses Exercise 25 Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer Exercise 26 Burst Size Determination: A One-Step Growth Curve Exercise 27 Isolation of Phage from Flies Exercise 28 Phage Typing Part 7 Enviornmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth Exercise 29 Temperature: Effects on Growth Exercise 30 Temperature: Lethal Effects Exercise 31 pH and Microbial Growth Exercise 32 Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure Exercise 33 Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects Exercise 34 The Effects of Lysozyme on Bacterial Cells Exercise 35 Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness as an Antiseptic Exercise 36 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method Exercise 37 Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method Exercise 38 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria Exercise 39 Morphological Study of Unknown Bacterium Exercise 40 Cultural Characteristics Exercise 41 Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Tests Exercise 42 Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Reactions Exercise 43 Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media Exercise 44 Use of Bergey's Manual Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems Exercise 45 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System Exercise 46 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System Exercise 47 O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II System Exercise 48 Staphyococcus Identification: The API Staph-Ident System Part 10 Diversity and Environmental Microbiology Exercise 49 Isolation of an Antibiotic Producer: The Actinomyces Exercise 50 Nitrogen Cycle: Ammonification Exercise 51 Symbiotic Nitrogen Fixation: Rhizobium Exercise 52 Free-Living Nitrogen Fixation: Azotobacter Exercise 53 Denitrification: Paracoccus Denitrificans Exercise 54 The Winogradsky Column Exercise 55 Purple Nonsulfer Photosynthetic Bacteria Exercise 56 Sulfate Reducing Bacteria: Desulfovibrio Exercise 57 Bacterial Commensalism Exercise 58 Bacterial Synergism Exercise 59 Microbial Antagonism Part 11 Applied Microbiology Exercise 60 Bacterial Counts of Foods Exercise 61 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Qualitative Tests Exercise 62 The Membrane Filter Method Exercise 63 Reductase Test Exercise 64 Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food Exercise 65 Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation Part 12 Bacterial Genetics and Biotechnology Exercise 66 Mutant Isolation by Replica Plating Exercise 67 Bacterial Transformation Exercise 68 Polymerase Chain Reaction for Amplifying DNA Exercise 69 Plasmid Isolation Part 13 Medical Microbiology and Immunology Exercise 70 The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 71 The Streptococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 72 Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens Exercise 73 Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing Exercise 74 Slide Agglutination (Latex) Test: For S. aureus Identification Exercise 75 Tube Agglutination Test: The Heterophile Antibody Test Exercise 76 White Blood Cell Study: The Differential WBC Count Exercise 77 Blood Grouping Exercise 78 A Synthetic Epidemic Appendix A Tables Appendix B Indicators, Stains, Reagents Appendix C Media Appendix D Identification Charts Appendix E The Streptococci: Classification, Habitat, Pathology, and Biochemical Characteristics

NEW

BENSON'S MICROBIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11th Edition

By Alfred Brown, Auburn University--Auburn

2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352254-8 / MHID: 0-07-352254-6 The classic resource for undergraduate microbiology laboratory courses just keeps getting better. The 60 self-contained clearly illustrated exercises, and four-color format makes Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors or non-majors lab course, this lab manual assumes no prior organic chemistry course has been taken. NEW TO THIS EDITION Several exercises have been updated and revised. For example: -The exercises on the protozoa, algae, and cyanobacteria (Exercise 6) and the fungi (Exercise 8) in the Survey of Microorganisms have been completely rewritten. The new exercises have been updated with the current taxonomy of these two groups of microorganisms. -The introductory material in Exercise 60, Bacterial Counts of Food, has been expanded. The introductory section now includes a discussion on why and how bacteria become associated with foods. It also addresses how foods are important in food borne diseases and how counts may or not be important in transmission of disease. The inside front cover now features a pronunciation guide for many bacteria, viruses, fungi, and protists. The basic microbiology laboratory safety rules have been rewritten to be more consistent with rules and regulations that apply to student laboratories.

87

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro87 87

11/13/2007 2:18:31 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

A new table of the organisms used in the manual has been introduced in the preface. The table includes the current accepted name of the organism, its ATCC number, gram stain and morphology, its habitat, its biosafety level and the exercise in which the organism is used. A Website for the lab manual includes images from the lab and an instructor's manual. The instructor's manual provides a materials list and guidelines for conducting all the experiments, as well as answers to the lab exercises. CONTENTS Part 1 Microscopy Exercise 1 Brightfield Microscopy Exercise 2 Darkfield Microscopy Exercise 3 Phase-Contrast Microscopy Exercise 4 Microscopic Measurements Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms Exercise 5 Protozoans, Algae, and Cyanobacteria Exercise 6 Ubiquity of Bacteria Exercise 7 The Fungi: Yeasts and Molds Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms Exercise 8 Aseptic Technique Exercise 9 Pure Culture Techniques Part 4 Staining and Observation of Microorganisms Exercise 10 Smear Preparation Exercise 11 Simple Staining Exercise 12 Negative Staining Exercise 13 Capsular Staining Exercise 14 Gram Staining Exercise 15 Spore Staining: Two Methods Exercise 16 Acid-Fast Staining: Ziehl-Neelsen Method Exercise 17 Motility Determination Part 5 Culture Methods Exercise 18 Culture Media Preparation Exercise 19 Cultivation of Anaerobes Exercise 20 Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count Exercise 21 Slime Mold Culture Exercise 22 Slide Culture: Molds Part 6 Bacterial Viruses Exercise 23 Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer Exercise 24 Isolation of Phage from Flies Exercise 25 Phage Typing Part 7 Enviornmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth Exercise 26 Temperature: Effects on Growth Exercise 27 Temperature: Lethal Effects Exercise 28 pH and Microbial Growth Exercise 29 Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure Exercise 30 Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects Exercise 31 Oligodynamic Action Exercise 32 Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness As an Antiseptic Exercise 33 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method Exercise 34 Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method Exercise 35 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria Exercise 36 Morphological Study of Unknown Bacterium Exercise 37 Cultural Characteristics Exercise 38 Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Tests Exercise 39 Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Reactions Exercise 40 Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media Exercise 41 Use of Bergey's Manual Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems Exercise 42 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System Exercise 43 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System Exercise 44 O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II System Exercise 45 Staphyococcus Identification: The API Staph-Ident System Part 10 Diversity and Environmental Microbiology Exercise 46 Bacterial Counts of Foods Exercise 47 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Qualitative Tests Exercise 48 The Membrane Filter Method Exercise 49 Reductase Test Exercise 50 Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food Exercise 51 Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation Part 11 Medical Microbiology and Immunology Exercise 52 The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 53 The Streptococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 54 Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens Exercise 55 Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing Exercise 56 Slide Agglutination (Latex) Test: For S. aureus Identification Exercise 57 Tube Agglutination Test: The Heterophile Antibody Test Exercise 58 White Blood Cell Study: The Differential WBC Count Exercise 59 Blood Grouping Exercise 60 A Synthetic Epidemic

NEW

MICROBIOLOGY LAB MANUAL 7th Edition

By John Harley, Eastern Kentucky University

2008 (February 2007) / 496 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299293-9 / MHID: 0-07-299293-X Laboratory Exercises in Microbiology, 7/e has been prepared to accompany Prescott, Harley and Klein's Microbiology, 7e, written by new authors Joanne Willey, Linda Sherwood, and Christopher Woolverton. Like the text, the laboratory manual provides a balanced introduction to laboratory techniques and principles that are important in each area of microbiology. FEATURES The class-tested lab exercises are modular and short so that you can easily choose only those that fit your course. All experiments are correlated to the Prescott text, making it easy to identify the corresponding text discussion. Full-color photos of lab experiments are included so students have an immediate reference against which they can compare their results. Experiments follow the spirit of the ASM guidelines for laboratory content. Each experiment comes with a complete set of pedagogical aids-materials per group of students, learning objectives,pronunciation guide--so the students understand the "hows" and "whys" of the labs they participate in. The instructor's manual to the lab manual can be found at www. mhhe.com/labcentral.

88

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro88 88

11/13/2007 2:18:32 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

CONTENTS 1 Microscopic Techniques 1 Bright-Field Light Microscope and Microscopic Measurement of Organisms 2 The Hanging Drop Slide and Bacterial Motility 3 Dark-Field Light Microscope 4 Phase-Contrast Light Microscope 5 Flourescence Microscope 2 Bacterial Morphology and Staining 6 Negative Staining 7 Smear Preparation and Simple Staining 8 Gram Stain 9 Acid-Fast Staining (Ziehl-Neelsen and Kinyoun) Procedures 10 Endospore Staining (Schaeffer-Fulton or Wirtz-Conklin) 11 Capsule Staining 12 Flagella Staining: West and Difco's SpotTest Methods 3 Basic Laboratory and Culture Techniques 13 Microbiological Culture Media Preparation and Sterilization 14 Culture Transfer Instruments, Techniques, and Isolation and Maintenance of Pure Cultures 15 Spread-Plate Technique 16 The Streak-Plate Technique and Different Media 17 Pour-Plate Technique 18 Cultivation of Anaerobic Bacteria 19 Determination of Bacterial Numbers 4 Biochemical Activities of Bacteria 20 Carbohydrates I: Fermentation and B-Galactosidase Activity 21 Carbohydrates II: Triple Sugar Iron Agar Tests 22 Carbohydrates III: Starch Hydrolysis 23 Lipids: Lipid Hydrolysis 24 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes I: Hydrogen Sulfide Production and Motility 25 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes II: The IMViC Tests 26 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes III: Casein Hydrolysis 27 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes IV: Gelatin Hydrolysis 28 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes V: Catalase Activity 29 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VI: Coagulase and DNase Activity 30 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VII: Oxidase Test 31 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VIII: Urease Activity 32 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes IX: Lysine and Ornithine Decarboxylase Test 33 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes X: Phenylalanine Deamination 34 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes XI: Nitrate Reduction 5 Rapid Multitest Systems 35 The API 20E System 36 The Enterotube II System 6 Unknown Identification 37 Using the First Edition of Bergey's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology to Identify Bacteria 38 General Unknown 7 Environmental Factors Affecting Growth of Microorganisms 39 Temperature 40 pH 41 Osmotic Pressure 42 The Effects of Chemical Agents on Bacteria I: Disinfectants 43 The Effects of Chemical Agents on Bacteria II: Antimicrobial Agents (Kirby-Bauer Method) 44 Hand Washing, Environmental Sampling, and Microbiological Monitoring 45 Determination of a Bacterial Growth Curve: Classical and TwoHour Methods 8 Environmental and Food Microbiology 46 Standard Coliform Most Probably Number (MPN)Test and Presence-Absence Coliform Test 47 Membrane Filter Technique for Coliform and Fecal Streptococci; KONFIRM Test for Fecal Coliforms 48 Isolation of Escherichia coli Bacteriophages from Sewage and Determining Bacteriophage Titers 49 Enumeration of Soil Microorganisms 50 Bacterial Count of a Food Product 51 Examination of Milk for Bacteria 9 Medical Microbiology 52 Agglutination Reactions: Blood Groups 53 Isolation of Normal Microbiota from the Human Body 54 Staphylococci 55 Pneumococci 56 Streptococci 57 Neisseriae 58 Aerobic and Anaerobic Endospore-Forming Bacteria 10 Survey of Selected Eucaryotic Microorganisms 59 Fungi I: Yeasts 60 Fungi II: Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, and Basidiomycetes 11 Microbial Genetics and Genomics 61 Bacterial Mutation 62 Bacterial Transformation 63 Bacterial Conjugation: The Transfer of Antibiotic-Resistant Plasmids 64 Isolation of Genomic DNA from Saccharomyces cerevisiae 65 Isolation and Purification of Genomic DNA from Escherichia coli 66 Identifying Archaea and Bacteria Using the Internet and ComputerAssisted Gene Analysis Appendix A Dilutions with Sample Problems Appendix B Metric and English Measurement Equivalents Appendix C Transmission-Absorbance Table for Spectrophotometry Appendix D Logarithms Appendix E pH and pH Indicators Appendix F Scientific Notation Appendix G Identification Charts Appendix H Reagents, Solutions, Stains, and Tests Appendix I Culture Media Appendix J Sources and Maintenance of Microbiological Stock Cultures

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL AND WORKBOOK IN MICROBIOLOGY Applications to Patient Care, 9th Edition

By Josephine A Morello, University of Chicago, Paul A Granato, SUNY Health Science Center and Helen Eckel Mizer, Western CT State University 2008 (September 2007) / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299575-6 / MHID: 0-07-299575-0 This ninth edition maintains its original emphasis on the basic principles of diagnostic microbiology for students preparing to enter the allied health professions. The students are led through a series of exercises that allow them to learn basic microbiology techniques and to practice safety in the laboratory and hospital environment. It remains oriented primarily toward meeting the interests and needs of those who will be directly involved in patient care and who wish to learn how microbiological principles should be applied in the practice of their professions. NEW TO THIS EDITION New tables have been inserted or revised to clarify information in exercises on the microscope, Gram stain, chemical compounds in disinfection, and staphylococci. New illustrations include bacterial endospores, methods for obtaining a clean-voided urine specimen, procedures for the agar-disk

89

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro89 89

11/13/2007 2:18:32 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

diffusion antibiotic assay, and a section on the Etest for antimicrobial susceptibility testing. Rather than eleven sections, all exercises are now included in five parts, each with an explanatory introduction. Two simple hand-washing experiments have been introduced to convey the importance of this critical procedure in the health-care environment. The exercise on serodiagnosis of infection has been completely rewritten. Eight case studies have been added to expose students to clinical situations they may encounter. The questions after each exercise are now formatted so that they may be removed from the manual without destroying the exercise. CONTENTS PART 1 Basic Techniques of Microbiology 1. The Microscope 2. Handling and Examining Cultures 3. Hanging Drop and Wet-Mount Preparations 4. Simple Stains 5. Gram Stain 6. Acid-Fast Stain 7. Special Stains 8. Culture Media 9. Streaking Technique to Obtain Pure Cultures 10. Pour-Plate and Subculture Techniques 11. Culturing Microorganisms from the Environment PART 2 Destruction of Microorganisms 12. Moist and Dry Heat 13. The Autoclave 14. Disinfectants 15. Antimicrobial Agent Susceptibility Testing and Resistance PART 3 Diagnostic Microbiology in Action 16. Primary Media for Isolation of Microorganisms 17. Some Metabolic Activities of Bacteria 18. Activities of Bacterial Enzymes 19. Principles of Antigen Detection and Nucleic Acid Assays for Detection and Identification of Microorganisms. 20. Staphylococci 21. Streptococci, Pneumococci, and Enterococci 22. Haemophilus, Corynebacteria, and Bordetella 23. Clinical Specimens from the Respiratory Tract 24. The Enterobacteriaceae (Enteric Bacilli) 25. Clinical Specimens from the Intestinal Tract 26. Urine Culture Techniques 27. Neisseria and Spirochetes PART 4 Microbial Pathogens Requiring Special Laboratory Techniques; Serological Identification of Patients' Antibodies 28. Anaerobic Bacteria 29. Mycobacteria 30. Mycoplasmas, Rickettsiae, Chlamydiae, Viruses, and Prions 31. Fungi: Yeast and Molds 32. Protozoa and Animal Parasites 33. Serodiagnosis of Infectious Disease PART 5 Applied (Sanitary) Microbiology 34. Bacteriological Analysis of Water 35. Bacteriological Analysis of Milk

MICROBIOLOGY EXPERIMENTS A Health Science Perspective, 5th Edition

By John Kleyn and Mary Bicknell of University of Washington 2007 (October 2005) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299949-5 / MHID: 0-07-299949-7 All experiments are correlated to Nester's Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 5/e, but can be used with any non-majors/allied health microbiology textbook. CONTENTS PART ONE: BASIC MICROBIOLOGY Introduction to Microbiology Exercise: 1 Ubiquity of Microorganisms Exercise: 2 Bright-field Light Microscopy, Including History and Working Principles Exercise: 3 Microscopic (Bright-field and Dark-field) Determination of Cell Motility, Form, and Viability Using Wet Mount and Hanging Drop Preparations Introduction to Staining of Microorganisms Exercise: 4 Simple Stains: Positive and Negative Stains Exercise: 5 Differential and Special Stains Introduction to Microbial Growth Exercise: 6 Pure Culture and Aseptic Technique Exercise: 7 Chemically Defined, Complex, Selective and Differential Media Exercise: 8 Quantification of Microorganisms Introduction to the Environment and Microbial Growth Exercise: 9 Aerobic and Anaerobic Growth Exercise: 10 The Effect of Incubation Temperature on Generation Time Introduction to Control of Microbial Growth Exercise: 11 Moist and Dry Heat Sterilization: Thermal Death Point and Thermal Death Time Exercise: 12 Control of Microbial Growth with Ultraviolet Light Exercise: 13 Osmotic Pressure, and Its Effect on Rate and Amount of Microbial Growth Exercise: 14 Antiseptics and Antibiotics Introduction to Microbial Genetics Exercise: 15 Selection of Bacterial Mutants Resistant to Antibiotics Exercise: 16 Transformation: A Form of Genetic Recombination Exercise: 17 Bacterial Conjugation Exercise: 18 Gene Regulation: Induction and Catabolite Repression PART TWO: THE OTHER MICROBIAL WORLD Introduction to the Other Microbial World Exercise: 19 Microscopic Identification of Fungi Exercise: 20 Parasitology: Protozoa and Helminths Exercise: 21 Titering Prokaryotic Viruses PART THREE: MICROBES AND HUMANS Introduction to Medical Microbiology Exercise: 22 Normal Skin Flora Exercise: 23 Respiratory Microorganisms Exercise: 24 Identification of Enteric Gram-Negative Rods Exercise: 25 Clinical Unknown Identification PART FOUR: IMMUNOLOGY Introduction to Some Immunological Principles and Techniques Exercise: 26 Differential White Blood Cell Stains Exercise: 27 Lysozyme, an Enzymatic Form of Natural Resistance Exercise: 28 Lancefield Grouping of Pathogenic Streptococci with a Latex Slide Agglutination Test Exercise: 29 Use of an Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) Test for Coccidioides immitis Identification Exercise: 30 An Ouchterlony Double Immunodiffusion Test for Coccidioides immitis Identification PART FIVE: PUBLIC HEALTH Introduction to the Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases Exercise: 31 Epidemiology: A Staphylococcus Carrier Study Exercise: 32 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Multiple-Tube

90

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro90 90

11/13/2007 2:18:32 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Fermentation and Membrane Filter Techniques PART SIX: APPLICATIONS OF BIOTECHNOLOGY Introduction to Biotechnology Exercise: 33 Identifying DNA with Restriction Enzymes Exercise: 34 Identification of Bacteria Using the Ribosomal Data Project PART SEVEN: PROJECTS Introduction to the Individual Projects Exercise: 35 Hydrocarbon-Degrading Bacteria, Cleaning Up After Oil Spills Exercise: 36 Luminescent Bacteria: Bacteria That Produce Light Exercise: 37 Methylotrophs, Organisms That Grow on One-Carbon Compounds Exercise: 38 Deinococcus, Bacteria with Out-Of-This-World Capabilities Appendices 1. Living Microorganisms (Bacteria, Fungi, Protozoa, and Helminths) Chosen for Study in this Manual 2. Dilution Practice Problems 3. Metric System, Use of with Conversions to the English System of Measurement 4. Alternative Procedures 5. Use of the Ocular Micrometer for Measurement of Relative and Absolute Cell Size 6. Use of the Hemocytometer for Determining Total Cell Number in a Liquid Suspension 7. Preparation of Covered Slide Cultures for Study of Intact Structure of a Mold Thallus 8. Additional Reading Identification of a Non-clinical Bacterial Unknown Section V Medical Microbiology Part A Bacteria of the Human Body: 21 Isolation and Identification of Staphylococci from the Skin 22 Isolation and Identification of Streptococci from the Throat 23A Identification of Enteric Bacteria Including the Intestinal pathogens Salmonella and Shigella 23B Enterotubes, a Rapid Test System to Identify Enteric Bacteria 24 Isolation and Identification of a Bacteria from the Urinary Tract / Part B Treatment of Bacterial Infections: 25 Assessing Antibiotic Effectiveness: The Kirby-Bauer Method / Part C Application: 26 The Identification of a Clinical Bacterial Unknown Section VI Controlling the Risk and Spread of Bacterial Infections Part A Food Handling: 27 Killing Bacteria Using High Temperatures / Part B Disinfecting Skin and Countertops: 28 Skin Disinfection: Evaluating Antiseptics and Hand Sanitizers 29 Cleaning Countertops with Disinfectants / Part C Testing Drinking Water Safety: 30 Bacteriological Examination of Drinking Water Using the MPN Method Section VII Bacterial Genetics Part A Bacterial Genomic DNA: 31 Bacterial DNA Fingerprinting 32 Mutagenesis in Bacteria: The Ames Test / Part B Plasmid DNA: 33 Plasmid Isolation and Restriction Mapping / Part C The Transfer of Drug Resistance: 34 Transformation / 35 Conjugation Section VIII Viruses Part A The Nature and Characterization of Viruses: 36 Structural Analysis of an Insect Virus, NPV / Part B Virus Propagation: 37 Detection and Quantification of Viruses of Bacteria 38 The Virus Infection Cycle 39 Virus Infection in Plants Section IX Hematology and Serology Part A Hematology: 40 Identification and Enumeration of White Blood Cells / Part B Serology: 41 Antigen-Antibody Reactions and Determination of Antibody Titer / Part C Serological Techniques: 42 Agglutination Reactions: ABO Blood Typing 43 Immunodiffusion: Antigen-Antibody Reactions in Gels 44 ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay) 45 Bacterial Protein Fingerprinting and Western Blotting 46 Neutralization of Viruses by Antibodies

International Edition

LABORATORY EXERCISES IN ORGANISMAL AND MOLECULAR MICROBIOLOGY

By Steve K. Alexander, University of Mary Hardin Baylor, Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College and Mary Jane Niles, University of San Francisco 2004 / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-248744-2 / MHID: 0-07-248744-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115124-5 / MHID: 0-07-115124-9 [IE] CONTENTS Laboratory Safety in the Microbiology Laboratory. Section I Survey of Microscopic Organisms Part A The Microscope: 1 Structure, Function, and Use of the Microscope 2 Microscopic Comparisons of Microorganisms, Parasites, and Small Invertebrates / Part B Microorganisms: 3 Microbial Prokaryotes: Bacteria and Cyanobacteria 4 Microbial Eucaryotes: Fungi 5 Microbial Eucaryotes : Protozoa and Algae / Part C Multicellulart Parasites: 6 Flatworms and Roundworms / Part D Microscopic Invertebrates: 7 Zooplankton 8 Disease Vectors Section II Staining Techniques Part A Morphological Stains: 9 Negative Staining 10 Smear Preparation and the Simple Stain / Part B Differential Stains: 11 Gram Stain 12 Acid-fast Stain / Part C Structural Stains: 13 Spore Stain 14 Capsule and Flagella Stain / Part D Application: 15 The Staining Characterization of a Bacterial Unknown Section III Bacterial Cultivation Part A Aseptic Technique: 16 Bacteria and Fungi in the Laboratory Environment: The Necessity of Aseptic Technique / Part B The Culture of Bacteria: 17 The Preparation and Inoculation of Growth Media 18 Culture Characterization Using Agar and Broth Media Section IV Bacterial Identification 19 Biochemical Tests Used to Identify Bacteria / 20 Application: The

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

91

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro91 91

11/13/2007 2:18:33 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Multimedia

HYPERCLINIC 2 CD-ROM FOR WINDOWS 2nd Edition

By Lewis L Tomalty and Gloria J Delisle of Queen's University 2001 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-232312- 2 / MHID: 0-07-232312-4 HyperClinic is an interactive multimedia program appropriate for undergraduate microbiology students majoring in the health sciences or for medical students studying clinical microbiology. It is used very differently in the two modes. Allied health students are asked to evaluate a realistic case study that includes a patient history and description of signs and symptoms and to analyze the results of physician-ordered clinical tests to reach a diagnosis. Medical students will evaluate a case study scenario and then decide which clinical samples should be taken and which diagnostic tests run. Immediate feedback and prompts help the students evaluate their decisions. Animations and movies provide detailed information on how the clinical tests are conducted, providing the undergraduate with an excellent introduction to a clinical lab and providing a solid review for the more experienced student.

Virology

International Edition

THE BIOLOGY OF VIRUSES 2nd Edition

By Bruce Voyles, Grinnell College 2002 /432 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120477- 4 / MHID: 0-07-120477-6 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Viruses and Host Cells 2 Getting In: Attachment, Penetration, and Uncoating 3 Expression and Replication of the Viral Genome in Prokaryotic Hosts 4 Expression and Replication of the Viral Genome in Eukaryotic Hosts: The RNA Viruses 5 Expression and Replication of the Viral Genome in Eukaryotic Hosts: The DNA Viruses 6 Assembly, Maturation, and Release of Virions 7 Effects of Viral Infection on Host Cells: Cytological and Inductive Effects 8 Effects of Viral Infection on Host Cells: Integrated Viruses and Persistent Infections 9 Subviral Entities, Viral Evolution, and Viral Emergence

Microbiology Printed - Supplements

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF MICROBIOLOGY

By Edward Alcamo, SUNY-Farmingdale 1998 / 409 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-000967-7 / MHID: 0-07-000967-8

STDs / AIDS

NEW

AIDS UPDATE 2008 2nd Edition

By Gerald J Stine, University of North Florida 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337528-1 / MHID: 0-07-337528-4

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Introduction to Microbiology. The Chemical Basis of Microbiology. Microbial Size and Microscopy. Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. Microbial Growth and Cultivation. Metabolism of Microorganisms. DNA and Gene Expression. Microbial Genetics. Control of Microorganisms. The Major Groups of Bacteria. The Fungi. The Protozoa. The Unicellular Algae. The Viruses. The Host-Parasite Relationship. Host Resistance and the Immune System. Immune Tests and Disorders. Microbial Diseases of the Skin and Eyes. Microbial Diseases of the Nervous System. Microbial Diseases of the Respiratory System. Microbial Diseases of the Digestive System. Microbial Diseases of the Blood and Viscera. Microbial Diseases of the Urogenital System. Food and Industrial Microbiology. Environmental Microbiology.

http://www.mhcls.com/text-data/catalog/0073375284.mhtml

AIDS Update 2008 presents a balanced review of current research and information on HIV infection, HIV disease, and AIDS. AIDS Update 2008 places this discussion within a biological, medical, social, economic and legal framework, helping readers to more fully understand this modern-day pandemic. CONTENTS Chapter 1 AIDS, Defining the Disease and Finding Its Cause Chapter 2 What Causes AIDS: Origin of the AIDS Virus Chapter 3 Biological Characteristics of the AIDS Virus Chapter 4 Anti-HIV Therapy Chapter 5 The Immunology of HIV Disease/AIDS Chapter 6 Opportunistic Infections and Cancers Associated with HIV Disease/AIDS Chapter 7 A Profile of Biological Indicators for HIV Disease and Progression to AIDS Chapter 8 Epidemiology and Transmission of the Human Immunodeficiency Virus Chapter 9 Preventing the Transmission of HIV Chapter 10 Prevalence of HIV Infections, AIDS Cases, and Deaths Among Select Groups in the United States and AIDS in Other

92

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro92 92

11/13/2007 2:18:33 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Countries Chapter 11 Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS Cases Among Women and Children in the United States Chapter 12 Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS Among Young Adults, Ages 13 to 24 Chapter 13 Testing for Human Immunodeficiency Virus Determining the Presence of Antibody Produced When HIV Is Present Chapter 14 AIDS and Society: Knowledge, Attitudes, and Behavior HIV/AIDS Is a Story in Our Lifetime Summary Review Questions New material on Eukaryotic RNA--Chapter 10 (Eukaryotic RNA Polymerases and Their Promotors) includes lots of new material, inlcuding Three Dimensional Structure of RNA Polymermase II in the Post-Translocation State and info on Rpbl's interaction with the DNA-RNA hybrid. New Information on Structure and Function of eIF3--Chapter 17 (The Mechanism of Translation I:Initiation) includes new information on the Structure and Function of eIF3 as well as Shifts in mRNA Secondary Structure. New Informaton on the X Chromosome and more!--Chapter 24 (Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics) includes new information on the X Chromosome and its role in sex-linked diseases. Also discussed in this chapter is the "Barcode of Life", a section connecting DNA to how taxonomists now classify organisms. A few other new topics touched upon is Whole Chromosome Transcriptional Mapping, Genomic Functional Profiling, Tissue-Specific Functional Profiling, and RNAi Analysis. New End-of-Chapter Material--Along with the revision of End-ofChapter Review Questions and Analytical Questions, new References and Suggested Readings have been added throughout the text.

Molecular Biology

NEW

International Edition

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 4th Edition

By Robert Weaver, University of Kansas-Lawrence

Revised Art Program!--Many of the illustrations in this edition have been redrawn to further clarify details, make content current, and to create a consistent appearance. CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1 A Brief History 2 The Molecular Nature of Genes 3 An Introduction to Gene Function 2 Methods of Molecular Biology 4 Molecular Cloning Methods 5 Molecular Tools for Studying Genes and Gene Activity 3 Transcription in Prokaryotes 6 The Mechanism of Transcription in Prokaryotes 7 Operons: Fine Control of Prokaryotic Transcription 8 Major Shifts in Prokaryotic Transcription 9 DNA-Protein Interactions in Prokaryotes 4 Transcription in Eukaryotes 10 Eukaryotic RNA Polymerases and Their Promoters 11 General Transcription Factors in Eukaryotes 12 Transcription Activators in Eukaryotes 13 Chromatin Structure and Its Effects on Transcription 5 Posttranscriptional Events 14 Messenger RNA Processing I: Splicing 15 Messenger RNA Processing II: Capping and Polyadenylation 16 Other RNA Processing Events 6 Translation 17 The Mechanism of Translation I: Initiation 18 The Mechanism of Translation II: Elongation and Termination 19 Ribosomes and Transfer RNA 7 DNA Replication, Recombination, and Transposition 20 DNA Replication I: Basic Mechanism and Enzymology 21 DNA Replication II: Detailed Mechanism 22 Homologous Recombination 23 Transposition 8 Genomes 24 Genomics and Proteomics

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331994-0 / MHID: 0-07-331994-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110216-2 / MHID: 0-07-110216-7 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/weaver4

Molecular Biology, 4/e by Robert Weaver, is designed for an introductory course in molecular biology. The text is geared not only toward presenting concepts of molecular biology, but also the experiments that led to those concepts. Guided by this experimental approach, Dr. Weaver has been published by National Institutes as well as National Geographic. NEW TO THIS EDITION Information on Affinity Chromatography--Chapter 5 (Molecular Tools for Studying Genes and Gene Activity) now includes information on Affinity Chromatography, one of the most powerful separation techniques, and also touches on Forensic Uses of DNA Fingerprinting and DNA Typing. Thoroughly Revised Website--McGraw-Hill's ARIS--Assessment, Review, and Instruction System for Molecular Biology, 4/e is a complete electronic homework and course management system. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher's representative for more information on getting started with ARIS.

93

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro93 93

11/13/2007 2:18:33 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

By William Stansfield, California State Polytechnic University 1996 / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-060898-6 / MHID: 0-07-060898-9 20 Cell Differentiation 21 Pattern Formation and Embryonic Fields 22 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in the Drosophila Embryo 23 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Vertebrate Development 24 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in Plants 25 Experimental and Genetic Analysis of Caenorhabditis elegans Development 26 Sex Determination 27 Hormonal Control of Development 28 Organismic Growth and Oncogenes

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS 1. Cells 2. Biomacromolecules 3. Chromosomes 4. Transcription and Gene Regulation 5. Translation 6. Mutations 7. The Genetics of Bacteria and Their Viruses 8. Genetic Engineering / Recombinant DNA Technology 9. Nucleic Acid Manipulations 10. Eukaryotic Cells and Their Viruses 11. Cellular Communication 12. Development in Multicellular Organisms 13. The Immune System 14. Molecular Evolution.

Immunology

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF IMMUNOLOGY

By George Pinchuk 2002 / 304 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-137366-1 / MHID: 0-07-137366-7

Developmental Biology / Embryology

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS 1. Overview of Immunity and the Immune System 2. Cells, Tissues, and Organs of the Immune System 3. Antibodies and Antigens 4. Maturation of B Lympocytes and Expression of Immunoglobullin Genes 5. The Major Histocompatibility Complex 6. Antigen Processing and Presentation 7. T-Lymphocyte Antigen Recognition and Activation 8. B-Lymphocyte Activation and Antibody Production 9. Immunologic Tolerance 10. Cytokines 11. Innate Immunity 12. Effector Mechanisms of Cell-Mediated Immunity 13. Effector Mechanisms of Humoral Immunity 14. Immunity to Microbes 15. Transplantation Immunology 16. Immunity to Tumors 17. Autoimmunity and Autoimmune Diseases 18. Immunodeficiencies.

International Edition

ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT 2nd Edition

By Klaud Kalthoff, University of Texas at Austin 2001 /816 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118078- 8 / MHID: 0-07-118078-8 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/kalthoff

CONTENTS Part I From Gametogenesis to Histogenesis 1 Analysis of Development 2 The Role of Cells in Development 3 Gametogenesis 4 Fertilization 5 Cleavage 6 Cell Fate, Potency and Determination 7 Genomic Equivalence and the Cytoplasmic Environment 8 Localized Cytoplasmic Determinants 9 Axis Formation and Mesoderm Induction 10 Gastrulation 11 Cell Adhesion and Morphogenesis 12 Organogenesis 13 Ectodermal Organs 14 Endodermal and Mesodermal Organs Part II Control of Gene Expression in Development 15 The Use of Mutants and Transgenic Organisms in the Analysis of Development 16 Transcriptional Control 17 RNA Processing 18 Translational Control and Post-translational Modifications 19 Genetic and Paragenetic Information Part III Current Topics in Developmental Biology

94

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro94 94

11/13/2007 2:18:33 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

General Genetics

Animations Library: 43 full-color animations of key genetic principles. Solutions to even-numbered problems appear at the back of the book. Solutions to odd-numbered problems will be available on the free, password protected OLC.

NEW

International Edition

GENETICS Analysis and Principles, 3rd Edition

By Robert J Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

Chapter Concept statements keep the focus of the text on concepts, so students don't get lost in details. Each A head starts with a conceptual statement in the form of a complete sentence that emphasizes the key point of the material. A unique chapter, Computer Analysis of Genetic Sequences, gives students a glance at the most modern techniques used by geneticists today. Unifying theme - the relationship between genes and traits - appears throughout the text and reinforces the relationship between abstract concepts and concrete physical expressions. This theme is called out with blue type in several figure legends in each chapter Classic experiments in transmission and molecular genetics are highlighted in each chapter, with a strong emphasis on the scientific method. In each chapter 1-2 experiments are broken into five steps: Background observations, the Hypothesis, Testing the Hypothesis, the Data, and Interpreting the Data (denoted with gold bars). Conceptual and experimental themes are used in text discussions (see Testing the Hypothesis sections in each chapter) and end-ofchapter material (both in chapter summaries and problem sets) Problem sets are broken into three parts. 1. Conceptual questions test students' understanding of basic genetic principles. 2. Experimental questions test their ability to analyze data, design experiments, and appreciate the relevance of experimental techniques. 3. Student discussion/collaboration questions CONTENTS Ch. 1: Overview of Genetics Ch. 2: Mendelian Inheritance Ch. 3: Reproduction and Chromosome Transmission Ch. 4: Extensions of Mendelian Inheritance Ch. 5: Linkage and Genetic Mapping in Eukaryotes Ch. 6: Genetic Transfer and Mapping in Bacteria and Bacteriophages Ch. 7: Non-Mendelian Inheritance Ch. 8: Variation in Chromosome Structure and Number Ch. 9: Molecular Structure of DNA and RNA Ch. 10: Chromosome Organization and Molecular Structure Ch. 11: DNA Replication Ch. 12: Gene Transcription Ch. 13: Translation of mRNA Ch. 14: Gene Regulation in Bacteria and Bacteriophages Ch. 15: Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes Ch. 16: Gene Mutation and DNA Repair Ch. 17: Recombination and Transposition at the Molecular Level Ch. 18: Recombinant DNA Technology Ch. 19: Biotechnology Ch. 20: Structural Genomics Ch. 21: Functional Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics Ch. 22: Medical Genetics and Cancer Ch. 23: Developmental Genetics Ch. 24: Quantitative Genetics Ch. 25: Population Genetics Ch. 26: Evolutionary Genetics

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722972-6 / MHID: 0-07-722972-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128764-7 / MHID: 0-07-128764-7 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

Genetics: Analysis and Principles is a one-semester, introductory genetics textbook that takes an experimental approach to understanding genetics. By weaving one or two experiments into the narrative of each chapter, students can simultaneously explore the scientific method and understand the genetic principles that have been learned from these experiments. FEATURES Art Program! Every illustration has been rendered with four goals in mind: 1. Completeness - For most figures, it should be possible to understand an experiment or genetic concept by looking at the illustration alone. 2. Clarity - The figures have been extensively reviewed by students and instructors. This has helped avoid drawing things that may be confusing or unclear. 3. Consistency - Recurring elements and colors have all been coordinated to provide a consistent art program. 4. Realism - An important goal of the second edition has been to make each figure as realistic as possible. For example, when drawing macroscopic elements (e.g. fruit flies, pea plants, etc.), the illustrations have been based on real images, not on cartoon-like simplifications. Dynamic Media Package! Online Learning Center will contain extensive quizzing for the student, video lectures, and computer programs for genetic problem solving. Student CD-ROM will include extensive problem solving applications and interactive exercises to aid in the study of learning genetics. Digital Content Manager! The digital assets on this cross-platform CD-ROM are organized by chapter in an easy-to-use folder system. Art Library: Full-color digital files of all illustrations in the book (659 images. These images are also pre-inserted into blank PowerPoint slides for ease of use). Photo Library: Digital files of 206 instructionally significant photographs. Table Library: Every table that appears in the text is provided in electronic form. PowerPoint Lecture Outlines: Ready-made presentations that combine art and lecture notes are provided for each of the chapters of the text. Active Art Library: Each piece of art can be broken down to its core elements, grouped or ungrouped, and edited to create customized illustrations. 100 illustrations are available in this format.

95

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro95 95

11/13/2007 2:18:34 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

10 Gene Expression: Transcription 11 Gene Expression: Translation DNA Technologies 12 Recombinant DNA Technology 13 Applications of Recombinant DNA Technology 14 Genomics and Bioinformatics Control of Gene Expression 15 Prokaryotic Genetics 16 Gene Expression: Control in Prokaryotes and Phages 17 Gene Expression: Control in Eukaryotes 18 DNA Mutation and Repair 19 Extranuclear Inheritance Genetics and Biological Processes 20 Mutational Analysis 21 Developmental Genetics 22 Cancer Genetics Population Genetics and Evolution 23 Population Genetics 24 Quantitative Genetics 25 Evolutionary Genetics

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO GENETICS

By David Hyde, University of Notre Dame

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322481-7 / MHID: 0-07-322481-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110803-4 / MHID: 0-07-110803-3 [IE with OLC] Hyde's Introduction to Genetics teaches the principles of genetics with an innovative approach that emphasizes the basic concepts involved in solving problems as well as teaching students how to manipulate genetic data. While most genetics textbooks provide some examples and several problems for the student to work, the texts primarily stress facts and historical information. It is often left to the student to make the connection from what is in the text to elucidating the approaches to solve problems. Dr. David Hyde presents these skills to the students throughout the narrative in a stepped-out fashion, making an explicit tie between the facts and their application. This text maintains the rigor that faculty require in a genetics book, while incorporating a student-friendly presentation style that helps the reader comprehend the material. FEATURES Innovative, Problem-Solving-Based Approach -- The author maintains the connection between basic genetic principles and their application to problems using a stepped-out system. The text also links specific portions of the text with selected end-of-chapter problems to direct the student to problems that will test their comprehension of the material they just studied. Strong and Accessible Molecular Genetics Coverage -- Dr. Hyde discusses in a clear and basic manor, the latest information on molecular processes and new techniques. Dynamic Illustration and Photo Program -- The art program incorporates vibrant colors and three-dimensional effects with pedagogically sound layouts that greatly assist students in visualizing and understanding difficult genetic processes. Strong Pedagogical Framework -- A strong framework makes key concepts easier to identify. For example, all section heads will be written as concept statements. Superior Media Package -- Introduction to Genetics offers instructors full access to textbook art, photos and tables, as well as high-quality animations and customizable PowerPoint lecture presentations. The Online Learning Center provides students with additional study tools and problem-solving exercises. CONTENTS 1 Genetics and the Scientific Method Patterns and Mechanisms of Classical Inheritance 2 Mendelian Genetics 3 Mitosis and Meiosis 4 Sex Determination and Sex Linkage 5 Modifications to Mendelian Ratios 6 Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes Molecular Basis of Inheritance and Gene Expression 7 DNA Structure and Chromosome Organization 8 Changes in Chromosome Structure and Number 9 DNA Replication

NEW

International Edition

GENETICS From Genes to Genomes, 3rd Edition

By Leland Hartwell, University of Washington

2008 (October 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322738-2 / MHID: 0-07-322738-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110215-5 / MHID: 0-07-110215-9 [IE]

http://aris.mhhe.com

Genetics: From Genes to Genomes is a cutting-edge, introductory genetics text authored by an unparalleled author team, including Nobel Prize winner, Leland Hartwell. The Third Edition continues to build upon the integration of Mendelian and molecular principles, providing students with the links between early genetics understanding and the new molecular discoveries that have changed the way the field of genetics is viewed. NEW TO THIS EDITION Additional problems have been added throughout each chapter, providing students and teachers with more variety in the level of problems. At the end of each chapter, the level of difficulty is indicated for each problem, giving instructors the ability the select problems to assign based upon the level of difficulty. New "On Our Website" feature, at the end of each chapter, directs students and teachers to additional, more detailed information on specialized topics not found in the textbook. This information is in the form of content, references, or links, for easy access. New Chapter 12: Systems Biology is included in the new edition, giving students information on a new way of studying genetics by looking at every system of biology as a whole. New "Internet Assignments and Exercises" offer students an interactive way to read and complete additional exercises beyond those offered in the textbook.

96

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro96 96

11/13/2007 2:18:34 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

CONTENTS 1 Genetics: The Study of Biological Information 2 Mendel's Breakthrough: Patterns, Particles, and Principles of Heredity 3 Extensions to Mendel: Complexities in Relating Genotype to Phenotype 4 The Chromosome Theory of Inheritance 5 Linkage, Recombination, and the Mapping of Genes on Chromosomes 6 DNA: How the Molecule of Heredity Carries, Replicates, and Recombines Information 7 Anatomy and Function of a Gene: Dissection Through Mutation 8 Gene Expression: The Flow of Genetic Information from DNA to RNA to Protein 9 Deconstructing the Genome: DNA at High Resolution 10 Reconstructing the Genome Through Genetic and Molecular Analysis 11 The Direct Detection of Genotype Distinguishes Individual Genomes 12 Systems Biology and Proteomics 13 The Eukaryotic Chromosome: An Organelle for Packaging and Managing DNA 14 Chromosomal Rearrangements and Changes in Chromosome Number Reshape Eukaryotic Genomes 15 The Prokaryotic Chromosome: Genetic Analysis in Bacteria 16 The Chromosomes of Organelles Outside the Nucleus Exhibit Non-Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance 17 Gene Regulation in Prokaryotes 18 Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes 19 Cell-Cycle Regulation and the Genetics of Cancer 20 Using Genetics to Study Development 21 The Genetic Analysis of Populations and How They Evolve 22 Evolution at the Molecular Level

GENETICS DEMYSTIFIED

By Edward Willet 2006 (September 2005) / 210 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145930-3 / MHID: 0-07-145930-8

A Professional Publication

Genetics Demystified offers an up-to-date, highly readable explanation of the basic principles of genetics, covering key topics such as human genetics, DNA, heredity, mutations, traits, chromosomes, and much more. This self-teaching guide comes complete with key points, background information, quizzes at the end of each chapter, and even a final exam. Simple enough for beginners but challenging enough for advanced students, this is a lively and entertaining brushup, introductory text, or classroom supplement. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Mendelism and Classical Genetics Chapter 2: The Cell--The Basic Unit of Life Chapter 3: DNA--The Chemical Basis of Heredity Chapter 4: Chromosomes--Organized DNA Chapter 5: Traits--How Genes Are Expressed Chapter 6: Genomes--Reading the Genetic Code Chapter 7: Mutations--Misreading the Code Chapter 8: Cancer--Genetics Gone Awry Chapter 9: Bacteria--A Different Way of Doing Things Chapter 10: Organelles--Genetics Outside the Nucleus Chapter 11: Viruses--Hijacking Heredity Chapter 12: Genetic Engineering--Sculpting the Code Chapter 13: Evolution--Change Driven by Genetics Chapter 14: Humans--How Genetics Affect Us Final Exam Answers to Quiz and Final Exam Questions Suggested Additonal References Glossary Index

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF GENETICS 4th Edition

By Susan Elrod, California Polytechnic State University - San Luis Obispo 2002 / 500 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136206-1 / MHID: 0-07-136206-1

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS 1. The Physical Basis of Heredity 2. Patterns of Inheritance 3. The Biochemical Basis of Heredity 4. Genetic Interactions 5. The Genetics of Sex 6. Linkage and Chromosome Mapping 7. Cytogenetics 8. Quantitative Genetics 9. Population Genetics and Evolution 10. Genetics of Bacteria 11. Viruses, Transposable Elements, and Cancer 12. Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology 13. The Molecular Biology of Eukaryotes.

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

97

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro97 97

11/13/2007 2:18:34 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS 7th Edition

By Robert Tamarin, University of Massachusetts 2002 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124320-9 / MHID: 0-07-124320-8 [IE with OLC&CD]

Human Genetics

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN GENETICS 8th Edition

By Ricki Lewis, SUNY at Albany

www.mhhe.com/tamarin7

CONTENTS I Genetics and the Scientific Method 1 Introduction II Mendelism and the Chromosomal Theory 2 Mendel's Principles 3 Mitosis and Meiosis 4 Probability and Statistics 5 Sex Determination, Sex Linkage, and Pedigree Analysis 6 Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes 7 Linkage and Mapping in Prokaryotes and Bacterial Viruses 8 Cytogenetics III Molecular Genetics 9 Chemistry of the Gene 10 Gene Expression: Transcription 11 Gene Expression: Translation 12 DNA: Its Mutation, Repair, and Recombination 13 Genomics, Biotechnology, and Recombinant DNA 14 Gene Expression: Control in Prokaryotes and Phages 15 The Eukaryotic Chromosome 16 Gene Expression: Control in Eukaryotes 17 Non-Mendelian Inheritance IV Quantitative and Evolutionary Genetics 18 Quantitative Inheritance 19 Population Genetics: The Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium and Mating Systems 20 Population Genetics: Processes That Change Allelic Frequencies Appendix A Brief Answers to Selected Exercises, Problems, and Critical Thinking Questions Appendix B Suggestions for Further Reading

2009 (September 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722127-0 / MHID: 0-07-722127-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128310-6 / MHID: 0-07-128310-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/lewisgenetics8

Human Genetics, Eighth Edition, is a non-science majors human genetics text that clearly explains what genes are, how they function, how they interact with the environment, and how our understanding of genetics has changed since completion of the human genome project. It is a clear, modern, and exciting book for citizens who will be responsible for evaluating new medical options, new foods, and new technologies in the age of genomics. NEW TO THIS EDITION A Second Look section has been added to the EOC chapter material. This section contains questions about the opening case study the students can answer after they have mastered the chapter concepts. Disorders are identified by their Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man number Websites added to inside covers Pronunciations of Glossary terms. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Overview of Genetics Chapter 2 Cells Chapter 3 Meiosis and Development Chapter 4 Single Gene Inheritance Chapter 5 Beyond Mendel's Laws Chapter 6 Matters of Sex Chapter 7 Multifactorial Traits Chapter 8 The Genetics of Behavior Chapter 9 DNA Structure and Replication Chapter 10 Gene Action: From DNA to Protein Chapter 11 Control of Gene Expression and Genome Architecture Chapter 12 Gene Mutation Chapter 13 Chromosomes Chapter 14 When Allele Frequencies Stay Constant Chapter 15 Changing Allele Frequencies Chapter 16 Human Ancestry and Eugenics Chapter 17 Genetics of Immunity Chapter 18 The Genetics of Cancer Chapter 19 Genetic Technologies: Amplifying, Modifying, and Monitoring DNA Chapter 20 Genetic Testing and Treatment Chapter 21 Reproductive Technologies Chapter 22 Genomics

98

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro98 98

11/13/2007 2:18:34 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Biotechnology

International Edition

BIOTECHNOLOGY DNA to Protein: A Laboratory Project in Molecular Biology

By Teressa Thiel and Shirley Bissen of University of Missouri-St Louis and Eilene Lyons, St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley 2002 /192 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-241664-0 / MHID: 0-07-241664-5 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112279-5 / MHID: 0-07-112279-6 [IE]

BIOTECHNOLOGY DEMYSTIFIED

By Sharon Walker 2007 (Sept 2006) / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144812-3 / MHID: 0-07-144812-8

A Professional Publication

This self-teaching guide explains the basic concepts and fundamentals in all the major subtopics of biotechnology. The content advances logically from the basics of molecular and cellular biology to more complex topics such as DNA, reproductive cloning, experimental procedures, infectious diseases, immunology, the Human Genome Project, new drug discoveries, and genetic disorders. CONTENTS Part 1: Fundamental Topics in Molecular and Cellular Biology Chapter 1: The Molecules of Life: The stuff you are made of Chapter 2: The Cellular Basis of Life: What cells look like and what they do Chapter 3: Information Flow within the Cell: Going from gene to protein Chapter 4: DNA Replication and Cell Division: How life continues Chapter 5: Regulation of gene expression: cells don't express every gene they have Chapter 6: Signal Transduction: How cells interact with what is outside Part 2: Essential Experimental Techniques in Biotechnology Chapter 7: Genetic Engineering: How you do something with DNA Chapter 8: Assays for Gene Function: I made this DNA, now what? Part 3: Advanced Topics in Biotechnology Chapter 9: Cancer and the Cell Cycle: When good cells go bad Chapter 10: Infectious Disease: Bacteria and viruses and prions, oh my! Chapter 11: Immunology: How the body protects itself from invasion Chapter 12: Genetic Disease: When good genes go bad Part 4: Applications of Biotechnology Chapter 13: The Human Genome Project: What it is and what it's used for Chapter 14: Reproductive Cloning: Understanding the controversy Chapter 15: Genetically Modified (GM) Crops: The new way to make a better tomato Chapter 16: Drug Discovery: The accelerated pace of finding new drugs Chapter 17: Future Prospects for Biotechnology: Is it bright or a lack of foresight?

www.mhhe.com/thiel

CONTENTS Part 1: Examine Enzyme Activity of alpha-Amylase 1 Starch Plate Assay 2 Quantitative Enzyme Assay 3 Factors Affecting Enzyme Function Part 2: Examine alpha-Amylase Proteins 4 Analysis of Protein Structure Using RasMol 5 Analysis of alpha-Amylase Proteins Part 3: Examine DNA Structure 6 Analysis of DNA Structure Using RasMol 7 Isolation of Chromosomal DNA from Bacillus licheniformis Part 4 Find the alpha-Amylase Gene 8 PCR Amplification and Labeling of Probe DNA 9 Southern Hybridization Part 5 Clone the alpha-Amylase Gene 10 Cloning the alpha-Amylase Gene Part 6 Analyze alpha-Amylase Clones 11 Verification and Mapping of alpha-Amylase Clones 12 Enzyme Activity of alpha-Amylase Clones

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

99

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro99 99

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

11/13/2007 2:18:35 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

100

HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro100 100

11/13/2007 2:18:35 PM

Introduction to Nutrition - Multimedia ..................................................................................................106 - Supplements ..............................................................................................106 - Textbook .....................................................................................................103 Nutrition and Sport............................................................................................109 Nutrition Assessment........................................................................................109 Nutrition Through The Life Cycle - Nutrition & Human Development................................................................108

NUTRITION

101

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 101

11/13/2007 2:19:48 PM

NEW TITLES

NUTRITION

2009

NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card Nutrition for Healthy Living Contemporary Nutrition, 7e Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach

Author

ESHA Research ESHA Research Schiff Wardlaw Wardlaw

ISBN-13

9780073328652 9780073375526 9780077224851 9780077211660 9780077227784

MHID

0073328650 0073375527 007722485X 0077211669 0077227786

Page

106 107 103 104 105

102

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 102

11/13/2007 2:19:48 PM

NUTRITION

Introduction to Nutrition

Textbook

is also presented as well as a pie-chart displaying the percentages of energy from carbohydrate, protein, and fat. This feature demonstrates that preparing nutritious foods can be fun and economical. By trying the recipes, students can develop basic food preparation skills and may be inspired to cook more foods "from scratch". As a result, they may rely less on vending machines and fast food outlets. -Did You Know? Tidbits -- This marginal feature notes interesting nutrition-related tidbits that apply to information presented in that section of the chapter. Some of these features set the record straight concerning commonly held beliefs about food and nutrition. Furthermore, "Did You Know?" is designed to stimulate students' interest in nutrition and foods.

NEW

International Edition

NUTRITION FOR HEALTHY LIVING

By Wendy J Schiff, Saint Louis CC-Meramec-Kirkwood

Manageable Science. The author believes it is important to provide students with basic scientific principles that are technically accurate and simple to understand. Unlike other textbooks, Chapter 4 (Body Basics) introduces very basic chemistry and defines terms needed to understand the scientific foundation of nutrition. The chapter is divided into two main sections, chemistry and human physiology, so professors can easily skip the section that focuses on chemistry if they so choose. Assessment and Evaluation: Nutrition for Healthy Living provides a variety of learning assessment activities so students can assess and evaluate their understanding of content. Besides the end-of-chapter critical thinking and multiple choice questions, two other quizzing tools appear within each chapter: -Quiz Yourself: This pretest is comprised of five true or false questions placed at the end of chapter openers; answers are provided at the end of the chapter. The purpose of "Quiz Yourself" is to stimulate interest in reading the chapter. By taking the quiz, students may be surprised to learn how little or much they know about the chapter's contents. -Concept Checkpoints: "Concept Checkpoints" are review questions, many of which involve critical thinking skills, posed at the end of major headings. Such questions enable students to test their acquisition of information in the section. Student Learning Outcomes. Each chapter revolves around 5-10 student learning outcomes. The concepts are served in small portions that students can easily process. In addition, author Wendy Schiff has written the entire book's testbank to ensure consistency between book and test bank, especially with regard to student learning outcomes. Certain questions have been written and noted as questions specifically related to the SLOs. Personal Dietary Analysis: Many chapters include an end-ofchapter activity for analyzing personal eating habits. Most of these activities require the use of a dietary analysis software program, such as McGraw-Hill's new NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 software. Students can gain insight into their eating behaviors by completing this activity. The latest release of NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 diet analysis software is now available. Both the CD and Online versions share a new userfriendly interface and a handy video tutorial. Other enhancements include the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000+ food database, and a new recipe function. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's ARIS website, Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. McGraw-Hill's ARIS. ARIS is a complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722485-1 / MHID: 0-07-722485-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128347-2 / MHID: 0-07-128347-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/nutrition

Today's "superfood" textbook! A text with a potent kick of nutritional benefits... Nutrition for Healthy Living takes an innovative approach to basic nutrition for the intro Nutrition course. With its uniquely concise organization that serves up concepts in manageable portions and a distinct focus on consumerism, this engaging, fun-to-read text will provide students with the scientific foundation needed to make informed nutritional lifestyle decisions well beyond the classroom. FEATURES Uniquely Concise Organization. Structured into 13 chapters, this entire text can easily be covered within one semester. Instead of separate chapters on different lifecycles, there is one chapter devoted to all key life stages. Unlike other textbooks, global nutrition does not constitute its own chapter at the end of the text (where it is often overlooked due to lack of time); instead, key aspects of world nutrition are introduced in Chapter 1 and then incorporated throughout the text where relevant. Unique Chapter 2 ­ Evaluating Nutrition Information! This chapter discusses how to evaluate the sources and messages of nutrition- and health-related information for reliability, a very important topic that other textbooks generally devote only a small section of a chapter. Distinct Focus on Consumerism. Topics that relate to consumerism are woven throughout the narrative and in pedagogical tools placed throughout the text so as not to distract the reader : -Real People, Real Stories -- Healthy young people often take their health for granted. Instead of using contrived case studies or fictional characters to provide examples of people with nutrition-related disorders, the author conducted interviews with individuals who actually have recovered from or currently experience conditions such as type 1 diabetes, eating disorders, and hypertension. This feature is designed to help students recognize the daily challenges people with such conditions face and the role diet and physical activity play in managing health. -Food and Nutrition Tips ­ The practical tips that apply material presented in a section provide information to students that they can use everyday and for the rest of their lives. -Recipes for Healthy Living -- This feature includes one or more easyto-make, kitchen-tested recipes that relate to the chapter's content. Information about the energy and key nutrients in a serving of the food

103

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 103

11/13/2007 2:19:48 PM

NUTRITION

course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS PART ONE: Laying the Foundation for Better Health 1. The Basics of Nutrition 2. Evaluating Nutrition and Health Information 3. Planning Nutritious Menus 4. Body Basics PART TWO: Nutrients and Your Health 5. Carbohydrates 6. Fats and Other Lipids 7. Proteins 8. Vitamins 9. Minerals and Water PART THREE: Applying Your Nutrition Knowledge 10. Energy Balance and Weight Management 11. Exercise and Sports 12. Food Safety Concerns 13. Nutrition for a Lifetime Appendix A English-metric Conversions Appendix B Canadian Food Guide Appendix C Daily Values Table Appendix D Energy Metabolism Appendix E Amino Acids Appendix F Vitamins Involved in Energy Metabolism Appendix G Growth Charts Appendix H End of Chapter Multiple Choice Answer Keys Glossary Alcohol Consumption" in Chapter 16. This makes it easier to integrate coverage of this important topic within the typical term of an introductory course. Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance are now covered earlier in the text as the topic of Chapter 7, which now more logically follows the energy-yielding nutrient chapters in Part Two. Important content updates include: new food source diagrams for nutrients based upon MyPyramid food groups, the American Heart Association 2006 Diet, new information about E. coli O157: H7, Listeria, and Norovirus, 2006 World Health Organization growth charts for children, an expanded discussion of nutrigenomics, new information on omega-3 fatty acids, and more. Check Your Knowledge is a new element featuring multiplechoice study questions at the end of each chapter. These questions complement the open-ended Study Questions and help students prepare for this type of questions on course examinations. Answers to the Check Your Knowledge questions are found in Appendix A. Each chapter now culminates with a Case Study that presents a real life situation followed by a list of directed questions to assist students in applying the nutrition knowledge from the chapter. Responses to the Case Study questions are found in Appendix A. A totally new look and design invites students to read and learn about nutrition with an engaging style and presentation. This fresh new look features brighter colors, more creative layouts, and exceptional new figures and photos. This edition is now available with the latest release of NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 diet analysis software. Both the CD and Online versions share a new user-friendly interface and a handy video tutorial. Other enhancements include the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000-food database, and a new recipe function. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's ARIS website, Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. CONTENTS NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE Chapter 4: Carbohydrates Chapter 5: Lipids Chapter 6: Proteins Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance VITAMINS, MINERALS AND WATER Chapter 8: Vitamins Chapter 9: Water and Minerals NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS Chapter 10: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports Chapter 11: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, and Other Conditions Chapter 12: Food Safety Chapter 13: Undernutrition throughout the World NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES Chapter 14: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Chapter 15: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence Chapter 16: Nutrition during Adulthood APPENDIXES:

NEW

International Edition

CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION 7th Edition

By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of Ohio State University-Columbus

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721166-0 / MHID: 0-07-721166-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128365-6 / MHID: 0-07-128365-X [IE] Contemporary Nutrition Seventh Edition is designed for students with little or no background in college-level biology, chemistry or physiology. It will provide students who lack a strong science background the ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumer-oriented knowledge. With their friendly writing style, the authors act as the student's personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices. NEW TO THIS EDITION Alcohol is no longer the focus of an entire chapter but is now included in the expanded new section, "Nutritional Implications of

104

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 104

11/13/2007 2:19:48 PM

NUTRITION

A: Solutions to Case Studies and Check Your Knowledge B: Daily Values Used in Food Labels C: Dietary Advice for Canadians D: The Exchange System E: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment F: Chemical Structures in Nutrition G: Height-Weight Tables H: Sources of Nutrition Information I: English-Metric Conversions which cover a broad range of nutrition topics, allowing instructors and students to harness the visual impact of nutrition processes in motion. All of these tools are available on ARIS. Available with the text is NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 diet analysis software. Both the CD and Online versions share a new user-friendly interface and a handy video tutorial. Other enhancements include the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000-food database, and a new recipe function. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's ARIS website, Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. McGraw-Hill's ARIS. ARIS is a complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE Chapter 4: Carbohydrates Chapter 5: Lipids Chapter 6: Proteins Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER Chapter 8: Overview of the Micronutrients Chapter 9: Nutrients Involved with Fluid and Electrolyte Balance Chapter 10: Nutrients that Function as Antioxidants Chapter 11: Nutrients Involved in Bone Health Chapter 12: Nutrients Involved with Energy Metabolism and Blood Health NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS Chapter 13: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports Chapter 14: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, and Other Conditions Chapter 15: Food Safety Chapter 16: Undernutrition throughout the World NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES Chapter 17: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Chapter 18: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence Chapter 19: Nutrition during Adulthood APPENDIXES: A: Solutions to Case Studies and Check Your Knowledge B: Daily Values Used in Food Labels C: Dietary Advice for Canadians D: The Exchange System E: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment F: Chemical Structures in Nutrition G: Height-Weight Tables H: Sources of Nutrition Information I: English-Metric Conversions

NEW

International Edition

CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION A Functional Approach

By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of Ohio State University, James E Bailey 2009 (February 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722778-4 / MHID: 0-07-722778-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128463-9 / MHID: 0-07-128463-X [IE] Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach is an alternate version of Wardlaw-Smith's Contemporary Nutrition, 7e. While Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach shares the recognized strengths of the seventh edition, it offers a unique approach to the coverage of vitamins and minerals. It departs from a traditional presentation by instead organizing vitamins and minerals within the context of physiological functions and the health conditions they influence. The text will provide students who lack a strong science background the ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumer-oriented knowledge. With their friendly writing style, the authors act as the student's personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices. FEATURES Grouping vitamins and minerals by their functions, rather than a sequential discussion of each nutrient, helps students appreciate how vitamins and minerals work together in the body and also provides a logical framework for understanding and retaining important information about vitamins and minerals. The authors purposefully write as though they are acting as personal guides to each student as they explore the world of nutrition. They provide ample opportunities for students to apply concepts and guidelines to their own lives. For example, each chapter concludes with two Rate Your Plate activities that students can work through as a group or individually. All are designed to encourage to students to actively analyze their own eating habits. The authors have included the most up-to-date research and data available, including: new food source diagrams for nutrients based upon MyPyramid food groups, the American Heart Association 2006 Diet, new information about E. coli O157:H7, Listeria, and Norovirus, 2006 World Health Organization growth charts for children, an expanded discussion of nutrigenomics, new information on omega-3 fatty acids, and more. Concept Checks At key points throughout the chapter, Concept Checks allow students to mentally summarize what they have learned before proceeding to the next topic in the chapter. Each chapter culminates with a Case Study that presents a real life situation followed by a list of directed questions to assist students in applying the nutrition knowledge from the chapter. Responses to the Case Study questions are found in Appendix A. Looking for technology to enhance student learning? McGraw-Hill has partnered with NBC to provide 12 short videoclips on current nutrition topics. Nearly 50 animations and simulations are also available,

105

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 105

11/13/2007 2:19:49 PM

NUTRITION

International Edition

PERSPECTIVES IN NUTRITION 7th Edition

By Gordon M Wardlaw, Ohio State University--Columbus and Jeffrey Hampl, Arizona State University-East Campus 2007 (May 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322806-8 / MHID: 0-07-322806-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110806-5 / MHID: 0-07-110806-8 [IE with ARIS Card]

Supplements

NUTRITION ALMANAC 6th Edition

By Lavon J Dunne, John D Kirschmann, Nutrition Search, Inc 2007 (December 2006) / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-143658-8 / MHID: 0-07-143658-8

http://www.mhhe.com/wardlawpers7

Perspectives in Nutrition, Seventh Edition, is an introductory nutrition text appropriate for the majors and mixed-majors nutrition courses. This student-focused text presents the major concepts in nutrition including the body's use of food nutrients and diet planning throughout the life cycle. The text places special emphasis on the application of nutrition principles in everyday life by exploring the health consequences of nutrition practices. CONTENTS 1 Nutrition Basics 1 What Nourishes You? 2 The Basis of a Healthy Diet 3 Human Digestion and Absorption 4 Metabolism 2 The Energy-Yielding Nutrients and Alcohol 5 Carbohydrates 6 Lipids 7 Proteins 8 Alcohol 3 The Vitamins and Minerals 9 The Fat-Soluble Vitamins 10 The Water-Soluble Vitamins 11 Water and the Major Minerals 12 Trace Minerals 4 Energy Production and Energy Balance 13 Energy Balance and Weight Control 14 Nutrition for Fitness and Sports 15 Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, Binge-Eating Disorder, and Other Conditions 5 Nutrition Applications in the Life Cycle 16 Pregnancy and Breastfeeding 17 Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence 18 Nutrition During Adulthood 6 Putting Nutrition Knowledge into Practice 19 Food Safety 20 Undernutrition Throughout the World Appendixes A Chemistry: A Tool for Understanding Nutrition B Human Physiology: A Tool for Understanding Nutrition C Dietary Advice for Canadians D The Exchange System: A Helpful Menu-Planning Tool E Exchange System Lists F Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment G Fatty Acids, Including Omega-3, Fatty Acids in Foods H The 1983 Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Height- Weight Table and Determination of Frame Size I Caffeine Content of Foods J Sources of Nutrition Information K English-Metric Conversions, and Metric and Household Units L Estimated Average Requirements for Nutrients: Food and Nutrition Board, Institute of Medicine, National Academies M Food Composition Table

A Professional Publication

Your ultimate guide to choosing the right foods and supplements, feeling younger, improving health, and living longe. A trusted source for 30 years, Nutrition Almanac empowers you to take charge of your well-being by pinpointing the relationship between foods and health. Providing comprehensive information on everything food-related, you learn how to use nutrition to fight disease, boost immunity, and slow the effects of aging, as well as increase energy, elevate mood, improve digestion, and control weight. CONTENTS 1: Nutrition and Health 2: Exercise 3: Sources of calories 4: Nutrients 5: Ailments and Other Stressful Conditions 6: Normal Life Cycle 7: Herbs 8: Foods, Beverages, and Natural Supplementary Foods 9: Table of Food Composition Bibliography Index

Multimedia

NEW

NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.0 CD-ROM

By ESHA Research 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332865-2 / MHID: 0-07-332865-0 NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 to analyze and monitor personal diet and health goals. An easy-to use interface and the reliability of the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 the best choice for nutrition analysis software. Enhancements to 3.0 include the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000-food database, and a new recipe function. NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! Both the CD and Online versions now share an identical user-friendly interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of assignment directions, regardless of which version students have purchased. NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers the ability to enter up to three Profiles. Users can enter their own personal data and intakes, as well as those

106

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 106

11/13/2007 2:19:49 PM

NUTRITION

of two other individuals (e.g., assigned case study, diabetic person, vegetarian friend). NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers an intuitive 365-day calendar in which users can easily track their daily food intakes and activities. NEW! Users will now be able to create and analyze their own Recipes and add them to their personal database. This feature gives users ultimate flexibility in creating accurate food lists. NEW! To ensure an accurate dietary analysis, caution notes now appear to alarm users of possible entry error. For instance: -If a user enters an amount for a single food that exceeds 1/3 of his/her recommended daily calories, the user will receive a warning message asking to verify whether the amount chosen is correct. -A warning note will appear if the activities chosen exceed 24 hours in a day. -If the activities entered do not match the user's Profile's Activity Level, NCP will generate a notice asking if the user wishes to return to his/her Profile and adjust the Activity Level. NEW! NCP 3.0 now gives users access to 27,000 foods, including more ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA Research, the country's leading nutrient database company. NEW! Each step in the diet analysis process is now fully supported by integrated Help and Info descriptions. Each screen provides instructions, as well as handy tips and explanatory notes. NEW! Users can now easily email reports or download documents into Excel or Word (and similar programs) to make completing assignments even easier.

FOODWISE 1.2 CD-ROM 6th Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2006 (Jan 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319531-5 / MHID: 0-07-319531-6 Based on the widely tested FoodWorks product, this Windowsbased CD-ROM product is designed for dietary analysis in college courses. It offers a variety of functions based on the latest release of the USDA database. FoodWise features a novice-friendly interface and contains approximately 7,500 foods! It generates a variety of simple-to-grade reports and allows the user to easily add their own foods to the database. NEW TO THIS EDITION The Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs) have been updated with the most current information FEATURES Easy to quickly distinguish between colors on RDA graph to indicate nutrient levels above and below 100% of RDA. Caution notes within the Weight Manager indicate if BMI (Body Mass Index) at weight goal becomes dangerously low. Database to includes the latest "USDA Release 13" foods. Users are able to preview reports and food list details before printing them.

NUTRITIONCAL PLUS 2.0 CD-ROM STANDALONE

NEW

NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.0 ONLINE ACCESS CARD

By ESHA Research 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337552-6 / MHID: 0-07-337552-7 FEATURES Both the CD and Online versions now share an identical userfriendly interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of assignment directions, regardless of which version students have purchased. NCP 3.0 now offers the ability to enter up to three Profiles. Users can enter their own personal data and intakes, as well as those of two other individuals (e.g., assigned case study, diabetic person, vegetarian friend). Users will now be able to create and analyze their own Recipes and add them to their personal database. This feature gives users ultimate flexibility in creating accurate food lists. NCP 3.0 now gives students access to 20,000 foods, including more ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA Research, the country's leading nutrient database company. Each step in the diet analysis process is now fully supported by integrated Help and Info descriptions. Each screen provides instructions, as well as handy tips and explanatory notes. Users can now easily email reports or download documents into Excel or Word (and similar programs) to make completing assignments even easier.

By McGraw-Hill 2006 (July 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319532-2 / MHID: 0-07-319532-4

http://nutritioncalc2.mhhe.com

NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 to analyze and monitor your personal diet and health goals. An easy-to-use interface and the reliability of the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 your best choice for nutrition analysis software. NEW TO THIS EDITION The database has been expanded to include a broader range of ethnic foods, fast foods, and supplements, for a total of 10,000 foods. MyPyramid report allows user to view recommendations based upon their personal profile information. User-friendly tool bar icons make navigating through the program easier and more intuitive. The latest DRI values are included for essential nutrients, vitamins, and minerals.

107

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 107

11/13/2007 2:19:49 PM

NUTRITION

NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 2.0 ONLINE STANDALONE 6th Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2006 (July 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321924-0 / MHID: 0-07-321924-X

Nutrition Through The Life Cycle

http://nutritioncalc2.mhhe.com

NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 to analyze and monitor your personal diet and health goals. An easy-to-use interface and the reliability of the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 your best choice for nutrition analysis software. NEW TO THIS EDITION MyPyramid report allows user to view recommendations based upon their personal profile information. The database has been expanded to include a broader range of ethnic foods, fast foods, and supplements, for a total of 10,000 foods. NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 now allows you track your daily diet for up to 28 days. You can now track your Energy Expenditure over multiple days, rather than a single typical day. The Multiple-Day Average feature now allows you to select the specific days you wish to include in your diet analysis. Weight manager function allows you to adjust your intake goals. The Fast Entry feature allows you to quickly retrieve favorite foods. Personalized reports and graphs have been expanded to include an intake/expenditure comparison report. For convenience you can now delete an entire day's foods with a single command. The latest DRI values are included for essential nutrients, vitamins, and minerals.

Nutrition & Human Development

International Edition

NUTRITION THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE 4th Edition

By Bonnie Worthington-Roberts, University of Washington and Sue Williams, SRW Productions 2000 / 464 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-292732-0 / MHID: 0-07-292732-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118379-6 / MHID: 0-07-118379-5 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/worthington

CONTENTS Chapter 1. Introduction to the Lifecycle: The Role of Nutrition (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 2. The Assessment of Nutritional Needs (S. Rodwell Williams) Chapter 3. Maternal Nutrition: The Beginning of Life and the Physiology of Pregnancy (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 4. Maternal Nutrition: Overall Nutrition and the Roles of Specific Nutrients (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 5. Maternal Nutrition: Issues Beyond the Nutrients (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 6. Lactation: The Mother and Her Milk (B. WorthingtonRoberts) Chapter 7. Lactation: Breast-Feeding Is a Desirable Option (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 8. Nutrition in Infancy: Physiology, Development, and Nutritional Recommendations (D. Johnson) Chapter 9. Nutrition in Infancy: Feeding in the First Year of Life (D. Johnson) Chapter 10. Nutrition in Childhood (C. Trahms) Chapter 11. Adolescent Nutrition: General (B. Spear) Chapter 12. Weight-Related Concerns and Disorders Among Adolescents (D. Neumark-Sztainer, J. Moe) Chapter 13. Nutrition During the Middle Adult Years (S. Rodwell Williams) Chapter 14. Nutrition in the Older Adult (E. Schlenker)

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

108

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 108

11/13/2007 2:19:49 PM

NUTRITION

Nutrition and Sport

Nutritional Assessment

International Edition

NUTRITION FOR HEALTH, FITNESS AND SPORT 8th Edition

By Melvin H Williams, Old Dominion University 2007 (April 2006) / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327058-6 / MHID: 0-07-327058-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110308-4 / MHID: 0-07-110308-2 [IE]

International Edition

NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT 4th Edition

By Robert D Lee, Central Michigan University and David C Nieman, Appalachian State University 2007 (March 2006) / 608 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-244106-2 / MHID: 0-07-244106-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125426-7 / MHID: 0-07-125426-9 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/williams8

This textbook provides the reader with thorough coverage of the role nutrition plays in enhancing one's health, fitness and sport performance. Current research and practical activities are incorporated throughout. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Nutrition for Health, Fitness, and Sports Performance 2 Healthful Nutrition for Fitness and Sport 3 Human Energy 4 Carbohydrates: The Main Energy Food 5 Fat: An Important Energy Source during Exercise 6 Protein: The Tissue Builder 7 Vitamins: The Organic Regulators 8 Minerals: The Inorganic Regulators 9 Water, Electrolytes and Temperature Regulation 10 Body Weight and Composition for Health and Sport 11 Weight Maintenance and Loss through Proper Nutrition and Exercise 12 Weight Gaining through Proper Nutrition and Exercise 13 Food Drugs and Related Supplements Appendix A--Units of Measurement: English System--Metric System Equivalents Appendix B--Approximate Caloric Expenditure per Minute for Various Physical Activities Appendix C--Self-Test on Drinking Habits and Alcoholism Appendix D--Determination of Healthy Body Weight Appendix E--Exchange Lists for Meal Planning Appendix F--Calories, Percent Fat, and Cholesterol in Selected FastFood Restaurant Products Appendix G--Energy Pathways of Carbohydrate, Fat, and Protein

http://www.mhhe.com/lee-nieman4

This text describes the four major methods of nutritional assessment (dietary, anthropometric, biometric, and clinical) in an understandable and contemporary way. It thoroughly covers assessment of the hospitalized individual, but also serves as an invaluable resource to the nutrition professional working in such areas as public health and community nutrition, corporate health, and sports medicine. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Nutritional Assessment 2 Standards for Nutrient Intake 3 Measuring Diet 4 National Dietary and Nutrition Surveys 5 Computerized Dietary Analysis Systems 6 Anthropometry 7 Assessment of the Hospitalized Patient 8 Nutritional Assessment in Disease Prevention 9 Biochemical Assessment of Nutritional Status 10 Clinical Assessment of Nutritional Status 11 Counseling Theory and Technique

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

109

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 109

11/13/2007 2:19:50 PM

NUTRITION

110

HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 110

11/13/2007 2:19:50 PM

Animal Behavior ...............................................................................................116 Botany (Economics) .........................................................................................115 Botany - Non Majors - Lab Manuals...............................................................................................114 - Textbook .....................................................................................................113 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.....................................................................119 Invertebrate Biology..........................................................................................118 Mammalogy ......................................................................................................116 Marine Biology..................................................................................................117 Parasitology......................................................................................................118 Vertebrate Biology - Laboratory ..................................................................................................119 - Textbook .....................................................................................................119 Zoology - Laboratory - Majors ....................................................................................123 - Supplements ..............................................................................................122 - Textbook .....................................................................................................120

PLANTS & ANIMALS

111

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd111 111

11/13/2007 2:21:28 PM

NEW TITLES

PLANTS & ANIMALS

2009

Marine Biology, 7e Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Plants and Society, 5e

Author

Castro Hickman Levetin

ISBN-13

9780077221249 9780077221263 9780077221256

MHID

0077221249 0077221265 0077221257

Page

117 120 115

2008

Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Hickman Stern Stern 9780072970050 9780073314211 9780072830682 0072970057 0073314218 0072830689 123 113 114

112

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd112 112

11/13/2007 2:21:28 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Botany - Non Majors

Textbook

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTORY PLANT BIOLOGY 11th Edition

By Kinsley Stern, California State UniversityChico, James Bidlack, University of Central Oklahoma and Shelley Jansky, University of Wisconsin-Madison 2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331421-1 / MHID: 0-07-331421-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110217-9 / MHID: 0-07-110217-5 [IE]

Chapter 17: Domain (Kingdom) Bacteria, Domain (Kingdom) Archaea, and Viruses Chapter 18: Kingdom Protista Chapter 19: Kingdom Fungi Chapter 20: Introduction to the Plant Kingdom: Bryophytes Chapter 21: The Seedless Vascular Plants: Ferns and Their Relatives Chapter 22: Introduction to Seed Plants: Gymnosperms Chapter 23: Seed Plants: Angiosperms Chapter 24: Flowering Plants and Civilization Chapter 25: Ecology Chapter 26: Biomes

International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF BOTANY

By Gordon Uno, National Science Foundation, Richard Storey, Colorado College and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis 2001 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118087-0 / MHID: 0-07-118087-7 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/botany

CONTENTS 1 An Introduction to Plants and Their Study 2 The Ecology and Natural Selection of Plants 3 Energy and Cell Chemistry 4 Plant Cells and Tissue Systems 5 DNA, Genes, and Cell Division 6 Plant Growth and Development 7 Root Systems and Plant Mineral Nutrition 8 Stems and Secondary Growth 9 Leaves and the Movement of Water 10 Photosynthesis 11 Respiration 12 Flowers, Fruits and Seeds 13 Genetics 14 Evolution 15 The Diversity and Classification of Plants 16 Bacteria, Fungi and Algae 17 Bryophytes and Ferns: The Seedless Plants 18 Gymnosperms and Angiosperms: The Seed Plants 19 Ecology Appendix A: What is Genetic Engineering? Appendix B: Fundamentals of Chemistry for Botany Students

www.mhhe.com/stern11e This introductory text assumes little prior scientific knowledge on the part of the student. It includes sufficient information for some shorter introductory botany courses open to both majors and nonmajors, and is arranged so that certain sections can be omitted without disrupting the overall continuity of the course. Stern emphasizes current interests while presenting basic botanical principles.

NEW TO THIS EDITION Chapters 25 (Ecology) and 26 (Biomes) have been extensively updated and expanded to be more comprehensive in coverage. New material includes information on Hurricane Katrina, the recent tsunami, biomes, and succession after volcanic eruption. There are several new and revised figures that are more up to date, show better focus and greater overall anatomical structures, as well as new figures that complement new information in the chapters. The life cycle figures have been enhanced by adding inset photomicrographs that show how these structures look under a microscope adjacent to artistic depictions. Overall text modifications and updates, as recommended by reviewers, have been made to nearly every chapter in the book CONTENTS Chapter 1: What Is Plant Biology? Chapter 2: The Nature of Life? Chapter 3: Cells Chapter 4: Tissues Chapter 5: Roots and Soils Chapter 6: Stems Chapter 7: Leaves Chapter 8: Flowers, Fruits, and Seeds Chapter 9: Water in Plants Chapter 10: Plant Metabolism Chapter 11: Growth Chapter 12: Meiosis and Alternation of Generation Chapter 13: Genetics Chapter 14: Plant Breeding and Propagation Chapter 15: Evolution Chapter 16: Plant Names and Classification

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

113

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd113 113

11/13/2007 2:21:28 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Lab Manuals

· The term, "Pterophyta" has been changed to "Polypodiophyta" Chapter 18: Kingdom Plantae: Angiosperms (Flowering Plants ­ Phylum Magnoliophyta) · The section on "Drawings to Be Submitted" has been re-written to follow the order of specimens viewed in lab

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY INTRODUCTORY PLANT BIOLOGY 11th Edition

By Kingsley Stern, California State UniversityChico and James Bidlack, University of Central Oklahoma 2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-283068-2 / MHID: 0-07-283068-9

Revisions, as suggested by reviewers, have been used to update the text Several of the figures have been resized to either show greater detail or to provide room for labeling items in lab Leaders (labels) in some of the pictures have been modified to more accurately point out structures that are shown References to figures and figure legends have been added to help new figures flow with the text A few of the laboratory exercises have been re-arranged so that the order of items in text follows what tasks should be completed by students Taxonomic classifications have been updated so they are up-todate and agree with the same terms mentioned in the accompanying textbook Fonts for figures have been made more consistent for smoother reading The laboratory manual materials listing has been updated so that current catalog numbers and suppliers can be more easily located CONTENTS 1: The Microscope 2: The Cell 3: Mitosis 4: Roots 5: Stems 6: Leaves 7: Plant Propagation 8: Cell Components and Products 9: Diffusion, Growth, and Hormones 10: Photosynthesis 11: Water in Plants; Respiration; Digestion 12: Meiosis and Alternation of Generations 13: Domain and Kingdom Survey 14: Domains Archaea and Bacteria; Kingdom Protista 15: Kingdom Fungi (Mycota) 16: Bryophytes and Ferns 17: Kingdom Plantae: Gymnosperms 18: Kingdom Plantae: Angiosperms (Flowering Plants--Phylum Magnoliophyta) 19: Fruits, Spices, Survival Plants, and Poisonous Plants 20: Ecology 21: Genetics

This laboratory manual assumes no previous knowledge of the biological sciences on the part of the student. It is designed for use in a one-semester or one-quarter introductory course in plant biology and shorter introductory botany courses open to both nonmajors and majors. Both the principles of biology and the scientific method are introduced, using plants as illustrations. The exercises demonstrate the underlying unity of all living organisms at the cellular level. The manual is designed so that students can work more or less independently. Instructors are free to require different drawings or other assignments and may also omit some of those suggested within each exercise. Students are encouraged to read the laboratory exercise before coming to class. Laboratory preparation quizzes are provided at the end of each exercise. Answers to the laboratory preparation quizzes are discernible within the particular exercises and should not require checking other sources. Each exercise includes suggested learning goals and exercise review questions. Answers to the lab manual exercise review questions can be found on the Online Learning Center that accompanies the Eleventh Edition textbook.

NEW TO THIS EDITION This laboratory manual assumes no previous knowledge of the biological sciences on the part of the student. It is designed for use in a one-semester or one-quarter introductory course in plant biology and shorter introductory botany courses open to both nonmajors and majors. Both the principles of biology and the scientific method are introduced, using plants as illustrations. The exercises demonstrate the underlying unity of all living organisms at the cellular level. Chapter 1: The Cell · A more accurate description of the types of microscopes has been added to the introduction · The section on scanning tunneling microscopes has been re-written to more accurately describe how the instrument operates Chapter 6: Leaves · The section on "Drawings to Be Submitted" has been re-written to follow the order of specimens viewed in lab and the terms "xylem" and "phloem" have been added to the drawings for a pine leaf and a lilac leaf Chapter 16: Bryophytes and Ferns · The term, Anthocerophyta has been changed to "Anthocerotophyta"

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR APPLIED BOTANY

By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of the University of Tulsa, Rob Reinsvold, University of Northern Colorado 2002 / 272 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-246548-8 / MHID: 0-07-246548-4

www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/botany/

CONTENTS 1 Cells of Crystal and Color 2 Cell Division and Cloning

114

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd114 114

11/13/2007 2:21:29 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

3 Plant Tissues-The Fabrics of Our Lives 4 Plant Architecture 5 Plants Do It All-Photosynthesis, Respiration, and Transpiration 6 Say It With Flowers 7 Fleshy Fruits and Flying Seeds 8 Genetic Diversity of Our Food 9 Algae-From Diversity to Dessert 10 Your Piece of the Sun 11 Leaves of Grass 12 The Lowdown on Legumes 13 Food from Underground and Far Away 14 The Spice of Life 15 The Beauty of Wood 16 Bioprospecting for Medicinal Plants 17 Bioactive Drugs in Action 18 The Fungus Among Us number of stomata in fossil tree leaves can be used to estimate altitude of populations in the geological past, and the discovery of a carnivorous plant which digests leaf litter on the rain forest floor. Chapter 6 discusses the development of purple tomatoes and the first hybrid seed in legumes. Chapter 7 describes the knowledge learned from sequencing the first tree genome while Chapter 15 shows that the development of genetically engineered trees for forestry and agriculture is promising. The molecular classification of plants in the APG (American Phylogeny Group) system is introduced in chapter 8. Chapter 9 now includes a discussion of the three domain system of Archaea, Bacteria, and Eukarya. ADVANCES IN AGRICULTURE: (Chapter 11) the relationship of microfossils and domestication of chili peppers, how cats were domesticated for agricultural services for more than 10,000 years, the mutation which changes wild rice to its domesticated form (Chapter 6) the development of purple tomatoes (Chapter 13) the first hybrid seed in legumes (Chapter 15) plant diseases that threaten commercial crops, the availability of GM alfalfa (Chapter 21) the emergence of allelochemics as the generation of herbicides for crops and lawns. PLANTS AND HEALTH: (Chapter 10) the effectiveness of dietary fiber, fresh fruits and vegetables, and antioxidant supplements in preventing certain diseases (Chapter 17) research on the spice, turmeric, as an adjunct therapy to fight cancer and other diseases and the relationship of lavender oil and hormonal imbalance in young boys (Chapters 19 and 20) legal issues concerning ephedrine use, medical marijuana, and tobacco products, and (A Closer Look 24.2) the health benefits of polyphenols, particularly, resveratol, in red wine. ADVANCES IN HUMAN NUTRITION: (Chapter 10) the most recent information on the USDA's Food Pyramid. Full-color Image PowerPoint slides can be found on the textspecific web site at www.mhhe.com/levetin5e. An instructor's manual with answer key and list of materials. By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of University of Tulsa CONTENTS I Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives 1 Plants in Our Lives II Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles 2 The Plant Cell 3 The Plant Body 4 Plant Physiology 5 Plant Life Cycle: Flowers 6 Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds 7 Genetics 8 Plant Systematics and Evolution 9 Diversity of Plant Life III Plants as a Source of Food 10 Human Nutrition 11 Origins of Agriculture 12 The Grasses 13 Legumes 14 Starchy Staples 15 Feeding a Hungry World IV Commercial Products Derived from Plants 16 Stimulating Beverages 17 Herbs and Spices 18 Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper V Plants and Human Health 19 Medicinal Plants 20 Psychoactive Plants 21 Poisonous and Allergy Plants VI Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human Affairs 22 The Algae 23 Fungi in the Natural Environment 24 Beverages and Foods from Fungi

Botany (Economic)

NEW

International Edition

PLANTS AND SOCIETY 5th Edition

2009 (October 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722125-6 / MHID: 0-07-722125-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128584-1 / MHID: 0-07-128584-9 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/levetin5e This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationship between plants and people. The authors strive to stimulate interest in plant science and encourage students to further their studies in botany. Also, by exposing students to society's historical connection to plants, Levetin and McMahon hope to instill a greater appreciation for the botanical world. Plants and Society covers basic principles of botany with strong emphasis on the economic aspects and social implications of plants and fungi.

NEW TO THIS EDITION For the first time, the fifth edition of Plants and Society will feature a FULL-COLOR interior. Now Levetin and McMahon's engaging text will be supported by vibrant, full-color visuals. More than 350 photographs, many of them new, have been added and nearly 200 illustrations have been redrawn in full color. Information on the scientific method has been added to chapter 1 to clarify the process of science and dispel misinformation about the scientific theory prevalent in the popular media. Chapter 3 includes new information on: the discovery of the world's smallest bacteria which live inside insect pests, how the

115

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd115 115

11/13/2007 2:21:29 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

25 Fungi that Affect Human Health VII Plants and the Environment 26 Plant Ecology Appendix A Metric System Appendix B Classification of Plants 3 Approaches and Methods Part Two Behavior Genetics and Evolution 4 Genes and Evolution 5 Behavioral Genetics 6 Evolution of Behavior Patterns Part Three Mechanisms of Behavior 7 The Nervous System and Behavior 8 Hormones and Behavior, and Immunology and Behavior 9 Biological Timekeeping 10 Development of Behavior 11 Learning Behavior 12 Communication Part Four Finding Food and Shelter 13 Migration, Orientation, and Navigation 14 Habitat Selection 15 Foraging Behavior Part Five Social Organization and Mating Systems 16 Aggression 17 Sexual Reproduction and Parental Care 18 Parental Investment and Mating Systems 19 Evolution of Social Systems References Glossary

International Edition

ECONOMIC BOTANY 3rd Edition

By Beryl Simpson and Molly Ogorzaly of University of Texas at Austin 2001/ 210 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-290938-8 / MHID: 0-07-290938-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118188-4 / MHID: 0-07-118188-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/botany/simpson-links/weblinks.mhtml

CONTENTS 1 Plants and Their Manipulation by People 2 Origins of Agriculture 3 Fruits and Nuts of Temperate Regions 4 Fruits and Nuts of Warm Regions 5 Cereal Grains and Forage Grasses 6 Legumes 7 Foods from Leaves, Stems, and Roots 8 Spices, Herbs, and Perfumes 9 Vegetable Oils and Waxes 10 Hydrogels, Elastic Latexes, and Resins 11 Medicinal Plants 12 Psychoactive Drugs and Poisons from Plants 13 Stimulating Beverages 14 Alcoholic Beverages 15 Fibers, Dyes, and Tannins 16 Wood, Cork, and Bamboo 17 Ornamental Plants 18 Algae 19 Uses of Plants in the Future

Mammalogy

A MANUAL OF MAMMALOGY WITH KEYS TO FAMILIES OF THE WORLD 3rd Edition

By Robert Martin, McMurry University, Ron Pine and Anthony De Blase 2001 / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-697-00643-1 / MHID: 0-697-00643-3

www.mhhe.com/zoology

CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments 1 Introduction 2 The Skull 3 Teeth 4 The Integument 5 Horns and Antlers 6 The Postcranial Skeleton 7 Locomotor Adaptations 8 Keys and Keying 9 The Orders of Living Mammals 10 The Monotremes 11 The Marsupials 12 The Insectivores 13 The Colugos 14 The Bats 15 The Tupaiids 16 The Primates 17 The Xenarthrans: Anteaters, Armadillos, and Sloths 18 The Pangolins 19 The Carnivores 20 The Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises 21 The Macroscelideans 22 The Rabbits, Hares, and Pikas 23 The Rodents

Animal Behavior

International Edition

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 5th Edition

By Lee C Drickamer, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, Stephen H Vessey, Bowling Green State University and Elizabeth Jakob, University of Massachusetts - Amherst 2002 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-012199-7 / MHID: 0-07-012199-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113020-2 / MHID: 0-07-113020-9 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/zoology

CONTENTS Part One The Study of Animal Behavior 1 Introduction 2 History of the Study of Animal Behavior

116

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd116 116

11/13/2007 2:21:29 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

24 The Aardvark 25 The Subungulates 26 The Perissodactyls 27 The Artiodactyls 28 Sign and Habitat Analysis 29 Recording Data 30 Collecting 31 Specimen Preparation and Preservation 32 Collecting Ectoparasites of Mammals 33 Age Determination 34 Diet Analysis 35 Analysis of Spatial Distribution 36 Estimation of Abundance and Density 37 Literature Research Glossary Selected Bibliography Index marine life. New coverage includes: illustrated tables at the end of each chapter summarizing taxonomic groups and their characteristics; a new section on marine viruses in chapter 5; and new and improved figures on the anatomy of squids, sea urchins, tunicates, cnidnarians, and the life cycles of hydroids and sponges. Updated content throughout; reflecting recent events, new research, and changes in perspective. New and updated Eye on Science boxed readings throughout the book reflect current scientific research and technology in the field of marine biology. New topics include: Seagrass Wasting Disease, Effects of Farmed Salmon on Wild Salmon Populations, Gulf of Mexico's Hypoxic Zone, Effects of Climate Change on Artic Peoples. The Marine Biology Online Learning Center located at www. mhhe.com/castrohuber7e offers a wealth of teaching and learning aids for instructors and students. Instructors will appreciate a passwordprotected Instructor's Manual, access to the new online Presentation Center, Scripps video clips, and laboratory exercises. Students will find online activities such as chapter quizzing, key term flash cards, and web links. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's website, Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. CONTENTS Principles of Marine Science 1 The Science of Marine Biology 2 The Sea Floor 3 Chemical and Physical Features of Seawater and the World Ocean 4 Fundamentals of Biology The Organisms of the Sea 5 The Microbial World 6 Multicellular Primary Producers: Seaweeds and Plants 7 Marine Animals without a Backbone 8 Marine Fishes 9 Marine Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals Structure and Function of Marine Ecosystems 10 An Introduction to Marine Ecology 11 Between the Tides 12 Estuaries: Where Rivers Meet the Sea 13 Life on the Continental Shelf 14 Coral Reefs 15 Life Near the Surface 16 The Ocean Depths Humans and the Sea 17 Resources from the Sea 18 The Impact of Humans on the Marine Environment 19 The Oceans and Human Affairs Appendix A Units of Measurement Appendix B Selected Field Guides and Other Useful References for the Identification of Marine Organisms

Marine Biology

NEW

International Edition

MARINE BIOLOGY 7th Edition

By Peter Castro, California State Poly University-Pomona and Michael E Huber, Global Coastal Strategies, Brisbane-Australia

2009 (October 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722124-9 / MHID: 0-07-722124-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128771-5 / MHID: 0-07-128771-X [IE]

www.mhhe.com/castrohuber7e Marine Biology covers the basics of marine biology with a global approach, using examples from numerous regions and ecosystems worldwide. This introductory, one-semester text is designed for non-majors. Authors Castro and Huber have made a special effort to include solid basic science content needed in a general education course, including the fundamental principles of biology, the physical sciences, and the scientific method. This science coverage is integrated with a stimulating, up-to-date overview of marine biology.

NEW TO THIS EDITION A major feature of the seventh edition is a new insert located just after chapter 10 entitled: "Special Report: Our Changing Planet". This current and informative insert highlights several key aspects of global change including: climate change, ocean acidification, the cascade of reactive nitrogen into the global environment, and stratospheric ozone depletion. The intent of the special report is to demonstrate the magnitude of the human footprint on Earth's ecosystem processes. Expanded coverage of organismal biology in Part 2 provides more extensive information about the diversity, form, and function of

117

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd117 117

11/13/2007 2:21:29 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Parasitology

Invertebrate Biology

International Edition

FOUNDATIONS OF PARASITOLOGY 7th Edition

By Larry Roberts, University of Miami and John Janovy, Jr., University of Nebraska--Lincoln 2005 (May 2004) / 736 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234898-9 / MHID: 0-07-234898-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125251-5 / MHID: 0-07-125251-7 [IE]

International Edition

BIOLOGY OF INVERTEBRATES 5th Edition

By Jan Pechenik, Tufts University 2005 (May 2004) / 608 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234899-6 / MHID: 0-07-234899-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111175-1 / MHID: 0-07-111175-1 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/robertsjanovy7

CONTENTS Chapter 1- Introduction to Parasitology Chapter 2- Basic Principles and Concepts I: Parasite Ecology and Evolution Chapter 3- Basic Principles and Concepts II: Immunology and Pathology Chapter 4- Parasitic Prototoa: Form, Function, and Classification Chapter 5- Kinetoplasta: Trypanosomes and their Kin Chapter 6- Other Flagellated Protozoa Chapter 7- The Amebas Chapter 8- Phylum Apicomplexa: Gregarines, Coccidia, and Related Organisms Chapter 9- Phylum Apicomplexa: Malaria Organisms and Piroplasms Chapter 10- Phylum Ciliophora: Ciliated Protistan Parasites Chapter 11- Phyla Microspora and Myxozoa: Parasites with Polar Filaments Chapter 12- The Mesozoa: Pioneers or Degenerates? Chapter 13- Introduction to the Phylum Platyhelminthes Chapter 14- Trematoda: Aspidobothrea Chapter 15- Trematoda: Form, Function, and Classification of Digeneans Chapter 16- Digeneans: Strigeiformes Chapter 17- Digeneans: Echinostomatiformes and Paramphistomiformes Chapter 18- Digeneans: Plagiorchiformesand Opisthorchiformes Chapter 19- Monogenea Chapter 20- Cestoidea: Form, Function, and Classification of the Tapeworms Chapter 21- Tapeworms Chapter 22- Phylum Nematoda: Form, Function, and Classification Chapter 23- Nematodes: Trichurida and Dioctophymatida, Enoplean Parasites Chapter 24- Nematodes: Rhabditida, Pioneering Parasites Chapter 25- Nematodes: Strongylida, Bursate Rhabditians Chapter 26- Nematodes: Ascaridida, Intestinal Large Roundworms Chapter 27- Nematodes: Oxyurida, the Pinworms Chapter 28- Nematodes: Spirurida, A Potpourri Chapter 29- Nematodes: Filaroidea, the Filarial Worms Chapter 30- Nematodes: Camallanina, the Guinea Worms and Others Chapter 31- Phylum Acanthocephala: Thorny-Headed Worms Chapter 32- Phylum Pentastomida: Tongue Worms Chapter 33- Phylum Arthropoda: Form, Function, and Classification Chapter 34- Parasitic Crustaceans Chapter 35- Parasitic Insects: Mallophaga and Anoplura, the Lice Chapter 36- Parasitic Insects: Hemiptera, the Bugs Chapter 37- Parasitic Insects: Siphonaptera, the Fleas Chapter 38- Parasitic Insects: Diptera, the Flies Chapter 39- Parasitic Insects: Strepsiptera, Hymenoptera, and Others Chapter 40- Parasitic Archnids: Subclass Acri, the Ticks and Mites Glossary

www.mhhe.com/pechenik5

CONTENTS 1 Environmental Considerations 2 Invertebrate Classification and Relationships 3 The Protozoans 4 The Poriferans and Placozoans 5 Introduction to the Hydrostatic Skeleton 6 The Cnidarians 7 The Ctenophores 8 The Platyhelminthes 9 The Mesozoans: Possible Flatworm Relatives 10 The Nemertines 11 The Rotifers and Acanthocephalans 12 The Molluscs 13 The Annelids and Sipunculans 14 The Arthropods 15 Two Phyla of Likely Arthropod Relatives: Tardigrada and Onychophora 16 The Nematodes 17 Four Phyla of Likely Nematode Relatives: Nematomorpha, Priapulida, Kinorhyncha, and Loricifera 18 Five Phyla (Plus One Species) of Uncertain Affiliation: Myxozoa, Gnathostomulida, Gastrotricha, Xenoturbella bocki, Chaetognatha, and Cyliophora 19 The Lophophorates (Phoronids, Brachiopods, Bryozoans) and Entoprocts 20 The Echinoderms 21 The Hemichordates 22 The Nonvertebrate Chordates 23 Invertebrate Reproduction and Development--An Overview Glossary Index

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

118

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd118 118

11/13/2007 2:21:30 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Vertebrate Biology

Textbook

International Edition

VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY

By Donald Linzey, Wytheville Community College 2001 / 552 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-697-36387-9 / MHID: 0-697-36387-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118866-1 / MHID: 0-07-118866-5 [IE]

illustrated manual carefully guides students through dissections. Throughout the dissections, the authors pause strategically to bring the students attention to the significance of the material they have just covered.

CONTENTS 1 Introduction Classification and Comparison Defining the Chordates / Studying Advice / Designing for Students 2 Protochordates 3 Agnathans--Examination of a Primitive Vertebrate The Lamprey Agnathans / Adult Lamprey Anatomy / Anatomy of the Lamprey (Ammocoete) Larva 4 Vertebrate Integuments Introduction Examination of Vertebrate Integuments / Specializations of the Integument 5 Skeletal System Tissues of the Skeletal System Divisions of the Skeletal System / Postcranial Skeleton / Skull / Cranial Skeleton / Teeth 6 Muscular System and External Anatomy Introduction Shark Dissection / Necturus / Cat 7 Digestive Systems Introduction Shark / Necturus / Cat 8 Circulatory and Respiratory Systems Introduction Shark / Necturus / Cat 9 Urogential System Shark Necturus / Cat 10 Nervous System Introduction Shark / Sheep Brain

www.mhhe.com/zoology

CONTENTS Part 1 The Vertebrate Story: An Overview Part 2 Systematics and Vertebrate Evolution Part 3 Vertebrate Zoogeography Part 4 Early Chordates and Jawless Fishes Part 5 Gnathostome Fishes Part 6 Amphibians Part 7 Evolution of Reptiles Part 8 Reptiles (Including Birds): Morphology, Reproduction and Development Part 9 Mammals Part 10 Population Dynamics Part 11 Movements Part 12 Intraspecific Behavior and Ecology Part 13 Interspecific Interactions Part 14 Techniques for Ecological and Behavioral Studies Part 15 Extinction and Extirpation Part 16 Conservation and Management Appendices Glossary Bibliography Index

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy

International Edition

VERTEBRATES Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 4th Edition

By Kenneth V Kardong, Washington State University ­ Pullman 2006 (June 2005) / 784 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252830-5 / MHID: 0-07-252830-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124457-2 / MHID: 0-07-124457-3 [IE]

Laboratory

http://www.mhhe.com/kardong4e

International Edition

COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY Laboratory Dissection Guide, 4th Edition

By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University and Edward Zalisko, Blackburn College 2006 (June 2005) / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252831-2 / MHID: 0-07-252831-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124456-5 / MHID: 0-07-124456-5 [IE with OLC]

This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors course. Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function and evolution of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and excellent pedagogy. Vertebrate groups are organized phylogenetically, and their systems discussed within such a context. Morphology is foremost, but the author has developed and integrated an understanding of function and evolution into the discussion of anatomy of the various systems.

CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Origin of Chordates 3 The Vertebrate Story 4 Biological Design 5 Life History 6 Integument

This high-quality laboratory manual may accompany any comparative anatomy text, but correlates directly to Kardong's Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution text. This text carefully guides students through dissections and is richly illustrated. First and foremost, the basic animal architecture is presented in a clear and concise manner. This richly

119

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd119 119

11/13/2007 2:21:30 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

7 Skeletal System: The Skull 8 Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton 9 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton 10 The Muscular System 11 The Respiratory System 12 The Circulatory System 13 The Digestive System 14 The Urogenital System 15 The Endocrine System 16 The Nervous System 17 Sensory Organs 18 Conclusions

Zoology

Textbook

NEW

International Edition

INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY 14th Edition

By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University, Larry S Roberts, Florida International University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis, Helen I'Anson, Washington & Lee University and David J Eisenhour, Morehead State University 2009 (October 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722126-3 / MHID: 0-07-722126-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128797-5 / MHID: 0-07-128797-3 [IE]

International Edition

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES 9th Edition

By George Kent, Louisiana State University-Baton Rouge and Robert Carr, Ohio University-Athens 2001 / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-303869-8 / MHID: 0-07-303869-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118168-6 / MHID: 0-07-118168-7 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/kentcarr/links.mhtml

CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Concepts, Premises, and Pioneers 3 Protochordates and the Origin of Vertebrates 4 The Parade of the Craniates in Time and Taxa 5 Early Craniate Morphogenesis 6 Integument 7 Mineralized Tissues: An Introduction to the Skeleton 8 Vertebrae, Ribs, and Sterna 9 Skull and Visceral Skeleton 10 Girdles, Fins, Limbs, and Locomotion 11 Muscles 12 Digestive System 13 Respiratory System 14 Circulatory System 15 Urogential System 16 Nervous System 17 Sense Organs 18 Endocrine Organs Appendix Glossary Credits Index

www.mhhe.com/hickmanipz14e Emphasizing the central role of evolution in generating diversity, this best-selling text describes animal life and the fascinating adaptations that enable animals to inhabit so many ecological niches. Featuring high quality illustrations and photographs set within an engaging narrative, Integrated Principles of Zoology is considered the standard by which other texts are measured. With its comprehensive coverage of biological and zoological principles, mechanisms of evolution, diversity, physiology, and ecology, organized into five parts for easy access, this text is suitable for one- or two-semester introductory courses.

NEW TO THIS EDITION A major new feature of the fourteenth edition is the inclusion of a cladogram in the front cover of the text and the reordering of chapter contents in Part 3: Diversity of Animal Life to match the arrangement of phyla on the cladogram. The cladogram depicts our understanding of evolutionary relationships among the animal phyla based on current scientific research. Each chapter in Part 3 opens with a small image of the cladogram highlighting the phylum or phyla covered. Additional cladograms within each chapter, illustrate the branching pattern for classes within a phylum so that different levels of relationship are clear to students. New author Susan Keen supervised the revision of the fourteenth edition, bringing a new perspective and her expertise as an invertebrate zoologist.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

In general, the authors revised all chapters to streamline the writing style, and incorporate new discoveries and literature citations. Material new to the fourteenth edition expands and updates coverage of eight major principles: 1) scientific process and the role of theory 2) cellular systems and metabolism 3) endosymbiotic theory of eukaryotic origins 4) physiological and ecological systems 5) populational processes and conservation, 6) evolutionary developmental biology 7) phylogenetic tests of morphological homologies and 8) taxonomy. Material formerly presented as "biological contributions" and "characteristics" of phyla is consolidated in a boxed list of phylum characteristics for each chapter in Part 3: Diversity of Animal Life. New photographs have been added to illustrate animal diversity in many phyla.

120

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd120 120

11/13/2007 2:21:30 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Accessed through the Integrated Principles of Zoology Online Learning Center (www.mhhe.com/hickmanipz14e), McGraw-Hill's new Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as art, photos, tables, PowerPoints, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course web sites, or attractive printed support materials. As in previous editions, the beautiful art program has been illustrated by two professional illustrators with a strong reputation in the science field: Bill Ober and Claire Garrison. Numerous new and revised illustrations have been included in the fourteenth edition. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. The Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's website (www. mhhe.com/hickmanipz14e), Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. CONTENTS Part 1 Introduction to Living Animals 1 Life: Biological Principles and the Science of Zoology 2 The Origin and Chemistry of Life 3 Cells as Units of Life 4 Cellular Metabolism Part 2 Continuity and Evolution of Animal Life 5 Genetics: A Review 6 Organic Evolution 7 The Reproductive Process 8 Principles of Development Part 3 Diversity of Animal Life 9 Architectural Pattern of an Animal 10 Classification and Phylogeny of Animals 11 Protozoan Groups 12 Sponges and Placozoans 13 Radiate Animals 14 Flatworms, Mesozoans, and Ribbonworms 15 Gnathiferans and Smaller Lophotrochozoans 16 Molluscs 17 Annelids and Allied Taxa 18 Smaller Ecdysozoans 19 Trilobites, Chelicerates, and Myriapods 20 Crustaceans 21 Hexapods 22 Chaetognaths, Echinoderms, and Hemichordates 23 Chordates 24 Fishes 25 Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians 26 Amniote Origins and Nonavian Reptiles 28 Mammals Part 4 Activity of Life 29 Support, Protection, and Movement 30 Homeostasis 31 Internal Fluids and Respiration 32 Digestion and Nutrition 33 Nervous Coordination 34 Chemical Coordination 35 Immunity 36 Animal Behavior Part 5 Animals and Their Environments 37 The Biosphere and Animal Distribution 38 Animal Ecology Glossary Credits Index

International Edition

ANIMAL DIVERSITY 4th Edition

By Cleveland P Hickman Jr, Washington & Lee University, Larry S Roberts, Florida Int'l University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis and Eisenhour J David, Morehead State University 2007 (Feb 2006) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252844-2 / MHID: 0-07-252844-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110670-2 / MHID: 0-07-110670-7 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/hickmanad4e

A top choice among students and instructors alike, Animal Diversity continues to earn the appreciation of both science majors and nonmajors alike. The book uses the theme of evolution to develop a broad-scale view of animal diversity--students focus not only the organisms themselves, but also the processes that produce evolutionary diversity. The book is unique in its comprehensive survey of zoological diversity and its emphasis on evolutionary, systematic and ecological principles, all in one package. CONTENTS 1 Science of Zoology and Evolution of Animal Diversity 2 Animal Ecology 3 Animal Architecture 4 Classification and Phylogeny of Animals 5 Protozoan Groups 6 Sponges: Phylum Porifera 7 Radiate Animals: Cnidarians and Ctenophores 8 Acoelomate Bilateral Animals: Flatworms, Ribbon Worms, and Jaw Worms 9 Pseudocoelomate Animals 10 Molluscs 11 Segmented Worms: Annelids, Including Pogonophorans 12 Arthropods 13 Lesser Protostomes 14 Echinoderms and Hemichordates 15 Vertebrate Beginnings: The Chordates 16 Fishes 17 The Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians 18 Amniote Origins and Reptilian Groups 19 Birds 20 Mammals

International Edition

ZOOLOGY 7th Edition

By Stephen A Miller, College of the Ozarks and John P Harley, Eastern Kentucky University 2007 (May 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322807-5 / MHID: 0-07-322807-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110299-5 / MHID: 0-07-110299-X [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110049-6 / MHID: 0-07-110049-0 [IE with OLC]

http://www.mhhe.com/millerharley7e

The new 7th edition of Zoology continues to offer students an introductory general zoology text that is manageable in size and adaptable to a variety of course formats. It is a principles-oriented text written for the non-majors or the combined course, presented at the freshman and sophomore level. Zoology is organized into three parts. Part One covers the common life processes, including cell and tissue structure and function, the genetic basis of evolution, and the evolutionary and ecological principles that unify all life. Part Two is the survey of protists and animals, emphasizing evolutionary and ecological relationships,

121

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd121 121

11/13/2007 2:21:31 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

aspects of animal organization that unite major animal phyla, and animal adaptations. Part Three covers animal form and function using a comparative approach. This approach includes descriptions and full-color artwork that depict evolutionary changes in the structure and function of selected organ systems. CONTENTS Part One Biological Principles 1 Zoology: An Ecological and Evolutionary Perspective 2 Cells, Tissues, Organs, and Organ Systems of Animals 3 Cell Division and Inheritance 4 Evolution: History and Evidence 5 Evolution and Gene Frequencies 6 Ecology: Preserving the Animal Kingdom Part Two Animal-Like Protists and Animalia 7 Animal Classification, Phylogeny, and Organization 8 Animal-like Protists: The Protozoa 9 Multicellular and Tissue Levels of Organization 10 The Triploblastic, Acoelomate Body Plan 11 The Pseudocoelomate Body Plan: Aschelminths 12 Molluscan Success 13 Annelida: The Metameric Body Form 14 The Arthropods: Blueprint for Success 15 The Hexapods and Myriapods: Terrestrial Triumphs 16 The Echinoderms 17 Hemichordata and Invertebrate Chordates 18 The Fishes: Vertebrate Success in Water 19 Amphibians: The First Terrestrial Vertebrates 20 Reptiles: The First Amniotes 21 Birds: Feathers, Flight, and Endothermy 22 Mammals: Specialized Teeth, Hair Endothermy, and Viviparity Part Three Form and Function: A Comparative Perspective 23 Protection, Support, and Movement 24 Communication I: Nervous and Sensory Systems 25 Communication II: The Endocrine System and Chemical Messengers 26 Circulation and Gas Exchange 27 Nutrition and Digestion 28 Temperature and Body Fluid Regulation 29 Reproduction and Development 30 The Chemical Basis of Animal Life 31 Energy and Enzymes: Life's Driving and Controlling Forces 32 How Animals Harvest Energy Stored in Nutrients 33 Embryology 34 Animal Behavior Microspora Mollusca Myxozoa Nematoda Nemertea Other Chordata Other Pseudocoelomates Placozoa Platyhelminthes Porifera Sarcomastigophora Uniramia Vertebrata Workbook chapters: Protozoans Porifera Cnidaria Platyhelminthes Annelida Mollusca Nematoda, Gastrotricha, Rotifera, including Acanthocephala Arthropoda Bryozoa and Brachiopoda Echinodermata Hemichordata Urochordata and Cephalochordata Agnatha Jawed Fishes Amphibia Mammalia

Supplements

TAXONOMIC WALL CHART 12th Edition

By Cleveland P. Hickman, Washington & Lee University 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-291786- 4 / MHID: 0-07-291786-5

This 30 x 36" poster is a great reference/study tool for students. This full-color poster presents the Chief Taxonomic Subdivisions and Organ Systems of the Major Animal Phyla.

DIGITAL ZOOLOGY VERSION 2.0 CD-ROM

By Jon Houseman, University of Ottawa 2003 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256481-5 / MHID: 0-07-256481-4 (with Workbook)

www.digitalzoology.com

CONTENTS Unit Names: Annelida Apicomplexa Arthropoda Cheliceriformes Ciliophora Cnidaria Crustacea Ctenophora Echinodermata Hemichordata Lophophores Mesozoa

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

122

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd122 122

11/13/2007 2:21:31 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Laboratory - Majors

NEW

LABORATORY STUDIES IN INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY 14th Edition

By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University, Lee Kats, Pepperdine University and Susan L Keen, University of California Davis 2008 (October 2007) / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297005-0 / MHID: 0-07-297005-7 CONTENTS 1 Introduction to the Living Animal 1 The Microscope 2 Cell Structure and Division 3 Gametogenesis and Embryology 4 Tissue Structure and Function 5 Introduction to Animal Classification 2 The Diversity of Animal Life 6 Protozoan Groups 7 The Sponges 8 The Radiate Animals 9 The Flatworms 10 Five Small Protosome Phyla 11 The Molluscs 12 The Annelids 13 The Chelicerate Arthropods 14 The Crustacean Arthropods 15 The Arthropods: Myriapods & Hexapods 16 The Echinoderms 17 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group 18 The Fishes--Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes 19 The Amphibians 20 The Nonavian Reptiles 21 The Birds 22 The Mammals 3 Activity of Life 23 Ecological Relationships of Animals Appendix A Instructor's Resources for Implementing Exercises Appendix B Sources of Living Material and Prepared Microslides

2 Introduction to Animal Classification 2 The Diversity of Animal Life 3 The Microscope 4 Protozoan Groups 5 The Sponges 6 The Radiate Animals 7 The Acoelomate Animals 8 The Pseudocoelomate Animals 9 The Molluscs 10 The Annelids 11 The Chelicerate Arthropods 12 The Crustacean Arthropods 13 The Uniramia Arthropods: Myriapods and Insects 14 The Echinoderms 15 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group 16 The Fishes--Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes 17 Class Amphibia 18 Class Reptilia 19 Class Aves 20 Class Mammalia

LABORATORY STUDIES IN INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY 13th Edition

By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University 2006 (April 2006) / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-283074-3 / MHID: 0-07-283074-3

Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology uses a comprehensive, phylogenetic approach in emphasizing basic biological principles, animal form and function, and evolutionary concepts. This introductory lab manual is ideal for a one- or two-semester course. The new edition expertly combines up-todate coverage with the clear writing style and dissection guides that have distinguished this manual from edition to edition.

CONTENTS 1 Introduction to the Living Animal 1 The Microscope 2 Cell Structure and Division 3 Gametogenesis and Embryology 4 Tissue Structure and Function 5 Introduction to Animal Classification 2 The Diversity of Animal Life 6 Protozoan Groups 7 The Sponges 8 The Radiate Animals 9 The Acoelomate Animals 10 The Pseudocoelomate Animals 11 The Molluscs 12 The Annelids 13 The Chelicerate Arthropods 14 The Crustacean Arthropods 15 The Uniramia Arthropods: Myriapods & Insects 16 The Echinoderms 17 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group 18 The Fishes--Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes 19 Class Amphibia 20 Class Reptilia 21 Class Aves 22 Class Mammalia 3 Activity of Life 23 Ecological Relationships of Animals Appendix A Instructor's Resources for Implementing Exercises Appendix B Sources of Living Material and Prepared Microslides

LABORATORY STUDIES IN ANIMAL DIVERSITY 4th Edition

By Cleveland Hickman, Washington & Lee University 2007 (January 2006) / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326098-3 / MHID: 0-07-326098-3

Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity offers students hands-on experience in learning about the diversity of life. It provides students the opportunity to become acquainted with the principal groups of animals and to recognize the unique anatomical features that characterize each group as well as the patterns that link animal groups to each other.

CONTENTS 1 Activity of Life 1 Ecological Relationships of Animals

123

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd123 123

11/13/2007 2:21:31 PM

PLANTS & ANIMALS

GENERAL ZOOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL 14th Edition

By Charles Lytle, North Carolina State University--Raleigh and John Meyer 2005 (May 2004) / 400 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234900-9 / MHID: 0-07-234900-X

GENERAL ZOOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY ZOOLOGY 6th Edition

By Stephen A. Miller, College of The Ozarks 2005 (April 2004) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252837-4 / MHID: 0-07-252837-0 CONTENTS Unit I Introductory Concepts and Skills 1 The Microscope and Scientific Method 2 Cells and Tissues 3 Aspects of Cell Function 4 Genetics 5 Embryology 6 Adaptations of Stream Invertebrates--A Scavenger Hunt Unit II An Evolutionary Approach to the Animal Phyla 7 The Classification of Organisms 8 Animal-like Protists 9 Porifera 10 Cnidaria (Coelenterata) 11 Platyhelminthes 12 The Pseudocoelomate Body Plan: Aschelminths 13 Mollusca 14 Annelida 15 Arthropoda 16 Echinodermata 17 Chordata Unit III An Evolutionary Approach to Vertebrate Structure and Function 18 Vertebrate Musculoskeletal Systems 19 Vertebrate Nervous Regulation 20 Vertebrate Circulation 21 Vertebrate Respiration 22 Vertebrate Digestion 23 Vertebrate Excretion 24 Vertebrate Reproduction

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com:80/sites/007234900x

CONTENTS Preface Laboratory Safety Comparative Safety of Preservatives 1 Microscopy 2 Animal Cells and Tissues 3 Mitosis and Meiosis 4 Development 5 Protozoa 6 Porifera 7 Cnidaria 8 Introduction to Animal Morphology 9 Platyhelminthes 10 Pseudocoelomate Animals 11 Mollusca 12 Annelida 13 Arthropoda and Onychophora 14 Echinodermata 15 Chordata 16 Shark Anatomy 17 Perch Anatomy 18 Frog Anatomy 19 Fetal Pig Anatomy 20 Rat Anatomy Index

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

124

HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd124 124

11/13/2007 2:21:31 PM

College Physics ................................................................................................132 Conceptual Physics ..........................................................................................131 Electricity & Magnetism ....................................................................................140 Integrated Sciences..........................................................................................129 Introduction to Astronomy.................................................................................142 Intro to Physical Science ..................................................................................127 Mathematical Physics.......................................................................................140 Medical Physics................................................................................................139 Modern Physics ................................................................................................139 Optics ...............................................................................................................142 Quantum Mechanics.........................................................................................141 Technical Physics .............................................................................................137 University Physics ............................................................................................137

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

125

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i125 125

11/13/2007 2:22:26 PM

NEW TITLES

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

2008

Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, with Starry Night Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 5e Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, with Starry Night Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 5e Physics The Physical Universe, 12e Integrated Science, 4e Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e

Author

Arny

ISBN-13

9780073347226

MHID

0073347221

Page

142

Fix

9780073347219

0073347213

143

Giambattista Krauskopf Tillery Tillery

9780073327501 9780073312750 9780073404486 9780073357386

0073327506 0073312754 0073404489 0073357383

132 127 129 130

126

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i126 126

11/13/2007 2:22:26 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Intro to Physical Science

4 Matter and Heat: Temperature and Heat / Fluids / Kinetic Theory of Matter / Changes of State / Energy Transformations 5 Electricity and Magnetism: Electric Charge / Electricity and Matter / Electric Current/ Magnetism / Using Magnetism

NEW

THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE 12th Edition

By Konrad Krauskopf (Deceased), Arthur Beiser, formerly New York University

6 Waves: Wave Motion / Sound Waves / Wave Behavior 7 The Nucleus: Atom and Nucleus / Radioactivity / Nuclear Energy / Fission and Fusion/ Elementary Particles 8 The Atom: Quantum Theory of Light / Matter Waves / The Hydrogen Atom / Quantum Theory of the Atom 9 The Periodic Law: Elements and Compounds / The Periodic Law / Atomic Structure / Chemical Bonds 10 Crystals, Ions, and Solutions: Solids / Solutions / Acids and Bases

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331275-0 / MHID: 0-07-331275-4

11 Chemical Reactions: Quantitative Chemistry / Chemical Energy / Fuels / Reaction Rates / Oxidation and Reduction 12 Organic Chemistry: Carbon Compounds / Structures of Organic Molecules / Organic Compounds / Chemistry of Life 13 Atmosphere and Hydrosphere: The Atmosphere / Weather / Climate / The Hydrosphere 14 The Rock Cycle: Rocks / Within the Earth / Erosion / Vulcanism 15 The Evolving Earth: Tectonic Movement / Plate Tectonics / Methods of Historical Geology / Earth History 16 The Solar System: The Family of the Sun / The Inner Planets / The Outer Planets / The Moon 17 The Stars: Tools of Astronomy / The Sun / The Stars / Life Histories of the Stars 18 The Universe: Galaxies / The Expanding Universe / Evolution of the Universe / Extraterrestrial Life

highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073050105

This is an outstanding text with a long history that has been updated and given a fresh look, including worked examples pulled out of the text into numbered boxes. The text is now also accompanied by stronger media support with "CPS" eInstruction student response system questions, more extensive online quizzing, and PowerPoint lectures. Aimed at presenting the essentials of physics, chemistry, earth science, and astronomy in a clear, easy-to-understand way, The Physical Universe shows students how science works, how scientists approach problems, and why science constantly evolves in its search for understanding. The text can also be packaged with its long time companion student study guide, which includes a review of chapter terms and concepts; self quizzing for extra practice; and solved problems from the text. NEW TO THIS EDITION Mathematical support of topics is included where it can enhance the understanding of the concepts. It is designed to be optional so that an instructor can choose to leave out the more mathmatical emphasis, without disrupting the flow and coverage of the concepts in the text. Although this material is NOT marked as "optional" in the text (so as to not confuse the students), a section has been added to each chapter of the 12th edition Instructor's Manual to identify this slightly more difficult computational material as "optional": material that can be left-out without affecting the conceptual coverage of the course. There will be approximately 200 new end-of-chapter Questions and Problems for the 12th edition (approximately 30 replacement and 170 new/additional). The end of chapter Questions and Problems will also be organized by-section for the 12th edition. Chapter Goals will be added back into the 12th edition text as part of the chapter opener content. The ARIS site provide online, grade-able homework using the problems from the text. This site also includes instructor resources, such as the instructor's manual, digital images from the text, PowerPoint lectures, CPS eInstruction questions, daily concept quizzes (for JiTT) and professional resources for the instructor. For the student, it contains self quizzing, animations, web links, a glossary. CONTENTS 1 The Scientific Method: How Scientists Study Nature / The Solar System / Universal Gravitation / How Many of What 2 Motion: Describing Motion / Acceleration of Gravity / Force and Motion / Gravitation 3 Energy: Work / Energy / Momentum / Relativity / Energy and Civilization

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL SCIENCE 7th Edition

By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe 2007 (March 2006) / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304993-9 / MHID: 0-07-304993-X CONTENTS Introduction Materials Required for Each Experiment Experiments 1. Graphing 2. Ratios 3. Motion 4. Free Fall 5. The Pendulum 6. Projectile Motion 7. Newton's Second Law 8. Conservation of Momentum 9. Rotational Equilibrium 10. Centripetal Force 11. Archimedes' Principle 12. Boyle's Law

127

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i127 127

11/13/2007 2:22:26 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

13. Work and Power 14. Friction 15. Hooke's Law 16. Thermometer Fixed Points 17. Absolute Zero 18. Specific Heat 19. Static Electricity 20. Electric Circuits 21. Series and Parallel Circuits 22. Ohm's Law 23. Magnetic Fields 24. Electromagnets 25. Standing Waves 26. Speed of Sound in Air 27. Reflection and Refraction 28. Physical and Chemical Change 29. Hydrogen 30. Oxygen 31. Conductivity of Solutions 32. Percentage Composition 33. Metal Replacement Reactions 34. Producing Salts by Neutralization 35. Identifying Salts 36. Solubility Curves 37. Natural Water 38. Measurement of pH 39. Amount of Water Vapor in the Air 40. Nuclear Radiation 41. Growing Crystals 42. Properties of Common Minerals 43. Density of Igneous Rocks 44. Latitude and Longitude 45. Topographic Maps 46. Telescopes 47. Celestial Coordinates 48. Motions of the Sun 49. Phases of Moon 50. Power Output of Sun 51. Special Project Appendix I. The Simple Line Graph II. The Slope of a Straight Line II. Experimental Error IV. Significant Figures V. Conversion of Units VI. Scientific Notation the physical sciences with a level of explanation and detail appropriate for all students. The sequence of chapters in Physical Science is flexible, and the instructor can determine topic sequence and depth of coverage as needed. The materials are also designed to support a conceptual approach, or a combined conceptual and problemsolving approach. With laboratory studies, the text contains enough material for the instructor to select a sequence for a two-semester course. It can also serve as a text in a one-semester physics and chemistry course. CONTENTS 1 What Is Science? Physics 2 Motion 3 Energy 4 Heat and Temperature 5 Wave Motions and Sound 6 Electricity 7 Light Chemistry 8 Atoms and Periodic Properties 9 Chemical Bonds 10 Chemical Reactions 11 Water and Solutions 12 Organic Chemistry 13 Nuclear Reactions Astronomy 14 The Universe 15 The Solar System 16 Earth in Space Earth Science 17 Rocks and Minerals 18 Plate Tectonics 19 Building Earth's Surface 20 Shaping Earth's Surface 21 Geologic Time 22 The Atmosphere of Earth 23 Weather and Climate 24 Earth's Waters Appendixes A Mathematical Review B Solubilities Chart C Relative Humidity Table D Solutions for Group E Parallel Exercises

International Edition

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 7th Edition

By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University--Tempe 2007 (March 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325647-4 / MHID: 0-07-325647-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110948-2 / MHID: 0-07-110948-X [IE with Aris Bind-In Card]

DICTIONARY OF PHYSICS 3rd Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2003 / 483 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141048-9 / MHID: 0-07-141048-1

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface Staff How to Use the Dictionary Fields and Their Scope Pronunciation Key A-Z Terms Appendix

http://www.mhhe.com/tillery

Physical Science, Seventh Edition, is a straightforward, easy-to-read, but substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and energy. It is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or more physical science courses. It offers exceptional, straight-forward writing, complimented with useful pedagogical tools. Tillery introduces basic concepts and key ideas while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. No prior work in science is assumed. The text offers students complete coverage of

128

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i128 128

11/13/2007 2:22:26 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE 2nd Edition

By Arthur Beiser, formerly of New York University 1988 / 368 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-004419-7 / MHID: 0-07-004419-8

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF LAGRANGIAN DYNAMICS

By Dave Wells, University of Texas 1967 / 368 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-069258-9 / MHID: 0-07-069258-0

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Background Material. Lagrange's Equations of Motion of a Single Particle. Lagrange's Equations of Motion for a System of Particles. Conservative Systems. Dissipative Forces. General Treatment of Moments and Products of Inertia. Lagrangian Treatment of Rigid Body Dynamics. The Euler Method of Rigid Body Dynamics. Small Oscillations about Positions of Equilibrium. Small Oscillations about Steady Motion. Forces of Constraint. Driving Forces Required to Establish Known Motions. Effects of Earth's Figure and Daily Rotation on Dynamical Problems. Application of Lagrange's Equations to Electrical and Electromechanical Systems. Hamilton's Equations of Motion. Hamilton's Principle. Basic Equations of Dynamics in Vector and Tensor Notation. Appendix: Relations between Direction Cosines.

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Physical Quantities. Motion in a Straight Line. The Laws of Motion. Circular Motion and Gravitation. Energy. Momentum. Relativity. Fluids. Heat. Kinetic Theory of Matter. Thermodynamics. Electricity. Electric Current. Magnetism. Electromagnetic Induction. Waves. Lenses. Quantum Physics. The Nucleus. Radioactivity and Elementary Particles. Theory of the Atom. The Periodic Law. Molecules and Solids. Formulas and Equations. Stoichiometry. Gas Stoichiometry. Solutions. Acids and Bases. Oxidation and Reduction. Electrochemistry. Chemical Energy. Reaction Rates and Equilibrium. Organic Chemistry. The Atmosphere. Weather. The Oceans. Earth Materials. Erosion and Sedimentation. Vulcanism and Diastrophism. The Earth's Interior. Continental Drift. Earth History. Earth and Sky. The Solar System. The Sun. The Stars. The Universe.

Integrated Sciences

NEW

International Edition

INTEGRATED SCIENCE 4th Edition

By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University--Tempe, Eldon Enger and Frederick C Ross of Delta College

2008 (September 2007) / 768 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340448-6 / MHID: 0-07-340448-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-335317-3 / MHID: 0-07-335317-5 (with Mandatory Package) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128454-7 / MHID: 0-07-128454-0 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/tillery

Integrated Science, Fourth Edition is a straightforward, easy-to-read, yet substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and energy in living and nonliving systems. The authors provide even, well-integrated coverage of physics, chemistry, earth science, astronomy, and biology. The text's pedagogy (chapter outlines, core concept maps, and overviews) reveals how the science disciplines are interrelated and integrated throughout the text. This edition continues to introduce basic concepts and key ideas while providing

129

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i129 129

11/13/2007 2:22:27 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. The book is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or more science courses as part of a general or basic studies requirement. No prior work in science is assumed. The language, as well as the mathematics, is as simple as can be practical for a college-level science course. NEW TO THIS EDITION New overview of Relativity and subsections on Special Relativity and General Relativity in chapter 7. People Behind the Science biographical boxed features CONTENTS Ch 1 What Is Science? Ch 2 Motion Ch 3 Energy Ch 4 Heat and Temperature Ch 5 Wave Motions and Sound Ch 6 Electricity Ch 7 Light Ch 8 Atoms and Periodic Properties Ch 9 Chemical Reactions Ch 10 Water and Solutions Ch 11 Nuclear Reactions Ch 12 The Universe Ch 13 The Solar System Ch 14 Earth in Space Ch 15 The Earth Ch 16 The Earth's Surface Ch 17 Earth's Weather Ch 18 Earth's Waters Ch 19 Organic and Biochemistry Ch 20 The Nature of Living Things Ch 21 The Origin and Evolution of Life Ch 22 The History of Life on Earth Ch 23 Ecology and Environment Ch 24 Human Biology: Materials Exchange and Control Mechanisms Ch 25 Human Biology: Reproduction Ch 26 Mendelian and Molecular Genetics Appendix A: Mathematical Review Working with Equations Significant Figures Conversion of Units Scientific Notation Appendix B: Solubilities Chart Appendix C: Relative Humidity Table Appendix D: Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises Appendix E: Problem Solving Glossary

NEW

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY INTEGRATED SCIENCE 4th Edition

By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe, Eldon Enger, Delta College and Robert S Ross, California State University-Chico 2008 (September 2007) / 416 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-335738-6 / MHID: 0-07-335738-3 The lab manual was written and classroom-tested by the authors of the text. It has been revised in recent editions to emphasize a more inquiry-oriented approach and to increase the number of biology labs. Each lab begins with an open-ended "Invitations to Inquiry," designed to peak student interest in the lab concept. This is followed by laboratory exercises that require measurement and data analysis for work in a more structured learning environment. When the laboratory manual is used with Integrated Science text, students will have an opportunity to understand the nature of scientific inquiry from the perspective of hands-on experiences in order to master basic scientific principles and concepts and learn new problem-solving and thinking skills.

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY INTEGRATED SCIENCE 3rd Edition

By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe, Eldon Enger and Frederick Ross of Delta College 2007 (September 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299682-1 / MHID: 0-07-299682-X NEW TO THIS EDITION Each lab begins with an open-ended "Invitations to Inquiry," designed to peak student interest in the lab concept. This is followed by laboratory exercises that require measurement and data analysis for work in a more structured learning environment. CONTENTS Introduction Acknowledgments Materials Required for Each Experiment Experiment 1. Graphing 2. Ratios 3. Motion 4. Free Fall 5. Centripetal Force 6. Work and Power 7. Thermometer Fixed Points 8. Specific Heat 9. Speed of Sound in Air 10. Static Electricity 11. Ohm's Law 12. Magnetic Fields 13. Reflection and Refraction 14. Physical and Chemical Change 15. Conductivity of Solutions 16. Metal Replacement Reactions 17. Identifying Salts 18. Natural Water 19. Measurement of pH 20. Amount of Water Vapor in the Air 21. Growing Crystals 22. Properties of Common Minerals

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

130

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i130 130

11/13/2007 2:22:27 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

23. Density of Igneous Rocks 24. Latitude and Longitude 25. Telescopes 26. Celestial Coordinates 27. Motions of the Sun 28. Diffusion and Osmosis 29. The Microscope 30. Survey of Cell Types: Structure and Function 31. Enzymes 32. Photosynthesis and Respiration 33. The Chemistry and Ecology of Yogurt Production 34. DNA and RNA 35. Mitosis--Cell Division 36. Meiosis 37. Genetics Problems 38. Human Variation 39. Sensory Abilities 40. Daily Energy Balance 41. The Effect of Abiotic Factors on Habitat Preference 42. Natural Selection 43. Roll Call of the Animals 44. Special Project Appendix I. The Simple Line Graph II. The Slope of a Straight Line III. Experimental Error IV. Significant Figures V. Conversion of Units VI. Scientific Notation Inside Front Cover: Relative Humidity Chart Inside Back Cover: Metric Relationships 6 Energy and Oscillations 7 Momentum and Impulse 8 Rotational Motion of Solid Objects Fluids and Heat 9 The Behavior of Fluids 10 Temperature and Heat 11 Heat Engines and the Second Law of Thermodynamics Electricity and Magnetism 12 Electrostatic Phenomena 13 Electric Circuits 14 Magnets and Electromagnetism Wave Motion and Optics 15 Making Waves 16 Light Waves and Color 17 Light and Image Formation The Atom and Its Nucleus 18 The Structure of the Atom 19 The Nucleus and Nuclear Energy Relativity and Beyond 20 Relativity 21 Beyond Everyday Phenomena

International Edition

PHYSICS FOR POETS 5th Edition

By Robert March, University of Wisconsin ­ Madison 2003 / 304 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247217-2 / MHID: 0-07-247217-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119853-0 / MHID: 0-07-119853-9 [IE]

Conceptual Physics

www.mhhe.com/physsci

CONTENTS 1 A Vast and Most Excellent Science 2 Toward a Science of Mechanics 3 The Denouement: Newton's Laws 4 The Moon and the Apple 5 The Romance of Energy 6 One Last Part for the Machine 7 Waves 8 Does the Earth Really Move? 9 The Birth of Relativity 10 The Wedding of Space and Time 11 E=mc2 and All That 12 Did God Have Any Choice? 13 The Atom Returns 14 Rutherford Probes the Atom 15 The Atom and the Quantum 16 Particles and Waves 17 Does God Play Dice? 18 Schrodinger's Cat 19 The Dreams Stuff Is Made Of 20 The Whole Shebang

International Edition

PHYSICS OF EVERYDAY PHENOMENA 5th Edition

By Thoms Griffith, Pacific University 2007 (June 2006) / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325315-2 / MHID: 0-07-325315-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110320-6 / MHID: 0-07-110320-1 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/griffith

The Physics of Everyday Phenomena, Fifth Edition, introduces students to the basic concepts of physics using examples of common occurrences. Intended for use in a one-semester or two-quarter course in conceptual physics, this book is written in a narrative style, frequently using questions designed to draw the reader into a dialogue about the ideas of physics. This inclusive style allows the book to be used by anyone interested in exploring the nature of physics and explanations of everyday physical phenomena. Beginning students will benefit from the large number of student aids and the reduced math content. Professors will appreciate the organization of the material and the wealth of pedagogical tools. CONTENTS 1 Physics, the Fundamental Science The Newtonian Revolution 2 Describing Motion 3 Falling Objects and Projectile Motion 4 Newton's Laws: Explaining Motion 5 Circular Motion, the Planets, and Gravity

131

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i131 131

11/13/2007 2:22:27 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

College Physics

New approach to college physics! Giambattista was developed from the notes and experiences of authors sitting next to students in study labs explaining physical principles on a daily basis. The authors found that students were able to grasp principles much more easily and completely, and to remember those principles, if they were discussed with-in the context of familiar and relative examples. The "Conceptual Framework" approach was developed, and all physics concepts are presented to students in such a fashion. Chapter 8, presents another great example of how the Conceptual Framework approach has influenced presentation. Rotational kinetic energy is introduced first since it usually is the easiest of the rotational quantities for the student to understand. It also leads in a very natural way, to the necessity of rotational inertia. Torque, one of the most difficult concepts for many students, is introduced after the student already has some understanding of other rotational concepts. Problem Solving Approach: Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson employs a consistent approach to the presentation of examples. Every example includes strategy, solution, discussion, and practice problem (with answer at end-of-chapter). Care is taken to make sure that students are equipped with tools to solve problems and that they do not just MEMORIZE STEPS to solve that one example problem. Extensive End-of-Chapter Material which includes: Master The Concepts (summary of CONCEPTS as well as the integrated equations) Problems--clearly, one of the most closely scrutinized portions of any college physics textbook is the end-of-chapter material including but not limited to the quality and quantity of problems. The Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson problems have consistently reviewed very well and have been quadruple checked for accuracy. The various problem types are as follows: * Conceptual Questions; * Multiple Choice Questions (with more on the website); * Problems by Section (featuring paired problems); * Problems paired by concept; * Comprehensive Problems; * Combination Problems (quantitative and conceptual problems combined); * Bio/Med application problems. ARIS (assessment, review, and instruction system) is available with each textbook adoption. ARIS for Physics, First Edition is a complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course management system designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of a mouse. All PowerPoint lectures, assignments, quizzes, tutorials, and interactives are directly tied to text-specific materials in Physics, First Edition. ARIS courses are customized to your textbook, but instructors can also edit questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign, algorithmically-generated homework, quizzing, and testing. All student activity within ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fullyintegrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. ALEKS (Assessment and Learning in Knowledge Spaces) for College Physics is a tremendously successful math tutorial system available with this text. The program focuses on only the math operations needed for college physics. ALEKS determines students' current knowledge base, identifies where they need help, and then supplies that student with additional information and problems, allowing them to master those math concepts. This robust course management system is fast, efficient and customizable, and is available free to adopters. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction PART ONE: MECHANICS Chapter 2: Motion Along a Line Chapter 3: Motion in a Plane Chapter 4: Force and Newton's Laws of Motion

NEW

International Edition

PHYSICS

By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert Richardson of Cornell University-Ithaca

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332750-1 / MHID: 0-07-332750-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332813-3 / MHID: 0-07-332813-8 (with ARIS Instructor QuickStart Guide) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332751-8 / MHID: 0-07-332751-4 (Volume 1) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332752-5 / MHID: 0-07-332752-2 (Volume 2) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128666-4 / MHID: 0-07-128666-7 [IE] Physics, 1st edition is the best solution for today's college physics market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds a conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, consistent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista, Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today's market needs with the best tools available. Physics 1st edition is a spin-off of the market leading College Physics 2nd edition text by Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson. The key difference in in College Physics there is an integrated approach of forces and kinematics, leading with forces, while in this new 1st edition, Physics covers forces in the traditional manner by leading with Kinematics and not integrating forces. FEATURES Eight Review and Synthesis sections now appear throughout the text, following groups of related chapters. The MCAT® Review includes actual reading passages and questions written for the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT). The Review Exercises are intended to serve as a bridge between textbook problems that are linked to a particular chapter and exam problems that are not. These exercises give students practice in formulating a problem-solving strategy without an external clue (section or chapter number) that indicates which concepts are involved. Many of the problems draw on material from more than one chapter to help the student integrate new concepts and skills with what has been learned previously. Real MCAT questions included in the text. Unparalleled Illustration Program: Giambattista offers an incredible visual program that combines "showcase" pieces with simpler, diagrammatic pieces to aid student understanding. Flash-based Interactives! These "Interactives" offer a fresh and dynamic method to teach the physics basics by providing students with simulations that are completely accurate and work with real data. Interactives allow students to manipulate parameters and gain a better understanding of 16 of the more difficult physics topics by watching the effect of these manipulations. Each Interactive includes: · Analysis Tool (interactive model) · Tutorial describing its function with content describing its principle themes, self-test questions and explanations.

132

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i132 132

11/13/2007 2:22:28 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Chapter 5: Circular Motion Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy Chapter 7: Linear Momentum Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum Chapter 9: Fluids Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations Chapter 11: Waves Chapter 12: Sound PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas Chapter 14: Heat Chapter 15: Thermodynamics PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields Chapter 17: Electric Potential Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction Chapter 21: Alternating Current PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light Chapter 24: Optical Instruments Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS Chapter 26: Relativity Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon Chapter 28: Quantum Physics Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics Chapter 30: Particle Physics APPENDICES Appendix A: Mathematics Review A.1 Algebra A.2 Solving equations A.3 Exponents and logarithms A.4 Proportions and ratios A.5 Geometry A.6 Trigonometry A.7 Approximations A.8 Vectors Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes Answers to Selected Questions and Problems Chapter 5: Circular Motion Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy Chapter 7: Linear Momentum Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum Chapter 9: Fluids Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations Chapter 11: Waves Chapter 12: Sound PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas Chapter 14: Heat Chapter 15: Thermodynamics PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields Chapter 17: Electric Potential Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction Chapter 21: Alternating Current PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light Chapter 24: Optical Instruments Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS Chapter 26: Relativity Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon Chapter 28: Quantum Physics Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics Chapter 30: Particle Physics APPENDICES Appendix A: Mathematics Review Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS 10th Edition

International Edition

COLLEGE PHYSICS 2nd Edition

By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert C. Richardson of Cornell University--Ithaca 2007 (Dec 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322274-5 / MHID: 0-07-322274-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330174-7 / MHID: 0-07-330174-4 (Mandatory Package) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330175-4 / MHID: 0-07-330175-2 (Volume 1) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330177-8 / MHID: 0-07-330177-9 (Volume 2) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110800-3 / MHID: 0-07-110800-9 [IE with Card]

By Frederick J Bueche, University of Dayton-Emeritus and Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University 2006 (Nov 2005) / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144814-7 / MHID: 0-07-144814-4

A Schaum's Publication

An introduction to physics that you don't need to be a math whiz to understand. Schaum's Outline of College Physics, Tenth Edition, is a clear, easily understood review of introductory noncalculus-based physics. It is especially helpful if you do not have a strong background in mathematics.

http://www.mhhe.com/grr

College Physics, Second Edition is the best solution for today's college physics market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds a conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, consistent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista, Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today's market needs with the best tools available. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction PART ONE: MECHANICS Chapter 2: Force Chapter 3: Acceleration and Newton's Second Law of Motion Chapter 4: Motion with a Changing Velocity

RELATIVITY DEMYSTIFIED

By David McMahon and Paul Alsing 2006 (December 2005) / 344 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145545-9 / MHID: 0-07-145545-0

A Professional Publication

In Relativity Demystified a physicist explains Einstein's theory of relativity in layman's terms, minus heavy-duty discussion or formal mathematics. Author David McMahon gradually builds up readers' practical skills to a point where they can eventually solve real problems in the field of general relativity. The book offers examples that vary in complexity from textbook-like problems to real-world situations from actual current research. Relativity Demystified also focused on quick definitions and demonstrations of procedures needed to solve problems.

133

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i133 133

11/13/2007 2:22:28 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

CONTENTS Chapter 1: A Quick Review of Special Relativity Chapter 2: Vectors, One Forms, and the Metric Chapter 3: More on Tensors Chapter 4: Tensor Calculus Chapter 5: Cartan's Structure Equations Chapter 6: The Einstein Field Equations Chapter 7: The Energy-Momentum Tensor Chapter 8: Killing Vectors Chapter 9: Null Tetrads and the Petrov Classification Chapter 10: The Schwarzchild Solution Chapter 11: Black Holes Chapter 12: Cosmology Chapter 13: Gravitational Waves FINAL EXAM QUIZ AND EXAM SOLUTIONS REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX

PHYSICS DEMYSTIFIED

By Stan Gibilisco 2003 / 599 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-138201-4 / MHID: 0-07-138201-1

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS PART ZERO: A REVIEW OF MATHEMATICS CHAPTER 1 Equations, Formulas, and Vectors CHAPTER 2 Scientific Notation CHAPTER 3 Graphing Schemes CHAPTER 4 Basics of Geometry CHAPTER 5 Logarithms, Exponentials, and Trigonometry Test: Part Zero PART ONE: CLASSICAL PHYSICS CHAPTER 6 Units and Constants CHAPTER 7 Mass, Force, and Motion CHAPTER 8 Momentum, Work, Energy, and Power Chapter 9: Particles of Matter Chapter 10: Basic States of Matter Chapter 11: Temperature, Pressure, and Changes of State Test: Part One PART TWO: ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND ELECTRONICS Chapter 12: Direct Current Chapter 13: Alternating Current Chapter 14: Magnetism Chapter 15: More About Alternating Current Chapter 16: Semiconductors Test: Part Two PART THREE: WAVES, PARTICLES, SPACE, AND TIME Chapter 17: Wave Phenomena Chapter 18: Forms of Radiation Chapter 19: Optics Chapter 20: Relativity Theory Test: Part Three Final Exam Answers to Quiz, Test, and Exam Questions Suggested Additional Reference Index

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF APPLIED PHYSICS 4th Edition

By Arthur Beiser, formerly of New York University 2004 / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-142611-4 / MHID: 0-07-142611-6

A Schaum's Publication

Over the past decade, significant changes in the teaching of applied physics have taken place. More emphasis is now placed on subjects such as relativity, atomic physics, nuclear physics, elementary particle physics, semiconductors, and superconductors. Completely updated, Schaum's Outline of Applied Physics, Fourth Edition, devotes more space to these subjects and includes a host of new material.

SCHAUM'S A-Z PHYSICS

By Michael Chapple 2003 / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141937-6 / MHID: 0-07-141937-3

International Edition

CONTEMPORARY COLLEGE PHYSICS 2001 Update, 3rd Edition

By Edwin R Jones and Richard L Childers of University of South Carolina 2001 / 1088 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-241512-4 / MHID: 0-07-241512-6 (with CD-ROM, Mandatory Package) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120491-0 / MHID: 0-07-120491-1 [IE, Updated]

A Schaum's Publication

Schaum's A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with a clear, one-sentence definition and is followed by an explanation and examples. A-to-Z format for ready reference Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and enhanced with numerous worked examples and illustrations Extended explanations of more important concepts Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix aid review

www.mhhe.com/jones

CONTENTS 1 Measurements and Models 2 Motion in One Dimension 3 Motion in Two Dimensions 4 Force and Motion 5 Uniform Circular Motion 6 Work and Energy 7 Momentum 8 Applying the Conservation Laws 9 Rigid Bodies and Rotational Motion 10 Fluids 11 Thermal Physics 12 Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory 13 Thermodynamics 14 Periodic Motion

134

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i134 134

11/13/2007 2:22:28 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

15 Waves and Sound 16 Electric Charge and Electric Field 17 Electric Potential and Capacitance 18 Electric Current and Resistance 19 Magnetism 20 Electromagnetic Induction 21 Alternating-Current Circuits 22 Geometrical Optics 23 Optical Instruments 24 Wave Optics 25 Relativity 26 Discovery of Atomic Structure 27 Origins of the Quantum Theory 28 Quantum Mechanics 29 The Nucleus 30 Lasers and Holography 31 Condensed Matter 32 Elementary Particle Physics Appendices: A Formulas from Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry B The International System of Units C Alphabetical List of Elements D Answers to Odd Numbered Problems Interference, Diffraction and Polarization. Special Relativity. Particles of Light and Waves of Matter:Introduction to Quantum Physics. Modern Physics: Atomic, Nuclear and Solid-State Physics.

PHYSICS FOR THE UTTERLY CONFUSED

By Robert Oman and Daniel Oman 1998 / 208 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-048262-3 / MHID: 0-07-048262-4

A Professional Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070482624&ad key=W02003

CONTENTS Mathematical Background. Vectors. Motion in One Dimension. Motion in Two Dimensions. Forces. Unifrom Circular Motion. Work and Energy. Momentum Analysis. Rotational Motion. Rotational Dynamics. Simple Harmonic Motion. Fluids. Temperature and Calorimetry. Kinetics and the Gas Laws. Thermodynamics. Mechanical Waves. Sound. Electric Forces and Electric Fields. Electric Potential. Electric Circuits. Magnetic Forces and Magnetic Fields. Magnetic Forces. Electromagnetic Induction. Alternating Current Circuits. Electromagnetic Waves. Reflection, Refraction and Polarization. Lenses. The Wave Nature of Light and Interference. Special Relativity. Particles and Waves. The Atom. Radioactivity.

SCHAUM'S EASY OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS

By J. Bueche, Emeritus University of Dayton, Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University and George J. Hademenos 2000 / 138 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-052711-9 / MHID: 0-07-052711-3

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Newtonian Mechanics. Density, Elasticity, and Fluids. Heat, Temperature, and Thermodynamics. Waves. Electricity and Magnetism. Light and Geometrical Optics.

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING PHYSICS II

By Alvin Halpern 1998 / 592 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-025707-8 / MHID: 0-07-025707-8

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Wave Motion. Sound. Coulomb's Law and Electric Fields. Electric Potential and Capacitance. Simple Electric Circuits. Magnetism--Effect of the Field. Magnetism--Source of the Field. Magnetic Properties of Matter. Induced EMF. Inductance. Time Varying Electric Circuits. Electromagnetic Waves. Light and Optical Phenomena. Mirrors, Lenses and Optical Instruments.

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

135

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i135 135

11/13/2007 2:22:29 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

HOW TO SOLVE PHYSICS PROBLEMS AND MAKE THE GRADE

By Robert Oman and Daniel Oman 1996 / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-048166-4 / MHID: 0-07-048166-0

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING PHYSICS I

By Alvin Halpern, City University of New York 1995 / 471 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-025653-8 / MHID: 0-07-025653-5

A Professional Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070481660&ad key=W02003

CONTENTS Introduction: Mathematical Background 1 Vectors 2 Motion in One Dimension 3 Falling Body Problems 4 Projectile Motion 5 Forces (Including Friction) 6 Apparent Weight 7 Work and the Definite Integral 8 Work-Energy Problems 9 Momentum Analysis 10 Collision and Impulse 11 Rotational Motion 12 Rotational Dynamics 13 Equilibrium 14 Gravity 15 Simple Harmonic Motion 16 Fluids 17 Temperature and Calorimetry 18 Kinetics and the Gas Laws 19 The First Law of Thermodynamics 20 Second Law of Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves 22 Standing Waves (Strings and Pipes) 23 Sound 24 Charge and Coulomb's Law 25 The Electric Field 26 Gauss' Law 27 Electric Potential 28 Capacitance 29 Conductivity 30 Resistors in D.C. Circuits 31 Kirchhoff's Laws 32 R-C Circuits 33 Magnetic Fields 34 Magnetic Forces 35 Ampere's Law 36 Biot-Savart Law 37 Faraday's Law 38 Inductance 39 R-L Circuits 40 Oscillating L-C Circuit 41 Series R-L-C Circuits and Phasors 42 Maxwell's Equations 43 Electromagnetic Waves 44 Reflection, Refraction, and Polarization 45 Mirrors and Lenses 46 Diffraction and Interference 47 Special Relativity

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Introduction and Mathematical Background. Motion in a Straight Line. Motion in a Plane. Forces and Equilibrium. Newton's Second Law. Work and Mechanical Energy. Energy, Power and Simple Machines. Impulse and Momentum. Equilibrium for Rigid Bodies. Rotational Motion. Elasticity and Objects under Stress. Simple Harmonic Motion. Fluids at Rest. Fluids in Motion. Temperature and Heat. Thermal Energy Transfer. Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory. Thermodynamics: The First and Second Laws.

3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS

By Alvin Halpern 1988 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-025734-4 / MHID: 0-07-025734-5

A Schaum's Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070257345&ad key=W02003

Solved Problem Series -- These books help readers review and master what they've learned by showing them how to solve thousands of relevant problems. Perfect for preparing for graduate or professional exams, these detailed reminders of problem-solving techniques show readers the best strategies for answering even the toughest questions, including the types that appear on typical tests.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

136

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i136 136

11/13/2007 2:22:29 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Technical Physics

International Edition

PHYSICS 7th Edition

By Paul E Tippens 2007 (Dec 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322270-7 / MHID: 0-07-322270-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110796-9 / MHID: 0-07-110796-7 [IE with OLC]

University Physics

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS Unit C ­ Conservation Laws Constraint Interactions, 2nd Edition

By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 / 306 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-229152-0/ MHID: 0-07-229152-4

http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas

CONTENTS C1 Introduction to Interactions C2 Vectors C3 Interactions Transfer Momentum C4 Particles and Systems C5 Applying Momentum Conservation C6 Introduction to Energy C7 Some Potential Energy Functions C8 Force and Energy C9 Rotational Energy C10 Thermal Energy C11 Energy in Bonds C12 Power, Collisions, and Impacts C13 Angular Momentum C14 Conservation of Angular Momentum

http://www.mhhe.com/tippens7e

Physics, Seventh Edition is designed for the non-calculus physics course taken by students who are pursuing careers in science or engineering technology. Content is built through extensive use of examples with detailed solutions designed to develop students' problem-solving skills. CONTENTS MECHANICS 1 Introduction 2 Technical Mathematics 3 Technical Measurements and Vectors. 4 Translational Equilibrium and Friction 5 Torque and Rotational Equilibrium 6 Uniform Acceleration 7 Newton's Second Law 8 Work, Energy, and Power 9 Impulse and Momentum 10 Uniform Circular Motion. 11 Rotation of Rigid Bodies 12 Simple Machines 13 Elasticity 14 Simple Harmonic Motion 15 Fluids THERMODYNAMICS, MECHANICAL WAVES, AND SOUND 16 Temperature and Expansion 17 Quantity of Heat 18 Transfer of Heat 19 Thermal Properties of Matter 20 Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves 22 Sound ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND OPTICS 23 The Electric Force 24 The Electric Field 25 Electric Potential 26 Capacitance 27 Current and Resistance 28 Direct-Current Circuits 29 Magnetism and the Magnetic Field 30 Forces and Torques in a Magnetic Field 31 Electromagnetic Induction 32 Alternating-Current Circuits 33 Light and Illumination 34 Reflection and Mirrors 35 Refraction 36 Lenses and Optical Instruments 37 Interference, Diffraction, and Polarization MODERN PHYSICS 38 Modern Physics and the Atom 39 Nuclear Physics and the Nucleus INDEX

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS Unit E ­ Electromagnetic Fields, 2nd Edition

By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239711-6 / MHID: 0-07-239711-X

http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas

CONTENTS E1 Electrostatics E2 Electric Fields E3 Electric Potential E4 Conductors E5 Driving Currents E6 Analyzing Circuits E7 Magnetic Fields E8 Currents and Magnets E9 Symmetry and Flux E10 Gauss's Law E11 Ampere's Law E12 The Electromagnetic Field E13 Maxwell's Equations E14 Induction E15 Introduction to Waves E16 Electromagnetic Waves

137

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i137 137

11/13/2007 2:22:29 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS Unit N ­ Laws of Physics are Universal, 2nd Edition

By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239712-3 / MHID: 0-07-239712-8

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS Unit R ­ Laws of Physics are FrameIndependent, 2nd Edition

By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 / 240 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239714-7 / MHID: 0-07-239714-4

http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas

CONTENTS N1 Newton's Law N2 Vector Calculus N3 Forces from Motion N4 Motion from Forces N5 Statics N6 Linearly Constrained Motion N7 Coupled Objects N8 Circularly Constrained Motion N9 Noninertial Reference Frames N10 Projectile Motion N11 Oscillatory Motion N12 Introduction to Orbits N13 Planetary Motion

http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas

CONTENTS R1 The Principle of Relativity R2 Synchronizing Clocks R3 The Nature of Time R4 The Metric Equation R5 Proper Time R6 Coordinate Transformations R7 Lorentz Contraction R8 The Cosmic Speed Limit R9 Four-Momentum R10 Conservation of Four-Momentum Appendix A Conversion of Equations to SI Units Appendix B The Relativistic Doppler Effect

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS Unit Q ­ Matter Behaves like Waves, 2nd Edition

By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239713-0 / MHID: 0-07-239713-6

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS Unit T ­ Some Processes are Irreversible, 2nd Edition

By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 / 208 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239715-4 / MHID: 0-07-239715-2

http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas

CONTENTS T1 Temperature T2 Ideal Gases T3 Gas Processes T4 Macrostates and Microstates T5 The Second Law T6 Temperature and Entropy T7 Some Mysteries Resolved T8 Calculating Entropy Changes T9 Heat Engines.

http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas

CONTENTS Q1 Standing Waves Q2 The Wave Nature of Light Q3 The Particle Nature of Light Q4 The Wave Nature of Matter Q5 The Quantum Facts of Life Q6 The Wavefunction Q7 Bound Systems Q8 Spectra Q9 Understanding Atoms Q10 The Schrodinger Equation Q11 Energy Eigenfunctions Q12 Introduction to Nuclei Q13 Stable and Unstable Nuclei Q14 Radioactivity Q15 Nuclear Technology

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS 6 Unit Package, 2nd Edition

By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256482-2 / MHID: 0-07-256482-2

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

CONTENTS See individual books

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

138

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i138 138

11/13/2007 2:22:29 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

International Edition

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE

By Michael Browne, University of Idaho 1999 / 452 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-008498-8 / MHID: 0-07-008498-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124112-0 / MHID: 0-07-124112-4 [IE]

Medical Physics

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Measurements and Vectors. Motion in One Dimension. Motion in Two Dimensions. The Laws of Motion. Circular Motion and Other Applications of Newton's Laws. Work and Energy. Potential Energy and Conservation of Energy. Linear Momentum and Collisions. Rotation of a Rigid Body About a Fixed Axis. Angular Momentum and Torque As a Vector Quantities. Static Equilibrium of a Rigid Body. Oscillatory Motion. The Law of Universal Gravitation. Mechanics of Solids and Fluids. Wave Motion. Sound Waves. Superposition and Standing Waves. Temperature, Thermal Expansion, and Ideal Gases. Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics. The Kinetic Theory of Gases. Heat Engines, Entropy, and the Second Law of Thermodynmics. Electric Fields. Gauss' Law. Electric Potential. Capacitance and Dielectrics. Current and Resistance. Direct Current Circuits. Magnetic Fields. Sources of the Magnetic Field. Faraday's Law. Inductance. Alternating Current Circuits. Electromagnetic Waves. The Nature of Light and the Laws of Geometric Optics. Geometric Optics. Interference of Light Waves. Diffraction and Polarization. Special Theory of Relativity. Introduction to Quantum Physics. Quantum Mechanics. Atomic Physics. Molecules and Solids. Nuclear Structure. Nuclear Physics Applications and Elementary Particles.

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR PRE-MED, BIOLOGY AND ALLIED HEALTH STUDENTS

By George Hademenos, University of California at Los Angeles 1998 / 256 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-025474-9 / MHID: 0-07-025474-5

A Schaum's Publication

Students of medicine and the life sciences will appreciate the special perspective of this invaluable study guide. It explains how physics principles and concepts apply in these particular fields, including more than 70 drawings and graphs to help students visualize, understand and remember the relationships. The hundreds of problems solved step-by-step also help boost learning and grades by reinforcing the ideas and aiding recall.

Modern Physics

International Edition

CONCEPTS OF MODERN PHYSICS 6th Edition

By Arthur Beiser 2003 / 560 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-244848-1 / MHID: 0-07-244848-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123460-3 / MHID: 0-07-123460-8 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/physsci

CONTENTS 1 Relativity 2 Particle Properties of Waves 3 Waves Properties of Particles 4 Atomic Structure 5 Quantum Mechanics 6 Quantum Theory of the Hydrogen Atom 7 Many-Electron Atoms 8 Molecules 9 Statistical Mechanics 10 The Solid State 11 Nuclear Structure 12 Nuclear Transformations 13 Elementary Particles Appendix Atomic Masses

139

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i139 139

11/13/2007 2:22:29 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

International Edition

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF MODERN PHYSICS 2nd Edition

By Gautreau 1999 / 338 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-024830-4 / MHID: 0-07-024830-3

Electricity & Magnetism

International Edition

BASIC ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTISTS 5th Edition

By Manes J Brophy, formerly of University of Utah 1990 / 462 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-008147-5 / MHID: 0-07-008147-6 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-100675-0 / MHID: 0-07-100675-3 [IE]

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Part I:The Special Theory Of Relativity. 1 The Gaililean Transformations. 2 The Postulates of Einstien. 3 The Lorentz Coordinates Transformations. 4 Relativistic Length Contraction. 5 Realistic Time Dilation. 6 Relativistic Space-Time Measurements. 7 Relativistic Velosity Transformations. 8 Mass, Energy, and Momentum in Relativity. Part II: The Quantum Theory of Electromagnetic Radiation. 9 Electromagnetic Radioation - Photons. 10 Matter Waves. Part III: Hydrogenlike Atoms. 11 The Bohr Atom. 12 Electron Orbital Motion. 13 Electron Spin. Part IV: Many-Electron Atoms. 14 The Pauli Exclusion Principle. 15 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table. 16 X-Rays. Part V: Nuclear Physics. 17 Properties of Nuclei. 18 Nuclear Models. 19 The Decay of Unstable Nuclei. 20 Nuclear Reactions. 21 Particle Physics. Part VI: Atomic Systems. 22 Molecules. 23 Kinetic Theory. 24 Distribution Functions. 25 Classical Statistics: The Macwell-Boltzmann Distribution. 27 Quantum-Statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Distributions. Solids. Appendix. Index.

International Edition

ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2nd Edition

By Berkeley Physics, University of California -- Berkeley 1985 / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-004908-6 / MHID: 0-07-004908-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-066495-1 / MHID: 0-07-066495-1 [IE] The sequence of topics covered include: electrostatics; steady currents; magnetic field; electromagnetic induction; and electric and magnetic polarization in matter. Taking a nontraditional approach, students focus on fundamental questions from different frames of reference. Each chapter has figures and problems to apply concepts studied.

Mathematical Physics

International Edition

PERSPECTIVES OF MODERN PHYSICS

By Arthur Beiser, New York University 1984 / 624 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085047-7 / MHID: 0-07-085047-X [IE]

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICS STUDENTS

By Robert Steiner, Teachers College at Columbia University and Philip Schmidt, State University of New York-New Paltz 2007(January 2007) / 400 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-146158-0 / MHID: 0-07-146158-2

A Schaum's Publication

Schaum's Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students helps you to apply mathematical concepts to your studies and shows you how these concepts operate in physics problems. The book includes both fully solved problems and supplementary practice problems. CONTENTS Part O: Review of Algebra: Elements of Algebra / Functions and Their Graphs / Linear, Quadratic, and Simultaneous Equations / Inequalities / Locus / Conic Sections Part I: Precalculus and the Calculus: Trigonometric, Circular, Logarithmic; Exponential, Rational, and Polynomial Functions / Elementary

140

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i140 140

11/13/2007 2:22:29 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Linear Algebra / Calculus of Single-variable Functions / Multivariate Calculus / More Advanced Topics in Calculus / Differential Equations (Ordinary and Partial) Part II: Additional Topics in Upper-Division Mathematics: Groups and rings (topics here will include Set Theory and Logic, Abelian and Cyclic Groups, Geometry and Abstract Algebra, Ring Theory, Integral Domains, and Fields) / Probability and Statistics (topics here will include Progressions, Induction, Binomial Theorem, Permutations, Combinations, Solving Probability Problems, and Statistical Inference)

Quantum Mechanics

QUANTUM MECHANICS DEMYSTIFIED

By David McMahon 2006 (November 2005) / 393 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145546-6 / MHID: 0-07-145546-9

A Professional Publication

This clear, concise introduction to quantum mechanics is the perfect supplement and complement to the math-heavy texts that dominate the field. The author includes hundreds of worked examples to illustrate the processes discussed and Dirac's Method, explains how to obtain a desired result in familiar terms rather than with confusing terminology and formulas. CONTENTS PREFACE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Chapter 1: Historical Review Chapter 2: Basic Developments Chapter 3: The Time Independent Schrodinger Equation Chapter 4: An Introduction to State Space Chapter 5: The Mathematical Structure of Quantum Mechanics I Chapter 6: The Mathematical Structure of Quantum Mechanics II Chapter 7: The Mathematical Structure of Quantum Mechanics III Chapter 8: The Foundations of Quantum Mechanics Chapter 9: The Harmonic Oscillator Chapter 10: Angular Momentum Chapter 11: Spin-1/2 Systems Chapter 12: Quantum Mechanics in Three Dimensions FINAL EXAM ANSWERS TO QUIZ AND EXAM QUESTIONS REFERENCES INDEX

International Edition

DATA REDUCTION AND ERROR ANALYSIS FOR THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 3rd Edition

By Philip Bevington (Deceased) and D. Keith Robinson, Case Western Reserve University 2003 / 336 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247227-1 / MHID: 0-07-247227-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119926-1 / MHID: 0-07-119926-8 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/bevington

CONTENTS 1 Uncertainties in Measurements 2 Probability Distributions 3 Error Analysis 4 Estimates of Mean and Errors 5 Monte Carlo Techniques 6 Least-Squares Fit to a Straight Line 7 Least-Squares Fit to a Polynomial 8 Least-Squares Fit to an Arbitrary Function 9 Fitting Composite Curves 10 Direct Application of the Maximum-Likelihood Method 11 Testing the Fit Appendix A Numerical Methods Appendix B Matrices Appendix C Graphs and Tables Appendix D Histograms and Graphs Appendix E Computer Routines in Fortran

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF QUANTUM MECHANICS

By Elyahu Zaarur, Reuven Pnini and Yoav Peleg of formerly of the Technion Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel 1998 / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-054018-7 / MHID: 0-07-054018-7

A Schaum's Publication

International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICAL AND THERMAL PHYSICS

By Frederick Reif, University of California-Berkeley 1965 / 651 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-051800-1 / MHID: 0-07-051800-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085615-8 / MHID: 0-07-085615-X [IE]

CONTENTS Introduction. Mathematical Background. Schrodinger Equation and Applications. Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. Harmonic Oscillator. Angular Momentum. Spin. Hydrogen-Like Atoms. Particle Motion in an Electromagnetic Field. Solution Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Part A: Solutions Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Part B: Numerical Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Dentical Particles. Addition of Angular Momenta. Scattering Theory. Semiclassical Treatment of Radiation.

141

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i141 141

11/13/2007 2:22:30 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

International Edition

QUANTUM MECHANICS 3rd Edition

By Leonard I Schiff 1968 / 432 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-055287-6 / MHID: 0-07-055287-8 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085643-1 / MHID: 0-07-085643-5 [IE]

Introduction to Astronomy

NEW

International Edition

EXPLORATIONS: AN INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY with Starry Night Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 5th Edition

By Thomas T Arny, University of Mass-Amherst 2008 (September 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334722-6 / MHID: 0-07-334722-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334723-3 / MHID: 0-07-334723-X (Case Bound) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128438-7 / MHID: 0-07-128438-9 [IE]

Optics

International Edition

OPTICS 3rd Edition

By Ghatak 2004 (October 2004) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-058583-6 / MHID: 0-07-058583-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124706-1 / MHID: 0-07-124706-8 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/arny

Arny: Explorations-An Introduction to Astronomy, 5th edition, is built on the foundation of its well known writing style, accuracy, and emphasis on current information. This new edition continues to offer the most complete technology/new media support package available. That technology/new media package includes: 23 Interactives (located on the text ARIS Presentation center); ARIS website (that allows instructors to take their course to the web if they choose); and Starry Night Planetarium Software (packaged free with each new text). NEW TO THIS EDITION New topics including current coverage of recent missions, developments, and discoveries. Some new topic discussions include: Discussion of newly defined "dwarf planets" in the Solar System ­ Pluto's new status (chapters 7 and 10) and Discussion of the effects of special relativity on space travel (Essay 4). Considerable content updating! Updated and revised topics include: Surface of Titan (Chapter 1), further information on the importance of interactions and mergers in the origin and evolution of galaxies (Chapter 16), revised discussion of the evidence for dark energy (Chapter 17), tables of nearby bright and local group galaxies, new star charts, revised periodic table, illustrating the origin of chemical elements. New and Updated Images throughout the text. These include images of Titan's surface, H-R diagrams, Hubbe Turning Fork diagram, galaxy and galaxy cluster images, map of dark matter, and stellar evolution images. The 5th edition of Explorations now has a second author, Professor Stephen E. Schneider. Stephen contributed advice and information to many of the earlier editions and his participation in this book is now official. Besides the new essay on relativity (mostly Stephen's work) and numerous revisions throughout the text, much of the new art work bears his stamp. Looking Up boxes show students where a particular astronomical object is in the night sky whether it is visible to the naked eye or not. NEW! - An eighth Looking Up box has been added to the 5th edition. This is Looking Up at Centarurus and Crux, The Southern Cross.

McGraw-Hill India Title

(Details unavailable)

International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICS 4th Edition

By Francis A Jenkins, deceased and Harvey E White, University of California, Berkeley 1976 / 746 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-032330-8 / MHID: 0-07-032330-5 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085346-1 / MHID: 0-07-085346-0 [IE]

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF OPTICS

By Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University 1974 / 256 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-027730-4 / MHID: 0-07-027730-3

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Wave Motion. Electromagnetic Waves and Photons. Reflection and Transmission. Geometrical Optics. Polarization. Interference and Coherence. Diffraction. Fourier Optics

142

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i142 142

11/13/2007 2:22:30 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

CONTENTS Preface Preview: The Cosmic Landscape Part 1 The Night Sky 1 History of Astronomy Essay 1 Backyard Astronomy Part 2 Atoms, Forces, Light, and How We Learn About the Universe 2 Gravity and Motion 3 Light and Atoms 4 Telescopes Part 3 The Earth and Moon 5 The Earth Essay 2 Keeping Time 6 The Moon Part 4 The Solar System 7 Survey of the Solar System 8 The Terrestrial Planets 9 The Outer Planets 10 Meteors, Asteroids, and Comets Part 5 Stars 11 The Sun, Our Star 12 Measuring the Properties of Stars 13 Stellar Evolution 14 Stellar Remnants: White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes Part 6 The Milky Way and Other Galaxies 15 The Milky Way Galaxy 16 Galaxies 17 Cosmology Essay 3 Life in the Universe Essay 4 Space Travel and Special Relativity Answers to "Test Yourself" Appendix Glossary Index Daggers (Chapter 2), ALMA and SKA interferometric arrays (Chapter 6), dwarf planets (Chapter 7), plans for future Moon missions (Chapter 9), Messenger spacecraft capabilities (Chapter 10), radar detection of buried ice on Mars (Chapter 11), the reclassification of Pluto as a dwarf planet (Chapter 13), two new satellites for Pluto (Chapter 13), Cassini investigation of the icy moons of Saturn (Chapter 14), ice plumes on Enceladus (chapter 14),The Huygens landing on Titan (Chapter 14), Deep Impact projectile impact on Comet Tempel 1 (Chapter 15), the discovery of Eris, a dwarf planet larger than Pluto (chapter 15), The Tunguska event in 1908 (chapter 25) Dark matter in the "Bullet Cluster" (Chapter 25), Definition of life (Chapter 27), Extremophiles (Chapter 27), and the Drake Equation (Chapter 27). CONTENTS Foreword Preface Guided Tour Part 1 The Journey Begins 1 Journey's Start 2 Patterns in the Sky 3 Ancient Astronomy 4 Renaissance Astronomy 5 Gravity and Motion 6 Light and Telescopes Part 2 Journey Through the Solar System 7 Overview of the Solar System 8 The Earth 9 The Moon 10 Mercury and Venus 11 Mars 12 Jupiter and Saturn 13 The Outer Planets 14 Satellites 15 Solar System Debris Part 3 Journey to the Stars 16 Basic Properties of Stars 17 The Sun 18 The Formation of Stars and Planets 19 The Evolution of Stars 20 White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes 21 Binary Star Systems Part 4 Journey to the Cosmic Frontier 22 The Milky Way 23 Galaxies 24 Quasars and Other Active Galaxies 25 Galaxy Clusters and the Structure of the Universe 26 Cosmology Part 5 Journey in Search of Life 27 Life in the Universe Appendixes Glossary References Credits Index

NEW

ASTRONOMY: JOURNEY TO THE COSMIC FRONTIER with Starry Night Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 5th Edition

By John D Fix, University of Alabama--Huntsville

2008 (September 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334721-9 / MHID: 0-07-334721-3

www.mhhe.com/fix

Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 5th edition, provides enough content and background in astronomy so the student will be able to follow current developments in astronomy years after they complete the course. The historical development of astronomy is emphasized to show that astronomy, like other sciences, advances through the efforts of many scientists, and to show how present ideas have been developed. NEW TO THIS EDITION New topics including current coverage of recent missions, developments, and discoveries. New topic discussions include: Sun

143

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i143 143

11/13/2007 2:22:30 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

ASTRONOMY FOR THE UTTERLY CONFUSED

By Terry Jones, University of Minnesota and Jeanne Hanson 2007 (December 2006) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147158-9 / MHID: 0-07-147158-8 CONTENTS 1 The Night Sky 2 Laws of Light and Motion 3 The Earth 4 The Moon 5 Telescopes 6 Survey of the Solar System 7 Origin of the Solar System 8 The Planets 9 Meteors, Asteroids, and Comets 10 The Sun, Our Star 11 Measuring the Properties of Stars 12 Stellar Evolution 13 The Milky Way Galaxy 14 Galaxies 15 Cosmology Appendix Powers-of-Ten Notation

A Professional Publication

In this latest installment in the bestselling Utterly Confused series, an astronomy professor and a popular science writer team up to fill you in on all the essentials of modern astronomy. From the solar system and the constellations to space-time, gravity, and quantum physics, you'll go on a fascinating journey through the cosmos, becoming acquainted with the most recent astronomical phenomena and concepts, and dozens of fun facts. CONTENTS Ch 1: The Universe in Time and Space Ch 2: The Earth's Place Ch 3: The Sky As Visible From earth Ch 4: Key Concepts and Basic laws Ch 5: The Gas Planets Ch 6: The Rocky Planets and Moons Ch 7: The Smaller Bodies Ch 8: Brahe, Copernicus, Einstein, and On Ch 9: Down to the Atom and Below Ch 10: How They are Studied Ch 11: How Stars Evolve Ch 12: How Stars End Their "Lives" Ch 13: Formation and Evolution Ch 14: The Role of Dark Matter Ch 15: The Role of Dark Energy Ch 16: Expansion, Contraction, Dissolution Ch 17: Space Travel

PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY Solar System (Volume 1) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM

By Steven Schneider and Thomas Arny of University of Mass-Amherst 2007 (April 2006) / 474 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327968-8 / MHID: 0-07-327968-4 CONTENTS THE COSMIC LANDSCAPE 1 Our Planetary Neighborhood 2 Beyond the Solar System 3 Astronomical Numbers 4 Foundations of Astronomy 5 The Night Sky 6 The Year 7 The Time of Day 8 Lunar Cycles 9 Calendars 10 Geometry of the Earth, Sun and Moon 11 Planets: The Wandering Stars 12 The Beginnings of Modern Astronomy 13 Observing the Sky PROBING MATTER,LIGHT AND INTERACTION 14 Inertia, Mass and Force 15 Accerleration and Interaction 16 The Law of Gravity 17 Measuring a Body's Mass Using Orbital Motion 18 Escape Velocity 19 Tides 20 Conservation Laws 21 Light, Matter and Energy 22 The Electromagnetic Spectrum 23 Thermal Radiation 24 Atomic Spectra 25 The Doppler Shift 26 Detecting Light 27 Collecting Light 28 Focusing Light 29 Telescope Resolution 30 The Earth's Atmosphere and Space Observations 31 Amateur Astonomy THE SOLAR SYSTEM 32 Patterns in the Solar System 33 The Origin of the Solar System 34 Other Planetary Systems 35 The Earth as a Terrestrial Planet 36 Earth's Atmosphere and Hydrosphere 37 Our Moon

International Edition

PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM (Version 3.1)

By Steven Schneider and Thomas T Arny, University of Mass-Amherst 2007 (February 2006) / 416 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330173-0 / MHID: 0-07-330173-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110847-8 / MHID: 0-07-110847-5 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/schneider

Pathways to Astronomy is designed more like a series of mini-lectures instead of a monograph of the entire field of astronomy. The same material covered in other introductory astronomy texts is included, but this is broken up into smaller self-contained units. These units are woven together to flow naturally for the person who wants to read the text like a book, but it is also possible to assign them in different orders, or skip certain units altogether. Professors can customize the units to fit their course needs. They can select individual units for exploration in lecture while assigning easier units for self-study, or they can cover all the units in full depth in a content-rich course. With the short length of units, students can easily digest the material covered in an individual unit before moving onto the next unit. Pathways to Astronomy offers the most complete technology media support package available. That technology media package includes: Starry Night Planetarium Software free with the purchase of every new text, 23 Interactives (on the text website and Digital Content Manager CD); Animations (on the text website); Online Learning Center (that allows instructors to take their course to the web if they choose). Electronic Media Integration has been incorporated throughout the text. Interactive and Animation icons have been placed in places where additional understanding can be gained through an animation or interactive.

144

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i144 144

11/13/2007 2:22:30 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

38 Mercury 39 Venus 40 Mars 41 Asteroids 42 Comparative Planetology 43 Jupiter 44 Saturn 45 Uranus and Neptune 46 Ice Worlds: Moons, Pluto, and Beyond 47 Comets 48 Impacts on Earth 61 Giant Stars 62 Variable Stars 63 Mass Loss and Death of Low Mass Stars 64 Old Age and Death of Massive Stars 65 Star Clusters 66 Exploding White Dwarfs 67 Neutron Stars 68 Black Holes GALAXIES AND THE UNIVERSE 69 Discovering the Milky Way 70 Stars of the Milky Way 71 Gas and Dust in the Milky Way 72 Mass and Motions in the Milky Way 73 A Universe of Galaxies 74 Types of Galaxies 75 Galaxy Clustering 76 Active Galaxies 77 Dark Matter 78 Cosmology 79 Edges of the Universe 80 The Fate of the Universe 81 The Beginnings of the Universe 82 Astrobiology 83 The Search for Life Elsewhere

PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY Stars and Galaxies (Volume 2) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM

By Steven Schneider and Thomas Arny of University of Mass-Amherst 2007 (April 2006) / 620 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327966-4 / MHID: 0-07-327966-8 CONTENTS THE COSMIC LANDSCAPE 1 Our Planetary Neighborhood 2 Beyond the Solar System 3 Astronomical Numbers 4 Foundations of Astronomy 5 The Night Sky 6 The Year 7 The Time of Day 8 Lunar Cycles 9 Calendars 10 Geometry of the Earth, Sun and Moon 11 Planets: The Wandering Stars 12 The Beginnings of Modern Astronomy 13 Observing the Sky PROBING MATTER,LIGHT AND INTERACTION 14 Inertia, Mass and Force 15 Accerleration and Interaction 16 The Law of Gravity 17 Measuring a Body's Mass Using Orbital Motion 18 Escape Velocity 19 Tides 20 Conservation Laws 21 Light, Matter and Energy 22 The Electromagnetic Spectrum 23 Thermal Radiation 24 Atomic Spectra 25 The Doppler Shift 26 Detecting Light 27 Collecting Light 28 Focusing Light 29 Telescope Resolution 30 The Earth's Atmosphere and Space Observations 31 Amateur Astonomy STARS AND STELLAR EVOLUTION 49 The Sun, Our Star 50 The Sun's Source of Power 51 Solar Activity 52 Surveying the Stars 53 Light and Distance 54 The Composition and Temperatures of Stars 55 The Sizes of Stars 56 The Masses of Orbiting Stars 57 The H-R Diagram 58 Stellar Evolution 59 Star Formation 60 Main-Sequence Stars

ASTRONOMY DEMYSTIFIED

By Stan Gibilisco 2003 / 575 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-138427-8 / MHID: 0-07-138427-8

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments PART ONE: THE SKY Chapter 1: Coordinating the Heavens Chapter 2: Stars Constellations Chapter 3: The Sky "Down Under" Chapter 4: The Moon and the Sun Test: Part One PART TWO: THE PLANETS Chapter 5: Mercury and Venus Chapter 6: Mars Chapter 7: The Outer Planets Chapter 8: An Extraterrestrial Visitor's Analysis of Earth Test: Part Two PART THREE: SOLAR SYSTEM DYNAMICS Chapter 9: Evolution of the Solar System Chapter 10: Major Moons of the Outer Planets Chapter 11: Comets, Asteroids, and Meteors Chapter 12: The Search for Extraterrestrial Life Test: Part Three PART FOUR: BEYOND OUR SOLAR SYSTEM Chapter 13: Stars and Nebulae Chapter 14: Extreme Objects in Our Galaxy Chapter 15: Galaxies and Quasars Chapter 16: Special and General Relativity Test: Part Four PART FIVE: SPACE OBSERVATION AND TRAVEL Chapter 17: Optics and Telescopes Chapter 18: Observing the Invisible Chapter 19: Traveling and Living in Space Chapter 20: Your Home Observatory Test: Part Five Final Exam Answers to Quiz, Test, and Exam Questions Suggested Additional Reading and Reference Index

145

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i145 145

11/13/2007 2:22:30 PM

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

MCGRAW-HILL DICTIONARY OF ASTRONOMY 2nd Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2003 / 272 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141047-2 / MHID: 0-07-141047-3 CONTENTS Preface Staff How to Use the Dictionary Fields and Their Scope Pronunciation Key A-Z Terms / Appendix

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF ASTRONOMY

By Starcey Palen, University of Washington 2002 / 304 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136436-2 / MHID: 0-07-136436-6

A Schaum's Publication

Providing a basic introduction to a beginning astronomy course, with an emphasis on problem-solving methods ordinarily taught "on the fly" or in ad-hoc tutorials, this essential guide provides a focused, comprehensive presentation of basic astronomical problem-solving techniques. Readers learn by example with the help of more than 200 detailed problems supplemented with over 100 detailed charts and graphs.

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

146

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i146 146

11/13/2007 2:22:31 PM

Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic and Biochemistry) - Lab Manuals...............................................................................................154 - Supplements ..............................................................................................155 - Textbooks ...................................................................................................152 Analytical Chemistry .........................................................................................170 Biochemistry -1 Semester - Textbooks .............................................................163 General Chemistry - Lab .............................................................................................................160 - Multimedia ..................................................................................................162 - Supplements ..............................................................................................159 - Textbooks ...................................................................................................156 Kinetics and Reaction Mechanics.....................................................................171 Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors) - Textbooks ...............................149 Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks...................................................164 Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester - Lab Manuals...............................................................................................166 - Multimedia ..................................................................................................167 - Supplements ..............................................................................................167 - Textbooks ...................................................................................................165 Physical Chemistry - Lab .............................................................................................................169 - Supplements ..............................................................................................170 - Textbooks ...................................................................................................168 Prep/Basic Chemistry - Supplements ..............................................................................................152 - Textbooks ...................................................................................................151

CHEMISTRY

147

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 147

11/13/2007 2:23:22 PM

NEW TITLES

CHEMISTRY

2009

Chemistry in Context, 6e Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e Chemistry Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e University Chemistry Physical Chemistry, 6e Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e

Author

American Chem. Soc. American Chem. Soc.

ISBN-13

9780077221348 9780073048772

MHID

0077221346 0073048771

Page

149 149

Burdge Cooper Denniston Garland Laird Levine Silberberg

9780077221324 9780073050232 9780077221416 9780072828429 9780077221331 9780072538625 9780077216504

007722132X 0073050237 0077221419 0072828420 0077221338 0072538627 0077216504

156 160 152 169 156 168 157

2008

Organic Chemistry, 7e General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry A Laboratory for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Organic Chemistry,2e Aris for General Chemistry Access Card Carey Chang Denniston Henrickson Smith WCB/McGraw-Hill 9780073311845 9780073311852 9780073311838 9780073226835 9780073327495 9780073375601 0073311847 0073311855 0073311839 0073226831 0073327492 0073375608 165 157 153 154 166 167

148

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 148

11/13/2007 2:23:22 PM

CHEMISTRY

Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors)

NEW

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT Applying Chemistry to Society, 6th Edition

By American Chemical Society 2009 (January 2008) / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304877-2 / MHID: 0-07-304877-1

Textbooks

NEW

International Edition

CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 6th Edition

By American Chemical Society 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722134-8 / MHID: 0-07-722134-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128755-5 / MHID: 0-07-128755-8 [IE]

For those whose course including a laboratory component, a Laboratory Manual, compiled and edited by Gail A. Steehler (Roanoke College), is available for the 6th edition. The experiments use microscale equipment (wellplates and Beral-type pipets) and common materials. Project-type and cooperative/collaborative laboratory experiments are included. New experiments are on the ozone and biodiesel. Additional experiments are available on the Online Learning Center, as is the instructor's guide.

http://www.mhhe.com/cic

Following in the tradition of the first five editions, the goal of this market leading textbook, Chemistry in Context, fifth edition, is to establish chemical principles on a need-to-know basis within a contextual framework of significant social, political, economic and ethical issues. The non traditional approach of Chemistry in Context reflect today's technological issues and the chemistry principles imbedded within them. Global warming, alternate fuels, nutrition, and genetic engineering are examples of issues that are covered in CIC. NEW TO THIS EDITION Material reflects that most up-to-date information available. Every chapter has a figure that "comes alive" through interactivity guiding the student through a learning process. This feature is on the Online Learning Center in the Student Center. CONTENTS 1 The Air We Breathe 2 Protecting the Ozone Layer 3 The Chemistry of Global Warming 4 Energy, Chemistry, and Society 5 The Water We Drink 6 Neutralizing the Threat of Acid Rain 7 The Fires of Nuclear Fission 8 Energy from Electron Transfer 9 The World of Polymers and Plastics 10 Manipulating Molecules and Designing Drugs 11 Nutrition: Food for Thought 12 Genetic Engineering and the Molecules of Life Appendixes Appendix 1: Measure for Measure--Conversion Factors and Constants Appendix 2: The Power of Exponents Appendix 3: Clearing the Logjam Appendix 4: Answers to Your Turn Questions Not Answered in the Text Appendix 5: Answers to Selected End-of-Chapter Questions

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT Applying Chemistry to Society, 5th Edition

By American Chemical Society 2006 (Feb 2005) / 224 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282836-8 / MHID: 0-07-282836-6 The 5th edition Laboratory Manual that accompanies Chemistry in Context is compiled and edited by Gail Steehler (Roanoke College). The experiments use microscale equipment (wellplates and Beral-type pipets) as well as common materials. Project-type and cooperative/collaborative laboratory experiments are included. Additional experiments are available on the Online Learning Center, as is the instructor's guide. CONTENTS Preface to Instructions To the Student Essay: The Wonder of Chemistry Experiments Some Notes About Laboratory Safety 1 Preparation and Properties of Gases in a Breath 2 Chromatographic Study of Felt-Tip Pen Inks 3 Weighing Air and Cooling Water: A Graphic Experience 4 Solids in Cigarette Smoke 5 What Protects Use from Ultraviolet Light? 6 Visibly Delighted: A Spectrophotometric Study of Colored Solutions 7 Chemical Bonds, Molecular Models, and Molecular Shapes 8 Weighing Gases To Find Molar Masses 9 Chemical Moles: Converting Baking Soda to Table Salt 10 Hot Stuff: An Energy Conservation Problem 11 Comparison of the Energy Content of Fuels 12 Building a Conductivity Detector and Testing for Ions 13 Analysis of Vinegar 14 Measurement of Water Hardness 15 Measurement of Chloride in River Water 16 Analysis of Bottled Water 17 Reactions of Acids with Common Substances 18 pH Measurements of Common Substances 19 What Is the pH of Rain? 20 Solubilities: An Investigation 21 Measurement of Radon in Air 22 Chemical Reactions and Electricity 23 Polymer Synthesis and Properties 24 Classification and Identification of Common Plastics

149

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 149

11/13/2007 2:23:22 PM

CHEMISTRY

25 Identification of Analgesic Drugs by Thin-Layer Chromatography 26 Synthesis of Aspirin 27 How Much Fat Is in Potato Chips and Hot Dogs? 28 How Much Sugar Is in Soft Drinks and Fruit Juices? 29 Vitamin C in Fruit Juice and in a Vitamin Tablet 30 Isolation of DNA (Deoxyribonucleic Acid) Performance-Based Assessment Activities

HOW TO SOLVE WORD PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY

By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College 2001 / 231 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136302-0 / MHID: 0-07-136302-5

A Schaum's Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0071363025&ad key=W02003

CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: Measurement. Chapter 3: Classical Laws of Chemical Combination. Chapter 4: Formula Calculations. Chapter 5: Stoichiometry. Chapter 6: Concentration Calculations. Chapter 7: Gas Laws. Chapter 8: Thermochemistry. Chapter 9: Electrochemistry. Chapter 10: Equilibrium. Chapter 11: Colligative Properties. Chapter 12: Thermodynamics. Chapter 13: Miscellaneous Problems. List of Important Equations.

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING CHEMISTRY 3rd Edition

By David Goldberg, University of Illinois ­ Urbana ­ Champaign 2005 (Dec 2004) / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144780-5 / MHID: 0-07-144780-6

A Schaum's Publication

This clear and complete guide to the fundamentals of chemistry features course material in a succinct outline form, together with hundreds of detailed, fully solved problems. A perfect companion to most standard texts, this third edition has been updated to include the latest pedagogic approaches; more than 670 fully worked problems of varying difficulty, designed to lead you safely through the pitfalls of the course; and hundreds more practice problems.

3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY CHEMISTRY A World of Choices, 2nd Edition

By Paul B. Kelter, University of North Carolina--Greensboro, James D. Carr, University of Nebraska--Lincoln and Andrew Scott 2003 / 672 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331247-7 / MHID: 0-07-331247-9 By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College 1988 / 624 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-023684-4 / MHID: 0-07-023684-4

A Schaum's Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070236844&ad key=W02003

CONTENTS Measurement. Structure of Matter. Periodic Table. Chemical Formulas. Modern Structure of the Atom. Electronic Structure of the Atom. Bonding. Bonding Theory. Organic Molecules. Chemical Equations. Stoichiometry. Gases. Advanced Gas Concepts. Solids and Liquids. Oxidation and Reduction. Other Concentration Units. Properties of Solutions. Thermodynamics. Chemical Kinetics. Equilibrium. Acids and Bases. Heterogeneous and Other Equilibria. Electochemistry. Nuclear and Radiochemistry. Nonmetals. Metals and Metallurgy. Coordination compounds.

http://www.mhhe.com/kelter2

CONTENTS Prelude 1 Origins 2 Connections 3 Bonding 4 Recycling and Chemical Mathematics 5 The Role of Energy in Chemical Reactions 6 Creating with Carbon--The Importance of Molecular Structure 7 Properties of Water 8 Acids and Bases 9 Acid Rain 10 Water Quality: Chemical Concerns, Chemical Solutions 11 Behavior of Gases 12 Air Quality: The Choices That Have Let Us Breathe More Easily 13 The Earth As a Resource 14 The Power of the Nucleus 15 Solar Power: The Chemical Energy Alternative 16 The Chemistry of Life 17 The Chemistry of Food 18 Chemistry at Home

150

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 150

11/13/2007 2:23:22 PM

CHEMISTRY

Prep/Basic Chemistry

International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY 5th Edition

By David Goldberg, Brooklyn College 2007 (May 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322104-5 / MHID: 0-07-322104-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110842-3 / MHID: 0-07-110842-4 [IE with ARIS Card]

Textbooks

International Edition

CONCEPTUAL INTRODUCTION CHEMISTRY

By Rich Bauer, James Birk and Pamela S Marks of Arizona State University-Tempe 2007 (Jan 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322106-9 / MHID: 0-07-322106-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110794-5 / MHID: 0-07-110794-0 [IE with ARIS Bi Card]

http://www.mhhe.com/goldberg

Designed for the one-semester preparatory chemistry course, the new, fifth edition of Fundamentals of Chemistry provides students with a solid foundation in problem solving for all the topic areas covered in a standard general chemistry course. The author not only provides a clear consistent methodology to help students develop conceptual and quantitative problem-solving skills, but also engages students by using analogies that relate chemistry to everyday life. Students who need help with mathematical manipulations, as well as reading and writing scientific material, will find Goldberg's text an excellent learning tool. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Basic Concepts Chapter 2: Measurement Chapter 3: Atoms and Atomic Masses Chapter 4: Electronic Configuration of the Atom Chapter 5: Chemical Bonding Chapter 6: Nomenclature Chapter 7: Formula Calculations Chapter 8: Chemical Reactions Chapter 9: Net Ionic Equations Chapter 10: Stoichiometry Chapter 11: Molarity Chapter 12: Gases Chapter 13: Atomic and Molecular Properties Chapter 14: Solids and Liquids, Energies of Physical and Chemical Changes Chapter 15: Solutions Chapter 16: Oxidation Numbers Chapter 17: Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 18: Acid-Base Theory Chapter 19: Organic Chemistry Chapter 20: Nuclear Reactions

http://www.mhhe.com/bauer

A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry by Bauer/Birk/Marks offers today's student a fresh perspective to the introduction of chemistry. This new textbook offers a conceptual approach to chemistry by starting first with macroscopic phenomena, and then presenting the underlying microscopic detail. Each chapter opens with a real-life scenario that helps students connect abstract chemical concepts to their own lives. The math found in A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry is introduced on a need-to-know basis, with "Math Toolboxes" ending each chapter, in support of the math skills required in that chapter. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Matter and Energy Chapter 2 Atoms, Ions, and the Periodic Table Chapter 3 Chemical Compounds Chapter 4 Chemical Composition Chapter 5 Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter 6 Quantities in Chemical Reactions Chapter 7 Electron Structure of the Atom Chapter 8 Chemical Bonding Chapter 9 The Gaseous State Chapter 10 The Liquid and Solid States Chapter 11 Solutions Chapter 12 Reaction Rates and Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 13 Acids and Bases Chapter 14 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions Chapter 15 Nuclear Chemistry Chapter 16 Organic Chemistry Appendix A Useful Reference Information Appendix B Toolboxes Appendix C Answers to Practice Problems Appendix D Answers to Selected Questions and Problems Glossary Index

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

151

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 151

11/13/2007 2:23:22 PM

CHEMISTRY

Supplements

» Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turned off by dense text » Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get the material across fast » Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 9th Edition

By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M Epstein of University of Pittsburgh and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus 2008 (June 2007) / 392 pages ISBN-13: 978- 0-07-147670-6 / MHID: 0-07-147670-9

» Deliver expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields » Perfect for last-minute test preparation So small and light that they fit in a backpack!

A Schaum's Publication

This new edition is geared for the latest developments in your subject, and covers the hottest specialties in chemistry such as forensics and materials science. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Quantities and Units Chapter 2: Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass Chapter 3: Formulas and Composition Calculations Chapter 4: Calculations from Chemical Equations Chapter 5: Measurement of Gas Chapter 6: The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory Chapter 7: Thermochemistry Chapter 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law Chapter 9: Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Chapter 10: Solids and Liquids Chapter 11: Oxidation-Reduction Chapter 12: Concentration of Solutions Chapter 13: Reactions Involving Standard Solutions Chapter 14: Properties of Solutions Chapter 15: Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Chapter 16: Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 17: Acids and Bases Chapter 18: Complex Ions; Precipitates Chapter 19: Electrochemistry Chapter 20: Rates of Reactions Chapter 21: Nuclear Processes Appendix A: Exponents Appendix B: Significant Figures Index Table of Atomic Masses Nuclidic Masses of Selected Radionuclides Periodic Table of the Elements

Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General,Organic and Biochemistry)

Textbooks

NEW

International Edition

GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY 6th Edition

By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping, Robert Caret, San Jose State University

SCHAUM'S EASY OUTLINE BEGINNING CHEMISTRY

By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College 2004 (Oct 2003) / 144 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-142239-0 / MHID: 0-07-142239-0

2009 (November 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722141-6 / MHID: 0-07-722141-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128782-1 / MHID: 0-07-128782-5 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/denniston

The fifth edition of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is designed to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students of all other majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the significant connections between chemistry, health, disease, and the treatment of disease. This text continues to strike a balance between theoretical and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to health-related studies. The text has been written at a level intended for students whose professional goals do not include a mastery of chemistry, but for whom an understanding of the principles and practice of chemistry is a necessity. Designed for the one- or two-semester course, this text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving pedagogy, vivid illustrations, and engaging applications.

A Schaum's Publication

What could be better than the bestselling Schaum's Outline series? For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, it would have to be Schaum's Easy Outline series. Every book in this series is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its predecessor. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, each new title features a streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of the subject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form. » Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give students quick pointers to the essentials.

152

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 152

11/13/2007 2:23:23 PM

CHEMISTRY

NEW TO THIS EDITION ARIS Electronic Homework and grading Micro-to-macro art! Denniston's textbook features macroscopic and molecular views of a process, so students can learn to connect these two levels of reality with each other. Margin Icons Margin icons have been added to the text identifying additional web based appendices and animations. New Scientific Calculator Appendix A new appendix on how to use the Scientific Calculator has been added to the ARIS site. CONTENTS Part 1 General Chemistry 1 Chemistry: Methods and Measurement 2 The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table 3 Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds 4 Calculations and the Chemical Equation 5 States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids 6 Solutions 7 Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium 8 Acids and Bases and Oxidation-Reduction 9 The Nucleus, Radioactivity, and Nuclear Medicine Part 2 Organic Chemistry 10 An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons 11 The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics 12 Alcohols, Phenols, Thiols, and Ethers 13 Aldehydes and Ketones 14 Carboxylic Acids and Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 15 Amines and Amides Part 3 Biochemistry 16 Carbohydrates 17 Lipids and Their Functions in Biochemical Systems 18 Protein Structure and Function 19 Enzymes 20 Introduction to Molecular Genetics 21 Carbohydrate Metabolism 22 Aerobic Respiration and Energy Production 23 Fatty Acid Metabolism 2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331183-8 / MHID: 0-07-331183-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110227-8 / MHID: 0-07-110227-2 [IE]

NEW

International Edition

FOUNDATIONS OF GENERAL, ORGANIC AND BIOCHEMISTRY

By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of Towson University

http://www.mhhe.com/denniston

This new Foundations of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is designed to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students of all other majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the significant connections between chemistry, health, disease, and the treatment of disease. Foundations, just like its parent text, strikes a balance between theoretical and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to health-related studies. Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry is designed for the one semester allied health chemistry course. This text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving approach, vivid illustrations, and engaging applications including timely "Chemistry at the Crime Scene" applications with "For Further Understanding" questions that follow to help the students think through what they just read. The art program, engaging and thought provoking questions, problems, and discussion topics, is what will make this book appealing to students and instructors alike. FEATURES Denniston's new Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry textbook will feature macroscopic and molecular views of a process, so students can learn to connect these two levels of reality with each other. Denniston's new Foundations will have a complete ARIS electronic homework site that will contain in-chapter and end-of-chapter problems from the text and an online gradebook. Clear and Effective Approach to Problem Solving In-Chapter Examples, Solutions, and Problems: Each chapter includes examples that show the student, step by step, precisely how to properly determine the correct answer. Whenever possible, the solved examples are followed by in-text problems that allow the students to test their mastery of information and to build self-confidence. In-Chapter and End-of Chapter Problems: The authors have created a wide variety of paired concept problems. The answers to the odd-numbered questions will be found in the back of the book as reinforcement for the students as they develop problem-solving skills. However, the students must then be able to apply the same principles to the related even-numbered problems. Critical Thinking Problems: Each chapter includes a set of critical thinking problems. These problems are intended to challenge the students to integrate concepts to solve more complex problems. They make a perfect complement to the classroom lecture since they provide an opportunity for in-class discussion of complex problems dealing with daily life and the health care sciences Engaging Applications! Connections: Clinical, Medical, Human and Chemistry at the Scene Connections are found throughout every chapter of the book. The Medical, Clinical, Human and Chemistry at the Scene Connections provide updated information in various health fields and other growing areas of chemistry to engage students' interest and help them understand chemistry as related to their lives. Learning Goal Icons: To help alert the student to the important concepts covered in the text, an icon is placed next to the textual material that supports the learning goal. Integration of Chemistry in all Disciplines:

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

153

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 153

11/13/2007 2:23:23 PM

CHEMISTRY

The emphasis in this text is on integration of general, organic, and biochemistry to help students understand the interrelatedness of these sub-disciplines. Students need to understand that chemistry is not divided into separate areas but is one interconnected discipline. Margin notes demonstrate the relationships between the areas. CONTENTS 1. Chemistry: Methods and Measurement 2. The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table 3. Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds 4. Calculations and the Chemical Equation 5. Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium 6. States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids 7. Solutions 8. Acids and Bases 9. The Nucleus and Radioactivity 10. An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons 11. The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics 12. Oxygen- and Sulfur Containing Organic Compounds 13. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, Amines, and Amides 14. Carbohydrates 15. Lipids and their Functions in Biochemical Systems 16. Protein Structure and Enzymes 17. Introduction to Molecular Genetics 18. Carbohydrate Metabolism 19. Fatty Acid and Amino Acid Metabolism

LABORATORY MANUAL BY HENDRICKSON TO ACCOMPANY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY 5th Edition

By Charles H Hendrickson, Western Kentucky University 2007 (Oct 2005) / 440 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282848-1 / MHID: 0-07-282848-X CONTENTS I. General Laboratory Procedures and Laboratory Safety II. Basic Concepts, Measurement, and Properties 1 Measurement and Density 2 Preparing Graphs 3 The Identification of an Unknown Liquid III. Chemical Separations 4 Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures 5 Separation Using Chromatographic Techniques IV. Chemical Formulas, Equations, Mass Relationships, and Structure 6 Hydrates and the Determination of the Formula of a Hydrate 7 Simple Chemical Reactions 8 Analysis of a KClO3-KCl Mixture 9 The Structure of Covalent Molecules and Polyatomic Ions V. The Chemical Behavior of Elements 10 An Activity Series of Several Metals 11 The Preparation and Properties of Oxygen and the Properties of Oxides VI. The Gas Laws 12 Boyle's Law and Charles' Law 13 The Combined Gas Law and Dalton's Law VII. Acid-Base Chemistry 14 Acid-Base Titrations 15 Acids, Bases, pH, Hydrolysis, and Buffers VIII. Organic and Biochemistry 16 The Structure of Hydrocarbons 17 Properties of Hydrocarbons 18 The Synthesis of Aspirin 19 The Properties and Preparation of Esters and Soaps 20 Alcohols 21 Aldehydes and Ketones 22 Organic Functional Group Tests 23 The Detection of Fats, Proteins, and Carbohydrates in Foods 24 The Characterization of Carbohydrates 25 Enzyme Action 26 Analysis of Proteins and Amino Acids by Chromatography 27 Digestion Appendixes A: Vapor Pressure of Water at Several Temperatures B: Concentration of Common Acids and Bases C: Values of Physical Constants D: The Metric Prefixes E: Conversion Factors F: An Introduction to Chemical Nomenclature G: Significant Figures and Rounding Numbers H: The Solubility Rules I: Using Excel to Prepare Straight-Line Graphs / Periodic Table (inside front cover).

Lab Manuals

NEW

A LABORATORY FOR GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY 6th Edition

By Charles H Henrickson, Larry C Byrd and Norman W Hunter of Western Kentucky University 2008 (November 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322683-5 / MHID: 0-07-322683-1 A Laboratory Manual for General, Organic and Biochemistry 6e, by Charles H. Henrickson, Larry C. Byrd, and Norman W. Hunter of Western Kentucky University, offers clear and concise laboratory experiments that reinforce students' understanding of concepts. Prelaboratory exercises, questions, and report sheets are coordinated with each experiment to ensure active student involvement and comprehension.

154

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 154

11/13/2007 2:23:23 PM

CHEMISTRY

Supplements

NEW

A LABORATORY FOR GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY 6th Edition

By Charles H Henrickson, Larry C Byrd and Norman W Hunter of Western Kentucky University 2008 (November 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322683-5 / MHID: 0-07-322683-1 A Laboratory Manual for General, Organic and Biochemistry 6e, by Charles H. Henrickson, Larry C. Byrd, and Norman W. Hunter of Western Kentucky University, offers clear and concise laboratory experiments that reinforce students' understanding of concepts. Prelaboratory exercises, questions, and report sheets are coordinated with each experiment to ensure active student involvement and comprehension.

21 Aldehydes and Ketones 22 Organic Functional Group Tests 23 The Detection of Fats, Proteins, and Carbohydrates in Foods 24 The Characterization of Carbohydrates 25 Enzyme Action 26 Analysis of Proteins and Amino Acids by Chromatography 27 Digestion Appendixes A: Vapor Pressure of Water at Several Temperatures B: Concentration of Common Acids and Bases C: Values of Physical Constants D: The Metric Prefixes E: Conversion Factors F: An Introduction to Chemical Nomenclature G: Significant Figures and Rounding Numbers H: The Solubility Rules I: Using Excel to Prepare Straight-Line Graphs / Periodic Table (inside front cover).

International Edition

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF GENERAL, ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY

By George Odian, and Ira Blei of College of Staten Island, CUNY 1994 / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-047609-7 / MHID: 0-07-047609-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113529-0 / MHID: 0-07-113529-4 [IE]

LABORATORY MANUAL BY HENDRICKSON TO ACCOMPANY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY 5th Edition

By Charles H Hendrickson, Western Kentucky University 2007 (Oct 2005) / 440 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282848-1 / MHID: 0-07-282848-X CONTENTS I. General Laboratory Procedures and Laboratory Safety II. Basic Concepts, Measurement, and Properties 1 Measurement and Density 2 Preparing Graphs 3 The Identification of an Unknown Liquid III. Chemical Separations 4 Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures 5 Separation Using Chromatographic Techniques IV. Chemical Formulas, Equations, Mass Relationships, and Structure 6 Hydrates and the Determination of the Formula of a Hydrate 7 Simple Chemical Reactions 8 Analysis of a KClO3-KCl Mixture 9 The Structure of Covalent Molecules and Polyatomic Ions V. The Chemical Behavior of Elements 10 An Activity Series of Several Metals 11 The Preparation and Properties of Oxygen and the Properties of Oxides VI. The Gas Laws 12 Boyle's Law and Charles' Law 13 The Combined Gas Law and Dalton's Law VII. Acid-Base Chemistry 14 Acid-Base Titrations 15 Acids, Bases, pH, Hydrolysis, and Buffers VIII. Organic and Biochemistry 16 The Structure of Hydrocarbons 17 Properties of Hydrocarbons 18 The Synthesis of Aspirin 19 The Properties and Preparation of Esters and Soaps 20 Alcohols

A Schaum's Publication

(International Edition is not available for sale in Japan) CONTENTS 1 Chemistry and Measurement 2 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table 3 Compounds and Chemical Bonding 4 Chemical Calculations 5 Physical Properties of Matter 6 Concentration and its Units 7 Solutions 8 Chemical Reactions 9 Aqueous Solutions of Acids, Bases and Salts 10 Nuclear Chemistry and Radioactivity 11 Organic Compounds: Saturated Hydrocarbons 12 Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, Aromatics 13 Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers, and Thioalcohols, Aldehydes and Ketones 14 Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Related Compounds 15 Amines and Amides 16 Optical Isomerism 17 Carbohydrates 18 Lipids 19 Proteins 20 Nucleic Acids and Heredity 21 Metabolic Systems 22 Digestion, Nutrition, and Gas Transport Appendixes

155

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 155

11/13/2007 2:23:23 PM

CHEMISTRY

General Chemistry

NEW

International Edition

UNIVERSITY CHEMISTRY

By Brian Laird

Textbooks

NEW

International Edition

CHEMISTRY

By Julia Burdge 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722132-4 / MHID: 0-07-722132-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110224-7 / MHID: 0-07-110224-8 [IE] 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722133-1 / MHID: 0-07-722133-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128774-6 / MHID: 0-07-128774-4 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/laird

FEATURES Clear, concise approach to the advanced level General Chemistry course. Challenging in-chapter and end-of-chapter problems. Logical Chapter Organization- We will take the "Atoms First" approach, covering Atomic Structure in chapter one. The first four introductory chapters found in Chang 7e will be condensed and put into an appendix or offered as a short intro chapter. We will also cover thermochemistry and entropy, free energy and equilibrium state in successive chapters- 6 & 7. CONTENTS Chapter 0 The Basic Language of Chemistry Chapter 1 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms Chapter 2 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table Chapter 3 The Chemical Bond Chapter 4 Molecular Structure and Interaction Chapter 5 States of Matter I: Phase Diagrams and Gases Chapter 6 States of Matter I: Liquids and Solids Chapter 7 Thermochemistry Chapter 8 Entropy, Free Energy and the Equilibrium State Chapter 9 Physical Equilibria Chapter 10 Chemical Equilibria Chapter 11 Acids and Bases Chapter 12 Solution Equilibria Chapter 13 Electrochemistry Chapter 14 Chemical Reaction Kinetics Chapter 15 Chemistry of Transition Metals Chapter 16 Organic and Polymer Chemistry Chapter 17 Nuclear Chemistry APPENDIX 1: Units and Mathematical Background APPENDIX 2: Thermodynamic Data at 1 bar and 25oC (Source: Appendix 3 9e ­ modified) APPENDIX 3: Derivation of the Names of the Elements (Source: Appendix 1 9e) APPENDIX 4: Stable and Unstable Isotopes of the First Ten Elements

http://aris.mhhe.com

FEATURES Complete integration of text with media. Integration of vivid molecular art Consistent, step-by-step problem solving approach. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Chemistry: The Central Science Chapter 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions Chapter 3 Stoichiometry: Ratios of Combination Chapter 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions Chapter 5 Thermochemistry Chapter 6 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms Chapter 7 Electronic Configuration and the Periodic Table Chapter 8 Chemical Bonding I--Basic Concepts Chapter 9 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Bonding Theories Chapter 10 Organic Chemistry Chapter 11 Gases Chapter 12 Intermolecular Forces and the Physical Properties of Liquids and Solids Chapter 13 Physical Properties of Solutions Chapter 14 Chemical Kinetics Chapter 15 Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 16 Acids and Bases Chapter 17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria Chapter 18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium Chapter 19 Electrochemistry Chapter 20 Nuclear Chemistry Chapter 21 Environmental Chemistry Chapter 22 Coordination Chemistry Chapter 23 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals Chapter 24 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds Chapter 25 Modern Materials

156

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 156

11/13/2007 2:23:24 PM

CHEMISTRY

NEW

International Edition

CHEMISTRY The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5th Edition

By Martin Silberberg 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721650-4 / MHID: 0-07-721650-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128354-0 / MHID: 0-07-128354-4 [IE] 10 The Shapes of Molecules 11 Theories of Covalent Bonding 12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, and Phase Changes 13 The Properties of Mixtures: Solutions and Colloids Interchapter: A Perspective on the Properties of the Elements 14 Periodic Patterns in the Main-Group Elements: Bonding, Structure, and Reactivity 15 Organic Compounds and the Atomic Properties of Carbon 16 Kinetics: Rates and Mechanisms of Chemical Reactions 17 Equilibrium: The Extent of Chemical Reactions 18 Acid-Base Equilibria 19 Ionic Equilibria in Aqueous Systems 20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, and the Direction of Chemical Reactions 21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change and Electrical Work 22 The Elements in Nature and Industry 23 The Transition Elements and Their Coordination Compounds 24 Nuclear Reactions and Their Applications Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations in Chemistry Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values for Selected Substances at 298 K Appendix C Equilibrium Constants at 298 K Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials at 298 K

www.mhhe.com/silberberg

With each edition, Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change by Martin Silberberg is becoming a favorite among faculty and students. Silberberg's 5th edition contains features that make it the most comprehensive and relevant text for any student enrolled in a general chemistry course. The text contains unprecedented macroscopic to microscopic molecular illustrations, consistent stepby-step worked exercises in every chapter, and an extensive range of end-of-chapter problems which provide engaging applications covering a wide variety of freshman interests, including engineering, medicine, materials, and environmental studies. All of these qualities make Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change the centerpiece for any General Chemistry course. NEW TO THIS EDITION ARIS for General Chemistry McGraw-Hill's ARIS ­ Assessment, Review, and Instruction System for Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change is a complete electronic homework and course management system. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. All PowerPoint lectures, assignments, quizzes, and animations are directly tied to text-specific materials. Instructors can also edit questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-toassign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and testing. All student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. New molecular end-of-chapter problems, including molecular art! Many completely new comprehensive problems have been added to this 5th edition, which follow the main end-of-chapter problems. Silberberg offers three types of problems: Concept Review Questions test students' general understanding of key ideas in the chapter. Skill-Building Exercises are written in pairs, with one of each pair answered in the back of the book. These exercises begin simply and increase gradually in difficulty. Problems in Context apply the skills learned to interesting scenarios and examples. These three types of problems, which are keyed by chapter section, are followed by a group of Comprehensive Problems that are presented in any order, include problems from every section, and often call on concepts and skills learned in earlier chapters. New Design! The 5th edition's design utilizes more subtle colors and design changes allow for more white space. CONTENTS 1 Keys to the Study of Chemistry 2 The Components of Matter 3 Stoichiometry of Formulas and Equations 4 The Major Classes of Chemical Reactions 5 Gases and the Kinetic-Molecular Theory 6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow and Chemical Change 7 Quantum Theory and Atomic Structure 8 Electron Configuration and Chemical Periodicity 9 Models of Chemical Bonding

NEW

International Edition

GENERAL CHEMISTRY The Essential Concepts, 5th Edition

By Raymond Chang, Williams College

2008 (March 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331185-2 / MHID: 0-07-331185-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110226-1 / MHID: 0-07-110226-4 [IE]

http:.//www.mhhe.com/chang

The fifth edition of General Chemistry continues the tradition of presenting only the material that is essential for a one-year general chemistry course. It strikes a balance between theory and application by incorporating real-world examples; helping students visualize the three-dimensional atomic and molecular structures that are the basis of chemical activity; and developing problem-solving and critical thinking skills. Although the fifth edition incorporates many new features, such as macro to micro artwork, six new animations correlated to the text, and the addition of new hand-sketched worked examples, General Chemistry is still 200 to 300 pages shorter and much less expensive than other two-semester textbooks. Dr. Chang's concisebut-thorough approach will appeal to efficiency-minded instructors and value-conscious students. NEW TO THIS EDITION Electronic Homework. McGraw-Hill's ARIS is an online, electronic homework and course management system which is designed for greater power, flexibility, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a "ready-to-use-straight-out-of- thebox" system or one in which you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is the solution. Go to www.aris.mhhe.com to learn more.

157

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 157

11/13/2007 2:23:24 PM

CHEMISTRY

Accurate Chemical Models. New Molecular Images which can be found in the text's line art, figures of molecular reactions, and underlining an equation, were created using the Spartan software. CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 3 Stoichiometry 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 5 Gases 6 Energy Relationships in Chemical Reactions 7 The Electronic Structure of Atoms 8 The Periodic Table 9 Chemical Bonding I: The Covalent Bond 10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of Atomic Orbitals 11 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 12 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids 13 Physical Properties of Solutions 14 Chemical Kinetics 15 Chemical Equilibrium 16 Acids and Bases 17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 18 Thermodynamics 19 Redox Reactions and Electrochemistry 20 The Chemistry of Coordination Compounds 21 Nuclear Chemistry 22 Organic Polymers--Synthetic and Natural Appendix 1 Units for the Gas Constant Appendix 2 Selected Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees Centigrade Appendix 3 Mathematical Operations Appendix 4 The Elements and the Derivation of Their Names and Symbols CONTENTS 1 Chemistry: The Study of Change 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 3 Mass Relationships in Chemical Reactions 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 5 Gases 6 Thermochemistry 7 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms 8 Periodic Relationships Among the Elements 9 Chemical Bonding I: Basic Concepts 10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of Atomic Orbitals 11 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids 12 Physical Properties of Solutions 13 Chemical Kinetics 14 Chemical Equilibrium 15 Acids and Bases 16 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 17 Chemistry in the Atmosphere 18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium 19 Electrochemistry 20 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals 21 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds 22 Transition Metal Chemistry and Coordination Compounds 23 Nuclear Chemistry 24 Organic Chemistry 25 Synthetic and Natural Organic Polymers Appendices 1 Derivation of the Names of Elements 2 Units for the Gas Constant 3 Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees C 4 Mathematical Operations

International Edition

CHEMISTRY 9th Edition

By Raymond Chang, Williams College 2007 (June 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-3301070-9 / MHID: 0-07-3301070-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322103-8 / MHID: 0-07-322103-1 (with ARIS Bind-In Card) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110595-8 / MHID: 0-07-110595-6 [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110792-1 / MHID: 0-07-110792-4 [IE with ARIS Bind-In Card]

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 9th Edition

By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence Epstein of University of Pittsburg and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus 2007 (April 2007) / 400 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147670-6 / MHID: 0-07-147670-9

A Schaum's Publication

The best and most up-to-date study guide of its kind, this book summarizes the chemical principles of a first course in college chemistry through problems with clearly explained solutions. This new edition reflects changes in the major current textbooks, and it contains upto-date information about newer techniques used in environmental chemistry, biochemistry and medicinal chemistry. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Quantities and Units Chapter 2: Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass Chapter 3: Formulas and Composition Calculations Chapter 4: Calculations from Chemical Equations Chapter 5: Measurement of Gas Chapter 6: The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory Chapter 7: Thermochemistry Chapter 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law Chapter 9: Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Chapter 10: Solids and Liquids Chapter 11: Oxidation-Reduction Chapter 12: Concentration of Solutions Chapter 13: Reactions Involving Standard Solutions Chapter 14: Properties of Solutions Chapter 15: Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Chapter 16: Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium

http://highered.mcgraw-hill/sites/0072980605

Designed for the two-semester general chemistry course, Chang's best-selling textbook continues to take a traditional approach and is often considered a student and teacher favorite. The book features a straightforward, clear writing style and proven problem-solving strategies. It continues the tradition of providing a firm foundation in chemical concepts and principles while presenting a broad range of topics in a clear, concise manner. The new edition of Chemistry continues to strike a balance between theory and application by incorporating real examples and helping students visualize the three-dimensional atomic and molecular structures that are the basis of chemical activity. An integral part of the text is to develop students' problem-solving and critical thinking skills. A hallmark of the ninth edition is the integration of many tools designed to inspire both students and instructors. The textbook is a foundation for the unparalleled, effective technology that is integrated throughout. The multimedia package for the new edition stretches students beyond the confines of the traditional textbook.

158

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 158

11/13/2007 2:23:24 PM

CHEMISTRY

Chapter 17: Acids and Bases Chapter 18: Complex Ions; Precipitates Chapter 19: Electrochemistry Chapter 20: Rates of Reactions Chapter 21: Nuclear Processes Appendix A: Exponents Appendix B: Significant Figures Index Table of Atomic Masses Nuclidic Masses of Selected Radionuclides Periodic Table of the Elements

Supplements

International Edition

UNDERSTANDING CHEMISTRY Student Study Guide

By Charles Lovett and Raymond Chang of Williams College 2005 (Jan 2004) / 208 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-255553-0 / MHID: 0-07-255553-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121595-4 / MHID: 0-07-121595-6 [IE]

International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY

By Martin Silberberg 2007 (Jan 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330171-6 / MHID: 0-07-330171-X (ARIS) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110793-8 / MHID: 0-07-110793-2 [IE with ARIS Bi-Card] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110749-5 / MHID: 0-07-110749-5 [IE without ARIS Bi-Card]

http://www.understandingchemistry.com

CONTENTS A User Friendly Guide to General Chemistry In the Beginning Building a Foundation Chemical Reactions Reactants to Products Energy Changes in Chemical Reactions Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table Chemical Bonding Chemical Equilibrium Glossary

http://www.mhhe.com/silberberg

Silberberg's Principles of General Chemistry offers students the same authoritative topic coverage as his 4th edition textbook while appealing to today's efficiency-minded and value-conscious instructors and students. Principles allows for succinct coverage of content with minimal emphasis on pedagogic learning aids. This new approach offers a more straightforward approach to learning the core principles without sacrificing depth, clarity, or rigor. CONTENTS 1 Keys To The Study Of Chemistry 2 The Components Of Matter 3 Stoichiometry Of Formulas And Equations 4 The Major Classes Of Chemical Reactions 5 Gases And The Kinetic-Molecular Theory 6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow And Chemical Change 7 Quantum Theory And Atomic Structure 8 Electron Configuration And Chemical Periodicity 9 Models Of Chemical Bonding 10 The Shapes Of Molecules 11 Theories Of Covalent Bonding 12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, And Phase Changes 13 The Properties Of Mixtures: Solutions And Colloids 14 The Main-Group Elements: Applying Principles Of Bonding And Structure 15 Organic Compounds And The Atomic Properties Of Carbon 16 Kinetics: Rates And Mechanisms Of Chemical Reactions 17 Equilibrium: The Extent Of Chemical Reactions 18 Acid-Base Equilibria 19 Ionic Equilibria In Aqueous Systems 20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, And The Direction Of Chemical Reactions 21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change And Electrical Work 22 The Transition Elements And Their Coordination Compounds 23 Nuclear Reactions And Their Applications Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations In Chemistry Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values For Selected Substances At 298 K Appendix C Equilibrium Constants At 298 K Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials At 298 K Appendix E Answers To Selected Problems Glossary

SCHAUM'S A-Z CHEMISTRY

By Andrew Hunt 2004 / 400 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141935-2 / MHID: 0-07-141935-7

A Schaum's Publication

Schaum's A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with a clear, one-sentence definition and is followed by an explanation and examples. A-to-Z format for ready reference Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and enhanced with numerous worked examples and illustrations Extended explanations of more important concepts Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix aid review

159

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 159

11/13/2007 2:23:25 PM

CHEMISTRY

CHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED

By Linda Williams 2003 / 280 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141011-3 / MHID: 0-07-141011-2

SCHAUM'S EASY OUTLINES: COLLEGE CHEMISTRY

By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M. Epstein of University of Pittsburgh 2000 / 156 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-052714-8 / MHID: 0-07-052714-8

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments Part 1: UNDERSTANDING MATTER Chapter 1. Scientific Method and Chemistry Chapter 2. Data and How to Study It Chapter 3. Properties of Matter Chapter 4. Elements, Symbols, and the Periodic Table Test: Part One Part 2: CHEMICAL BUILDING BLOCKS Chapter 5. Atoms, Elements, and Compounds Chapter 6. Electron Configurations Chapter 7. Concentration and Molarity Chapter 8. The Hydrogen Atom Test: Part Two Part 3: ELEMENTS, GROUPS, AND BEHAVIOR Chapter 9. Atomic Number and Ions Chapter 10. Organic Chemistry and Functional Groups Chapter 11. Radiochemistry Chapter 12. Metals Test: Part Three Part 4: PROPERTIES AND REACTIONS Chapter 13. Chemical Bonding Chapter 14. Acids and Bases Chapter 15. Solids Chapter 16. Liquids Chapter 17. Gases Chapter 18. Biochemistry, Nanotechnology, and the Future Test: Part Four Final Exam Answers to Quiz, Test and Exams Questions References Index

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Quantities and Units. Moles and Empirical Formulas. Calculations Based on Chemical Equations. Concentration and Solution Stoichiometry. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory. Thermochemistry. Atomic Structure. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure. Solids and Liquids. Oxidation-Reduction. Properties of Solutions. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium. Acids and Bases. Precipitates and Complex Ions. Electrochemistry. Rates of Reactions. Appendix: Table of Atomic Masses.

Lab

DICTIONARY OF CHEMISTRY 2nd Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2003 / 431 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141046-5 / MHID: 0-07-141046-5

NEW

International Edition

COOPERATIVE CHEMISTRY LAB MANUAL 4th Edition

By Melanie M. Cooper, Clemson University 2009 (May 2008) / 256 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305023-2 / MHID: 0-07-305023-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-126334-4 / MHID: 0-07-126334-9 [IE] The laboratory course described in the lab manual emphasizes experimental design, data analysis, and problem solving. Inherent in the design is the emphasis on communication skills, both written and oral. Students work in groups on open-ended projects in which they are given an initial scenario and then asked to investigate a problem. There are no formalized instructions and students must plan and carry out their own investigations. FEATURES This lab manual has a unique approach. It takes a cooperative learning, peer evaluation approach. This lab manual contains authentic real world experiments. Example is the lab on designing a calcium supplement. There is a description of Lab techniques and their uses included in this manual. The basic steps are given, however the students need to logically think through the steps of the experiment. CONTENTS Section 1: Cooperative Chemistry: How and Why

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface Staff How to Use the Dictionary Fields and Their Scope Pronunciation Key A-Z Terms Appendix

160

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 160

11/13/2007 2:23:25 PM

CHEMISTRY

To the Instructor To the Student Cooperative Learning Conflict Management Nature of the Course Brief Outline of the Course Resources Safety Rules Basic Laboratory Etiquette NFPA Hazard Codes Recording and Reporting Results The Laboratory Notebook Writing Lab Reports Preliminary Report Guidelines The Science Writing Heuristic Sample Laboratory Report Reporting Numerical Results Graphing Data Oral Report Guidelines Section 2: Laboratory Equipment Containers Measuring Devices--Liquids Measuring Devices--Solids Transfer Devices Support Devices Heating Devices Section 3: Laboratory Techniques Preparing an Experiment Dealing With Unknown Compounds Solubility Tests Analysis of Anions Analysis of Cations Microscale Techniques Solution Techniques Filtration Chromatography Gravimetric Analysis Boiling Points/Melting Points Separation of Liquids and Solids Recrystallization Organic Chemistry Section 4: Laboratory Instruments and Spectroscopy Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Infra Red (IR) Spectronic 20 Spectrophotometer Color and Spectroscopy pH Meters Voltmeter Conductivity Meter Section 5: Projects Project 1: Density Project 2: Investigation of Chemiluminescence Project 3: Concrete Project 4: Finding the Relationship Between the Volume of a Gas and the Temperature Project 5: Designing a Calcium Supplement Project 6: Properties of Matter and Separations Project 7: Acids and Bases Project 8: Buffers Project 9: White Powders Project 10: Electrochemistry Project 11: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Ionic Compound Project 12: Hot and Cold Project 13: Analysis of Colas Project 14: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Organic Compound Project 15: What Affects the Rate of a Reaction? Glossary Index

COOPERATIVE CHEMISTRY LAB MANUAL 3rd Edition

By Melanie M. Cooper, Clemson University 2006 (Feb 2005) / 160 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282846-7 / MHID: 0-07-282846-3 The laboratory course described in the lab manual emphasizes experimental design, data analysis, and problem solving. Inherent in the design is the emphasis on communication skills, both written and oral. Students work in groups on open-ended projects in which they are given an initial scenario and then asked to investigate a problem. There are no formalized instructions and students must plan and carry out their own investigations. CONTENTS Section 1: Cooperative Chemistry: How and Why To the Instructor To the Student Cooperative Learning Conflict Management Nature of the Course Brief Outline of the Course Resources Safety Rules Basic Laboratory Etiquette NFPA Hazard Codes Recording and Reporting Results The Laboratory Notebook Writing Lab Reports Preliminary Report Guidelines The Science Writing Heuristic Sample Laboratory Report Reporting Numerical Results Graphing Data Oral Report Guidelines Section 2: Laboratory Equipment Containers Measuring Devices--Liquids Measuring Devices--Solids Transfer Devices Support Devices Heating Devices Section 3: Laboratory Techniques Preparing an Experiment Dealing With Unknown Compounds Solubility Tests Analysis of Anions Analysis of Cations Microscale Techniques Solution Techniques Filtration Chromatography Gravimetric Analysis Boiling Points/Melting Points Separation of Liquids and Solids Recrystallization Organic Chemistry Section 4: Laboratory Instruments and Spectroscopy Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Infra Red (IR) Spectronic 20 Spectrophotometer Color and Spectroscopy pH Meters Voltmeter Conductivity Meter Section 5: Projects Project 1: Density Project 2: Investigation of Chemiluminescence Project 3: Concrete Project 4: Finding the Relationship Between the Volume of a Gas and the Temperature Project 5: Designing a Calcium Supplement Project 6: Properties of Matter and Separations Project 7: Acids and Bases

161

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 161

11/13/2007 2:23:25 PM

CHEMISTRY

Project 8: Buffers Project 9: White Powders Project 10: Electrochemistry Project 11: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Ionic Compound Project 12: Hot and Cold Project 13: Analysis of Colas Project 14: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Organic Compound Project 15: What Affects the Rate of a Reaction? Glossary Index

Multimedia

International Edition

CHEMSKILL BUILDER ONLINE Version 2, 2nd Edition

By James D Spain, Electronic Homework Systems, Inc and Hal Peters 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288264-3 / MHID: 0-07-288264-6 (Student's Edition-Password Booklet) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125103-7 / MHID: 0-07-125103-0 [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298449-1 / MHID: 0-07-298449-X (Instructor's Edition- Password Booklet) CONTENTS Unit 1. Introduction to Chemistry Unit 2. Units and Measurements Unit 3. Chemical Nomenclature Unit 4. Stoichiometry Unit 5. Chemical Reaction Unit 6. Molarity of Solution Unit 7. Properties of Gases Unit 8. Thermochemistry Unit 9. Atomic Structure Unit 10. Oxidation Reduction Unit 11. Periodic Properties Unit 12. Polyatomic Structures Unit 13. Covalent Bonding Section Unit 14. Liquids and Solids Unit 15. Properties of Solutions Unit 16. Chemical Kinetics Unit 17. Chemical Equilibria Unit 18. Acid-Base Equilibria Unit 19. Buffers and Hydrolysis S Unit 20. Solubility Equilibria Unit 21. Thermodynamics Unit 22. Electrochemistry Unit 23. Nuclear Chemistry Unit 24. Organic Chemistry Unit 25. Polymer Chemistry

HANDS ON CHEMISTRY LABORATORY MANUAL

By Jeffrey A. Paradis 2006 (Jan 2005) / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-253411-5 / MHID: 0-07-253411-7

http://www.mhhe.com/paradis

This lab manual offers a modern approach to the two semester general chemistry laboratory course. The manual contains over 37 labs that cover all of the topics commonly taught in the course. Each experiment contacts extensive background and procedure outlines to give students a solid conceptual background before completing the lab. CONTENTS 1. Alchemy and the Origins of Chemistry 2. An Investigation of the Properties of Some Common Metals: Why NASA Needs Chemistry 3. Measurement and Proper Use of Laboratory Glassware 4. Classification of Matter and Separating Mixtures 5. Chemical Nomenclature 1: Inorganic Compounds 6. Understanding the Basics: How Many Is a Mole? 7. Limiting Reactants 8. Electrolytes in Solution: A Conductivity Experiment 9. Precipitation Reactions: The Ion Drop Matrix 10. An Application of Redox Chemistry: The Breathalyzer 11. Introduction to Thermochemistry: Using a Calorimeter 12. Calorimetry II: Nutrition in a Nutshell 13. Calorimetry III: Hess' Law 14. Electronic Structure of Atoms 15. A Determination of the Effectiveness of Sunscreens 16. An Exploration of the Chemistry Behind Cyanotype Photography 17. LDS and VSEPR: A Model Building Laboratory 18. Discovering the Gas Laws 19. The Molecular Weight of a Volatile Liquid 20. Gas Stoichiometry and the Automobile Airbag 21. Colligative Properties: Analysis of Freezing Point Depression 22. A Titration for the Determination of Ions in Water: The Hard Truth 23. Chemical Nomenclature II: Naming Basic Organic Compounds 24. Introduction to Organic Analysis: Infrared Spectroscopy 25. Spectrophotometric Analysis: Phophates in Water 26. Introduction to Kinetics: Factors Effecting the Rate of a Reaction 27. Determining the Rate Law: A Kinetics Study of the Iodination of Acetone 28. Amylase and Enzyme Catalysis 29. Determining the Equilibrium Constant of a Complex 30. LeChatelier's Principle: "Stress Management" 31. Introduction to Acids and Bases 32. The Properties of Buffers: Resisting Change in a Turbulent World 33. Electrochemistry: Voltaic Cells and Their Applications

CHEMISTRY ANIMATIONS LIBRARY VERSION 2.0 DVD 4th Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2006 (June 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321591-4 / MHID: 0-07-321591-0 This instructor's DVD enables you to use animations in your classroom in the way that works best for you. Included are over 300 animations and interactives that can be played directly from the DVD or can be imported easily into your own lecture presentation. The animation library is fully searchable, and many animations are included at fullscreen size. Six NEW animations have been created by Brandon J. Cruickshank (Northern Arizona University) and added to the current thirty-nine Chang animations. The animations are interactive and specifically support content and concepts in Chemistry. The interactive summary and icons in the text show which concepts are animated. Animations are available for use in lecture and PowerPoint presentations and can be used by both instructors and students within ARIS.

162

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 162

11/13/2007 2:23:25 PM

CHEMISTRY

Biochemistry-1 Semester

International Edition

BASIC CONCEPTS IN BIOCHEMISTRY A Student's Survival Guide, 2nd Edition

By Hiram F. Gilbert, Baylor University College of Medicine 2000 / 331 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-135657-2 / MHID: 0-07-135657-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120182-7 / MHID: 0-07-120182-3 [IE]

Textbooks

International Edition

BIOCHEMISTRY An Introduction, 3rd Edition

By Gertrude McKee, Thomas Jefferson University and James R McKee, Philadelphia College Pharmacy 2003 / 800 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-231592-9 / MHID: 0-07-231592-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112248-1 / MHID: 0-07-112248-6 [IE]

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface. Prologue. Chapter 1: Where to Start. Chapter 2: Protein Structure. Chapter 3: Membranes and Membrane Proteins. Chapter 4: DNA-RNA Structure. Chapter 5: Expression of Genetic Information. Chapter 6: Recombinant-DNA Methodology. Chapter 7: Enzyme Mechanism. Chapter 8: EnzymeKinetics. Chapter 9: Signal Transduction Pathways. Chapter 10: Glycolysis and Gluconeogenesis. Chapter 11: Glycogen Synthesis and Degradation. Chapter 12: TCA Cycle. Chapter 13: Fat Synthesis and Degradation. Chapter 14: Electron Transport and Oxidative Phosphorylation. Chapter 15: Pentose Phosphate Pathway. Chapter 16: Amino Acid Metabolism. Chapter 17: Integration of Energy Metabolism. Chapter 18: UREA Cycle. Chapter 19: Purine Metabolism. Chapter 20: Pyrimidine Metabolism. Chapter 21: One-Carbon Metabolism. Chapter 22: Tracking Carbons. Chapter 23: ph, pKa, Problems. Chapter 24: Thermodynamics and Kinetics. Appendix. Glossary. Index.

www.mhhe.com/mckee

CONTENTS Part I: Fundamental Concepts 1 Biochemistry: An Introduction 2 Living Cells 3 Water: The Medium of Life 4 Energy art II: Structures and Metabolism of Proteins, Carbohydrates, and Lipids 5 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 6 Enzymes 7 Carbohydrates 8 Carbohydrate Metabolism 9 Aerobic Metabolism I: Citric Acid Cycle and Electron Transport 10 Aerobic Metabolism II: Oxidative Phosphorylation and Oxidative Stress 11 Lipids and Membranes 12 Lipid Metabolism 13 Photosynthesis 14 Nitrogen Metabolism I: Synthesis 15 Nitrogen Metabolism II: Degradation 16 Integration of Metabolism Part III: Genetic Information Flow 17 Nucleic Acids 18 Genetic Information and Gene Expression 19 Protein Synthesis

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF BIOCHEMISTRY 2nd Edition

By Philip Kuchel, University of Sydney 1997 / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-036149-2 / MHID: 0-07-036149-5

A Schaum's Publication

This step-by-step outline steers you logically, expertly, and clearly through biochemistry. It can save you study time and helps you get better grades because it focuses on the core information you really need to know and avoids confusing, extraneous material that you don't need! A question-and-answer format highlights the meaning of the material and helps you remember. Easy-to-read line drawings and diagrams make important structures and processes memorable. This new second edition features added sections on whole-body metabolism, enzyme kinetics, and new technologies for monitoring metabolic processes. Use this excellent study guide to help you ace your biochemistry course, study it alone as a complete biochemistry course, or use it for review before a standardized test it can cut your study hours as it moves you quickly from cell structure through protein synthesis. This is the study guide that makes biochemistry comprehensible the one whose first edition was chosen by 32,000 grateful students!

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

163

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 163

11/13/2007 2:23:25 PM

CHEMISTRY

Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester

Chapter 14: Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins. Chapter 15: Carbohydrates and Nucleic Acids. Index.

Textbooks

International Edition International Edition

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY A Brief Course, 3rd Edition

By Robert C Atkins, James Madison University 2002 / 608 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-231944-6 / MHID: 0-07-231944-5 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112162-0 / MHID: 0-07-112162-5 [IE]

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3rd Edition

By George Hademenos, University of Dallas 1999 / 464 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-134165-3 / MHID: 0-07-134165-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116598-3 / MHID: 0-07-116598-3 [IE] (International Edition is not for sale in Japan)

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Structure and Properties of Organic Compounds:1 Bonding and Molecular Structure. 2 Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions. 3 Alkanes. 4 Stereochemistry. 5 Alkenes. 6 Alkyl Halides. 7 Alkynes and Dienes. 8 Cyclic Hydrocarbons. 9 Benzene and Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds. 10 Aromatic Substitution, Arenes. 11 Spectroscopy and Structure. 12 Alcohols and Thiols. 13 Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers. 14 Carbonyl Compounds: Aldehydes and Ketones. 15 Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives. 16 Carbanion-Enolates and Enols. 17 Amines. 18 Phenolic Compounds. 19 Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds.

www.mhhe.com/atkins

CONTENTS 1 Chemical Bonding 2 Alkanes and Cycloalkanes 3 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides 4 Alkenes and Alkynes I: Structure and Preparation 5 Alkenes and Alkynes II: Reactions 6 Aromatic Compounds 7 Stereochemistry 8 Nucleophilic Substitution 9 Free Radicals 10 Alcohols, Ethers, and Phenols 11 Aldehydes and Ketones 12 Carboxylic Acids 13 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 14 Amines 15 Carbohydrates 16 Lipids 17 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 18 Nucleic Acids 19 Spectroscopy

SCHAUM'S EASY OUTLINE: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

By Herbert Meislich, City College 2000 / 138 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-052718-8 / MHID: 0-07-052718-0

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED

By Daniel Bloch 2006 (March 2006) / 551pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145920-4 / MHID: 0-07-145920-0

A Schaum's Publication

There's no easier, faster, or more practical way to learn the really tough subjects. Organic Chemistry Demystified follows the organization of standard organic chemistry courses and can also be used as a study guide for the MCAT (Medical College Admission Test) and DAT (Dental Admissions Testing) exams. This self-teaching guide comes complete with key points, background information, quizzes at the end of each chapter, and even a final exam. Simple enough for beginners but challenging enough for advanced students, this is a lively and entertaining brush-up, introductory text, or classroom supplement. CONTENTS PREFACE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Chapter 1: Structure and Bonding Chapter 2: Families and Functional Groups Chapter 3: Acids and Bases Chapter 4: Alkanes and Cycloalkanes

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Chapter 1: Structure and Properties. Chapter 2: Reactivity and Reactions. Chapter 3: Alkanes and Cycloalkanes. Chapter 4: Stereochemistry. Chapter 5: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Dienes. Chapter 6: Alkyl Halides. Chapter 7: Aromatic Compounds. Chapter 8: Spectroscopy and Structure. Chapter 9: Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides. Chapter 10: Aldehydes and Ketones. Chapter 11: Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives. Chapter 12: Enolates and enols. Chapter 13: Amines.

164

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 164

11/13/2007 2:23:26 PM

CHEMISTRY

Chapter 5: Stereochemistry Chapter 6: Structure and Properties of Alkenes Chapter 7: Reaction Mechanisms Chapter 8: Reactions of Alkenes Chapter 9: Alkynes Chapter 10: Characterization Chapter 11: Organohalides Chapter 12: Nucleophilic Substitution and Elimination Reactions Chapter 13: Alcohols Chapter 14: Ethers Chapter 15: Sulfur Compounds Chapter 16: Conjugated Systems Chapter 17: Aromatic Compounds Chapter 18: Reactions of Benzene and other Aromatic Compounds Chapter 19: Aldehydes and Ketones Chapter 20: Carboxylic Acids Chapter 21: Derivatives and Carboxylic Acids Chapter 22: Alpha-Substitution Reactions in Carbonyl Compounds Chapter 23: Carbonyl Condensation Reactions QUIZ AND EXAM QUESTIONS FINAL EXAM BIBLIOGRAPHY ABOUT THE AUTHOR INDEX NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW--MCAT Practice. A Descriptive Passage and related Interpretive Problems have been added to the end of each chapter. This new feature has been written to simulate the types of problems and questions that students will encounter when they take the MCAT test. NEW--IR Spectra's. Chapter 13 "Spectroscopy" has been revised to include a new discussion about Infrared Spectra and Characteristic Absorption Frequencies. There are 27 new IR spectra graphs in the book with 17 specifically located in Chapter 13. NEW--Visual aids. 60 new photo's and 18 new handwritten solutions (a popular feature of the sixth edition) have been added throughout the text. NEW--Electronic Homework. McGraw-Hill's ARIS is an online, electronic homework and course management system which is designed for greater power, flexibility, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a "ready-to-use-straight-outof- the-box" system or one in which you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is the solution. Go to www.aris.mhhe. com to learn more. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Structure Determines Properties Chapter 2--Hydrocarbon Frameworks. Alkanes Chapter 3--Conformations of Alkanes and Cycloalkanes Chapter 4--Alcohols and Alkyl Halides Chapter 5--Structure and Preparation of Alkenes: Elimination Reactions Chapter 6--Reactions of Alkenes: Addition Reactions Chapter 7--Stereochemistry Chapter 8--Nucleophilic Substitution Chapter 9--Alkynes Chapter 10--Conjugation in alkadienes and Allylic Systems Chapter 11 -Arenes and Aromaticity Chapter 12 ­ Reactions of Arenes: Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Chapter 13 -- Spectroscopy Chapter 14 -- Organometallic Compounds Chapter 15 ­ Alcohols, Diols and Thiols Chapter 16 ­ Ethers, Epoxides and Sulfides Chapter 17 ­ Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition to the Carbonyl Group Chapter 18 ­ Enols and Enolates Chapter 19 ­ Carboxylic Acids Chapter 20 ­ Carboxylic Acid Derivates: Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution Chapter 21 ­ Ester Enolates Chapter 22 -- Amines Chapter 23 ­ Aryl Halides Chapter 24 -- Phenols Chapter 25 ­ Carbohydrates Chapter 26 -- Lipids Chapter 27 ­ Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins Chapter 28 ­ Nucleosides, Nucleotides and Nucleic Acids Chapter 29 ­ Synthetic Polymers Glossary Credits Index

Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester

Textbooks

NEW

International Edition

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 7th Edition

By Francis Carey, University of VA-Charlottesville

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331184-5 / MHID: 0-07-331184-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110225-4 / MHID: 0-07-110225-6 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/carey7e

Throughout all seven editions, Organic Chemistry has been designed to meet the needs of the "mainstream," two-semester, undergraduate organic chemistry course. This best-selling text gives students a solid understanding of organic chemistry by stressing how fundamental reaction mechanisms function and reactions occur. With the addition of handwritten solutions, new cutting-edge molecular illustrations, updated spectroscopy coverage, seamless integration of molecular modeling exercises, and state-of-the-art multimedia tools, the 7th edition of Organic Chemistry clearly offers the most up-to-date approach to the study of organic chemistry.

165

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 165

11/13/2007 2:23:26 PM

CHEMISTRY

Chapter 28 Amino Acids and Proteins Chapter 29 Lipids Chapter 30 Synthetic Polymers Appendices Glossary Credits Index

NEW

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 2nd Edition

By Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of HawaiiManoa

Lab Manuals

2008 (March 2007) / 1312 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332749-5 / MHID: 0-07-332749-2 (Mandatory Package) Smith's Organic Chemistry continues to breathe new life into the organic chemistry world. This student and instructor reviewed, new 2nd edition presents information in the form of bulleted lists and tables; with minimal use of text paragraphs. Janice Smith saw a great need for stepped out worked examples; incorporated biological, medicinal, and environmental applications, and an art program that has yet to be seen in organic chemistry! A highlight of the art program includes the micro-to-macro art pieces that visually guide students to conceptually understand organic chemistry. Smith: Organic Chemistry is the text you need to see before making your organic chemistry decision. NEW TO THIS EDITION Students and Instructors alike have commented on the GREAT summaries at the end of every chapter. Two new chapters have been added to the second edition; Chapter 26--Carbon-Carbon Bond-Forming Reactions in Organic Synthesis and Chapter 30--Synthetic Polymers. CONTENTS Preface Chapter 1 Structures and Bonding Chapter 2 Acids and Bases Chapter 3 Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups Chapter 4 Alkanes Chapter 5 Stereochemistry Chapter 6 Understanding Organic Reactions Chapter 7 Alkyl Halides and Nucleophilic Substitution Chapter 8 Alkyl Halides and Elimination Reactions Chapter 9 Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides Chapter 10 Alkenes Chapter 11 Alkynes Chapter 12 Oxidation and Reduction Chapter 13 Radical Reactions Chapter 14 Mass Spectrometry and Infrared Spectroscopy Chapter 15 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Chapter 16 Conjugation, Resonance, and Dienes Chapter 17 Benzene and Aromatic Compounds Chapter 18 Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Chapter 19 Carboxylic Acids and Acidity of the O¿H Bond Chapter 20 Introduction to Carbonyl Chemistry: Organometallic Reagents; Oxidation and Reduction Chapter 21 Aldehydes and Ketones--Nucleophilic Addition Chapter 22 Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives--Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution Chapter 23 Substitution Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds at the ¿-Carbon Chapter 24 Carbonyl Condensation Reactions Chapter 25 Amines Chapter 26 Carbon-Carbon Bond-Forming Reactions in Organic Synthesis Chapter 27 Carbohydrates

International Edition

MICROSCALE AND MINISCALE ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS 2nd Edition

By Allen M. Schoffstall and Barbara A. Gaddis of University of Colorado--Colorado Springs and Melvin L. Druelinger, University of Southern Colorado 2004 / 640 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294338-2 / MHID: 0-07-294338-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111016-7 / MHID: 0-07-111016-X [IE with OLC]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072424567

CONTENTS 1 Techniques in the Organic Laboratory 2 Spectroscopic Methods 3 Introduction to Organic Compounds, Solvents, Separations and Recrystallizations 4 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides 5 Synthesis of Alkenes 6 Alkene Addition Reactions 7 Molecular Modeling and Stereochemistry 8 Introduction to Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions 9 Dienes and Conjugation 10 Qualitative Organic Analysis I 11 Reactions of Aromatic Sidechains 12 Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution 13 Combined Spectroscopy and Advanced Spectroscopy 14 Organometallics 15 Alcohols and Diols 16 Ethers 17 Aldehydes and Ketones 18 Enols and Enolates 19 Carboxylic Acids 20 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 21 Multistep Preparations 22 Amines 23 Aryl Halides 24 Phenols 25 Carbohydrates 26 Lipids 27 Amino Acids and Proteins 28 Qualitative Organic Analysis II 29 Special Investigations

166

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 166

11/13/2007 2:23:26 PM

CHEMISTRY

Supplements

MCGRAW-HILL'S THE NEW MCAT WITH CD-ROM

By George J Hademenos, Candice McCloskey, Georgia Perimeteer CDunwoody, Shaun Murphree, Jennifer M Warner and Kathy Zahler 2007 (December 2006) / 1120 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147076-6 / MHID: 0-07-147076-X

International Edition

3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

By Herbert Meislich, City College of CUNY, Estelle Meislich, Bergen Community College and Jacob Sharefkin, Formerly Brooklyn College 1994 / 704 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-056424-4 / MHID: 0-07-056424-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113969-4 / MHID: 0-07-113969-9 [IE]

http://www.petersons.com/mcgrawhill/mcat.asp?sponsor=9398 A Professional Publication

America's premier medical publisher introduces the newest, most up-to-date test prep package for today's pre-med student. Specially designed for your tech-savvy world, McGraw-Hill's MCAT includes a comprehensive workbook with easy-to-use study plans, detailed diagrams, and essential test-taking strategies, as well as a bonus CD-ROM with two complete real-time sample tests. Uniquely attuned to the latest changes in the MCAT, it covers the full range of MCAT topics-biological sciences, physical sciences, verbal reasoning, and essay writing-with specific practice questions, explained answers, and proven study techniques. Best of all, you'll receive free website support for additional guidance and need-to-know updates. The most user-friendly MCAT guide on the market includes: THE COMPLETE WORKBOOK-More than 1,100 pages of topic reviews, study plans, summary points, essential test-taking strategies, and one complete practice test THE COMPANION CD-ROM-Packed with more tips, tools, techniques, and two full-length, timed sample tests THE FREE COMPANION WEBSITE-MCATeasy.com provides full customer support, access to Web-based study resources, and hundreds of additional practice questions, deadline dates, important links, and late-breaking updates from MCAT Exam Central CONTENTS HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Part I: All About the MCAT Chapter 1: Introducing the MCAT Chapter 2: Test Format and Structure Chapter 3: General Test-Taking Strategies Part II: Reviewing MCAT Physics Chapter 1: Mathematics Fundamentals Chapter 2: Physics Fundamentals Chapter 3: Kinematics Chapter 4: Forces and Newton's Laws Chapter 5: Particle Dynamics: Work, Energy, and Power Chapter 6: Momentum and Impulse Chapter 7: Solids and Fluids Chapter 8: Temperature and Heat Chapter 9: Vibrations and Waves Chapter 10: Sound Chapter 11: Light and Geometric Optics Chapter 12: Electrostatics Chapter 13: Electric Circuits Chapter 14: Magnetism Chapter 15: Atomic and Nuclear Physics GLOSSARY OF PHYSICS TERMS ON YOUR OWN: MCAT PHYSICS PRACTICE Part III: Reviewing MCAT General Chemistry Chapter 1: Atoms and Molecules Chapter 2: Electronic Structure and the Periodic Table Chapter 3: Trends in the Periodic Table Chapter 4: Lewis Dot Structure, Hybridization, and VSEPR Theory Chapter 5: Gases Chapter 6: Intermolecular Forces and Phase Equilibria Chapter 7: Chemical Equations and Stoichiometry Chapter 8: Reactions in Solution Chapter 9: Thermochemistry Chapter 10: Kinetics Chapter 11: Equilibrium Chapter 12: Solubility Equilibria Chapter 13: Acid-Base Chemistry Chapter 14: Thermodynamics

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS Structure and Properties Bonding and Molecular Structure Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions Alkanes Cycloalkanes Stereo-chemistry Alkenes Alkyl Halides Alkynes, Dienes, and Orbital Symmetry Aromaticity and Benzene Aromatic Substitution Arenes Spectroscopy and Structure Proof Alcohols and Thiols Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers Aldehydes and Ketones Carboxylic Acids Acid Derivatives Carbanion-Enolates and Enols Amines Phenols and Their Derivatives Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds Amino Acids, Petidides, and Proteins Carbohydrates.

Multimedia

NEW

ARIS FOR GENERAL CHEMISTRY ACCESS CARD

By WCB/McGraw-Hill 2008 (September 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337560-1 / MHID: 0-07-337560-8 (Details unavailable at press time)

167

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 167

11/13/2007 2:23:26 PM

CHEMISTRY

Chapter 15: Electrochemistry GLOSSARY OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY TERMS ON YOUR OWN: MCAT GENERAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICE Part IV: MCAT Verbal Reasoning and Writing Chapter 1: Verbal Reasoning Chapter 2: The Writing Sample Part V: Reviewing MCAT Biology Chapter 1: The Cell Chapter 2: Enzymes, Energy, and Cellular Metabolism Chapter 3: DNA Structure, Replication, and Technology Chapter 4: Protein Synthesis Chapter 5: Genetics Chapter 6: Cell Division Chapter 7: Evolution Chapter 8: Bacteria and Fungi Chapter 9: Viruses Chapter 10: Tissues and Skin Chapter 11: The Nervous System and Senses Chapter 12: Muscular and Skeletal Systems Chapter 13: The Endocrine System Chapter 14: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 15: The Respiratory System Chapter 16: The Digestive System Chapter 17: The Urinary System Chapter 18: The Lymphatic and Immune System Chapter 19: Reproduction and Development ON YOUR OWN: MCAT BIOLOGY PRACTICE Part VI: Reviewing MCAT Organic Chemistry SECTION I: STRUCTURE Chapter 1: Bonding Chapter 2: Molecular Shape Chapter 3: Electronic Structure Chapter 4: Nomenclature Chapter 5: Reconciling Visual Meaning SECTION II: REACTIVITY Chapter 6: Energy Changes in Molecules Chapter 7: Radical Chemistry Chapter 8: Polar Chemistry Chapter 9: Pericyclic Chemistry SECTION III: METHODOLOGY Chapter 10: Alcohols and Ethers Chapter 11: Ketones and Aldehydes Chapter 12: Alkenes and Alkynes Chapter 13: Carboxylic Acid Derivatives Chapter 14: Epoxide Chemistry Chapter 15: Amines Chapter 16: Aromatic Chemistry Chapter 17: Cycloadditions Chapter 18: Carbohydrates and Peptides SECTION IV: SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION Chapter 19: Extraction Chapter 20: Chromatography Chapter 21: Distillation and Sublimation Chapter 22: Recrystallization SECTION V: CHARACTERIZATION Chapter 23: Combustion Analysis Chapter 24: UV-Vis Spectroscopy Chapter 25: Mass Spectrometry Chapter 26: Infrared Spectroscopy Chapter 27: Proton Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Chapter 28: Carbon Nuclear Magnetic Resonance APPENDIX ON YOUR OWN: MCAT ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICE TWO SAMPLE MCATs ON CD

Physical Chemistry

Textbooks

NEW

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6th Edition

By Ira N Levine, Brooklyn College 2009 (March 2008) / 1024 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-253862-5 / MHID: 0-07-253862-7 Ira N. Levine's sixth edition of Physical Chemistry provides students with an in-depth fundamental treatment of physical chemistry. At the same time, the treatment is made easy to follow by giving full stepby-step derivations, clear explanations and by avoiding advanced mathematics unfamiliar to students. Necessary math and physics have thorough review sections. Worked examples are followed by a practice exercise. NEW TO THIS EDITION Additional homework problems testing the qualitative understanding of physical chemistry content has been integrated into this edition. The in-chapter examples are written to lead the student to a clearly worked-out answer. The examples are followed by a corresponding exercise requiring the student to practice the same thought process. The answer for each exercise is also given. Completeness: The book gives the student careful definitions and explanations of concepts, full details of most derivations, and reviews of relevant topics in mathematics and physics. A mix of theoretical and practical applications is presented. CONTENTS 1 Thermodynamics 2 The First Law of Thermodynamics 3 The Second Law of Thermodynamics 4 Material Equilibrium 5 Standard Thermodynamic Functions of Reaction 6 Reaction Equilibrium in Ideal Gas Mixtures 7 One-Component Phase Equilibrium 8 Real Gases 9 Solutions 10 Nonideal Solutions 11 Reaction Equilibrium in Nonideal Systems 12 Multicomponent Phase Equilibrium 13 Electrochemical Systems 14 Kinetic Theory of Gases 15 Transport Processes 16 Reaction Kinetics 17 Quantum Mechanics 18 Atomic Structure 19 Molecular Electronic Structure 20 Spectroscopy and Photochemistry 21 Statistical Mechanics 22 Theories of Reaction Rates 23 Solids and Liquids

168

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 168

11/13/2007 2:23:27 PM

CHEMISTRY

Lab

NEW

International Edition

EXPERIMENTS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 8th Edition

By Carl W Garland, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Joseph Nibler, and David P Shoemaker of Oregon State University 2009 (March 2008) / 800 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282842-9 / MHID: 0-07-282842-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-126351-1 / MHID: 0-07-126351-9 [IE] This best-selling comprehensive laboratory textbook includes experiments with background theoretical information, safety recommendations, and computer applications. Updated chapters are provided regarding the use of spreadsheets and other scientific software as well as regarding electronics and computer interfacing of experiments using Visual Basic and LabVIEW. Supplementary instructor information regarding necessary supplies, equipment, and procedures is provided in an integrated manner in the text. NEW TO THIS EDITION Wide selection of traditional and modern experiments, the latter strengthened by the addition of three new experiments and revision of several others. New experiments on the Ordering in Nematic Liquid Crystals, Dynamic Light Scattering and Spectroscopic Properties of CdSe Nanocrystals. CONTENTS I Introduction II Treatment of Experimental Data A. Calculations and Presentation of Data B. Uncertainties in Data and Results III Use of Computers IV Gases 1. Gas Thermometry 2. Joule-Thomson Effect 3. Heat-Capacity Ratios for Gases V Transport Properties of Gases Kinetic Theory of Transport Phenomena 4. Viscosity of Gases 5. Diffusion of Gases VI Thermochemistry Principles of Calorimetry 6. Heats of Combustion 7. Strain Energy of the Cyclopropane Ring 8. Heats of Ionic Reaction VII Solutions 9. Partial Molar Volume 10. Cryoscopic Determination of Molar Mass 11. Freezing-Point Depression of Strong and Weak Electrolytes 12. Chemical Equilibrium in Solution VIII Phase Behavior 13. Vapor Pressure of a Pure Liquid 14. Binary Liquid-Vapor Phase Diagram 15. Ordering in Nematic Liquid Crystals 16. Liquid-Vapor Coexistence Curve and the Critical Point IX Electrochemistry 17. Conductance of Solutions 18. Temperature Dependence of emf 19. Activity Coefficients from Cell Measurements X Chemical Kinetics 20. Method of Initial Rates: Iodine Clock

21. NMR Study of a Reversible Hydrolysis Reaction 22. Enzyme Kinetics: Inversion of Sucrose 23. Kinetics of the Decomposition of Benzenediazonium Ion 24. Gas-Phase Kinetics XI Surface Pheomena 25. Surface Tension of Solutions 26. Physical Adsorption of Gases XII Macromolecules 27. Intrinsic Viscosity: Chain Linkage in Polyvinyl Alcohol 27. Helix-Coil Transition in Polypeptides XIII Electric, Magnetic, and Optical Properties 29. Dipole Moment of Polar Molecules in Solution 30. Dipole Moment of HCl Molecules in the Gas Phase 31. Magnetic Susceptibility 32. NMR Determination of Paramagnetic Susceptibility XIV Spectroscopy 33. Dynamic Light Scattering H3> XIV. Spectroscopy 34. Absorption Spectrum of a Conjugated Dye 35. Raman Spectroscopy: Vibrational Spectrum of CCl4 36. Stimulated Raman Spectrum of Benzene 37. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of HCl and DCl 38. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of Acetylenes 39. Absorption and Emission Spectra of I2 40. Fluorescence Lifetime and Quenching in I2 Vapor 41. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy 42. NMR Determination of Keto-Enol Equilibrium Constants 43. NMR Study of Gas-Phase DCl-HBr Isotopic Exchange Reaction 44. Solid-State Lasers: Radiative Properties of Ruby Crystals 45. Spectroscopic properties of CdSe Nanocrysals XV Solids 46. Determination of Crystal Structure by X-Ray Diffraction 47. Lattice Energy of Solid Argon 48. Statistical Thermodynamics of Iodine Sublimation XVI Computer Interfacing XVII Electronic Devices and Measurements XVIII Temperature XIX Vacuum Techniques XX Instruments XXI Miscellaneous Procedures XXII Least-Squares Fitting Procedures Appendix A Glossary of Symbols Appendix B International System of Units and Concentration Units Appendix C Safety Appendix D Literature Work Appendix E Research Journals Appendix F Numerical Methods of Analysis Appendix G Barometer Corrections Appendix H. Ethical Conduct in Physical Chemistry

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

169

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 169

11/13/2007 2:23:27 PM

CHEMISTRY

Supplements

International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF QUANTITATIVE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 2nd Edition

By Clyde R. Metz, Indiana University 1987 / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-041715-1 / MHID: 0-07-041715-6

By Robert de Levie, Georgetown University 1997 / 704 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-016362-2 / MHID: 0-07-016362-6 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-114288-5 / MHID: 0-07-114288-6 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Measures and Measurements 2 Measurement Statistics 3 Monoprotic Acids 4 Monoprotic Bases and Salts 5 Titrations of Monoprotic Acids and Bases 6 Buffers and Indicators 7 Diprotic Acids, Bases and Their Salts 8 Polyprotica Acids, Bases and Their Salts 9 Complexation 10 Extraction and Chromatography 11 Solubility 12 Precipitation 13 Electrochemical Equilibria 14 Redox Titrations 15 Activity Effects 16 Voltammentry 17 Light and Optics 18 Visible and Near-Ultraviolet Molecular Spectrometry 19 Rotational and Vibrational Spectrometries 20 Magnetic and Mass Spectrometries 21 Visible and Near-Ultra Violet Atomic Spectrometries 22 X-Ray Spectrometry and Radiochemistry Appendixes

A Schaum's Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070417156&ad key=W02003

If you want top grades and excellent understanding of physical chemistry, this powerful study tool is the best tutor you can have! It takes you step-by-step through the subject and gives you accompanying related problems with fully worked solutions. You also get hundreds of additional problems to solve on your own, working at your own speed. This superb Outline clearly presents every aspect of physical chemistry. Famous for their clarity, wealth of illustrations and examples, and lack of dreary minutie, Schaum's Outlines have sold more than 30 million copies worldwide. Compatible with any textbook, this Outline is also perfect for self-study. For better grades in courses covering physical chemistry you can do better than this Schaum's Outline!

Analytical Chemistry

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY

By Adon Gordus, University of Michigan 1985 / 256 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-023795-7 / MHID: 0-07-023795-6

International Edition

MODERN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY

By David Harvey, De Pauw University 2000 / 816 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-237547-3 / MHID: 0-07-237547-7 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118374-1 / MHID: 0-07-118374-4 [IE]

A Schaum's Publication

CONTENTS 1 Analytical and Mathematical Review 2 Statistics and Probabilities 3 Free Energy and Chemical Equilibrium 4 Strong Acids-Strong Bases 5 Simple Weak Acids and Weak Bases 6 Titrations 7 Polyprotic Weak Acids 8 Precipitates and Solubilities 9 Complex Ion Equilibria 10 Electrochemical Cells 11 Potentiometric Titrations 12 Phase Separations and Chromatography 13 Special Measurements 14 Radioactivity Appendix

www.mhhe.com/physsci/chemistry/harvey

CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Basic Tools of Analytical Chemistry Chapter 3 The Language of Analytical Chemistry Chapter 4 Evaluating Analytical Data Chapter 5 Calibrations, Standardizations, and Blank Corrections Chapter 6 Equilibrium Chemistry Chapter 7 Obtaining and Preparing Samples for Analysis Chapter 8 Gravimetric Methods of Analysis Chapter 9 Titrimetric Methods of Analysis Chapter 10 Spectroscopic Methods of Analysis Chapter 11 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis Chapter 12 Chromatographic and Electrophoretic Methods Chapter 13 Kinetic Methods of Analysis Chapter 14 Developing a Standard Method Chapter 15 Quality Assurance

170

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 170

11/13/2007 2:23:27 PM

CHEMISTRY

Kinetics and Reaction Mechanics

International Edition

CHEMICAL KINETICS AND REACTION DYNAMICS

By Paul L Houston, Cornell University-Ithaca 2001 / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-243537-5 / MHID: 0-07-243537-2 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120260-2 / MHID: 0-07-120260-9 [IE] CONTENTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Kinetic Theory of Gases The Rates of Chemical Reactions Theories of Chemical Reactions Transport Properties Reactions in Liquid Solutions Reactions at Solid Surfaces Photochemistry Molecular Reaction Dynamics

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

171

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 171

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

11/13/2007 2:23:27 PM

CHEMISTRY

172

HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 172

11/13/2007 2:23:27 PM

Biostatistics.......................................................................................................180 Ecology .............................................................................................................179 - Laboratory ..................................................................................................179 Environmental Science - Introductory Texts .......................................................................................175 - Media..........................................................................................................178 Evolution ...........................................................................................................181 Limnology .........................................................................................................181

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

173

HED 08 Environmental Science & E173 173

11/13/2007 2:25:23 PM

NEW TITLES

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

2008

Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e Environmental Science Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e Cunningham Cunningham Enger Kardong Kaufmann Molles 9780077221225 9780073304465 9780073304472 9780073050775 9780073311869 9780073309767 0077221222 0073304468 0073304476 0073050776 0073311863 0073309761 175 176 177 181 178 179

174

HED 08 Environmental Science & E174 174

11/13/2007 2:25:23 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

Environmental Science

Introductory Texts

New case studies and boxed readings. 17 of the 25 chapter opening case studies are new, as are 10 of the boxed readings within chapters. A majority of the case studies and boxed readings in this edition are focused on current events and success stories that display the global progress being made in environmental protection. Learning outcomes and other pedagogical tools. Chapter material now includes Learning Outcomes presented at the beginning of each chapter and a Reviewing Learning Outcomes section at the end of each chapter. These Learning Outcomes are connected to the major headings of each numbered section within the chapter to help students better organize the content and their study. Each chapter also includes a conclusion, which summarizes major points, and a Practice Quiz to aid in understanding key concepts from the chapter. McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook's ARIS website, Presentation Center's dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. CONTENTS Learning to Learn Part One Principles for Understanding Our Environment 1 Understanding Our Environment 2 Frameworks for Understanding: Science, Systems, and Ethics 3 Matter, Energy, and Life 4 Evolution, Biological Communities, and Species Interactions 5 Biomes: Global Patterns of Life 6 Population Biology Part Two People in the Environment 7 Human Populations 8 Environmental Health and Toxicology 9 Food and Agriculture 10 Pest Control Part Three Understanding and Managing Living Systems 11 Biodiversity 12 Land Use: Forests and Grasslands 13 Preserving and Restoring Nature Part Four Physical Resources and Environmental Systems 14 Geology and Earth Resources 15 Air, Weather, and Climate 16 Air Pollution 17 Water Use and Management 18 Water Pollution Part Five Issues and Policy 19 Conventional Energy 20 Sustainable Energy 21 Solid, Toxic, and Hazardous Waste 22 Urbanization and Sustainable Cities 23 Ecological Economics 24 Environmental Policy, Law, and Planning 25 What Then Shall We Do?

NEW

International Edition

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE A Global Concern, 10th Edition

By William P Cunningham, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis, Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar College and Barbara Woodworth Saigo, St Cloud State University 2008 (October 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722122-5 / MHID: 0-07-722122-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128778-4 / MHID: 0-07-128778-7 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/cunningham10e Environmental Science: A Global Concern, Tenth Edition, is a comprehensive presentation of environmental science for nonscience majors which emphasizes critical thinking, environmental responsibility, and global awareness. This book is intended for use in a one- or two-semester course in environmental science, human ecology, or environmental studies at the college or advanced placement high school level. The goal of this book is to provide an up-to-date, introductory global view of essential themes in environmental science along with emphasis on details and case studies that will help students process and retain the general principles. Because most students who will use this book are freshman or sophomore non-science majors, the authors make the text readable and accessible without technical jargon or a presumption of prior science background.

NEW TO THIS EDITION Positive Emphasis. The 10th edition includes marked changes in approach as well as a thorough update of topics and data. Among the important changes is an emphasis on positive lessons presented through recent events in environmental science. Chapter 13 "Restoration Ecology" is a brand new chapter on the important topic of ecological restoration. It explains how forests, grasslands, savannas, wetlands, and other ecosystems are being repaired and restored to ecological health, and provides many positive examples of restoration efforts. Google Earth placemarks. Google Earth is an online program that provides interactive satellite imagery of the earth and will help students understand the geographic context of places and topics in the text. Wherever students see a Google Earth icon in the text, they can go to our website (http://wwww.mhhe.com/cunningham10e) to find a Google Earth placemark that will take them to the specific place being discussed. Students can zoom in to see amazing detail and zoom out to gain a global perspective. Data Analysis Exercises. A Data Analysis box has been added to the end of every chapter. These exercises ask students to graph and evaluate data, to practice looking at numbers and graphs, and to critically analyze what they see.

175

HED 08 Environmental Science & E175 175

11/13/2007 2:25:24 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

Updated Case Studies--Every chapter opens with a Case Study (nearly all of them are new to this edition) that shows how the science presented in that chapter is of current interest. In this edition, the authors have chosen positive examples in which people are taking action to repair and improve some aspect of their environment. In addition, each case study has a new Locator Map that highlights the area of interest being discussed. Numerous new photos have been added throughout the text to depict real-life situations. Several illustrations, graphs, and charts are new or revised to present realistic and current information in a form that is easier to comprehend than if that same material were presented in text. Each chapter opens with a "List of Objectives" that will help students organize study priorities. Rather than being imperative requirements, these objectives have been changed to more active questions that lead rather than command. New and Redesigned End-of-Chapter Tools: New Data Analysis Exercises. Because so many students need practice analyzing data, graphing data, and thinking analytically, the endof-chapter exercises have been redesigned as Data Analysis projects. In each exercise, students are asked to create or analyze graphs, to map or inspect a data set, or take other steps to analyze data. A more challenging, open-ended set of questions have been added to encourage students to think more deeply and independently about issues and principles presented in the chapter. These Critical Thinking and Discussion questions make excellent starting points for discussion sections. They also could be used to practice for essay exams. The number of Review Questions has been doubled to provide more comprehensive coverage of important topics in each chapter. Answers to review questions are posted to the text website. McGraw-Hill's ARIS is a new complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Understanding Our Environment Chapter 2: Environmental Systems: Connections, Cycles, Flows, and Feedback Loops Chapter 3: Species Populations, Interactions, and Communities Chapter 4: Human Populations Chapter 5: Biomes and Biodiversity Chapter 6: Environmental Conservation: Forests, Grasslands, Parks, and Nature Preserves Chapter 7: Food and Agriculture Chapter 8: Environmental Health and Toxicology Chapter 9: Air: Climate and Pollution Chapter 10: Water: Resources and Pollution Chapter 11: Environmental Geology and Earth Resources Chapter 12: Energy Chapter 13: Solid and Hazardous Waste Chapter 14: Economics and Urbanization Chapter 15: Environmental Policy and Sustainability

NEW

International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Inquiry and Applications, 4th Edition

By William Cunningham, University of Minnesota and Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar College 2008 (September 2006) / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330446-5 / MHID: 0-07-330446-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110194-3 / MHID: 0-07-110194-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/cunningham4e Rather than the 25 to 30 chapters found in most environmental science textbooks, the authors have limited Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications to 15 chapters--perfect for the one-semester, non-majors environmental science course. True to its title, the goal of this concise text is to provide an upto-date, introductory view of essential themes in environmental science along with offering students numerous opportunities to practice scientific thinking and active learning.

NEW TO THIS EDITION Several chapters have been significantly revised: - In addition to significant revisions of the section on matter, energy, chemistry, biomolecules, and cells, Chapter 2 features a new section on ecological systems, and expanded discussion on DNA. - Chapter 3 has been revised heavily to include a strengthened discussion of evolution, speciation, taxonomy, species interaction, keystone species, community complexity, and ecological disturbance. - Chapter 5 features a major revision on the discussion on biomes with a greatly expanded section on coastlines, reefs, mangroves, estuaries, saltmarshes and freshwater ecosystems. - A new section on New Source Review and the 2005 Clean Air Interstate Rule has been added to Chapter 9. In addition, the section on evidence for climate change including 2005 hurricane season has been rewritten; and the section on controlling greenhouse gas emissions has been updated. - In Chapter 12, a discussion on rapid energy demand growth in China and India, and on LNG shipments has been added. The discussion of energy conservation and renewable energy sources has been expanded, including new sections on biofuels and wave power. - Chapter 15 has undergone a major revision and reorganization including much more material on sustainability and what individuals can do. Also, a new section on "What can Individuals Do?" has been added, including environmental education, environmental literacy, citizen science, environmental careers, individual choices, green consumerism, working together, and student environmental groups. The section on ecosystem management has been rewritten with a focus on Everglades restoration; and the chapter now ends with a new positive message about global sustainability and the key messages from the Millennium Assessment study.

176

HED 08 Environmental Science & E176 176

11/13/2007 2:25:24 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

The new student learning tool, "Experience This", asks students to extend their learning by undertaking simple activities that relate to the content of the chapter.

NEW

International Edition

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE A Study of Interrelationships, 11th Edition

By Eldon Enger, Delta College and Bradley Smith, Western Washington University

McGraw-Hill's ARIS is a new complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Environmental Interrelationships Chapter 2: Environmental Ethics Chapter 3: Environmental Risk: Economics, Assessment, and Management Chapter 4: Interrelated Scientific Principles: Matter, Energy, and Environment Chapter 5: Interactions: Environments and Organisms Chapter 6: Kinds of Ecosystems and Communities Chapter 7: Populations: Characteristics and Issues Chapter 8: Energy and Civilization: Patterns of Consumption Chapter 9: Energy Sources Chapter 10: Nuclear Energy Chapter 11: Biodiversity Issues Chapter 12: Land-Use Planning Chapter 13: Soil and Its Uses Chapter 14: Agricultural Methods and Pest Management Chapter 15: Water Management Chapter 16: Air Quality Issues Chapter 17: Solid Waste Management and Disposal Chapter 18: Environmental Regulations: Hazardous Substances and Wastes Chapter 19: Environmental Policy and Decision Making

2008 (September 2006) / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330447-2 / MHID: 0-07-330447-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110195-0 / MHID: 0-07-110195-0 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/enger11e This full-color, introductory environmental science text is known for being concise, conceptual, and value-priced. The approach and reading level cover the basic concepts without overloading students with too much detail. The authors reinforce the text's central theme of "interrelationships" by providing a historical perspective, information on economic and political realities, discuss the role of different social experiences, and integrate this with the crucial science to describe the natural world and how we affect it.

NEW TO THIS EDITION Several chapters have been significantly revised. - New guest author, Christopher Preston, University of Montana, has broadened the coverage of Chapter 2-Environmental Ethics-to give the chapter greater force and clarity. New information has been added to reflect the history, development, and maturation of thinking about environmental issues. - New guest author, Jacob VanHouten, Delta College, has intergrated his knowledge of environmental regulations and the handling of hazardous materials into Chapter 3--Environmental Risk and Chapter 18--Environmental Regulations. Energy savings cost/benefit analysis, and the Great Lakes Resource Management are topics addressed through detailed discussion and case studies. Also included are the most current Environmental liability protection and grants through the new Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfield Revitalization Act (SBLRBRA or "Brownfield Law") as it relates to economics, assessment and management. - Chapter 7- Populations: Characteristics and Issues is the result of the combination of two separate chapters from previous editions (chapters 7 and 8). In response to reviewer requests, several sections such as those on carrying capacity, limiting factors, and r and K strategists have been rewritten. - Chapter 10- Nuclear Energy has been completely reorganized. New material has been added on the biological effects of ionizing radiation, measuring radiation, radiation protection, radioactive decay series, and dirty bombs. Nearly 300 new photos have been added throughout the eleventh edition to present real-life situations. Several illustrations, graphs, and charts are new or revised to present detailed information in a form that is easier to comprehend than if that same information were presented in text form. The new "What's Your Take?" feature found at the end of each chapter asks students to take a stand on a particular issue and develop arguments to support their position. This is an effective way to develop and foster critical thinking.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

177

HED 08 Environmental Science & E177 177

11/13/2007 2:25:24 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

ing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. CONTENTS

NEW

International Edition

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

By Robert Kaufmann and Cutler Cleveland of Boston University

2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331186-9 / MHID: 0-07-331186-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110196-7 / MHID: 0-07-110196-9 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/kaufmann1e Unlike any other introductory environmental science text, Kaufmann/Cleveland takes a fresh approach to the subject in that they intertwine social science (i.e. economic systems and policy) with the natural sciences (i.e. energy) throughout the entire text. In other words, students are going to clearly see the relevancy between the underlying causes of environmental problems and how they are affected on a daily basis.

FEATURES An Interdisciplinary Approach. Unlike other textbooks, the authors weave both social and natural sciences throughout the text, allowing students to see the complete relationship between people and their environment. The five main themes woven throughout include: 1) energy and material flows, 2) ecology and economics, 3) costs and benefits of environmental policy, 4) a systems perspective, and 5) Darwinian evolution and natural selection. Unlike other environmental science textbooks, Environmental Science is not an "encyclopedia of facts". The authors teach principles and applications, aiming to identify relevant problems, understand the basis of those problems, and develop the tools to solve those problems. The text's unique art program does not rely heavily on photographs. Instead, conceptual figures and graphs are used to illustrate important ideas and relationships. Three types of boxed readings are available in each chapter to help students see the relationship between humans and the environment: - Your Ecological Footprint. These exercises ask students to calculate how certain parts of their lifestyle affect the environment. Consistent with the interdisciplinary emphasis, these Ecological Footprint exercises build on each other from chapter to chapter. - Case Studies. Case studies illustrate how the systems aspects of environmental challenges complicates possible solutions. - Policy in Action. These readings apply the systems perspective to decision making and thus help students understand how the links between natural and social sciences influence why some environmental policies are effective while others are not. McGraw-Hill's ARIS is a new complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of homework, quizzing, and test-

Introduction to Environmental Science 1 Environment and Society: A Sustainable Partnership? Building a Framework to Study Environmental Problems 2 The Laws of Energy and Matter 3 Systems: Why Are Environmental Problems So Difficult to Solve? How the Natural Environment Works 4 THe Physical Systems of Planet Earth: The Engine of Life 5 The Flow of Energy in Biological Systems: Why Does It Matter? 6 The Flow of Matter in the Environment: Why Does It Matter? 7 Biomes: Where Do Plants and Animals Live? 8 Succession: How Do Ecosystems Respond to Disturbance? How Human Systems Work 9 Carrying Capacity: How Large a Population? 10 An Ecological View of the Economy 11 The Driving Forces of Environmental Change Global Environmental Challenges 12 Biodiversity: Species and So Much More 13 Global Climate Change: A Warming Planet 14 A Reduction in Atmospheric Ozone: Let the Sunshine In Living Off the Land: Soils, Food Production, and Forests 15 Soil: A Potentially Sustainable Resource 16 Agriculture: The Ecology of Growing Food 17 Forests: So Much More Than Wood Air and Water Resources 18 Water Resources 19 Air Pollution: Costs and Benefits of Clean Air Energy and Materials 20 Fossil Fuels: The Lifeblood of the Global Economy 21 Nuclear Power 22 Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency 23 Materials, Society, and the Environment 24 A Sustainable Future: Will Business as Usual Get Us There?

Media

DISCOVERY CHANNEL VIDEO SERIES DVD

By Discovery Channel 2006 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352541-9 / MHID: 0-07-352541-3

The exciting NEW Discovery Channel DVD offers 50 short (3-5 minute) videos on topics ranging from conservation to volcanoes. The video clips are most appropriate for environmental science, ecology, geology, and physical science courses. Search by topic and download into your PowerPoint lecture. Begin your class with a quick peek at science in action.

178

HED 08 Environmental Science & E178 178

11/13/2007 2:25:25 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

Ecology

NEW

International Edition

ECOLOGY Concepts and Applications, 4th Edition

By Manuel Molles, University of New Mexico-Albuquerque

- Helpful appendices include commonly used statistical tables and an extended list of abbreviations used in the text, for use as reference and as study aids. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: What Is Ecology? Section I: Natural History Chapter 2: Life on Land Chapter 3: Life in Water Section II: Individuals Chapter 4: Temperature Relations Chapter 5: Water Relations Chapter 6: Energy and Nutrient Relations Chapter 7: Social Relations Section III: Population Ecology Chapter 8: Population Genetics and Natural Selection Chapter 9: Population Distribution and Abundance Chapter 10: Population Dynamics Chapter 11: Population Growth Chapter 12: Life Histories Section IV: Interactions Chapter 13: Competition Chapter 14: Exploitative Interactions: Predation, Herbivory, Parasitism, and Disease Chapter 15: Mutualism Section V: Communities and Ecosystems Chapter 16: Species Abundance and Diversity Chapter 17: Species Interactions and Community Structure Chapter 18: Primary Production and Energy Flow Chapter 19: Nutrient Cycling and Retention Chapter 20: Succession and Stability Section VI: Large-Scale Ecology Chapter 21: Landscape Ecology Chapter 22: Geographic Ecology Chapter 23: Global Ecology

2008 (September 2006) / 640 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330976-7 / MHID: 0-07-330976-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110197-4 / MHID: 0-07-110197-7 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/molles4e This introductory general ecology text features a strong emphasis on helping students grasp the main concepts of ecology while keeping the presentation more applied than theoretical. An evolutionary perspective forms the foundation of the entire discussion. The book begins with the natural history of the planet, considers portions of the whole in the middle chapters, and ends with another perspective of the entire planet in the concluding chapter. Its unique organization of focusing only on several key concepts in each chapter sets it apart from the competition.

NEW TO THIS EDITION Content has been updated throughout with current examples and sources. Updated coverage includes: ecological stoichiometry, acid precipitation, global warming, symbiotic systems, speciation, organismal ecology, and discussion of tsunamis. Artwork has been updated throughout for greater focus and clarity. The art program continues to use captions within the illustrations to explain the point of the art. The key information is integral to the concept, rather than contained in a standard figure legend. The explanatory boxes used in this text are unique and not available in any other ecology textbook. New photos have been added throughout the text to illustrate the dynamic nature of ecological study. "Investigating the Evidence" boxes now include critical thinking questions. These boxes focus on the scientific method, emphasizing statistics and study design. They support the concept discussions by presenting step-by-step clarification within a broader treatment of the process of science. A foldout, 2-page biome map has been added at the back of the book. Changes to the pedagogical system strengthen the critical thinking aspect of the book and include: - A new feature called "Concept Review" questions, with answers, now appears at the end of each section of the chapter. Each section of the chapter now contains "Concepts," "Concept Discussions," and "Concept Review" questions. - A new list of key terms now appears at the end of each chapter. - The author has shortened the length of the "Suggested Readings" where possible. Items in the "Suggested Readings" are not duplicated with items in the "References" at the end of the book. - The "List of Chapter Concepts" now appears in the Online Learning Center, rather than in an appendix.

FUNDAMENTALS OF ECOLOGY 2nd Edition

By Dash Madhab 2001 / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-042147-9 / MHID: 0-07-042147-1

McGraw-Hill India Title The book has retained its fundamental, interdisciplinary approach, with balanced treatment of botany and zoology related concepts and examples. The environmental aspect has been strengthened in this edition. There are several new chapters to this edition: 1. Enviromental Toxicology with relevant case studies 2. Pollution Ecology with a comprehensive section on the provisions of the Indian Constitution and environmental laws, and detailed discussion on a wide range of pollutants, including industrial pollutants. Other important additions: 1. The concept of landscape ecology 2. Coverage on the Eastern and Western ghats of India 3. A discussion on world climate change 4. The concept of sustainable development 5. Geographical information system and remote sensing, applied to ecology.

179

HED 08 Environmental Science & E179 179

11/13/2007 2:25:25 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

Laboratory

GENERAL ECOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL 8th Edition

By George Cox 2002 / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-290974-6 / MHID: 0-07-290974-9

Biostatistics

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS

By Thomas Glover and Kevin Mitchell of Hobart & WM Smith College 2002 / 432 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123743-7 / MHID: 0-07-123743-7 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae

CONTENTS Part I Techniques of Ecological Study 1 Designing an Ecological Study 2 Experimental Design in Ecological Studies 3 Sampling Design in Ecological Studies 4 Statistical Analysis and Testing in Ecology 5 Literature Research in Ecology 6 Internet Resources in Ecology 7 Preparing an Ecological Research Paper Part II Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecosystems 8 Plant Community Structure 9 Animal Community Structure 10 Soil Arthropod Community Structure 11 Structure of a Lake Ecosystem Part III Temperature, Water, and Energy Relations 12 Acclimation to Temperature 13 Behavioral Preference Analysis 14 Plant Water Potential 15 Field Measurement of Photosynthesis and Transpiration Part IV Population Ecology 16 Mark-Recapture and Catch-Effort Population stimates 17 Mapping Home Ranges and Territories 18 Intrapopulation Dispersion Analysis 19 Mortality, Recruitment, and Migration Rates in Populations 20 Life Tables and Survivorship Curves 21 Ecogenetic Evolution in Plants 22 Population Growth, Limitation, and Interaction Part V Intraspecific and Interspecific Interactions 23 Field Studies of Plant Competition 24 Ecological Isolation 25 Niche Breadth, Niche Overlap, and the Community Matrix 26 Interspecific Association 27 Pollination Ecology Part VI Community Ecology 28 Measurement of Species Diversity 29 Community Similarity and Ordination 30 Nestedness in Community Composition Part VII Ecosystem Ecology 31 Analysis of Food Webs 32 Primary Production in Terrestrial Ecosystems 33 Primary Production in Aquatic Ecosystems 34 Simulation of Ecosystem Dynamics 35 Mechanisms of Biotic Succession Part VIII Regional and Global Ecology 36 Species-Area Relationships 37 Metapopulation Dynamics 38 Landscape Ecology 39 Geographic Information Systems 40 Conserving Global Biodiversity Appendix I Statistical Tables Appendix II Sources of Software and Hardware

www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/zoology/glover/index.mhtml

CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Data Analysis 2 Introduction to Probability 3 Probability Distributions 4 Sampling Distributions 5 Introduction to Hypothesis Testing 6 One-Sample Tests of Hypothesis 7 Tests of Hypothesis Involving Two Samples 8 k-Sample Tests of Hypothesis: The Analysis of Variance 9 Two-Factor Analysis 10 Linear Regression and Correlation 11 Goodness of Fit Tests for Categorical Data Appendixes: A Proofs of Selected Results B Answers to Even-numbered Problems C Tables of Distributions and Critical Values

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

180

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

HED 08 Environmental Science & E180 180

11/13/2007 2:25:25 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

Evolution

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL EVOLUTION 2nd Edition

By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State UniversityPullman

11 Life History Strategies 12 Life in Groups 13 Extinctions 14 Human Evolution: The Early Years 15 Human Evolution: Building Modern Humans 16 Evolutionary Biology: Today and Beyond 17 Afterword Appendix 1 Cell Division--A Review Appendix 2 Taxonomy Appendix 3 Molecular Clocks

Limnology

2008 (January 2007) / 416 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305077-5 / MHID: 0-07-305077-6 ISBN-13:978-0-07-128582-7 / MHID: 0-07-128582-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/kardongevolution2e Written for a general college audience, this book offers an introduction to the principles and significance of Darwinian evolution. It differs from most other textbooks on evolution in three fundamental ways: First, it is intended for students taking evolution early in their studies. Second, it examines the intellectual significance of Darwinian evolution. Third, the text departs from the standard treatment of evolution in other textbooks, wherein the arguments are reductionist, molecular, and overwhelmingly genetic in emphasis. Ken Kardong, also author of Vertebrates; Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, is known for his accessible writing style. His almost conversational approach to this topic puts the reader at ease while learning evolutionary concepts. The result is an inviting book--that will be read.

NEW TO THIS EDITION New Chapter 17: This new short concluding chapter takes advantage of the collective case made throughout the book and focuses on current issues facing students--the threat of epidemics and a critique of "intelligent design". Organization. Major sections (e.g. hot and cold blooded dinosaurs) have been re-deployed to chapters where they more logically fit and enhance the theme of that chapter. Revisions. Although each chapter was revised for currency, special effort was made to update chapters of central importance (e.g. selection) or special interest (e.g. chapters on hominid evolution). New Material. A short section on population genetics has been added (chapter 3), as well as sections on "What is life?" (chapter 4), "Darwin's" pigeons (chapter 7), ring species (chapter 9), and on cultural and social evolution in hominids (chapters 14 and 15). Throughout the text, many figures have been replaced, and many new ones added. CONTENTS 1 Evolution of Evolution 2 Time 3 Heredity 4 Emergence of Life 5 Diversity of Life 6 Evidence of Evolution 7 Selection 8 Variation: Spice of Life 9 Speciation 10 Co-Evolution

INTRODUCTION TO LIMNOLOGY

By Stanley Dodson, University of Wisconsin -- Madison 2005 (Jan 2004) / 416 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287935-3 / MHID: 0-07-287935-1

http://mhhe.com/imnology

CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Limnology 2 Setting the Stage: Water as an Environment 3 Diversity of Aquatic Organisms: The Single-Celled and Colonial Organisms 4 Diversity of Aquatic Organisms: Rotifers, Annelids, and Arthropods 5 Diversity of Aquatic Organisms: Larger Organisms 6 Population Dynamics in Limnology: Population Size Changing with Time 7 Community Ecology: Species Interactions and Community Structure 8 Community Ecology: Freshwater Communities Changing Through Time 9 Aquatic Ecosystems and Physiology: Energy Flow 10 Aquatic Ecosystems: Chemical Cycles 11 Water in Landscapes 12 The Citizen Limnologist 13 Field and Laboratory Exercises

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

181

HED 08 Environmental Science & E181 181

11/13/2007 2:25:26 PM

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

182

HED 08 Environmental Science & E182 182

11/13/2007 2:25:26 PM

GIS ...................................................................................................................185 Human/Cultural Geography ..............................................................................186 Intro to Geography............................................................................................187 Latin America ....................................................................................................191 Map Use/Cartography ......................................................................................189 Meteorology ......................................................................................................189 Physical Geography Lab ..................................................................................188 US & Canada....................................................................................................192 World Regional Geography ..............................................................................190

GEOGRAPHY

183

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 183

11/13/2007 2:26:51 PM

NEW TITLES

GEOGRAPHY

2009

Physical Geography Laboratory Manual

Author

Lemke

ISBN-13

9780072873641

MHID

0072873647

Page

188

2008

Essentials of World Regional Geography Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e Human Geography, 10e Introduction to Geography, 11e Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e Bradshaw Chang Fellman Getis Price 9780073359380 9780073312798 9780077216047 9780073256498 9780073312804 0073359386 0073312797 0077216040 0073256498 0073312800 190 185 186 187 185

184

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 184

11/13/2007 2:26:51 PM

GEOGRAPHY

GIS

Chapter 14 Terrain Mapping and Analysis Chapter 15 Viewsheds and Watersheds Chapter 16 Spatial Interpolation Chapter 17 Geocoding and Dynamic Segmentation Chapter 18 Path Analysis and Network Applications Chapter 19 GIS Models and Modeling

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 4th Edition

By Kang-Tsang (Karl) Chang, University of Idaho

NEW

MASTERING ARCGIS WITH VIDEO CLIPS CD-ROM 3rd Edition

By Maribeth Price, South Dakota School Mines & Technology

2008 (October 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331279-8 / MHID: 0-07-331279-7 (with Data Files CD) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125920-0 / MHID: 0-07-125920-1 [IE with CD]

http://www.mhhe.com/changgis4e

This book is designed to provide students in a first or second GIS course with a solid foundation in both GIS concepts and the use of GIS. Introduction to GIS strikes a careful balance between GIS concepts and hands-on applications. The main portion of the chapter presents GIS terms and concepts and helps students learn how each one fits into a complete GIS system. At the end of each chapter, an application section with 3-5 tasks presents students with actual GIS exercises and the necessary data to solve the problem. NEW TO THIS EDITION The website provides PowerPoint files and sample test questions. The student center provides ArcView9.0 data sets and exercise instructions. The text provides data sets and instructions for the applications section in each chapter, as well as challenge tasks, written questions, and review questions for each chapter. Key terms are boldfaced where they first appear in the chapter and then summarized and defined with a glossary at the end of the chapter. The author created all the figures and tables ensuring precise correlation between the chapter material and their accompanying visuals. Emphasizes both concepts and hands-on experience in GIS. Follows a logical progression from basic to complex and specialized GIS topics. Key changes or enhancements in the 4th edition include network applications (Chapter 18), applications of geocoding (Chapter 17), and online connection to a remote database (Chapter 6). CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Coordinate Systems Chapter 3 Georelational Vector Data Model Chapter 4 Object-Based Vector Data Model Chapter 5 Raster Data Model Chapter 6 Data Input Chapter 7 Geometric Transformation Chapter 8 Spatial Data Editing Chapter 9 Attribute Data Input and Management Chapter 10 Data Display and Cartography Chapter 11 Data Exploration Chapter 12 Vector Data Analysis Chapter 13 Raster Data Analysis

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331280-4 / MHID: 0-07-331280-0

http://www.mhhe.com/price3e

Mastering ArcGIS is an introductory GIS text that is designed to offer everything you need to master the basic elements of GIS. The author's step-by-step approach helps students negotiate the challenging tasks involved in learning sophisticated GIS software. This text employs a carefully developed learning system to help students use ArcView 9.2 or ArcGIS Desktop or higher, to set up and solve GIS problems. An innovative and unique feature of Mastering ArcGIS is its accompanying CD-ROM with narrated video clips that show students exactly how to perform chapter tutorials before attempting an exercise on their own. NEW TO THIS EDITION New 3rd edition of Price has been updated to reflect ArcView 9.2 software (2nd edition reflected 9.0). More current/relevant examples. A more expanded treatment of ModelBuilder and geoprocessing issues. Maribeth Price narrates the video clips on the accompanying CD herself. Earlier coverage of geodatabases. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Introducing ArcGIS Chapter 2. Working with ArcMap Chapter 3. Coordinate Systems and Map Projections Chapter 4. Drawing and Symbolizing Features Chapter 5. Working with Tables Chapter 6. Queries Chapter 7. Spatial Joins Chapter 8. Map Overlay Chapter 9. Presenting Data Chapter 10. Geocoding Chapter 11. Basic Editing in ArcMap Chapter 12. More Editing Techniques Chapter 13. Working with Geodatabases Chapter 14. Analyzing Networks Chapter 15. Raster Analysis

185

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 185

11/13/2007 2:26:52 PM

GEOGRAPHY

Human / Cultural Geography

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 10th Edition

By Jerome D Fellman, University of Illinois-Champaign, Arthur Getis and Judith Getis of San Diego State University-San Diego

2 Roots and Meaning of Culture 3 Spatial Interaction and Spatial Behavior 4 Population: World Patterns, Regional Trends Part 2 Patterns of Diversity and Unity 5 Language and Religion: Mosaics of Culture 6 Ethnic Geography: Threads of Diversity 7 Folk and Popular Culture: Diversity and Uniformity Part 3 Dynamic Patterns of the Space Economy 8 Livelihood and Economy: Primary Activities 9 Livelihood and Economy: From Blue Collar to Gold Collar 10 Patterns of Development and Change Part 4 Landscapes of Functional Organization 11 Urban Systems and Urban Structures 12 The Political Ordering of Space Part 5 Human Actions and Environmental Impacts 13 Human Impacts on Natural Systems Appendix A Map Projections Appendix B 2006 World Population Data Appendix C Anglo America Reference Map

2008 (September 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721604-7 / MHID: 0-07-721604-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128790-6 / MHID: 0-07-128790-6 [IE] Fellmann's Human Geography introduces students to the scope and excitement of human geography and its relevance to their daily lives. This edition continues to convey the breadth of human geography and to provide insight into the nature and intellectual challenges of the field of geography itself. The authors pay special attention to gender issues and assume no previous experience in geography on the part of the students. NEW TO THIS EDITION This tenth edition retains the basic format of its predecessors but contains significant content changes including new and revised tables, maps, and text. The world of human geography is constantly changing in response to developing cultural, economic, and political patterns. Updated artwork, illustrations, and photos throughout. As in previous editions, artwork has been generated to accommodate colorblind readers. Many new, expanded, and updated topics have been added throughout, including: revised material on immigration flows and ethnic groups, expanded discussion of the intensive commercial orientation of American agriculture, expanded treatment of WTO negotiations including the Doha round, information on transnational corporations and the impact of high-tech industries on national economies and world trade. Chapter 10 includes an extensive update and the latest available data on the many social and economic indicators. In addition, there is a new section reviewing the United Nations "Millennium Development Goals" that are central to the identification of national development objectives and assessment of achievements. Chapter 11 has been rewritten and restructured to make its content easier to understand and more accessible to students. Revised "Getting Started" section, including new "What Is Geography?" subsection. The Presentation Center accompanies Human Geography, with all of the art and tables from the text, most of the photographs from the text, extra photos from other sources, and a complete set of updated PowerPoint lectures. CONTENTS 1 Introduction: Some Background Basics Part 1 Themes and Fundamentals of Human Geography

PERTHES WORLD ATLAS

By Klett International 2007 (July 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329073-7 / MHID: 0-07-329073-4

http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/klett/

The NEW World Atlas for Higher Education and College Geography Level teachings. This new atlas uses the Klett-Perthes high quality map print details as known from their Wall Maps. Features over 350 pages of detailed maps, statistics, glossary and information to teach higher level geography education. FEATURES · High quality physical and polical maps. · Sophisticated thematic maps. · Detailed regional maps. · Easy to understand introduction. · Statistics for all countries of the world. · Glossary of important terms. · Index with more than 20,000 names.

186

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 186

11/13/2007 2:26:52 PM

GEOGRAPHY

INTERACTIVE WORLD ISSUES CD-ROM

By Cambridge Studios 2004 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-255648-3 / MHID: 0-07-255648-X CONTENTS (CD-ROM 1) Oregon Part 1. Salmon Recovery: A Spatial Approach Part 2. Conflict on the Umatilla Part 3. Controversy on the Columbia South Africa Part 1. The Geography of Apartheid Part 2. Righting the Wrongs: Initial Land Reform Stategies Part 3. Land Reform (CD-ROM 2) Mexico: Motive to Migrate Part 1. Mapping Migration Part 2. Domestic Destinations Part 3. Maquila Movement China--Lanzhou: Frontier Forces Part 1. Borderlands and Ecoregions Part 2. Great Walls,Silk Roads, and Oil Pipelines Part 3. Han, Hui, and Uygur Chicago: Farming on the Edge Part 1. The Growth of a City Part 2. Put Up a Parking Lot Part 3. National Implications of Cropland Loss Is Geography Destiny?, Broken Borders, Central Place Theory, The Canadian City, and disposal of electronic waste. Maps, charts, tables, graphs, and illustrations have been revised throughout to include the most current data. Several new figures have been added where appropriate. Discussions of Hurricane Katrina and tsunami have been expanded. Appendix 2, a modified version of the 2006 World Population Data Sheet of the Population Reference Bureau, includes basic demographic data and projections for countries, regions, and continents, as well as selected economic and social statistics helpful in national and regional comparisons. CD-ROM available to instructors, featuring the "Sights and Sounds" of world regions. This program provides brief slide shows of China, South America, or the South Pacific (in addition to others) accompanied by native music of the region to offer a glimpse of diversity manifested by the cultures and landscapes of world regions. CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Maps Part 1 The Earth Science Tradition 3 Physical Geography: Landforms 4 Physical Geography: Weather and Climate 5 The Geography of Natural Resources Part 2 The Culture-Environment Tradition 6 Population Geography 7 Cultural Geography 8 Spatial Interaction 9 Political Geography Part 3 The Locational Tradition 10 Economic Geography 11 Urban Geography 12 Human Impact on the Environment Part 4 The Area Analysis Tradition 13 The Regional Concept

Intro to Geography

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY 11th Edition

By Arthus Getis and Judith Getis of San Diego State University, Jerome Fellmann, University of Illinois ­ Champaign and Victoria Getis, Ohio State University 2008 (September 2006) / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325649-8 / MHID: 0-07-325649-8 (Mandatory Package) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110228-5 / MHID: 0-07-110228-0 [IE]

PERTHES WORLD ATLAS

By Klett International 2007 (July 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329073-7 / MHID: 0-07-329073-4

http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/klett/

The NEW World Atlas for Higher Education and College Geography Level teachings. This new atlas uses the Klett-Perthes high quality map print details as known from their Wall Maps. Features over 350 pages of detailed maps, statistics, glossary and information to teach higher level geography education. FEATURES · High quality physical and polical maps. · Sophisticated thematic maps. · Detailed regional maps. · Easy to understand introduction. · Statistics for all countries of the world. · Glossary of important terms. · Index with more than 20,000 names.

http://www.mhhe.com/getis11e

This market-leading book introduces college students to the breadth and spatial insights of the field of geography. The authors' approach allows the major research traditions of geography to dictate the principal themes. Chapter 1 introduces students to the four organizing traditions that have emerged through the long history of geographical thought and writing: earth science, culture-environment, location, and area analysis. Each of the four parts of this book centers on one of these geographic perspectives. NEW TO THIS EDITION Major reorganization and revision of Chapter 11, including new sections on "Origin and Evolution of Cities," "The Functions of Urban Areas, and "Planned Cities." Seven new boxed readings have been added to this edition, including: Red States, Blue States, township and range survey system,

187

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 187

11/13/2007 2:26:52 PM

GEOGRAPHY

CHANGING LANDSCAPES OF SINGAPORE

By Peggy Teo, Brenda S A Yeoh, Ooi Giok Ling and Karen P Y Lai 2004 / 240 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123479-5 / MHID: 0-07-123479-9

Physical Geography Lab

An Asian Publication

The transformations that have occurred in Singapore's landscape have been rapid since independence. Changing Landscapes of Singapore discusses these changes from the perspective of lived landscapes which have day-to-day meanings for Singaporeans. It begins with an exploration of the major physical changes resulting from rapid urbanisation and industrialisation and Singapore's attempt to balance the stresses of physical development with the needs of a green agenda. Several other themes relating to landscape change follow. A section on landscapes of community and nationhood investigates how issues concerning shelter (public housing), heritage conservation, street-names and national symbols affect Singaporeans' notions of belonging. This is followed by a discussion on globalisation and the way it affects the nationstate's development. This section examines not only Singapore's efforts at regionalisation and its attempt to gain a better foothold in the workings of the global capitalistic system but also evaluates the impacts of globalisation on the society. The last section on forgotten landscapes is a reminder of who and what may be left behind in striving for excellence. Landscapes reveal and refl ect forgotten needs as much as they record what have been remembered and valued. The various strands are brought together in the fi nal chapter where the landscape is used as a lens to raise questions on future challenges. While intended as a general text for university students, this book will also provide source materials for school teachers (junior college and upper secondary levels), the general student population as well as the general reader interested in understanding the country's rapid landscape changes. CONTENTS 1 Introduction: Changing Landscapes of Singapore Part I NATURAL ENVIRONMENTS AND ENGINEERED LANDSCAPES 2 Environmental Planning and Management 3 Engineered Biophysical Landscapes: Parks and Open Spaces for Recreation Part II LANDSCAPES OF COMMUNITY AND NATIONHOOD 4 Urbanisation and Landscape Changes 5 The Nation, Its Signs and Symbols: Street-names and Monuments 6 Public Housing: The Housing of a Nation 7 Landscapes of Heritage: Historic and Cultural Districts Part III LANDSCAPES OF GLOBALISATION 8 Achieving Global City Status: Industrial Restructuring and Regionalisation 9 Tourism Capital: Reinterpreting Tourism Space 10 Transnational Connectivities and Local Tensions Part IV FORGOTTEN LANDSCAPES 11 Neglected Landscapes: Old and Forgotten Singaporeans 12 Landscapes of Death: Cemeteries, Crematoria and Columbaria 13 Changing Landscapes and Future Challenges: A Review

NEW

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY LABORATORY MANUAL

By Karen Lemke, Michael Ritter and Neil Heywood of University of Wisc Stevens Point 2009 (February 2008) / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287364-1 / MHID: 0-07-287364-7

http://www.mhhe.com/lemke

Lemke et al: Physical Geography Laboratory Manual is a comprehensive introductory manual for students without a previous science background. An abundant set of 21 exercises assures that every professor will find a complete set of preferred labs for a semesterlong course. Lemke/Ritter/Heywood wrote this lab manual in order to provide equal coverage of the four spheres of the environment--the atmosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere, and lithosphere. The lab manual was written independent of any specific textbook and will work with available physical geography texts. FEATURES A total of 21 exercises are included in the Lemke et al: Physical Geography Laboratory Manual, providing comprehensive coverage of the four spheres of the environment--the atmosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere, and lithosphere. Each exercise includes clearly stated Purpose, Learning Objectives, Introduction, and list of Important Terms in addition to the narrative and exercise worksheets. Fully worked examples (e.g., determining noon sun angle) immediately follow the description of an exercise and its instructions. Full-color artwork, photographs, and especially topographical maps appear within Appendices E and F. Exercise worksheets include a combination of short answer, essay, and numerical solution (math problems) type of questions. CONTENTS EXERCISES 1. Earth-Sun Geometry and Insolation 2. Radiation and Energy Balance at the Earth's Surface 3. Atmospheric Temperature 4. Atmospheric Pressure, Circulation and Wind 5. Water in the Atmosphere 6. Lapse Rates, Adiabatic Processes and Cloud Development 7. Midlatitude Weather and Weather Map Interpretation 8. Climate Classification and Regional Climates 9. Soil Moisture Budgets 10. Analysis of Soil Moisture Properties 11. Climate, Net Primary Production and Decomposition 12. Vegetation Form and Range 13. Bioclimatic Transects 14. Coincident Climates, Vegetation and Soils 15. Rainforest Regeneration Analysis Using Aerial Imagery 16. Introduction to Topographic Maps 17. Igneous Landforms 18. Drainage Basin Analysis 19. Fluvial Landforms 20. Glacial Landforms 21. Coastal Landforms Appendix A. Units of Measures and Conversions Appendix B. Drawing Isolines

188

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 188

11/13/2007 2:26:52 PM

GEOGRAPHY

Appendix C. Constructing Profiles Appendix D. Using Pocket Stereoscopes Appendix E. Exercise Topographic Maps and Photos Appendix F. Thematic World Maps

Meteorology

International Edition

Map Use / Cartography

METEOROLOGY 2nd Edition

By Eric W. Danielson, Hartford College For Women, James Levin, Pennsylvania State University--University Park and Elliot Abrams, AccuWeather, Inc. 2003 / 558 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-242072-2 / MHID: 0-07-242072-3 (with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM) ­ Out of Print ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121383-7 / MHID: 0-07-121383-X [IE with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM]

International Edition

MAP USE AND ANALYSIS 4th Edition

By John Campbell, University of Wisconsin ­ Parkside 2001 / 384 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-303748-6 / MHID: 0-07-303748-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125264-5 / MHID: 0-07-125264-9 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/meteorology

CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Meteorological Inquiry 2 Is the Atmosphere's Composition Changing? 3 How Does the Atmosphere Maintain Such a Steady Temperature? 4 Humidity 5 How Do Clouds Form? 6 Precipitation 7 Structure of Large Mid-Latitude Weather Systems 8 Air Masses, Fronts, and Frontal Cyclones 9 Weather Forecasting 10 Circulations on Many Scales, and Their Interactions 11 Thunderstorms and Tornadoes 12 Hurricanes 13 Introduction to Climatology: How Stable is Earth's Climate? 14 Is the Atmosphere Warming? 15 Light and Color in the Atmosphere 16 Air Pollution Appendix A: Some Notable Dates in the History of Meteorology B Scientific Notation C SI Units of Measurement D Other Units, Conversion Factors, and Constants E List of Elements F Latitude and Longitude G Time Zones H Weather Plotting Symbols I Windchill and Heat Index Tables J Humidity Tables K Saturation Mixing Ratio Diagram L Thermodynamic Diagram M Climatological Data N Atomic Structure: A Review of Some Basics

www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/campbell4e

CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Basic Mapping Processes Chapter 3 Map Projections Chapter 4 Locational and Land-Partitioning Systems Chapter 5 Scale and Generalization Concepts Chapter 6 Measurement from Maps Chapter 7 Route Selection and Navigation Chapter 8 Terrain Representation Chapter 9 Contour Interpretation Chapter 10 Topographic Features Chapter 11 Qualitative and Quantitative Information Chapter 12 Characteristics of Map Features: Shape and Point Patterns Chapter 13 Characteristics of Map Features: Networks and Trees Chapter 14 Cartograms and Special Purpose Maps Chapter 15 Maps and Graphs Chapter 16 Map Misuse Chapter 17 Remote Sensing from Airborne Platforms Chapter 18 Remote Sensing from Space Chapter 19 Computer-Assisted Cartography Chapter 20 Digital Map Applications Chapter 21 Geographic Information Systems Appendixes: A U.S. and Canadian Map Producers and Information Sources B Foreign Maps C Copyright D Magnetic Compass Use E Map Storage and Cataloging Systems F British National Grid

189

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 189

11/13/2007 2:26:53 PM

GEOGRAPHY

World Regional Geography

Chapter Opening Vignettes. Chapter introductions take the form of interest-arousing vignettes to focus student attention on the local lives of the region. "Debate Tables" can be found in virtually every chapter. These tables provide critical assessment of controversial world issues, engaging students and supporting critical analytical skills. These important tables highlight opposing sides of important world issues. Topics featured in the debate tables include The European Union's Future; Russia as a World Power; Population Policies in China; Singapore; The Israelis versus Palestinians; HIV/AIDS in Materially Wealthy and Poor Countries; Africa: Future of the Region; Tropical Deforestation; and the Effects of NAFTA.

NEW

ESSENTIALS OF WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY

By Michael Bradshaw, College of St. Mark & John, George White, Frostburg State University, Joseph Dymond, George Washington University and Elizabeth Chacko

Geography At Work Boxes. Interesting Geography At Work boxes, found at the end of each chapter, provide valuable insights into the ways geographical understandings and skills are used in a variety of jobs. Foldout World Maps. Foldout world maps from Klett-Perthes can be easily referenced from any chapter in the text. The foldout section at the back of the text focuses on world climate; urbanization and migration; and a guide to map reading. The Presentation Center accompanies Essentials of World Regional Geography, with all of the art and tables from the text, most of the photographs from the text, extra photos from other sources, and a complete set of PowerPoint lectures. The text's ARIS site offers a wealth of online study aids for students as well as teaching aids for instructors. It includes interactive map exercises, interactive chapter quizzing, key term flashcards, and base maps with labeling exercises. Google Earth Exercises. New Google Earth exercises for Essentials of World Regional Geography engages students in their studies. Google Earth is a free, online application that uses satellite imagery to allow the user to zoom across the globe in a realistic, virtual environment. There are exercises for 9 different regions (in ARIS) with 25 different multiple choice exercises per region for over 200 exercises total as well as a user's manual explaining how to use the site. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Essentials of World Regional Geography Chapter 2 Europe Chapter 3 Russia and Neighboring Countries Chapter 4 East Asia Chapter 5 Southeast Asia and South Pacific Chapter 6 South Asia Chapter 7 Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia Chapter 8 Africa South of the Sahara Chapter 9 Latin America Chapter 10 North America

2008 (September 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-335938-0 / MHID: 0-07-335938-6

www.mhhe.com/bradshawessentials1e

This shorter version of the highly successful Contemporary World Regional Geography, 2e gives readers a fresh new approach that combines fundamental geographical elements, internal regional diversity, and contemporary issues. This approach allows serious discussion of cultural and environmental issues, as well as political and economic issues. The main innovation in this completely rewritten text is in the ordering of the material covered. While other texts cut photos, illustrations, and boxed material from their WRG books, this essentials version is a completely rewritten text by the authors of Contemporary World Regional Geography, 2e. Each of the nine regional chapters opens with a one- or two-page map of the region, short accounts of people or events to provide a personal flavor of the region, an outline of the chapter contents, and a short section placing the region in its wider global context. Each regional chapter is consistently organized by three sections. The first section summarizes the distinctive physical and human geographies of the region; the second section explores the internal diversity of the region at subregional, selected country, and local levels. The third section focuses on a selection of contemporary issues that are important to the people of each region and frequently have implications for the rest of the world. Each regional chapter follows the same framework, allowing students to easily make comparisons from one world region to the next. Students are encouraged to consider what it means to be part of a global community and to develop their geographical understandings of world events. The authors have created a text that is readable, with a consistent structure within chapters, containing superior maps and illustrations, and finally ­ to offer a concise and more affordable text. FEATURES This first edition was produced with the same high quality as Contemporary World Regional Geography, 2e, but contains significant content changes including new and revised tables, maps, and completely rewritten text. Students will see that world regional geography is constantly changing in response to developing cultural, economic, and political patterns. At 384 total pages, this book contains all of the essential topics of the major world regions. Superior quality artwork, illustrations, and photos can be found throughout this text. A variety of physical and thematic maps have been included in this text. Special attention has been given to the population density maps, featured in all ten chapters, providing an accurate illustration of the population distribution in the world.

190

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 190

11/13/2007 2:26:53 PM

GEOGRAPHY

International Edition

CONTEMPORARY WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY 2nd Edition

By Michael Bradshaw, College of St. Mark & John, Joseph Dymond, George Washington University, George White, Frostburg State University and Elizabeth Chacko 2007 (Dec 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330270-6 / MHID: 0-07-330270-8 (with Interactive World Issues CD) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110799-0 / MHID: 0-07-110799-1 [IE with CD and ARIS]

Latin America

LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN 4th Edition

By David L. Clawson, University of New Orleans 2006 (June 2005) / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282694-4 / MHID: 0-07-282694-0 This book has been written primarily as a geography of Latin America and the Caribbean, but is also intended to serve as an interdisciplinary introduction to the region. The focus of the text is on comprehension of concepts, patterns, and issues rather than on memorization of facts and figures. The latter are provided, but they are intended primarily to illustrate the underlying conditions rather than to serve as the focus of the text. The text is designed for maximum flexibility. Written to be readable for beginning students, it is also generously documented with scholarly references for the research needs of advanced undergraduate and graduate students. The individual chapters can be used in all, or in part, and in any order. CONTENTS 1 The Changing Face of Latin America and the Caribbean I Physical Geography 2 Landform Regions of Latin America and the Caribbean 3 Weather and Climate 4 Natural Regions II Cultural Patterns 5 Iberian Heritage, Conquest, and Institutions 6 Political Change 7 Race, Ethnicity, and Social Class 8 Latin America as a Culture Region 9 Religion III Economic Patterns 10 Agriculture and Agrarian Development 11 Mining, Manufacturing, and Tourism 12 Urbanization, Population Growth, and Migration 13 Development and Health

http://www.mhhe.com/bradshaw2e

Contemporary World Regional Geography provides a current, balanced geographical study of world issues through analysis of nine world regions and the countries in each. It consistently integrates the themes of "global connections" and "local voices" and is structured so that within each chapter the global and local tensions are discussed, as well as economic, political, cultural, social, and environmental issues. Each chapter follows the same framework, allowing students to easily make comparisons from one world region to the next. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Globalization and World Regions Chapter 2: Human Development and World Regional Geography Chapter 3: Europe Chapter 4: Russia and Neighboring Countries Chapter 5: East Asia Chapter 6: Southeast Asia and South Pacific Chapter 7: South Asia Chapter 8: Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia Chapter 9: Africa South of Sahara Chapter 10: Latin America Chapter 11: North America Chapter 12: Global Connections, Local Voices Glossary of Key Terms Index

PERTHES WORLD ATLAS

By Klett International 2007 (July 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329073-7 / MHID: 0-07-329073-4

http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/klett/

The NEW World Atlas for Higher Education and College Geography Level teachings. This new atlas uses the Klett-Perthes high quality map print details as known from their Wall Maps. Features over 350 pages of detailed maps, statistics, glossary and information to teach higher level geography education. FEATURES · High quality physical and polical maps. · Sophisticated thematic maps. · Detailed regional maps. · Easy to understand introduction. · Statistics for all countries of the world. · Glossary of important terms. · Index with more than 20,000 names.

191

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 191

11/13/2007 2:26:53 PM

GEOGRAPHY

US & Canada

THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA The Land and the People, 2nd Edition

By Arthur Getis, Judith Getis and Imre Quastler of San Diego State University - San Diego 2001 / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235677-9 / MHID: 0-07-235677-4

www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/survey.mhtml

CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Phyiscal Features of the United States and Canada 3 Settlement Patterns before 1950 4 Population Trends since 1950 5 Political Geography 6 Agriculture, Gathering, and Extractive Industries 7 Industrial and Commercial Organization 8 Modern Transportation and Communication Systems 9 Cities 10 Neighborhoods 11 Recreational Resources 12 Human Impact on the Environment 13 Culture Regions of the United States 14 The Canadian Difference

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

192

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

HED 08 Geography (10).indd 192

11/13/2007 2:26:53 PM

Dinosaurs .........................................................................................................195 Earth Science ...................................................................................................195 Environmental Geology ....................................................................................197 General Geology ..............................................................................................198 Geomorphology ................................................................................................198 Hazards/Natural Disasters................................................................................198 Historical Geology ............................................................................................199 Hydrogeology ...................................................................................................200 Meteorology ......................................................................................................200 Oceanography ..................................................................................................200 Paleontology .....................................................................................................202 Petrology ..........................................................................................................203 Physical Geology - Laboratory ..................................................................................................206 - Textbook .....................................................................................................203

GEOLOGY

193

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 193

11/13/2007 2:27:47 PM

NEW TITLES

GEOLOGY

2008

Natural Disasters, 6e Physical Geology, 7e Exploring the World Ocean Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e (Revised) Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences Environmental Geology, 8e Physical Geology, 12e Exploring Geology Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e

Author

Abbott Carlson Chamberlin Jones Levin McConnell Montgomery Plummer Reynolds Sverdrup

ISBN-13

9780073292328 9780073256481 9780073312767 9780077218942 9780073050720 9780073256504 9780077216054 9780077216061 9780073256511 9780073254838

MHID

007329232X 007325648X 0073312762 0077218949 0073050725 0073256501 0077216059 0077216067 007325651X 0073254835

Page

198 203 200 206 199 195 197 204 205 201

194

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 194

11/13/2007 2:27:47 PM

GEOLOGY

Dinosaurs

Earth Science

DINOSAURS The Textbook, 5th Edition

By Spencer George Lucas, New Mexico Museum of Natural History 2007 (Oct 2005) / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282695-1 / MHID: 0-07-282695-9

NEW

International Edition

THE GOOD EARTH Introduction to Earth Sciences

By David McConnell, David Steer, Katherine Owens, Catherine Knight and Lisa Park of University of Akron

http://www.mhhe.com/lucas5e

Dinosaurs: The Textbook is a monument to our present understanding of these wonderful creatures. It is a book that takes the student on a journey through nearly every aspect of dinosaur biology, geology, and the history of their discovery. The book presents facts together with current ideas, notions, and controversies. Dr. Lucas presents dinosaurs as successful, living creatures that were merely different in appearance from animals living today. Dr. Lucas has written a comprehensive book that is easily read and understood by students with little scientific background--a book that teaches students not only how to use scientific methods, but how to synthesize data to create their own ideas. In contrast with many dinosaur books from the past, Dr. Lucas, although indicating his own views, allows students the opportunity to think for themselves. CONTENTS A Dinosaur Dictionary 1 Dinosaur Hunters 2 Evolution, Phylogeny, and Classification 3 Fossils, Sedimentary Environments, and Geologic Time 4 The Origin of Dinosaurs 5 Theropods 6 Sauropodomorphs 7 Ornithopods 8 Stegosaurs and Ankylosaurs 9 Ceratopsians and Pachycephalosaurs 10 The Dinosaurian World 11 Dinosaur Trace Fossils 12 Dinosaur Biology and Behavior 13 Hot-Blooded Dinosaurs? 14 The Origin of Birds 15 Dinosaur Extinction 16 Dinosaurs in the Public Eye Appendix A Primer of Dinosaur Anatomy

2008 (March 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325650-4 / MHID: 0-07-325650-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110220-9 / MHID: 0-07-110220-5 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/thegoodearth

The Good Earth (TGE) is the product of collaboration between the content rigor provided by Earth Science specialists (McConnell, Park, Steer) and the results of research on learning as contributed by pedagogical experts (Knight, Owens). TGE has been explicitly designed to be compatible with inquiry-based, active learning in the college classroom. The structural elements of this text will allow the instructor to incorporate these student-centered teaching methods into their Earth Science course. The authors have tested the book's content and pedagogy in large Earth Science classes for non-majors that are populated with mostly freshmen. Their experiences show that the materials and methods in TGE can improve students' learning, increase daily attendance, reduce attrition, and increase students' enthusiasm in comparison with classes taught following a traditional lecture format. The authors have chosen to emphasize three scientific themes throughout the text: i) scientific literacy; ii) Earth Science and the human experience; and, iii) the science of global change. The discussion of scientific methods is woven into the text throughout. They have included numerous examples of human interaction with the Earth that can serve as entry points for students to appreciate the nature of science. Global change is a theme that is evident in much current Earth Science research so our authors have used global change as a content theme throughout the book. FEATURES The Good Earth is designed to be compatible with inquiry-based, active learning in the college classroom. It emphasizes "active learning" by providing ample opportunities for self-assessment throughout the text and in the accompanying instructor's manual. The text and instructor's manual make it easy to incorporate student-centered learning into any Earth Science course. The Good Earth provides a specialized range of expertise in geology and education to support the text's goal of being a unique collaboration of earth science and active learning modules. The author team is a product of collaboration between content rigor provided by Earth Science specialists (David McConnell, David Steer, and Lisa Park) AND the results of research learning contributed by pedagogical experts (Catharine Knight and Katharine Owens). Another unique differentiation is the authors' goal to introduce cognitive development by providing guidance to instructors on "how" to utilize inquiry-based learning strategies. This text and its instructor's manual provide learning resources such as active learning exercises that can be used in class or to support reading assignments, links with big ideas of science as defined by the American Association of the Advancement of Science (AAAS), suggestions for optimal teaching practices, and scaffolding activities that step students through increasingly sophisticated reasoning tasks.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

195

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 195

11/13/2007 2:27:47 PM

GEOLOGY

The text organization is similar to competing texts with the defining difference being the focus on concepts and everyday examples that will support what is relevant to the student. The theme of scientific method is woven throughout the text. Three scientific themes are emphasized: (1) scientific literacy (2) Earth Science and human experience (3) the science of global change. Rather than putting key terms in bold print like most texts, key concepts are placed in bold throughout the text. The authors' goal is for students to gain conceptual understanding and vocabulary terms alone do not always provide this understanding but promote memorization. Numerous Check Points or assessment questions/activities are included in every section of the text. These allow students to apply what they have learned without having to wait until the end of the chapter. Each section of a chapter ends with a Comprehension Survey that asks the students to reflect upon their ability to complete the four checkpoints that were in that section. Students use these surveys to evaluate what they have learned in the section. Unlike most instructor's manuals, The Good Earth Instructor's Manual was written by the authors based on their experiences in their classrooms. The instructor's manual includes information on how to conduct cooperative learning exercises, assess using levels of thinking, use geoscience inquiry methods in large lecture settings, use Venn Diagrams, peer use peer instruction, etc. Each chapter begins with an opening photo and question to gain the reader's attention. The opener is then followed by an introduction containing an example of the connection between science and technology and builds on a context or event familiar to the student. Chapter Snapshots are provided for most of the chapters. Designed in a two-page format, these specialized sections feature in-depth discussions of key concepts. Each chapter ends with a section titled "The Big Picture." This section ties all the concepts learned in the chapter together. It brings the reader back to the chapter opening question. Each chapter ends with a Concept Map Exercise for students to complete. McGraw-Hill's ARIS ­ Assessment, Review, and Instruction System for The Good Earth (www.mhhe.com/thegoodearth ) is a complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. All PowerPoint lectures, assignments, quizzes, animations, flash cards, tutorials, and Internet activities are directly tied to textspecific materials in The Good Earth. Instructors can also edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. The Presentation Center library includes thousands of assets from many McGraw-Hill titles. The Discovery Channel DVD offers short (3-5 minute) videos on topics ranging from conservation to volcanoes. The Instructor's Testing and Resource CD-ROM is a crossplatform CD that provides a wealth of resources for the instructor. Among the supplements featured on this CD is a computerized test bank that uses testing software to quickly create customized exams. The user-friendly program allows instructors to search for questions by topic, format, or difficulty level, edit existing questions or add new ones; and scramble questions for multiple versions of the same test. Word files of the test bank questions are provided for those instructors who prefer to work outside the test-generator software. The Instructor's Guide is also included on the Instructor's Test and Resource CD. McGraw-Hill has partnered with eInstruction to provide the revolutionary Classroom Performance System (CPS) and to bring interactivity into the classroom. CPS is a wireless response system that gives the instructor and students immediate feedback from the entire class. The wireless response pads are essentially remotes that are easy to use and engage students. A text-specific set of questions, formatted for both CPS and Powerpoint, is available via download from the Instructor area of The Good Earth ARIS site. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Earth Science 2 Earth in Space 3 Near-Earth Objects 4 Plate Tectonics 5 Earthquakes 6 Volcanoes and Mountains 7 Rocks and Minerals 8 Geologic Time 9 Weathering and Soils 10 Slope Failure 11 Streams and Floods 12 Groundwater and Wetlands 13 Oceans and Coastlines 14 The Atmosphere 15 Weather Systems 16 Earth's Climate System 17 Global Change

DICTIONARY OF EARTH SCIENCE 2nd Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2003 / 468 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141045-8 / MHID: 0-07-141045-7

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface Staff How to Use the Dictionary Fields and Their Scope Pronunciation Key A-Z Terms Appendix

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

196

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 196

11/13/2007 2:27:48 PM

GEOLOGY

International Edition

EARTH SCIENCE Understanding Environmental Systems

By Edgar W. Spencer, Washington & Lee University 2003 / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234146-1 / MHID: 0-07-234146-7 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121876-4 / MHID: 0-07-121876-9 [IE]

Environmental Geology

NEW

International Edition

ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY 8th Edition

By Carla W Montgomery, Northern Illinois University

http://www.mhhe.com/spencer

CONTENTS I Introduction to Earth System Science Unit I Major Elements of the Earth System 1 The Building Blocks of Earth Materials 2 Minerals and the Rock Cycle 3 Earth Model--Core-Mantle System 4 Time and Change in Earth Systems Unit II The Plate Tectonic System 5 Plate Tectonics and Mountain Building 6 Earthquakes 7 Volcanic Activity Unit III Earth's Physical Climate System Part 1 Oceans and Coasts 8 The Sea Floor and Marine Environments 9 Ocean Dynamics 10 Coasts and Coastal Environments Part 2 The Atmosphere 11 Earth's Atmosphere 12 The Atmosphere in Motion 13 Climate--Past, Present, and Future Part 3 The Land Surface 14 Introduction to Earth's Land Environments 15 Weathering and Soil Development 16 Mass Wasting--The Work of Gravity 17 The Role of the Wind 18 Streams 19 GroundWater 20 The Role of Ice in Earth Systems Unit IV The Solar System and Its Place in the Universe 21 Earth's Neighbors in Space--The Solar System 22 Beyond the Solar System Appendix A Units and Conversions Appendix B Minerals Appendix C Rock Identification Appendix D Topographic and Geologic Maps Appendix E Star Charts Appendix F The Periodic Table of Elements Appendix G Glossary

2008 (October 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721605-4 / MHID: 0-07-721605-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128362-5 / MHID: 0-07-128362-5 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/montgomery8

Environmental Geology, 8e presents the student with a broad overview of environmental geology. The text looks both at how the earth developed into its present condition and where matters seem to be moving for the future. It is hoped that this knowledge will provide the student with a useful foundation for discussing and evaluating specific environmental issues, as well as for developing ideas about how the problems should be solved. NEW TO THIS EDITION Coverage in many chapters has been enhanced by boxed readings and more current examples. A chapter on climate change has been added to this edition. CONTENTS Section One Foundations 1 An Overview of Our Planetary Environment 2 Rocks and Minerals--A First Look Section Two Internal Processes 3 Plate Tectonics 4 Earthquakes 5 Volcanoes Section Three Surface Processes 6 Streams and Flooding 7 Coastal Zones and Processes 8 Mass Movements 9 Ice and Glaciers, Wind and Deserts 10 Climate--Past, Present, and Future Section Four Resources 11 Water as a Resource 12 Soil as a Resource 13 Mineral and Rock Resources 14 Energy Resources--Fossil Fuels 15 Energy Resources--Alternative Sources Section Five Waste Disposal, Pollution, and Health 16 Waste Disposal 17 Water Pollution 18 Air Pollution Section Six Other Related Topics 19 Environmental Law 20 Land-Use Planning and Engineering Geology Appendix A Geologic Time, Geologic Process Rates Appendix B Introduction to Topographic and Geologic Maps and Remotely Sensed Imagery Appendix C Mineral and Rock Identification

197

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 197

11/13/2007 2:27:48 PM

GEOLOGY

General Geology

Hazards / Natural Disasters

DICTIONARY OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY 2nd Edition

By McGraw-Hill 2003 / 420 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141044-1 / MHID: 0-07-141044-9

NEW

International Edition

NATURAL DISASTERS 6th Edition

By Patrick Leon Abbott, San Diego State University

A Professional Publication

CONTENTS Preface Staff How to Use the Dictionary Fields and Their Scope Pronunciation Key Dictionary Appendix

2008 (March 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329232-8 / MHID: 0-07-329232-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110218-6 / MHID: 0-07-110218-3 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/abbott6e

This book focuses on natural disasters: how the normal processes of the Earth concentrate their energies and deal heavy blows to humans and their structures. It is concerned with how the natural world operates and, in so doing, kills and maims humans and destroys their works. Throughout the book, certain themes are maintained: * energy sources underlying disasters * plate tectonics and climate change * earth processes operating in rock, water, and atmosphere * significance of geologic time * complexities of multiple variables operating simultaneously * detailed and readable case studies. NEW TO THIS EDITION New feature: Entire text has been revised to feature 4-color line drawings and photos. Case Histories: The text aims to explain important principles about the Earth and then develop further understanding through numerous case studies. End-of-Chapter Learning Aids: Learning aids at the conclusion of every chapter include Terms to Remember, Questions for Review and Questions for Further Thought. Organization: The primary organization of the book is based on an energy theme. Chapter 1 leads off with data describing death and destruction, and then examines the energy sources underlying disasters. Earthquake and volcano disasters fueled by Earth's internal energy are addressed in Chapters 2 through 7 and are organized on a plate-tectonics theme. Disasters powered primarily by gravity are covered in Chapter 8 on mass movements. Disasters fueled by the external energy of the Sun are examined in Chapters 9 through 13 on climate change, severe weather, floods, and fire. Chapter 14 examines the great dyings encased in the fossil record. Chapter 15 examines impacts from asteroids and comets and includes plans to protect Earth from future impacts. Comprehensiveness: The text covers the most significant natural hazards from geologic to oceanographic to atmospheric to space debris and their associated phenomena. The broad range of natural disasters topics allows each instructor to select those chapters that cover their interests and local hazards. CONTENTS 1 Natural Disasters and Their Energy Sources 2 Plate Tectonics and Earthquakes 3 Basic Principles of Earthquake Geology, Seismology and Tsunami

Geomorphology

International Edition

PROCESS GEOMORPHOLOGY 4th Edition

By Dale F Ritter, University of Nevada-Desert Research Institute, R Craig Kochel, Bucknell University and Jerry R Miller, University of NevadaDesert Research Institute 2002 / 576 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-697-34411-3 / MHID: 0-697-34411-8 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111022-8 / MHID: 0-07-111022-4 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Process Geomorphology 2 Climate and Internal Forces 3 Chemical Weathering and Soils 4 Physical Weathering, Mass Movement, and Slopes 5 The Drainage Basin: Development, Mormometry, and Hydrology 6 Fluvial Processes 7 Fluvial Landforms 8 Wind Processes and Landforms 9 Glaciers and Glacial Mechanics 10 Glacial Erosion, Deposition at Landforms 11 Periglacial Processes and Landforms 12 Karst: Processes and Landforms 13 Coastal Zones: Processes and Landforms Bibliography Index

198

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 198

11/13/2007 2:27:48 PM

GEOLOGY

4 Some Earthquakes in Western North America 5 More United States and Canadian Earthquakes 6 Volcanic Eruptions: Plate Tectonics and Magmas 7 Volcanic Eruptions Continue 8 Mass Movements 9 Climate Change 10 Severe Weather 11 Hurricanes and the Coastline 12 Floods 13 Fire 14 The Great Dyings 15 Impacts with Space Objects Updated Geologic Time Scale: Geologic Time Scale has been updated. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Sedimentary Rocks 2 Textural Clues to the History of Sediment 3 Sedimentary Rocks under the Microscope 4 Ancient Sedimentary Environments 5 Tectonic Settings 6 Sea-Floor Spreading and Plate Tectonics 7 Age Relations and Unconformity 8 Rock Units and Time-Rock Units 9 The Advance and Retreat of Ancient Shorelines 10 Fossils and Their Living Relatives: Protists, Sponges, Corals, Bryozoans, and Brachiopods 11 Fossils and Their Living Relatives: Mollusks, Arthropods, Echinoderms, Graptolites, and Plants 12 Fossil Indicators of Age, Environment, and Correlation 13 A Brief Survey of the Vertebrates 14 Geologic Maps and Geologic Structures 15 Canadian Shield and Basement Rocks of North America 16 Mountain Belts of North America 17 The Interior Plains and Plateaus 18 Identification of Minerals 19 Igneous Rocks 20 Metamorphic Rocks List of Tables List of Colorplates List of Plates Preface

Historical Geology

NEW

LABORATORY STUDIES IN EARTH HISTORY 9th Edition

By Harold L Levin, Washington University--St Louis and Michael S Smith

International Edition

EVOLUTION OF THE EARTH 7th Edition

By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College and Robert Dott, University of Wisconsin--Madison 2004 (July 2003) / 608 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252808-4 / MHID: 0-07-252808-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121628-9 / MHID: 0-07-121628-6 [IE]

2008 (September 2007) / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305072-0 / MHID: 0-07-305072-5 Utilizing actual case studies and field photographs, this successful lab manual covers the full spectrum of historical geology sediments, plate tectonics, paleontology, and petrology in flexible, self-contained units. This manual has been developed for use in both non-majors and combined courses in historical geology. The exercises emphasize the principles and methods by which geologists discover the origins and changing nature of our planet. These exercises or "studies" will help students understand how ancient conditions can be read from rocks and fossils, how geologic forces at the surface and within the planet can alter the environment, and how events of the past can be placed within an integrated chronological sequence. The exercises are designed for students who may not intend to specialize in geology. This does not mean, however, that the treatment is superficial, nor that it cannot give adequate preparation for students pursuing an academic major in the earth sciences. NEW TO THIS EDITION Sedimentary Rock Labs: The first four labs in the manual have been extensively revised. Each exercise begins with a complete list of "What You Will Need." Chapter 9, The Advanced Retreat of Ancient Shorelines: A new discussion about paleogeography has been added to the beginning of this lab. Also, there are new study questions on the topic of paleogeography. Chapter 18, Identification of Minerals: At the request of reviewers, the authors have added an Identification of Minerals chapter to the manual.

http://www.mhhe.com/prothero7

CONTENTS 1 Time and Terrestrial Change 2 Floods, Fossils, and Heresies: "No vestige of a beginning, no prospect of an end?" 3 Evolution 4 The Relative Geologic Time Scale and Modern Concepts of Stratigraphy 5 The Numerical Dating of the Earth 6 Origin and Early Evolution of the Earth 7 Mountain Building and Drifting Continents 8 Cryptozoic History: An Introduction to the Origin of Continental Crust 9 Early Life and its Patterns 10 Earliest Paleozoic History: The Sauk Sequence--An Introduction to Cratons and Epeiric Seas 11 The Later Ordovician: Further Studies of Plate Tectonics and the Paleogeography of Orogenic Belts 12 The Middle Paleozoic: Time of Reefs, Salt, and Forests 13 Late Paleozoic History: A Tectonic Climax and Retreat of the Sea 14 The Mesozoic Era: Age of Reptiles and Continental Breakup 15 Cenozoic History: Threshold of the Present 16 Pleistocene Glaciation and the Advent of Humans 17 The Best of all Possible Worlds?

199

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 199

11/13/2007 2:27:49 PM

GEOLOGY

Appendix I The Classification and Relationships of Life Appendix II English Equivalents of Metric Measures 3 How Does the Atmosphere Maintain Such a Steady Temperature? 4 Humidity 5 How Do Clouds Form? 6 Precipitation 7 Structure of Large Mid-Latitude Weather Systems 8 Air Masses, Fronts, and Frontal Cyclones 9 Weather Forecasting 10 Circulations on Many Scales, and Their Interactions 11 Thunderstorms and Tornadoes 12 Hurricanes 13 Introduction to Climatology: How Stable is Earth's Climate? 14 Is the Atmosphere Warming? 15 Light and Color in the Atmosphere 16 Air Pollution Appendix A Some Notable Dates in the History of Meteorology B Scientific Notation C SI Units of Measurement D Other Units, Conversion Factors, and Constants E List of Elements F Latitude and Longitude G Time Zones H Weather Plotting Symbols I Windchill and Heat Index Tables J Humidity Tables K Saturation Mixing Ratio Diagram L Thermodynamic Diagram M Climatological Data N Atomic Structure: A Review of Some Basics

Hydrogeology

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO HYDROGEOLOGY

By David Deming, University of Oklahoma-Norman 2002 / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-232622-2 / MHID: 0-07-232622-0 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113019-6 / MHID: 0-07-113019-5 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Fluids in the Earth's Crust: The Science of Hydrogeology 2 Darcy's Law and Hydraulic Head 3 Properties of Porous Media 4 Geologic Fluids 5 Transient Flow 6 Near Surface Flow 7 Driving Forces and Mechanisms for Fluid Flow 8 Abnormal Fluid Pressures 9 Environmental Hydrogeology 10 Petroleum Migration 11 Heat Transport 12 Earthquakes, Stress, and Fluids 13 Fluids in the Oceanic Crust 14 Fluids and Ore Deposits

Oceanography

NEW

Meteorology

EXPLORING THE WORLD OCEAN

By Sean Chamberlin, Fullerton College and Tommy Dickey

International Edition

METEOROLOGY 2nd Edition

By Eric W. Danielson, Hartford College for Women, James Levin, Pennsylvania State University--University Park and Elliot Abrams, AccuWeather, Inc. 2003 / 558 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-242072-2 / MHID: 0-07-242072-3 (with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM) ­ Out of Print ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121383-7 / MHID: 0-07-121383-X [IE with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM]

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331276-7 / MHID: 0-07-331276-2

www.mhhe.com/chamberlin1e

Exploring the World Ocean presents oceanography as a systems science, aimed at understanding the world ocean as a single, interdependent system of interacting geological, physical, chemical and biological processes. Also emphasized is the idea that ocean science is an ongoing process, dependent upon cutting-edge technology and research. Students are encouraged to take an active role in learning by exploring scientific ideas, data, and alternative ways of thinking as they view oceanography through the eyes of an oceanographer.

http://www.mhhe.com/meteorology

CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Meteorological Inquiry 2 Is the Atmosphere's Composition Changing?

200

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 200

11/13/2007 2:27:49 PM

GEOLOGY

FEATURES Exploring the World Ocean takes a systems approach: each chapter contributes to the understanding of the ocean's geological, physical, chemical, and biological processes and how they work together to form one world ocean. Written by an oceanographer and researcher currently in the field, the authors' goal is to capture the spirit of oceanography by allowing the reader to view it through the eyes of an oceanographer. Guided by the desire to present science as a process and to immerse students in the literature of modern day oceanographic research, fundamental questions of human and scientific interest are explored throughout the text. Exploring the World Ocean offers a more contemporary view of oceanography, prompting students to question the ocean and its systems, and to seek answers by investigating the different tools and methods scientists use to explain the processes they observe. "Spotlight" boxed readings highlight cutting-edge oceanographic research and technology through discussions of ocean-related environmental and societal issues, as well as controversies and areas of research where oceanographers disagree. These boxes provide added interest and demonstrate the fact that science is constantly changing. Topics include: Sea Floor Observatories: Telescopes to Inner Space, Increasing CO2 in the World Ocean, Are the Polar Ice Caps Melting?, and Robotic "Oceanographers" Witness Extreme Events. Pedagogical features include: chapter outline, Questions to Consider, bolded key terms, "Spotlight" boxed readings, "You Might Wonder" questions and answers, bulleted key concepts, Terms to Remember, and directions to the Online Learning Center for self-assessment, web links, and animations. Each chapter begins with Questions to Consider; a set of questions that may be used as an introduction to a topic, or a starting point for inquiry-based studies. These questions are intended to stimulate curiosity and promote thinking like an oceanographer. Historical content and environmental issues are woven throughout the text in the context of chapter-specific subject matter. Figure captions often function as an extension of the text by providing new or additional information about a topic. This forces students to view the art as a learning tool, and helps them to better understand the concept being presented. Exploring the World Ocean contains more than 400 full-color maps, illustrations and photographs. All of the art has been carefully designed and selected to complement and reinforce the text. World maps have been put on the Robinson projection for added visual appeal. "You Might Wonder" sections offer general interest questions and answers that provide interesting tidbits, strange and amazing facts, common misconceptions and miscellaneous topics of interest to students. Each chapter ends with Critical Thinking questions and activities which are designed to help students assess their understanding of chapter material. These questions also provide an excellent starting point for deeper explorations of a topic in classroom or online discussions. Appendices include: Symbols, Metric System, Conversions, and Useful Oceanographic Formulas. A fold-out map at the end of the book provides a quick reference to the oceans, seas, bays, gulfs, straights, channels, and waters that form the world ocean. The Online Learning Center features additional tools and activities for students including: chapter quizzing, key terms flashcards, web links, animations, and Scripps video clips. Instructors will find an Instructor's Manual, PowerPoint Lecture outlines, and CPS questions. CONTENTS Preface Chapter One: Introducing the World Ocean Chapter Two: World Ocean Origins Chapter Three: Plate Tectonics Theory and Evidence Chapter Four: Sea Floor Features Chapter Five: Ocean Sediments Chapter Six: Ocean Chemistry Chapter Seven: Ocean Physics Chapter Eight: The Ocean and the Atmosphere Chapter Nine: Surface and Deep Circulation Chapter Ten: Ocean Waves Chapter Eleven: Ocean Tides and Sea Level Chapter Twelve: Ocean Life and Its Evolution Chapter Thirteen: Phytoplankton Productivity Chapter Fourteen: Ocean Food Webs Chapter Fifteen: Humans and the Coastal Ocean Chapter Sixteen: Future Explorations Appendices

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLDS OCEANS 9th Edition

By Keith Sverdrup and Alyn Duxbury of University of Washington and Alison Duxbury, North Seattle Comm College

2008 (September 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325483-8 / MHID: 0-07-325483-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110221-6 / MHID: 0-07-110221-3 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/sverdrup9e

An Introduction to the World's Oceans, Ninth Edition, is an introductory oceanography text intended for students without a background in mathematics, chemistry, physics, geology, or biology. It emphasizes the role of basic scientific principles in helping understand the processes that govern the ocean and the earth. A major objective of the text is to stimulate student interest and curiosity by blending contemporary information and research with basic principles to form an integrated introduction to the sciences of the oceans. To keep the text as current as possible, the authors conduct their own research and examine other findings such as analyzing satellite data and large-scale oceanographic programs. From this vast amount of data, they select interesting, relevant, and understandable examples that illustrate contemporary principles of oceanography. An Introduction to the World's Oceans places greater emphasis on the physical and geological aspects of the oceans than on the chemical and geochemical properties, because the latter disciplines require more specific background knowledge. An ecological approach helps integrate the biological chapters with other subjects. Students are encouraged to look at oceanography as a cohesive and united discipline rather than a collection of subjects gathered under a marine umbrella. As with all previous editions, the authors continue to make each chapter stand as independently as possible, so that professors can assign chapters in the order that best suits their classrooms.

201

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 201

11/13/2007 2:27:49 PM

GEOLOGY

NEW TO THIS EDITION Field Notes (six found throughout the book) feature guest essays by prominent oceanographers. These essays offer insight into the world of oceanographers and help students learn about some of the most exciting and cutting-edge developments in oceanography. They also provide the reader a glimpse into the near future of the discipline. Thirty-four Scripps Video Clips are available to users of this text. These 15- to 20-second, underwater clips feature footage of marine animals and their behavior, giving students a glimpse into a real, underwater perspective. CONTENTS 1 The History of Oceanography 2 The Water Planet 3 Plate Tectonics 4 The Sea Floor and Its Sediments 5 The Physical Properties of Water 6 The Chemistry of Seawater 7 The Structure and Motion of the Atmosphere 8 Circulation and Ocean Structure 9 The Surface Currents 10 The Waves 11 The Tides 12 Coasts, Beaches, and Estuaries 13 Environmental Issues and Concerns 14 The Living Ocean 15 Production and Life 16 The Plankton: Drifters of the Open Ocean 17 The Nekton: Free Swimmers of the Sea 18 The Benthos: Dwellers of the Sea Floor 10 Oceanic Environment and Production 11 Life in the Water 12 Life on the Sea Floor Appendix A Latitude and Longitude Appendix B Classification Summaries Appendix C Units and Notation

Paleontology

BRINGING FOSSILS TO LIFE An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2nd Edition

By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College 2004 / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366170-4 / MHID: 0-07-366170-8

http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geology

CONTENTS 1 The Fossil Record: A Window on the Past 2 Variation in Fossils 3 Species and Speciation 4 Systematics 5 Evolution 6 Extinction 7 Functional Morphology 8 Paleoecology 9 Biogeography 10 Biostratigraphy 11 Micropaleontology 12 Colonial Life: Archaeocyathans, Sponges, and Enidarians 13 Lophophorates: Brachiopods and Bryozoans 14 Arthropods 15 Mollusks 16 Echinoderms 17 Chordates 18 Trace Fossils

International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY 5th Edition

By Keith A. Sverdrup, University of Wisconsin ­ Milwaukee, Alyn C. Duxbury, University of Washington, Alison B. Duxbury, North Seattle Community College 2006 (Jan 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304081-3 / MHID: 0-07-304081-9 (Essential Version) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111712-8 / MHID: 0-07-111712-1 [IE with OLC]

http://www.mhhe.com/sverdrup5

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

Fundamentals of Oceanography is intended for less intensive college oceanography courses, courses for non-science majors and advanced placement oceanography programs for high school students. To meet the needs of these groups, this text has numerous student aids including chapter learning objectives, section review questions, summary charts, units in metric and English units, chapter summaries, chapter word lists, bold face for technical terms in the text, and reduced use of technical terms. No prerequisites in math, chemistry, physics, or biology are required. CONTENTS 1 History of Oceanography 2 Introduction to Earth 3 Plate Tectonics 4 The Sea Floor 5 Water 6 The Atmosphere and the Oceans 7 Circulation Patterns and Ocean Currents 8 Waves and Tides 9 Coasts, Estuaries, and Environmental Issues

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

202

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 202

11/13/2007 2:27:49 PM

GEOLOGY

Petrology

Physical Geology

Textbook

International Edition

PETROLOGY The Study of Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks, 2nd Edition

By Loren A Raymond, Appalachian State University 2002 / 736 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366168-1 / MHID: 0-07-366168-6 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115041-5 / MHID: 0-07-115041-2 [IE]

NEW

International Edition

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 7th Edition

By Diane Carlson and Charles Plummer of California State University-Sacramento and David McGeary

www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geoscience/virtuality/raymond/index.mhtml

CONTENTS Part I Introduction 1 Rocks and Earth Structure Part II Igneous Rocks 2 Igneous Rocks: Their Structures and Textures 3 Chemistry, Mineralogy, and Classification of Igneous Rocks 4 The Phase Rule and Phase Diagrams 5 Petrogenesis, Movement, and Modification of Magmas 6 Basalts and Ultramafic Volcanic Rocks 7 Rhyolites and Pyroclastic Rocks 8 Andesites and Related Rocks 9 Ultramafic-Mafic Complexes and Related Rocks 10 Granodiorites and Related Rocks 11 Alkaline Igneous Rocks and Carbonatites Part III Sedimentary Rocks 12 Sedimentary Rocks: Their Structures, Textures, and Compositions 13 Classification of Sedimentary Rocks 14 Sedimentary Provenance, Processes, and Diagenesis 15 Sedimentary Environments 16 Mudrocks 17 Sandstones 18 Conglomerates, Diamictites, Breccias 19 Carbonate Rocks 20 Cherts, Evaporites, and Other Precipitated Rocks Part IV Metamorphic Rocks 21 Metamorphism and Metamorphic Rock Textures and Structures 22 Metamorphic Conditions, Classifications, Mineralogies, Protoliths, Facies, and Facies Series 23 Metamorphic Phase Diagrams 24 Contact Metamorphism 25 Regional Metamorphism Under Low to Medium P/T Conditions: Buchan and Barrovian Facies Series 26 High P/T Metamorphism: Franciscan and Sanbagawa Facies Series and the Origin of Blueschists 27 Eclogites 28 Dynamic Metamorphism 29 Alpine Ultramafic Rocks and the Mantle Part V Epilogue 30 Petrotectonic Assemblages

2008 (September 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325648-1 / MHID: 0-07-325648-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110219-3 / MHID: 0-07-110219-1 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/carlson7e

Physical Geology: Earth Revealed is a classic in introductory geology classes. This text, which includes the same information as the marketleading Physical Geology, 11th Edition, is for the professor who wants to use the same valuable information and engaging format but in a different teaching sequence. Coverage of plate tectonics is moved to the beginning of the book. In keeping with the long-standing tradition, the seventh edition has been updated to include the most current information from the various sub-disciplines that comprise physical geology. The book's purpose is to clearly present the various aspects of physical geology so that students can understand the logic of what scientists have discovered, as well as the elegant way the parts are interrelated to explain how Earth, as a whole, works. The outstanding art program and proven, accessible writing style will grab students' attention and further their interest. This text continues to be used as the official textbook to accompany the Annenberg CPB distributed telecourse for physical geology. NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill is proud to bring you an assortment of 44 outstanding animations like no others. These include 20 new animations and 24 animations retained from previous editions. These animations are located on ARIS and also on the Digital Content Manager. A special animation icon has been placed beside every figure in the text that has a corresponding animation. This new edition includes an updated art program that will not only aid in understanding, but also engage students' interest. Over 300 illustrations have been revised or created from scratch. Over 130 new photos have been added to provide the reader with significant detail to support the textual material. Several photos from previous editions have been retained for their subject matter, but have been electronically enhanced to improve focus and clarity. "A Geologist's View" pieces have been added. Seventeen photos in the text are accompanied by an illustration depicting how a geologist would view the scene. Students gain experience understanding how the trained eye of a geologist views a scene in order to understand the historical processes that have occurred that result in what they are seeing today. McGraw-Hill's ARIS for Carlson is a complete electronic homework and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of

203

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 203

11/13/2007 2:27:50 PM

GEOLOGY

the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill's ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. New Classroom Performance System and Questions--McGrawHill has partnered with eInstruction to provide the revolutionary Classroom Performance System (CPS) and to bring interactivity into the classroom. CPS is a wireless response system that gives the instructor and students immediate feedback from the entire class. The wireless response pads are essentially remotes that engage students and are easy to use. CPS allows you to motivate student preparation, interactivity, and active learning so you can receive immediate feedback and know what students understand. A text-specific set of questions, formatted for both CPS and PowerPoint, is available via download from the Instructor area of the Online Learning Center. A three page fold-out map has been added to the back of the text for students' reference. The front side of the foldout contains a geographic map of the world. CONTENTS 1 Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics, and other Important Concepts 2 Earth's Interior and Geophysical Properties 3 The Sea Floor 4 Plate Tectonics 5 Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust 6 Geologic Structures 7 Earthquakes 8 Time and Geology 9 Atoms, Elements, and Minerals 10 Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks 11 Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Rocks 12 Weathering and Soil 13 Mass Wasting 14 Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks 15 Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal Rocks 16 Streams and Floods 17 Ground Water 18 Deserts and Wind Action 19 Glaciers and Glaciation 20 Waves, Beaches and Coasts 21 Geologic Resources 22 The Earth's Companions

NEW

International Edition

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 12th Edition

By Charles (Carlos) C Plummer and Diane Carlson of California State University--Sacramento and David McGeary (deceased)

2008 (October 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721606-1 / MHID: 0-07-721606-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128337-3 / MHID: 0-07-128337-4 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/plummer12e

Physical Geology, 12e, is the latest refinement of a classic introductory text that has helped countless students learn basic physical geology concepts for over 25 years. Students taking introductory physical geology to fulfill a science elective, as well as those contemplating a career in geology, will appreciate the accessible writing style and depth of coverage in Physical Geology. Hundreds of carefully rendered illustrations and accompanying photographs correlate perfectly with the chapter descriptions to help readers quickly grasp new geologic concepts. Numerous chapter learning tools and a rich ARIS website further assist students in their study of physical geology. NEW TO THIS EDITION Content has been updated throughout to keep the text both current and fresh. Some examples include: a) The soil section in Chapter 5 has been completely rewritten and now includes a new section on soil erosion and new photos and sketches. b) Chapter 12 now includes a discussion of ice streams with Antarctic ice sheets. c) Chapter 15 includes new spectacular photos of joints and plunging anticlines by Michael Collier. d) Chapter 22 was updated to include new discoveries about planets and other bodies in our solar system, including the downgrading of Pluto from a planet. In this edition, we have increased the number of "A Geologist's View" pieces. These are photos in the text that are accompanied by an illustration depicting how a geologist would view the scene. Students gain experience understanding how the trained eye of a geologist views a scene in order to understand the historical processes that have occurred that result in what they are seeing today. CONTENTS 1 Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics, and other Important Concepts 2 Atoms, Elements, and Minerals 3 Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Rocks 4 Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks 5 Weathering and Soil 6 Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks 7 Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal Rocks 8 Time and Geology 9 Mass Wasting 10 Streams and Floods 11 Ground Water 12 Glaciers and Glaciation 13 Deserts and Wind Action 14 Waves, Beaches and Coasts 15 Geologic Structures 16 Earthquakes

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

204

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 204

11/13/2007 2:27:50 PM

GEOLOGY

17 Earth's Interior and Geophysical Properties 18 The Sea Floor 19 Plate Tectonics 20 Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust 21 Geologic Resources 22 The Earth's Companions Appendix A Identification of Minerals Appendix B Identification of Rocks Appendix C The Elements Most Significant to Geology Appendix D Periodic Table of Elements Appendix E Selected Conversion Factors Appendix F Rock Symbols Appendix G Commonly Used Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots built around the figures, rather than having the figures simply supplement the text. This integration of text and figures approach is based on research about how people learn from figures and text. The text has been designed to encourage inquiry and provide readers with tools to think critically about geologic problems. Questions in the title, opening paragraph and topic headings are intended to get readers to think about the topic and become interested and motivated to explore the two-page spread for answers. The authors also use a learning-cycle approach in presenting topics. This approach includes three phases ­ exploration, introduction of terms and concepts, and application. The text will emphasize how geologists observe and interpret landscapes, how to study geology, and how to portray geologic systems. Chapter Opening two page spreads are generally organized around one large, central figure, such as a map, satellite image, or conceptual diagram. Most involve a specific geographic locality to immediately convey that the information in the chapter applies to real world settings. Topical two page spreads are the foundation of the book. They have one or more main illustration linked to text boxes. The topical spread that is before the application spread at the end of the chapter is designed to help readers integrate the various concepts from the chapter and show how these concepts can be applied to a real place, in preparation for the application exercise. Each chapter ends with an Application two-page spread. In these exercises, readers must apply knowledge, skills, and approaches learned in the chapter. These exercises include authentic tasks using the same kinds of data and illustration encountered in the chapter. These could be assigned as homework, be included as a exercise on a text, or be used for an in-class exercise. Most two page spreads contain a main text block at the end of spread. Chapter 2: Investigating Geologic Problems is unique to this text. This chapter provides strategies for observing and interpreting geology. The text will include chapters/topics not covered in many other texts: Climate, Weather, Hazards, Natural Resources, and the importance of geologic resources. At the end of each two-page spread is a Before You Leave this Page list which identifies key aspects to understand. Text includes 20 self contained chapters. The text is heavily supported by media elements (animations, simulations, actvities, quizzing, etc.) The instructors testing and resource CD will be a comprehensive resource that provides teaching tips for utilizing this visualization approach and test questions. CONTENTS Preface 1 The Nature of Geology 2 Investigating Geologic Questions 3 Plate Tectonics 4 Earth Materials 5 Igneous Environments 6 Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards 7 Sedimentary Environments 8 Deformation and Metamorphism 9 Geologic Time 10 The Seafloor and Continental Margins 11 Mountains, Basins, and Continents 12 Earthquakes and the Earth's Interior 13 Climate, Weather, and Their Influences on Geology 14 Shorelines, Glaciers, and Changing Sea Levels

NEW

EXPLORING GEOLOGY

By Stephen Reynolds and Julia Johnson of Arizona State University-Tempe, Michael Kelly, Paul, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis and Chuck Carter

2008 (June 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325651-1 / MHID: 0-07-325651-X

http://www.mhhe.com/reynolds

Exploring Geology by Reynolds/Johnson/Kelly/Morin/Carter is a new, innovative textbook intended for an introductory college geology course, such as Physical Geology. This ground-breaking, visually spectacular book was designed from cognitive and educational research on how students think, learn, and study. Nearly all information in the book is built around nearly 2,700 photographs and stunning illustrations, rather than being in long blocks of text that are not articulated with figures. These annotated illustrations help students visualize geologic processes and concepts, and are suited to the way most instructors already teach. To alleviate cognitive load and help students focus on one important geologic process or concept at a time, the book consists entirely of two-page spreads organized into 19 chapters. Each two-page spread is a self-contained block of information about a specific topic, emphasizing geologic concepts, processes, features, and approaches. These spreads help students learn and organize geologic knowledge in a new and exciting way. Inquiry is embedded throughout the book, as is the way geologists investigate problems. The title of each two-page spread and topic heading is a question intended to get readers to think about the topic and become interested and motivated to explore the two-page spread for answers. Each chapter is a learning cycle, which begins with a visually engaging two-page spread about a compelling geologic issue. Each chapter ends with an Investigation that challenges students with a problem associated with a virtual place. The world-class media, spectacular presentations, and assessments are all tightly articulated with the textbook. This book is designed to encourage students to observe, interpret, think critically, and engage in authentic inquiry, and is highly acclaimed by reviewers, instructors, and students. FEATURES The design of the text consists of a series of two-page spreads. Each spread is designed to concisely convey the important aspects of a geological concept or system. The two-page spread design was greatly influenced by educational and cognitive research on how people learn. This text uses figures and illustrations as the focus for learning. All the pages are dominated by various types of figures. The text is

205

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 205

11/13/2007 2:27:51 PM

GEOLOGY

15 Weathering, Soils, and Unstable Slopes 16 Rivers and Streams 17 Water Resources 18 Energy and Mineral Resources 19 Geology of the Solar System Appendices 8 Streams and Humid-Climate Landscapes 9 Groundwater and Groundwater-Influenced Landscapes 10 Glaciation 11 Sea Coasts 12 Arid-Climate Landscapes Geologic Time and Sequences 13 Geologic Age Internal Processes 14 Structural Geology 15 Geologic Maps 16 Earthquakes 17 Plate Tectonics

Laboratory

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 13th Edition

By James H Zumberge (Deceased) 2007 (June 2006) / 304 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298861-4 / MHID: 0-07-298861-4

NEW

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 6th Edition

By Norris Jones, University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh and Charles Jones, University of Pittsburgh 2008 (February 2007) / 207 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721894-2 / MHID: 0-07-721894-9 (Revised)

http://www.mhhe.com/zumberge13e

This successful laboratory manual is written for the freshman-level laboratory course in physical geology. In this lab, students study Earth materials, geologic interpretation of topographic maps, aerial photographs and Earth satellite imagery, structural geology and plate tectonics and related phenomena. With nearly 30 exercises, professors have great flexibility when developing the syllabus for their physical geology lab course. The ease of use, tremendous selection, and tried and true nature of the labs selected have made this lab manual one of the leading selling physical geology lab manuals. CONTENTS 1 Earth Materials Minerals Rocks 2 The Geologic Column and Geologic Time 3 Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Other Imagery From Remote Sensing Map Coordinates and Land Divisions Topographic Maps Imagery From Remote Sensing 4 Geologic Interpretation of Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Earth Satellite Images 5 Structural Geology Structural Features of Sedimentary Rocks Faults and Earthquakes The Use of Seismic Waves to Locate the Epicenter of an Earthquake 6 Plate Tectonics and Related Geologic Phenomena Seafloor Spreading in the South Atlantic and Eastern Pacific Oceans

http://www.mhhe.com/jones6e

If it's important for you to incorporate the scientific method into your teaching, this lab manual is the perfect fit. In every exercise there are scientific method boxes that provide students with insight into the relevance of the scientific method to the topic at hand. The manual also includes "In Greater Depth" problems, a more challenging probe into certain issues. They are more quantitative in nature and require more in-depth, critical thinking, which is unique to this type of manual. NEW TO THIS EDITION Chapter 6 has been heavily revised and is now titled "Topographic Maps and Digital Elevation Models." Material on digital elevation models (DEMs) has been added because they are becoming increasingly widespread and important and because they are visually compelling. Chapter 7, now titled "Remote Sensing of Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards," has been heavily revised. Text and figures explaining the basics of volcanoes and volcanic hazards have been added. All exercises focus on using satellite images or air photos to analyze volcanoes and their hazards. CONTENTS Minerals 1 Properties of Minerals 2 Mineral Identification Rocks 3 Igneous Rocks 4 Sedimentary Rocks 5 Metamorphic Rocks Maps and Images 6 Topographic Maps and Digital Elevation Models 7 Remote Sensing of Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards Surface Processes

206

HED 08 Geology (11).indd 206

11/13/2007 2:27:51 PM

ALLIED HEALTH Advanced First Aid............................................................................................211 Blood and Airborne Pathogens.........................................................................211 BLS/CPR for the Professional Rescuer............................................................211 Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting..............................................212 Computers in the Medical Office ......................................................................212 CPR and AED...................................................................................................213 EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology.............................................................................214 Electronic Medical Records ..............................................................................216 First Aid.............................................................................................................217 Massage Therapy.............................................................................................217 Math for Health Professions .............................................................................220 Medical Assisting - Administrative and Clinical.................................................220 Medical Billing and Coding ...............................................................................226 Medical Insurance ............................................................................................227 Medical Law & Ethics .......................................................................................229 Medical Office Procedures ...............................................................................229 Medical Terminology.........................................................................................229 Nursing Assisting/Long Term Care ...................................................................234 Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED...........................................................................234 Pharmacology for Health Professions ..............................................................235 Phlebotomy.......................................................................................................236

ALLIED HEALTH

207

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 207

11/13/2007 2:28:45 PM

NEW TITLES

ALLIED HEALTH

2009

Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Heatlh, 2e Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies with Student CD-ROMS, 3e Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures (without A&P Chapters), 3e Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Electronic Health Records Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Exams with Student CD, 3e HIPAA for Allied Health Careers Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e The Complete Diagnosis Coding Book Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques

Author

ISBN-13

9780073261270 9780073373959 9780073259871 9780073259888

MHID

0073261270 0073373958 007325987X 0073259888

Page

220 221 222 223

Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e Booth Booth Booth Booth

Booth

9780073373997

0073373990

224

Booth Hamilton Moini

9780073309774 9780073374000 9780073309798

007330977X 0073374008 0073309796

236 216 212

Newby NSC Safian Shade Watson

9780073374123 9780073382883 9780073373942 9780073519760 9780073510958

0073374121 0073382884 007337394X 0073519766 0073510955

227 211 226 215 217

2008

Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM with Student CD-ROM Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student CD, 2e Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/ Flashcards/Online Learning Center McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health Administering Medications, 6e From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office with Student Data CD, 5e Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e Newby 9780073522050 0073522058 228 Dumith Gauwitz Newby 9780073510965 9780073520858 9780073254791 0073510963 0073520853 0073254797 231 235 227 Bostwick 9780073335056 0073335053 230 Booth 9780073281124 0073281123 225 Booth 9780073302096 0073302090 214 Allan Abbott 9780073272948 9780077227777 0073272949 0077227778 229 218

208

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 208

11/13/2007 2:28:45 PM

NEW TITLES

ALLIED HEALTH

2008

CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Student CD-ROM Praciticing ECGs Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e Medical Terminology Word Builder and Communications Workbook with Flashcards

Author

NSC NSC Saeger

ISBN-13

9780073513645 9780073297019 9780073025827

MHID

0073513644 0073297011 0073025828

Page

213 234 219

Shade Schull Thierer

9780073314181 9780071548779 9780073315447

0073314188 0071548777 0073315443

215 235 232

209

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 209

11/13/2007 2:28:45 PM

NEW TITLES

210

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 210

11/13/2007 2:28:45 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Allied Health

Blood and Airborne Pathogens

Advanced First Aid

NEW

FIRST AID TAKING ACTION

By National Safety Council NSC 2007 (March 2006) / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322068-0 / MHID: 0-07-322068-X ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352200-5 / MHID: 0-07-352200-7 (Workbook)

BLOODBORNE AND AIRBORNE PATHOGENS 2nd Edition

By National Safety Council NSC 2009 (March 2008) / 64 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-338288-3 / MHID: 0-07-338288-4 (Details unavailable at press time)

http://www.mhhe.com/FATA

First Aid: Taking Action covers the material required for a semester long First Aid course. The focus is teaching how to recognize and act in any emergency and to sustain life until professional help can arrive. Quality content will feature information based on the 2005 national guidelines for breathing and cardiac emergencies, including CPR, choking care and using an automated external defibrillator (AED). Other information includes bleeding control, first aid for sudden illnesses and injuries, and remote first aid. Information is presented in a concise easy-to-read manner that works as a handy reference after the course. A National Safety Council completion card for CPR and First Aid are available with the course. CONTENTS 1 Preparing to Act 2 Acting in an Emergency 3 The Human Body 4 Assessing the Victim 5 Basic Life Support 1: Rescue Breaths 6 Basic Life Support 2: CPR 7 Basic Life Support 3: Choking Care 8 Basic Life Support 4: Automated External Defibrillator (AED) 9 Controlling Bleeding 10 Shock 11 Wounds and Soft Tissue Injuries 12 Burns 13 Head and Spinal Injuries 14 Chest, Abdominal, and Pelvic Injuries 15 Bone, Joint, and Muscle Injuries 16 Extremity Injuries and Splinting 17 Sudden Illness 18 Poisoning 19 Substance Misuse and Abuse 20 Bites and Stings 21 Cold and Heat Emergencies 22 Behavioral Emergencies 23 Pregnancy and Childbirth 24 Remote Location First Aid 25 Rescuing and Moving Victims 26 Are You Prepared? 27 Moving Forward

BLS/CPR for the Professional Rescuer

BASIC LIFE SUPPORT Healthcare and Professional Rescuers

By National Safety Council NSC 2007 (August 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329690-6 / MHID: 0-07-329690-2 National Safety Council's-Basic Life Support: Healthcare and Professional Rescuers presents core content needed to meet the credentials for the professional rescuer CPR course. Included in this 100 page manual is material on rescue breathing, AED in cardiac emergencies, and airway obstruction. In this manual, technical information is presented in a way to enhance effective learning. Included are end of Chapter scenarios that ask students questions to stimulate learning. With products from the NSC you are getting content that meets the 2005 Emergency Cardiac Care Guidelines and techniques, nationally recognized completion cards, and superior instructors support material. CONTENTS 1. Role of the Professional Rescuer 2. Preventing Infectious Disease 3. Victim Assessment and Basic Life Support 4. Basic Life Support 1: Rescue Breathing 5. Basic Life Support 2: Cardiac Emergencies and CPR 6. Basic Life Support 3: Airway Obstruction 7. Basic Life Support 4: AED in Cardiac Emergencies 8. Special Resuscitation Situations 9. Advanced Resuscitation Appendix A Review Questions Appendix B Answers to Case Scenarios and Review Questions Glossary Index

211

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 211

11/13/2007 2:28:46 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting

NEW

Chapter 24 Laboratory Procedures PART II SELF-EVALUATION Section 1 Test for General Medical Assisting Knowledge Section 2 Test for Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge Section 3 Test for Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge Part III SELF-EVALUATION ANWERS AND RATIONALES Section 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge Answers and Rationales Section 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge Answers and Rationales Section 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge Answers and Rationales

MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW: Passing the CMA, RMA, & CCMA Exams with Student CD, 3rd Edition

By Jahangir Moini, Florida Metro University-Melbourne 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330979-8 / MHID: 0-07-330979-6 Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, Third Edition provides example questions for students to prepare for certification exams. This reference prepares students to take the exam with easy-to-read essential material summaries that highlight key areas of the major clinical and administrative parts of a Medical Assistant's program. Each of the chapters includes a series of 20 to 30 multiple choice quiz questions and a concise outline of key information. The CD-ROM included free in each book provides more than 1500 sample review questions as well as a PowerPoint presentation for additional student review. The review questions include rationales for answers and correlations to certification competencies. There is also a correlation to the textbook location where the information is covered. NEW TO THIS EDITION New chapter on General Psychology Improved Student CD-ROM is easier to use. CONTENTS PART I THEORY REVIEW Section 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting Chapter 2 Medical Terminology Chapter 3 Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 4 Pathophysiology Chapter 5 Microbiology Chapter 6 General Psychology Chapter 7 Nutrition Chapter 8 Medical Law and Ethics Section 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 9 General Office Duties Chapter 10 Communication in the Medical Office Chapter 11 Keyboarding and Computer Applications Chapter 12 Financial Management Chapter 13 Medical Insurance Chapter 14 Basic Coding Section 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 15 Blood-Borne Pathogens and Principles of Asepsis Chapter 16 Preparing the Patient Chapter 17 Vital Signs Chapter 18 Pharmacology Chapter 19 Administration of Medication Chapter 20 Electrocardiography Chapter 21 Radiography Chapter 22 Physical Therapy Chapter 23 Medical Emergencies and First Aid

Computers in the Medical Office

CASE STUDIES FOR THE MEDICAL OFFICE 4th Edition

By Susan Sanderson 2007 (July 2006) / 224 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325480-7 / MHID: 0-07-325480-0

http://www.mhhe.com/capstone4e

This capstone simulation using Medisoft Advanced Billing Software, Version 11, gives students enhanced training that fosters superior qualifications for a variety of medical office jobs. Extensive hands-on practice with realistic source documents teaches students to input information, schedule appointments, and handle billing, reports, and other essential tasks. The simulation is recommended for students who have completed the study of Medisoft Advanced Version 11 using Computers in the Medical Office or Patient Billing. CONTENTS Part 1 Introduction to Polaris Medical Group Part 2 Polaris Medical Group Policy and Procedure Manual Part 3 On the Job Part 4 Source Documents Glossary Index

COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE WITH STUDENT DATA CD-ROM 5th Edition

By Susan Sanderson 2007 (July 2006) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-311213-8 / MHID: 0-07-311213-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-723224-5 / MHID: 0-07-723224-0 (with 128mb Flash Drive)

http://www.mhhe.com/cimo5e

Computers in the Medical Office, Fifth Edition offers medical office training using full-featured, state-of-the-art software and current, realistic medical office cases while building transferable computerized medical billing and scheduling skills. Students who complete this course will learn the appropriate terminology and skills to use any patient billing software program with minimal additional training. This text/workbook introduces and simulates medical office billing situa-

212

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 212

11/13/2007 2:28:46 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

tions using Medisoft Advanced Version 11, the widely used medical office software program. As students progress through Medisoft, they learn to gather patient information, schedule appointments, and enter transactions. Information in the text contains updated HIPAA standards for privacy, security, transactions, and code sets. This text/workbook is written for those enrolled in community colleges, technical institutes, and career colleges seeking jobs in health information management, medical billing, and medical office assisting. Its practical, systematic approach is based on real-world medical office activities. The text and software work together to give the student a solid background to work in the medical office industry. Updated Government Regulations: The Fifth Edition teaches the most recent HIPAA standards for privacy, security, transaction and code sets. Use of MediSoft Advanced v.11: This software is widely used in medical offices. Skills learned through use of this program in conjunction with Computers in the Medical Office provide students with readily transferable skills for other similar software programs. This software is available to adopters of the book through McGraw-Hill. New Material: Chapter 10, "Managing Collections", reflects a new feature in MediSoft Advanced. Hands-on case studies with realistic mix of HMO, PPO, and fee-for-service included earlier in the text. New-"On Your Own" hands-on exercises Exercise(s) in each Chapter offer guided instruction, and proceed from simple to complex. At the end of each Chapter, new "On Your Own" exercises provide students with the opportunity to practice applying what they learned in the Chapter without guided instruction. Student books include a CD-ROM that contains the database students need to complete exercises. Students must have access to Medisoft Version 11, either in the classroom or lab or the At-Home version. Access to the Online Learning Center provides additional learning resources for the student. The Instructor's Manual comes with an Instructor Productivity Center in CD-ROM format that provides test banks and PowerPoint TM slides. The Classroom Performance System in-class quizzing and classroom management system is also available. The Online Learning Center also has resources for the instructor. Additionally, instructors can use Capstone Billing Simulation, Fourth Edition, a detailed medical practice simulation, as a follow-up to Computers in the Medical Office. Capstone also uses Medisoft Version 11 throughout, and comes with a CD-ROM. CONTENTS PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE Chapter 1 The Medical Office Billing Process Chapter 2 Information Technology and HIPAA PART 2 MEDISOFT ADVANCED PATIENT ACCOUNTING TRAINING Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Chapter 4 Entering Patient Information Chapter 5 Entering Insurance, Account, and Condition Information Chapter 6 Entering Charge Transactions and Patient Payments Chapter 7 Creating Claims Chapter 8 Posting Insurance Payments and Creating Patient Statements Chapter 9 Printing Reports Chapter 10: Collections in the Medical Office Chapter 11 Scheduling PART 3 APPLYING YOUR KNOWLEDGE Chapter 12 Handling Patient Records and Transactions Chapter 13 Setting Up Appointments Chapter 14 Printing Lists and Reports Chapter 15 Putting it all Together PART 4 SOURCE DOCUMENTS Glossary Index

CPR and AED

NEW

CPR & AED SKILLS REFRESHER CARD

By National Safety Council NSC

2008 (June 2007) / 8 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351364-5 / MHID: 0-07-351364-4 Need to refresh your CPR & AED skills? This handy card will help you refresh your CPR & AED skills before you recertify. Remember--your CPR and AED completion cards are good up to 2 years. CONTENTS CPR--Adult & Infant Preventing Disease Transmission Using an AED Choking Acting in Emergency Situations Check the Victim Recovery Position

CPR & AED 2nd Edition

By National Safety Council NSC 2007 (July 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329698-2 / MHID: 0-07-329698-8 Nearly every two minutes, someone dies of sudden cardiac arrest. Automated external defibrillation (AED) could save a quarter of these lives. AED devices are showing up everywhere from industrial settings to shopping malls, and the demand for training is rising. And fortunately, the number of people trained in CPR grows every year too. National Safety Council programs offer the very latest techniques and AHA guidelines for CPR and meet OSHA standards for emergency care training in the workplace. And now we use Video Self Instruction to increase retention of the techniques. Our CPR and AED program teaches the average person the basics of emergency life support, and takes the fear out of AED use. We give you all the background information and skill testing you need to feel confident in the event of an emergency-and help save a life. CONTENTS Course Lessons Basic Life Support Acting in an Emergency Check the Victim Recovery Position Choking (Responsive Victim) Heart Attack and Chest Pain Preventing Disease Transmission Quick Guide CPR

213

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 213

11/13/2007 2:28:46 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Using an AED Choking-Responsive Adult or Child Choking-Responsive Infant Recovery Position-Adult or Child Recovery Position-Infant Lesson 13-sudden illness Lesson 14-poisoning Lesson 15-cold and heat emergencies Lesson 16-rescuing and moving victims

ONLINE STANDARD FA, CPR & AED with Student Workbook & Access Card 2nd Edition

By National Safety Council NSC 2007 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722971-9 / MHID: 0-07-722971-1 National Safety Council's new Emergency Care Online program is a great way to teach students lifesaving skills at their own pace. It is the most convenient way to prepare students for an emergency at work or at home. CONTENTS Course Modules Course Introduction Finding out What's Wrong Basic Life Support Bleeding and Wound Care Shock Burns Serious Injuries Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries Sudden Illness Poisoning Heat and Cold Emergencies Post Assessment

EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology

NEW

ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY FOR HEALTH CARE PERSONNEL WITH STUDENT CD-ROM 2nd Edition

By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming, Patricia DeiTos, N. Virginia CC-Springfield and Thomas Edward O'Brien, Central Florida Institute 2008 (April 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330209-6 / MHID: 0-07-330209-0

http://www.mhhe.com/healthcareskills

Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel provides ECG skills training for health care students as well as health care personnel who are interested in mastering additional skills. The text includes the essential skills needed to perform an ECG, including anatomy of the heart, basic characteristics, equipment, appropriate intervention, and other technical applications, such as Holter monitoring and stress testing. Emphasis throughout the text is placed on troubleshooting. NEW TO THIS EDITION

STANDARD FIRST AID, CPR AND AED WITH POCKET GUIDE 2nd Edition

By National Safety Council NSC 2007 (June 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329693-7 / MHID: 0-07-329693-7 Standard First Aid, CPR & AED includes content covered in a 8 hour course. This 96 page full-color manual combines the content of First Aid and CPR & AED into one easy-to-use reference. The focus is teaching the layperson to recognize and act in any emergency and to sustain life until professional help can arrive. This manual includes Step-by-step photo sequences that reinforce skill development and retention. This edition includes the latest CPR and Emergency Cardiac Care Guidelines. CONTENTS Lesson 1-basic life support Lesson 2-acting in an emergency Lesson 3-check the victim Lesson 4-recovery position Lesson 5-choking (responsive victim) Lesson 6-heart attack and chest pain Lesson 7-preventing disease transmission Lesson 8-bleeding and wound care Lesson 9-shock Lesson 10-burns Lesson 11-serious injuries Lesson 12-bone, joint, and muscle injuries

NEW! Text is now 4-color. Increased number of exercises including new, more realistic ECG strips. Many questions have been added to the troubleshooting feature. The updated Student CD-ROM provides video, audio, and illustrations with interactive exercises to bring the competencies presented in the text to life. Key terms are defined and pronounced correctly. Practicing Law & Ethics, Providing Safety and Infection Control, Patient Education and Communication, and Troubleshooting Activities include critical-thinking questions. There are also drag-and-drop exercises in each Chapter to reinforce the student's knowledge of anatomy, supplies, and equipment discussed in the text. Interactive Questions provide additional review and suggest areas for improvement. The CD-ROM can be used for traditional, hybrid, and distance learning classes. CONTENTS Chapter 1-Role of the Electrocardiographer Chapter 2-The Cardiovascular System Chapter 3-The Electrocardiograph Chapter 4-Performing a 12-Lead ECG Chapter 5-ECG Interpretation and Clinical Significance Chapter 6-Exercise Electrocardiography Chapter 7-Ambulatory Monitoring Appendix A-Competency Checklist Appendix B-Common Cardiac Medications Appendix C-Abbreviations/Symbols Glossary

214

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 214

11/13/2007 2:28:46 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Ch 10. Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction Ch 11. Other Cardiac Conditions

NEW

POCKET ECGS A Quick Information Guide

By Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga CC-Metro Campus

NEW

PRACTICING ECGS

2008 (September 2006) / 160 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351976-0 / MHID: 0-07-351976-6 This book is a portable, easy to view, quick reference pocket guide. It puts the key points about how to recognize the various dysrhythmias and cardiac conditions at the fingertips of the practitioner allowing them to quickly identify what they see in the field and/or clinical setting. It is also a useful tool in the classroom for the student to quickly look up key information. There is a short introduction that talks about the location of the heart, lead placement and the nine step process for interpreting the various wave forms and characteristics. It briefly describes the normal and abnormal features found on ECG tracings. It visually demonstrates how to calculate the heart rate, identify irregularities and identify and measure the various waveforms, intervals and segments. The introductory information is followed by Chapters, broken out by where the dysrhythmias originate (i.e., sinus, atrial, junctional, ventricular, AV heart block), on the key characteristics of various dysrhythmias and conditions that can be detected through the use of the electrocardiogram. FEATURES It is small enough to be tucked away in a pocket so it can be conveniently viewed by the student or practitioner at any time. Its visually simplistic and colorful design makes it easy to find information quickly, even under the pressures of the field or clinical environment. Key information is bulleted, "to the point" and easy to understand making it useful while actively working to interpret an ECG tracing. Sample tracings include figures of the heart that illustrate where each dysrhythmia originates and how it occurs. This helps the student understand the ECG dysrhythmia rather than just memorizing strips. Each Chapter has a different color margin to allow the student to quickly find information. The Chapter openers give characteristics common to each days thus summarizing the key points for students to remember. This is a helpful tool for students to quickly reference when analyzing ECGs in the field. Key values for each waveform, interval and segment are listed. Characteristics for each dysrhythmia are listed in simple to view tables. CONTENTS Ch 1. The Electrocardiogram Ch 2. Analyzing the ECG Ch 3. Sinus Dysrhythmias Ch 4. Atrial Dysrhythmias Ch 5. Junctional Dysrhythmias Ch 6. Ventricular Dysrhythmias Ch 7. AV Heart Blocks Ch 8. Electrical Axis Ch 9. Hypertrophy, Bundle Branch Block, and Preexcitation

By Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga CC-Metro Campus

2008 (February 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331418-1 / MHID: 0-07-331418-8 Practicing ECG's, by Bruce Shade, is a practice workbook to help refine a student's skill in reading ECG tracings. There will be approximately 500 rhythm strips which will include both 3 and 12 lead. The strips will be a compilation of both simple and complex in order to test the student's knowledge and to give them a variety of different scenarios. FEATURES The use of 9 second tracings rather than just 6 second tracings will allow for a more accurate interpretation and more realistic image. The use of 500 different strips gives students a variety of scenarios to interpret This workbook includes both 3-lead dysrhythmia interpretation and 12 lead analysis to attract beginning and advanced students. A DVD will be included with each copy of the student text. There will be numerous practice strips showing both 3 and 12 lead. Other features of the DVD include a virtual caliper, and an "eProfessor", to assist students in identifying strips correctly. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Ecg Assessment And Interpretation Review Chapter 2: Sinus Node Dysrhythmias Chapter 3: Atrial Dysrhythmias Chapter 4: Junctional Dysrhythmias Chapter 5: Ventricular Dysrhythmias Chapter 6: Av Heart Blocks Chapter 7: Other Conditions Chapter 8: Assess Your Knowledge-pretest Chapter 9: 12 Lead Ecgs Chapter 10: Assess Your Knowledge-final Exam

215

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 215

11/13/2007 2:28:47 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY IN TEN DAYS 2nd Edition

By David R Ferry, Loma Linda University 2007 / 320 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-146562-5 / MHID: 0-07-146562-6 Learn to effectively interpret virtually every ECG you're likely to encounter in clinical practice - in ten brief lessons. The only review book to offer full-sized ECGs throughout (simulating how they appear on tests and in actual practice), this sourcebook is the most soughtafter ECG review anywhere, trusted by cardiology fellows, internal medicine residents, and medical students alike. ECG in Ten Days is based on the author's popular ten-day review course, and features a unique step-by-step approach, crystal-clear vector images, plus practice EDB strips to build confidence and fine-tune clinical skills. In these pages, you'll find essential information on everything from SA & AV nodal conduction abnormalities, to mechanisms of arrhythmias and electronic pacemakers. Also included is an answer sheet similar to the one encountered on board exams. CONTENTS 1. The Basics 2. Chamber Abnormalities and Intraventricular Conduction Defects 3. SA and AV Nodal Block 4. Ischemia and Infarction 5. Reentrant Supraventricular Tachycardias 6. Ectopic Supraventricular Tachycardias 7. Extrasystoles and Pre-excitation Syndromes 8. Differential Diagnosis of Wide QRS Tachycardias 9. Medication and Electrolyte Effects; Miscellaneous Consitions 10. Electronic Pacemakers 2009 (January 2008) / 192 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337400-0 / MHID: 0-07-337400-8 The availability of complete medical information when needed brought the innovation of storing the patient's information electronically. Improvement of patient medical care was and is the catalyst for the electronic health record. Electronic Health Records provides the conceptual theory and hands-on application students need to work in today's medical office. Hands-on practice uses fully-functional demo version of SpringCharts EHR software is included with each text. FEATURES Screen captures and menu icons from SpringCharts EHR software Spring Charts ­ Premium EHR program included with each

Electronic Medical Records

NEW

ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS

By Byron Hamilton and Leesa Hamilton of MedSoft National Training Institute

FAST & EASY ECGS WITH DVD

By Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga CC-Metro Campus and Keith Wesley 2007 (September 2005) / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297409-6 / MHID: 0-07-297409-5 Fast and Easy ECGs: A Self-Paced Learning Program brings the classroom to the student! Organized using the 5-step interpretation approach, concepts are taught with a combination of repetition, anatomical and physiological understanding of the dysrhythmias and practice. Stimulating sidebars highlight key concepts and provide instructor notes, critical thinking questions, and clinical tidbits. The ECG Mentor Companion DVD brings an ECG instructor (co-author Dr. Keith Wesley) to the reader with presentations, demonstrations and animations of difficult-to-grasp and key concepts. Fast and Easy ECGs covers basic ECG interpretation and introduces the reader to concepts in 12-lead ECG interpretation. CONTENTS 1 Anatomy and Electrophysiology of the Heart 2 The Electrocardiogram 3 Heart Rate 4 Regularity 5 P Waves 6 QRS Complexes 7 PR Intervals 8 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Sinus Node Dysrhythmias 9 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Atrial Dysrhythmias 10 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Junctional Dysrhythmias 11 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Ventricular Dysrhythmias 12 Origin and Clinical Aspects of AV Heart Blocks 13 Electrical Axis 14 Hypertrophy, Bundle Branch Block, and Preexcitation 15 Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction 16 Other Cardiac Conditions and the ECG

text Certificate of Completion is available on OLC. Correlation of instruction to CCHIT competencies: http://www. cchit.org/ CONTENTS PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS Chapter 1. An Introduction to EHR Chapter 2. EHR Basics PART 2 SPRINGCHARTS ADVANCED TRAINING Chapter 3. Introduction and Overview Chapter 4. The Clinic Administration Chapter 5. The Patient Chart Chapter 6. Medical Exam Note Chapter 7. Nurse Note Chapter 8. Electronic Clinical Tools Chapter 9. Customizing Templates Chapter 10. Creating & Modifying Tests, CPT & ICD Codes Chapter 11. Utilities PART 3 APPLYING YOUR KNOWLEDGE Chapter 12. Practicing Your Skill PART 4 APPENDIXES A. Sample Documents B. Glossary C. Index

216

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 216

11/13/2007 2:28:47 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

First Aid

International Edition

POISONING & DRUG OVERDOSE 5th Edition

By Kent R Olson, University of California--San Francisco 2007 / 736 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144333-3 / MHID: 0-07-144333-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110469-2 / MHID: 0-07-110469-0 [IE]

FIRST AID WITH POCKET GUIDE 2nd Edition

By National Safety Council NSC 2007 (July 2006) ISBN-13: 0-07-329695-1 / MHID: 0-07-329695-3 First Aid is a 64-page full-color manual that covers the material necessary for a 3.5 to 4 hour Basic First Aid course. The layperson (not a health care provider) is the audience for the manual and course. The focus is teaching a layperson to recognize an emergency and take action in an emergency until professional help arrives. Guidelines of care are derived from the national guidelines such as Emergency Cardiovascular Care and the American Burn Association. The manual focuses on need-to-know information and has a clear and easy to understand presentation. CONTENTS Acting in an Emergency Check the Victim Recovery Position Choking (Responsive Victim) Heart Attack and Chest Pain Preventing Disease Transmission Bleeding and Wound Care Shock Burns Serious Injuries Bone, Joint, and Muscle Injuries Sudden Illness Poisoning Cold and Heat Emergencies Rescuing and Moving Victims

(Medical Publication)

The manual on the diagnosis and treatment of poisoning and drug overdose, written by the staff and faculty of the California Poison Control System, one of the country's most respected poison control systems. CONTENTS I. Emergency Treatment II. Common Poisons & Drugs III. Antidotes & Drug Therapy IV. Industrial Chemicals

Massage Therapy

NEW

PRACTICAL REFLEXOLOGY Interpretation and Techniques

ONLINE STANDARD FA, CPR & AED with Student Workbook & Access Card 2nd Edition

By National Safety Council NSC 2007 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722971-9 / MHID: 0-07-722971-1 National Safety Council's new Emergency Care Online program is a great way to teach students lifesaving skills at their own pace. It is the most convenient way to prepare students for an emergency at work or at home. CONTENTS Course Modules Course Introduction Finding out What's Wrong Basic Life Support Bleeding and Wound Care Shock Burns Serious Injuries Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries Sudden Illness Poisoning Heat and Cold Emergencies Post Assessment

By Susan Watson and Valerie Voner

2009 (February 2008) / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351095-8 / MHID: 0-07-351095-5 The study and practice of reflexology today requires a text that provides both training and resource material. This book offers practical application and in-depth knowledge that is germane to acquiring proficiency in reflexology. Illustrations were chosen to support the discussion of technique while providing an overall review of how reflexology affects each system including key pathologies within the body systems. The goal was to provide a vehicle that smoothly transports the reader to fulfillment be it as instructor or student. FEATURES A clinically relevant text covering important modalities used by reflexologists and massage therapists. Dynamic illustrations and photographs present a realistic view of reflexology to enhance learning. Text is a "bench manual" on how to equate specific manipulations to support healing in specific systems or body regions. Every chapter opens with Learning Outcomes and Key terms Review and Critical Thinking questions.

217

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 217

11/13/2007 2:28:47 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Watson provides clear, concise, compact, and appropriate content for coursework or practice. Scientific Support boxes are definitive facts collected from professional reflexology case studies or research reports. CONTENTS Introduction Section 1: Basic Principles of Reflexology Chapter 1: History and Theory of Reflexology Chapter 2: Introduction to Basic Anatomy Chapter 3: Anatomy and Pathologies of the Foot Chapter 4: Anatomy and Pathologies of the Hand Chapter 5: Mapping of the Feet and Hands Connecting Reflexes with Anatomy Chapter 6: Positioning and Thumb-walking Techniques Chapter 7: Relaxing Techniques Section 2: Body Systems Chapter 8: Skeletal and Muscular Systems Chapter 9: Nervous System Chapter 10: Sense Organs Chapter 11: Endocrine System Chapter 12: Circulatory System Chapter 13: Lymphatic System Chapter 14: Respiratory System Chapter 15: Digestive System Chapter 16: Urinary System Chapter 17: Reproductive System Chapter 18: Integumentary System Section 3: Applications of Reflexology Chapter 19: Children and Geriatric Chapter 20: Women and Men's Health Chapter 21: Emotional Health, Substance Abuse, and Weight Management Chapter 22: Pain Management, Cancer, and Hospice Section 4: Ethics and Business of Reflexology Chapter 23: Ethics and Business Appendices A: Reflexology Associations, Websites, and Schools B: Sample Reflexology Session C: Stretching Workout for the Practitioner D: Marketing Reflexology E: Client History Forms F: Documenting Charts for the Client G: Specific Techniques for Pathologies Bibliography 1: Resources 2: References Glossary Index

NEW

MASSAGE THERAPY REVIEW Passing the NCETMB and NCETM with Student CD-ROM

By Laura Abbott, Georgia State University

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722777-7 / MHID: 0-07-722777-8 (with Student CD-ROM) Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM Exams is designed to help massage therapists prepare for the National Certification Exam for Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork (NCETMB) AND the National Certification Exam for Therapeutic Massage (NCETM). The certifying exam, National Certification Board for Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork (NCBTMB), broke into two separate sections last year, with the former being more robust, including additional oriental modalities. The exam reviews are a thorough study of a broad range of material; new graduates find it stressful, as they must pass in order to practice as a licensed professional in most states. This is the only review text that offers questions, answers, and explanations in the same form and organization as the exam itself. A high first time fail rate combined with the fact that graduates must pass this exam in order work as a professional, makes Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM Exams an excellent choice. A richly illustrated text, a Prep Course Outline, a 200-page Anatomy and Physiology Outline, and a CD containing 980 test questions provides a comprehensive review presented in a clearly written style. FEATURES The only exam review program that offers questions and answers and explanations in the same form and organization as the exam itself. This text provides a highly clinical and practical perspective. The text and Student CD-ROM offer the most complete exam review and testing to enhance student success on the NCBTMB and NCETM Exams. Review questions with an answer key highlight the most important features of a Chapter. Boxed Study Tips give the student bits of advice to remember when taking the exam.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

Mnemonic devices, always useful to the student absorbing large amounts of information, are used throughout the book. The text lists conditions and makes clear what is indicated and contraindicated to aid students in their client assessments. The same purpose is served with the inclusion of pathological conditions within the anatomy review. Review materials at the end of Chapters are detailed and pose well-written, accurate questions with their answers readily available. Questions are set up in a multiple-choice format, which is the same used on the exam. Correct answers as well as the answer explanations are provided, giving a more beneficial review and understanding of the information to the student.

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

218

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 218

11/13/2007 2:28:48 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

CONTENTS Chapter 1 General Knowledge of Body Systems Chapter 2 Detailed Knowledge of Anatomy, Physiology, and Kinesiology Chapter 3 Pathology Chapter 4 Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Assessment Chapter 5 Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Application Chapter 6 Professional Standards, Ethics, Business and Legal Practices Chapter 7 Eastern Modalities (NCETMB Only) Appendix A: Prep Course Outline A complete Instructor's Manual, entitled Massage Educator's Guide to Effective Performance, is available. This helpful supplement contains curriculum guidelines for a 500-hour program as well as a 1000-hour program. Included are syllabi, calendars, and Lesson plans for effective delivery of information to students, and tools for designing and developing a program of study that supports diverse student learning styles. Supportive of the move to a standardized (500-1000 hour) curriculum. Emphasizes the client/massage therapist connection. Practice expectations and realities will be emphasized via case studies, author/contributor anecdotes. Detailed modalities written by the developer themselves not found in any other text currently on the market...beyond the curriculum line.

NEW

NEW FOUNDATIONS IN THERAPEUTIC MASSAGE AND BODYWORK WITH STUDENT CD-ROM

By Jan Saeger, Keiser College and Donna KyleBrown, Blue Cliff College

CONTENTS PART ONE: BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERAPEUTIC MASSAGE AND BODYWORK Chapter 1 History of Therapeutic Massage Chapter 2 Equipment, Environment, and Safety Practices Chapter 3 The Massage Therapy Session: Preparations for Before, During, and After Chapter 4 Therapeutic Massage Techniques Chapter 5 Physiological Effects of Therapeutic Massage PART TWO: KINESIOLOGY, ANATOMY, AND PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Chapter 6 Biomechanics of Movement Chapter 7 Skeletal System Chapter 8 Muscular System Chapter 9 Other Body Systems PART THREE: BEYOND THE BASIC CURRICULUM Chapter 10 Maternity, Infant, and Pediatric Massage Chapter 11 Massage for Special Populations (Children with Special Needs, Geriatric, Hospice, & Palliative Care Chapter 12 Massage for Survivors of Abuse Chapter 13 Sports Massage: For Amateur and Professional Athletes Chapter 14 Spa Therapy: Peace, Beauty, and Massage PART FOUR: COMPLEMENTARY MASSAGE & BODYWORK MODALITIES Chapter 15 Oriental Practices and Energy Work Chapter 16 Introduction to Other Modalities PART FIVE: WELLNESS FOR BODY AND MIND Chapter 17 Body-Mind Connection Chapter 18 Diet and Wellness Chapter 19 Eastern and Western Principles of Movement PART SIX: ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL BUSINESS PRACTICES Chapter 20 Law, Ethics, and Professionalism Chapter 21 Business Development, Marketing Success, and Community Education PART SEVEN: PHARMACOLOGY AND SPECIFIC PATHOLOGY ROUTINES Chapter 22 Common Medications and Effects in Clients Chapter 23 Special Massage Routines for Common Pathologies (Carpal Tunnel, Thoracic Outlet, Torticollis, Temporomandibular Joint Dysfunction, and Fibromyalgia) Quick Guide A: Resource List Quick Guide B: Aromatherapy, Herbal Preparations, and Supplements Quick Guide C: Medical Terminology Quick Guide D: Diseases Common to Body Systems Quick Guide E: Skin Pathologies Quick Guide F: Common Medications Quick Guide G: State-by-State Requirements Quick Guide H: State-by-State Guide to Massage Practice Laws

2008 (February 2007) / 736 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302582-7 / MHID: 0-07-302582-8

Website: http://www.mhhe.com/saegermassage

New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork offers a core curriculum of fundamental principles and practical applications for beginning students as well as practitioners in the field who seek a desk reference and review for continuing education. This text also goes beyond the core curriculum by addressing such topics as massage for hospice patients and survivors of abuse as well as massage routines for common pathologies (including carpal tunnel syndrome, thoracic outlet syndrome, and fibromyalgia). With Exam Points highlighted throughout the text as well as a student CD offering additional test questions and study materials, New Foundations is designed to help students reach two important goals: to succeed in passing their National Certification Exam and to ultimately succeed in their careers. Practice expectations and realities are emphasized through case studies and author/contributor anecdotes. Full-color photographs and line art give the student a detailed view of the application or points being studied. Workbook pages, titled Applying Your Knowledge, are incorporated within the Chapters for easy access and review. FEATURES Emphasizes a scientific perspective while retaining the spiritual, artistic foundations of massage therapy. Clear organization and supportive pedagogical features, including Chapter reviews and test preparation. Attractive and helpful design with integrated exam points designed to help you study and review for the National Certification Exam. Detailed content on topics such as Common Pathologies Massage Therapists Encounter and the Physiologic Benefits of Massage (including expanded examples on CD. Full-color photographs and line art throughout the text give the student a realistic and step-by-step view of the application or points being studied. Full-color photos with anatomy overlays provide a detailed view of the human body systems and structures.

219

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 219

11/13/2007 2:28:48 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Math for Health Professions

Medical Assisting - Administrative and Clinical

MATH AND DOSAGE CALCULATIONS FOR MEDICAL CAREERS WITH STUDENT CD-ROM 2nd Edition

By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming and James Whaley, Baker College-Owosso 2007 (September 2005) / 518 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302262-8 / MHID: 0-07-302262-4

NEW

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR MEDICAL ASSISTING FOR STUDENT CD 3rd Edition

By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community College, Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro University, Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Stratton Bookstore and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326127-0 / MHID: 0-07-326127-0 Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting, Third Edition addresses the most current competencies for medical assisting certification, coding and insurance billing requirements, HIPAA regulations, and OSHA guidelines. It retains its thorough coverage of procedures. It trains students on medical office administrative procedures and equipment and much more. NEW TO THIS EDITION Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while working as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps, bulleted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know, and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative, Clinical, and General content. Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Rationales. Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the chapter. New "Reflecting On..." feature boxes for Legal and Ethical Issues, Communication Issues, Cultural Issues, Professionalism, and HIPAA. Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter. Strong pedagogy, including boxed readings and end-of-chapter material add educational value: *Glossary includes pronunciation guide so students learn proper pronunciation of medical terms. *Points on Practice (formerly Tips for the Office) provide helpful suggestions for running an efficient office. *Career Opportunities provide information about additional careers available for medical assistants. *Caution: Handle with Care emphasizes infection control techniques. *Educating the Patient shows how to provide the detailed instructions patients need to carry out their physician's orders. *End-of-chapter questions and activities help students assess their progress. Updated and expanded information includes: *Current coding and billing practices, including HIPAA. *Use of technology in the medical office - especially more and varied uses of the Internet, including web site development, patient education, billing and coding. Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the text. Includes "A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant" case studies, video clip library, audio glossary and much more! Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook. The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook

http://www.mhhe.com/mathdosage2e

Math and Dosage Calculations for Medical Careers teaches the skills and techniques medical assistants, nurses, pharmacy technicians, and paramedics need to calculate the amount of medication they should administer to patients. Students learn to calculate dosages based on ratio proportions, fraction proportions, the formula method, and dimensional analysis. CONTENTS 1 Fractions and Decimals 2 Percents, Ratios, and Proportions 3 Systems of Weights and Measures 4 Equipment for Dosage Measurement 5 Drug Orders 6 Drug Labels and Package Inserts 7 Methods of Dosage Calculations 8 Oral Dosages 9 Parenteral Dosages 10 Intravenous Dosages 11 Calculations for Special Populations 12 Specialized Calculations Appendices A. Comprehensive Evaluation B. Answer Key Glossary Credits Index Reference Cards

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

220

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 220

11/13/2007 2:28:48 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

revisions. There are more questions. The Procedure Competency Checklists have been improved to include more procedure observer comments. Online Learning Center with chapter-specific applications, games, quizzes, and links. Also available as a cartridge for Distance Education Platforms: WebCT, Blackboard and eCollege. Instructor's Resources include lesson plans, teaching strategies, tests and answers, SCANS competency correlation, full-color image bank, and CMA, RMA, and CCMA correlation charts. It also includes a CD-ROM with PowerPoint presentations, class syllabi, clip art from the text and EZ Test test generator with answer rationales and correlation to texts and MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW. CONTENTS PART ONE INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 Foundations and Principles Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting Chapter 2 Types of Medical Practice Chapter 3 Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including HIPAA Chapter 4 Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers PART TWO ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 Office Work Chapter 5 Using and Maintaining Office Equipment Chapter 6 Using Computers in the Office Chapter 7 Managing Correspondence and Mail Chapter 8 Managing Office Supplies Chapter 9 Maintaining Patient Records Chapter 10 Managing the Office Medical Records Section 2 Interacting with Patients Chapter 11 Telephone Techniques Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician's Schedule Chapter 13 Patient Reception Chapter 14 Patient Education Section 3 Financial Responsibilities Chapter 15 Health Insurance Billing Procedures Chapter 16 Medical Coding Chapter 17 Patient Billing and Collections Chapter 18 Accounting for the Medical Office Appendix I Medical Assistant Role Delineation Chart (AAMA) Appendix II RMA Certification Chart Appendix III NHA Certification Chart Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix VI Abbreviations Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies

NEW

ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, AND PATHOPHYSIOLOGY FOR ALLIED HEALTH 2nd Edition

By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming and Terri Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute 2009 (February 2008) / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337395-9 / MHID: 0-07-337395-8 Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Health, Second Edition, is an introductory book to the body systems for allied health students. It acquaints students with basic information of all the body systems. The book speaks directly to the student, with chapter introductions, case studies, and chapter summaries written to engage the student's attention. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Organization of the Body Chapter 2 The Integumentary System Chapter 3 The Skeletal System Chapter 4 The Muscular System Chapter 5 The Cardiovascular System Chapter 6 The Respiratory System Chapter 7 The Nervous System Chapter 8 The Urinary System Chapter 9 The Reproductive Systems Chapter 10 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 11 The Digestive System Chapter 12 The Endocrine System Chapter 13 Special Senses Appendix I Medical Assistant Role Delineation Chart (AAMA) Appendix II RMA Certification Chart Appendix III NHA Certification Chart Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix VI Abbreviations Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies

221

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 221

11/13/2007 2:28:49 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Online Learning Center with chapter-specific applications, games, quizzes, and links. Also available as a cartridge for Distance Education Platforms: WebCT, Blackboard and eCollege. Instructor's Resources include lesson plans, teaching strategies, tests and answers, SCANS competency correlation, full-color image bank, and CMA, RMA, and CCMA correlation charts. It also includes a CD-ROM with PowerPoint presentations, class syllabi, clip art from the text and EZ Test test generator with answer rationales and correlation to texts and MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW. CONTENTS PART ONE CLINICAL MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 The Medical Office Environment Chapter 1 Principles of Asepsis Chapter 2 Infection Control Techniques Chapter 3 HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens Chapter 4 Preparing the Examination and Treatment Areas Section 2 Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 5 Organization of the Body Chapter 6 The Integumentary System Chapter 7 The Skeletal System Chapter 8 The Muscular System Chapter 9 The Cardiovascular System Chapter 10 The Respiratory System Chapter 11 The Nervous System Chapter 12 The Urinary System Chapter 13 The Reproductive Systems Chapter 14 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 15 The Digestive System Chapter 16 The Endocrine System Chapter 17 Special Senses Section 3 Assisting with Patients Chapter 18 Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and Documentation Chapter 19 Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements Chapter 20 Assisting with a General Physical Examination Section 4 Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies Chapter 21 Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties Chapter 22 Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations Chapter 23 Assisting with Minor Surgery Chapter 24 Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation Chapter 25 Medical Emergencies and First Aid Chapter 26 Complementary and Alternative Medicine Section 5 Physician's Office Laboratory Procedures Chapter 27 Laboratory Equipment and Safety Chapter 28 Introduction to Microbiolog y Chapter 29 Collecting, ProcessingMicrobiologyng Urine Specimens Chapter 30 Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens Section 6 Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment Chapter 31 Nutrition and Special Diets Chapter 32 Principles of Pharmacology Chapter 33 Drug Administration Chapter 34 Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing Chapter 35 X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology Section 7 Externship Chapter 36 Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a Position Appendix I Medical Assistant Role Delineation Chart (AAMA) Appendix II RMA Certification Chart Appendix III NHA Certification Chart Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix VI Abbreviations Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies

NEW

CLINICAL PROCEDURES FOR MEDICAL ASSISTING WITH STUDENT CD 3rd Edition

By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community College, Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro University, Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Stratton Bookstore and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325987-1 / MHID: 0-07-325987-X Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting, Third Edition addresses the most current competencies for medical assisting certification, CPR procedures, HIPAA regulations, OSHA guidelines, and clinical diagnostic testing such as hemoglobin A1c (diabetes) testing. It also includes coverage of procedures and the coverage of Anatomy and Physiology is increased significantly. It trains students on clinical procedures, infection control, anatomy and physiology, assisting with patients, medical emergencies and first aid, laboratory procedures, nutrition, pharmacology, diagnostic equipment, and much more. NEW TO THIS EDITION Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while working as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps, bulleted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know, and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative, Clinical, and General content. Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Rationales. Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the chapter. New "Reflecting On..." feature boxes for Legal and Ethical Issues, Communication Issues, Cultural Issues, Professionalism, and HIPAA. Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter. New chapter--Complementary and Alternative Medicine Strong pedagogy, including boxed readings and end-of-chapter material add educational value: *Glossary includes pronunciation guide so students learn proper pronunciation of medical terms. *Points on Practice (formerly Tips for the Office) provide helpful suggestions for running an efficient office. *Career Opportunities provide information about additional careers available for medical assistants. *Caution: Handle with Care emphasizes infection control techniques. *Educating the Patient shows how to provide the detailed instructions patients need to carry out their physician's orders. *End-of-chapter questions and activities help students assess their progress. *Clinical diagnostic testing such as in-office Hemoglobin A1c testing. *CPR guidelines to comply with the latest American Heart Association guidelines. *OSHA issues *Infection control and antibiotic resistance. Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the text. Includes "A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant" case studies, video clip library, audio glossary and much more! Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook. The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook revisions. There are more questions. The Procedure Competency Checklists have been improved to include more procedure observer comments.

222

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 222

11/13/2007 2:28:49 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

NEW

MEDICAL ASSISTINGADMINISTRATIVE AND CLINICAL COMPETENCIES WITH STUDENT CD-ROMS 3rd Edition

By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community College, Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro University, Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Stratton Bookstore and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325988-8 / MHID: 0-07-325988-8 Medical Assisting, Third Edition addresses the most current competencies for medical assisting certification, CPR procedures, coding and insurance billing requirements, HIPAA regulation, OSHA guidelines, and clinical diagnostic testing such as hemoglobin A1c (diabetes) testing. Thorough coverage of procedures remains an asset and Anatomy & Physiology coverage is included in separate chapters. It trains students on medical office administrative procedures and equipment, clinical procedures, infection control, anatomy and physiology, assisting with patients, medical emergencies and first aid, laboratory procedures, nutrition, pharmacology, diagnostic equipment, and much more. NEW TO THIS EDITION Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while working as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps, bulleted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know, and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative, Clinical, and General content. Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Rationales. Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the chapter. New "Reflecting On..." feature boxes for Legal and Ethical Issues, Communication Issues, Cultural Issues, Professionalism, and HIPAA. Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter. New chapter--Complementary and Alternative Medicine Updated and expanded information includes: *Current coding and billing practices, including HIPAA. *Use of technology in the medical office - especially more and varied uses of the Internet, including web site development, patient education, billing and coding. *Clinical diagnostic testing such as in-office Hemoglobin A1c testing. *CPR guidelines to comply with the latest American Heart Association guidelines. *OSHA issues *Infection control and antibiotic resistance. Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the text. Includes "A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant" case studies, video clip library, audio glossary and much more! Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook. The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook revisions. There are more questions. The Procedure Competency Checklists have been improved to include more procedure observer comments. CONTENTS PART ONE INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 Foundations and Principles Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting Chapter 2 Types of Medical Practice Chapter 3 Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including HIPAA Chapter 4 Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers PART TWO ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 Office Work Chapter 5 Using and Maintaining Office Equipment Chapter 6 Using Computers in the Office Chapter 7 Managing Correspondence and Mail Chapter 8 Managing Office Supplies Chapter 9 Maintaining Patient Records Chapter 10 Managing the Office Medical Records Section 2 Interacting with Patients Chapter 11 Telephone Techniques Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician's Schedule Chapter 13 Patient Reception Chapter 14 Patient Education Section 3 Financial Responsibilities Chapter 15 Health Insurance Billing Procedures Chapter 16 Medical Coding Chapter 17 Patient Billing and Collections Chapter 18 Accounting for the Medical Office PART THREE CLINICAL MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 The Medical Office Environment Chapter 19 Principles of Asepsis Chapter 20 Infection Control Techniques Chapter 21 HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens Chapter 22 Preparing the Examination and Treatment Areas Section 2 Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 23 Organization of the Body Chapter 24 The Integumentary System Chapter 25 The Skeletal System Chapter 26 The Muscular System Chapter 27 The Cardiovascular System Chapter 28 The Respiratory System Chapter 29 The Nervous System Chapter 30 The Urinary System Chapter 31 The Reproductive Systems Chapter 32 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 33 The Digestive System Chapter 34 The Endocrine System Chapter 35 Special Senses Section 3 Assisting with Patients Chapter 36 Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and Documentation Chapter 37 Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements Chapter 38 Assisting with a General Physical Examination Section 4 Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies Chapter 39 Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties Chapter 40 Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations Chapter 41 Assisting with Minor Surgery Chapter 42 Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation Chapter 43 Medical Emergencies and First Aid Chapter 44 Complementary and Alternative Medicine Section 5 Physician's Office Laboratory Procedures Chapter 45 Laboratory Equipment and Safety Chapter 46 Introduction to Microbiology Chapter 47 Collecting, ProcessingMicrobiologyng Urine Specimens Chapter 48 Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens Section 6 Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment

223

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 223

11/13/2007 2:28:49 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Chapter 49 Nutrition and Special Diets Chapter 50 Principles of Pharmacology Chapter 51 Drug Administration Chapter 52 Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing Chapter 53 X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology Section 7 Externship Chapter 54 Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a Position Appendices Appendix I Medical Assistant Role Delineation Chart (AAMA) Appendix II RMA Certification Chart Appendix III NHA Certification Chart Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix VI Abbreviations Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies material add educational value: *Glossary includes pronunciation guide so students learn proper pronunciation of medical terms. *Points on Practice (formerly Tips for the Office) provide helpful suggestions for running an efficient office. *Career Opportunities provide information about additional careers available for medical assistants. *Caution: Handle with Care emphasizes infection control techniques. *Educating the Patient shows how to provide the detailed instructions patients need to carry out their physician's orders. *End-of-chapter questions and activities help students assess their progress. Updated and expanded information includes: *Current coding and billing practices, including HIPAA. *Use of technology in the medical office - especially more and varied uses of the Internet, including web site development, patient education, billing and coding. *Clinical diagnostic testing such as in-office Hemoglobin A1c testing. *CPR guidelines to comply with the latest American Heart Association guidelines. *OSHA issues *Infection control and antibiotic resistance. Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the text. Includes "A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant" case studies, video clip library, audio glossary and much more! Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook. The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook revisions. There are more questions. The Procedure Competency Checklists have been improved to include more procedure observer comments. Online Learning Center with chapter-specific applications, games, quizzes, and links. Also available as a cartridge for Distance Education Platforms: WebCT, Blackboard and eCollege. Instructor's Resources include lesson plans, teaching strategies, tests and answers, SCANS competency correlation, full-color image bank, and CMA, RMA, and CCMA correlation charts. It also includes a CD-ROM with PowerPoint presentations, class syllabi, clip art from the text and EZ Test test generator with answer rationales and correlation to texts and MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW. CONTENTS PART ONE INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 Foundations and Principles Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting Chapter 2 Types of Medical Practice Chapter 3 Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including HIPAA Chapter 4 Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers PART TWO ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 Office Work Chapter 5 Using and Maintaining Office Equipment Chapter 6 Using Computers in the Office Chapter 7 Managing Correspondence and Mail Chapter 8 Managing Office Supplies Chapter 9 Maintaining Patient Records Chapter 10 Managing the Office Medical Records Section 2 Interacting with Patients Chapter 11 Telephone Techniques Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician's Schedule Chapter 13 Patient Reception Chapter 14 Patient Education Section 3 Financial Responsibilities Chapter 15 Health Insurance Billing Procedures Chapter 16 Medical Coding Chapter 17 Patient Billing and Collections Chapter 18 Accounting for the Medical Office PART THREE CLINICAL MEDICAL ASSISTING Section 1 The Medical Office Environment Chapter 19 Principles of Asepsis Chapter 20 Infection Control Techniques Chapter 21 HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens

NEW

MEDICAL ASSISTING Administrative and Clinical Procedures (without A&P Chapters), 3rd Edition

By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community College, Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro University, Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Stratton Bookstore and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute 2009 (February 2008) / 992 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337399-7 / MHID: 0-07-337399-0 Medical Assisting, Third Edition addresses the most current competencies for medical assisting certification, CPR procedures, coding and insurance billing requirements, HIPAA regulation, OSHA guidelines, and clinical diagnostic testing such as hemoglobin A1c (diabetes) testing. Thorough coverage of procedures remains an asset. It trains students on medical office administrative procedures and equipment, clinical procedures, infection control, anatomy and physiology, assisting with patients, medical emergencies and first aid, laboratory procedures, nutrition, pharmacology, diagnostic equipment, and much more. FEATURES Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while working as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps, bulleted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know, and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative, Clinical, and General content. Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Rationales. Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the chapter. New "Reflecting On..." feature boxes for Legal and Ethical Issues, Communication Issues, Cultural Issues, Professionalism, and HIPAA. Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter. New chapter--Complementary and Alternative Medicine Strong pedagogy, including boxed readings and end-of-chapter

224

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 224

11/13/2007 2:28:49 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Chapter 22 Preparing the Examination and Treatment Areas Section 2 Assisting with Patients Chapter 23 Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and Documentation Chapter 24 Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements Chapter 25 Assisting with a General Physical Examination Section 3 Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies Chapter 26 Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties Chapter 27 Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations Chapter 28 Assisting with Minor Surgery Chapter 29 Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation Chapter 30 Medical Emergencies and First Aid Chapter 31 Complementary and Alternative Medicine Section 4 Physician's Office Laboratory Procedures Chapter 32 Laboratory Equipment and Safety Chapter 33 Introduction to Microbiolog y Chapter 34 Collecting, ProcessingMicrobiologyng Urine Specimens Chapter 35 Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens Section 5 Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment Chapter 36 Nutrition and Special Diets Chapter 37 Principles of Pharmacology Chapter 38 Drug Administration Chapter 39 Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing Chapter 40 X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology Section 6 Externship Chapter 41 Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a Position Appendix I Medical Assistant Role Delineation Chart (AAMA) Appendix II RMA Certification Chart Appendix III NHA Certification Chart Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medical Terms Appendix VI Abbreviations Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies The Student CD-ROM provides video, audio, and illustrations with interactive exercises to bring the competencies presented in the text to life. Key terms are defined and pronounced correctly. Practicing Law & Ethics, Providing Safety and Infection Control, Patient Education and Communication, and Troubleshooting Activities include criticalthinking questions. There are also drag-and-drop exercises in each Chapter to reinforce the student's knowledge of anatomy, supplies, and equipment discussed in the text. Interactive Questions provide additional review and suggest areas for improvement. The CD-ROM can be used for traditional, hybrid, and distance learning classes. Troubleshooting feature identifies problems and provides suggested solutions. These help promote critical thinking and prepare students for real life situations. Safety and Infection Control features tips and techniques to provide safe care to patients and prevent the spread of infection. Patient Education and Communication feature provides suggestions for communicating effectively, both orally and in writing, and provides patient education related to IV Therapy. HIPAA, Law, and Ethics: includes tips for practicing within the HIPAA regulations and legal and ethical standards. Check Questions throughout the text ensure learning and understanding. Complete End of Chapter Review Section including a variety question types to accommodate various learning styles and ensure comprehension. The print Instructor's Manual provides an overview of the student text, suggestions for implementing the Interactive Drill, Practice, and Review CD-ROM included with the student text, teaching suggestions, correlation charts, and answer keys. The Instructor's Manual also includes an Instructor's Productivity Center CD-ROM which includes PowerPoint presentations and EZ Test test generator. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Intravenous Therapy Chapter 2: Safety and Infection Control Chapter 3: Intravenous Therapy Supplies and Equipment Chapter 4: Intravenous Fluids, Components, and Compatibility Chapter 5: Preparation and Patient Communication Chapter 6: Monitoring and Maintaining IV Therapy Chapter 7: Documenting and Discontinuation Chapter 8: Intravenous Therapy Calculations Appendix A: IV Solutions and Concentrations Chart Appendix B: IV Compatibility Chart Appendix C: Common IV Medications Appendix D: IV Formulas and Conversions Appendix E: Answer Key Glossary Index

NEW

INTRAVENOUS THERAPY FOR HEALTH CARE PERSONNEL WITH STUDENT CD-ROM

By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming

2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-328112-4 / MHID: 0-07-328112-3 Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel is a one of a kind book for entry-level health care practitioners to learn the basics of IV therapy. This eight-Chapter text/workbook covers the essential topics for IV therapy for entry-level practitioners, including coverage within the scope of practice for Medical Assistants. The book and accompanying CD is highly visual and focus on application and understanding, as well as presenting real-life situations that can occur during IV therapy and their necessary solutions. FEATURES New 4-color text

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

225

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 225

11/13/2007 2:28:50 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Medical Billing and Coding

MEDICAL BILLING & CODING DEMYSTIFIED

By Marilyn Burgos, Donya Johnson and James Keogh 2007 / 239 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147220-3 / MHID: 0-07-147220-7

A Professional Publication

NEW

THE COMPLETE DIAGNOSIS CODING BOOK

By Shelley Safian, Herzing College

This handy resource clearly explains the principles and practices used by medical offices, hospitals, and health facilities to encode medical services in order to receive payment from government agencies and insurance companies. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Medical Billing and Coding Chapter 2: Ethical and Legal Aspects of Medical Billing Chapter 3: Medical Terminology and Procedures Chapter 4: Medical Office Procedures Chapter 5: Introduction to Diagnostic Procedures Chapter 6: Introduction to Procedural Coding Chapter 7: Introduction to Insurance Plans Chapter 8: The Insurance Claim Cycle Chapter 9: Billing and Coding Errors--How to Avoid Them Chapter 10: Strategies for Handling Claim Disputes Chapter 11: Medical Billing Software Programs and Systems Chapter 12: Finding Employment in the Healthcare Industry FINAL EXAM ANSWERS TO QUIZ AND EXAM QUESTIONS INDEX

2009 (February 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337394-2 / MHID: 0-07-337394-X The Complete Diagnosis Book introduces students to the coding process and uses case studies, examples, and a lighter writing style to sit side-by-side with the student and bring them through learning to code. This book speak directly to students, with respect, and helps them to overcome the intimidation of learning such an important new skill. Case studies, examples, and exercises are salted generously throughout the book to connect the reader with real life scenarios and to help them relate to the issues at hand. FEATURES Learning Outcomes Coding Tips Examples Let's Code It! Case Scenario You Code It! Case Study Chapter Review You Code It! Practice You Code It! Simulation CONTENTS Chapter 1. Introduction to Diagnostic Coding Chapter 2. Introduction to the ICD-9-CM Book and Its Codes Chapter 3. General Guidelines and Notations Chapter 4. Coding Hypertension and Other Circulatory Conditions Chapter 5. Coding Neoplasms Chapter 6. Coding Poisonings/Adverse Reactions Chapter 7. Coding Burns Chapter 8. Coding Orthopedics Chapter 9. Coding Obstetrics and Gynecology Chapter 10. Coding Congenital and Pediatric Conditions Chapter 11. Coding Infectious Diseases Chapter 12. Coding Diabetes Mellitus Chapter 13. Coding Respiratory Conditions Chapter 14. Complete Diagnostic Coding Review Chapter 15. ICD-10-CM ­ An Introduction

PATIENT BILLING WITH STUDENT CD-ROM & FLOPPY DISK 5th Edition

By Susan Sanderson 2006 (December 2004) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-310150-7 / MHID: 0-07-310150-8

http://www.mhhe.com/patientbilling5e

Instruction in the fifth edition of this seven-Chapter text-workbook tutorial is based on NDCMediSoft Advanced, version 9. Students will systematically learn how to use the patient billing features of this popular software, which is used in thousands of medical offices. A four-day simulation of patient billing in a Family Care System provides hands-on practice in all billing tasks. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Patient Billing 2 Using The Computer For Patient Billing 3 Managing Data With A Computerized System 4 Entering Patient and Case Information 5 Processing Transactions 6 Processing Claims and Creating Statements 7 Producing Reports Family Care Center--A Patient Billing Simulation Appendix--Office Hours Source Documents Index

226

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 226

11/13/2007 2:28:50 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Medical Insurance

NEW

FROM PATIENT TO PAYMENT Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office with Student Data CD, 5th Edition

By Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc

NEW

HIPAA FOR ALLIED HEALTH CAREERS

By Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc 2009 (January 2008) / 192 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337412-3 / MHID: 0-07-337412-1 HIPAA for Allied Health Careers covers the concepts and knowledge allied health workers need to correctly handle patients' protected health information (PHI) and to comply with all HIPAA regulations, including: · Administrative Simplification · Privacy Rule · Security Rule · Transactions and Code Sets · Compliance to Avoid Fraud and Abuse Major emphasis is placed on communication skills--written and oral---because they underpin HIPAA compliance in most careers. Such skills include handling requests for release of information (ROI) from patients, payers, and other clinicians; effective interviewing of patients to gather information, complete authorization forms, and explain procedures; and documenting data using tools such as electronic medical records. HIPAA for Allied Health Careers provides students with the must-know information on HIPAA compliance. Titles I (COBRA) and II (HIPAA) are covered. The HIPAA privacy, security, and e-transactions are taught in depth. The concluding chapter presents the recently-published final HIPAA enforcement rule, and also provides an overview of compliance guidelines for the various allied health career settings, such as hospital-, physician practice, and billing-service based careers. Throughout the chapters, students think through case scenarios that cover the types of situations in which allied health personnel will need to make the correct choices for protecting patient privacy under HIPAA. FEATURES Compliance Tips FYI boxes Internet-based activities What Is Your Opinion? Internet Resources HIPAA Communications CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Goal of HIPAA: Administrative Simplification Chapter 2 The Privacy Rule Chapter 3 The Security Rule Chapter 4 Transactions and Code Sets Regulations Chapter 5 Compliance

2008 (September 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325479-1 / MHID: 0-07-325479-7

http://www.mhhe.com/fp2p5e

From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office, provides a practical, focused overview of medical insurance and billing. Each chapter is structured to give students a hands-on, practical approach to understanding and working with claims, both paper and electronic, and the medical billing process. This text is precisely tailored for a brief introduction, as the fundamental understanding of coding and claim filing principles is the goal. Incorporated are the latest HIPAA forms and regulations, medical coding, and electronic claims in a clear and focused program. It equips students with the basics of preparing correct health care claims, and provides a brief introduction to Medisoft Advanced v.11 software, which can be used to complete claims. NEW TO THIS EDITION The new CMS-1500 (08/05) and UB 04 claim forms are covered in depth. Text is almost 50 pages longer because new content has been added in every chapter as well as more end of chapter material. New content includes: -- Chapter 1 has ethics/etiquette and medical insurance specialist requirements for success. -- Chapter 2 has a section on electronic medical records. -- Chapter 4 has additional pages covering Evaluation and Management (E/M) coding. -- Chapter 5 has coverage of the new consumer-driven health plans. -- Chapter 6 goes box-by-box through the CMS-1500 (08/05) claim form. -- Chapter 7 has expanded coverage on collections, including three sample collections letters. Provides coverage about the NPI (National Provider Identifier) which is a unique number that doctors and other providers must use on both electronic and paper claims. Online Learning Center (OLC) provides chapter-specific applications, relevant links, quizzes, and more. Updated information relative to government regulations and industry regulations. Update Medisoft Advanced software applications for Version 11. CONTENTS Chapter 1 From Patient to Payment: Becoming a Medical Specialist Chapter 2 HIPAA and the Legal Medical Record Chapter 3 Diagnostic Coding

227

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 227

11/13/2007 2:28:50 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Chapter 4 Procedural Coding Chapter 5 Payment Methods: Managed Care and Indemnity Plans Chapter 6 Health Care Claim Preparation Chapter 7 Claim Transmission, RA/EOB Follow-up, and Collections Chapter 8 Blue Cross and Blue Shield Chapter 9 Medicare Chapter 10 Medicaid Chapter 11 TRICARE and CHAMPVA Chapter 12 Worker's Compensation Chapter 13 Disability Chapter 14 Dental Insurance Chapter 15 Hospital Insurance Appendix Health Care Claim Simulations Using Medisoft Glossary Index Glossary Index CONTENTS Part 1 ICD-9-CM Part 2 CPT and HCPCS Part 3 Coding Linkage and Compliance Appendix A ICD-9-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Outpatient Services Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main Text Sections

INSURANCE CODING AND ELECTRONIC CLAIMS FOR THE MEDICAL OFFICE

By Shelley Safian 2006 (July 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305307-3 / MHID: 0-07-305307-4

http://www.mhhe.com/icec-safian

NEW

MEDICAL INSURANCE CODING WORKBOOK 2007-2008 4th Edition

By Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises

This text is structured to reflect a day in the life of an insurance codding and billing specialist. Using a "layered learning" concept, the student will move through the book in a logical progression, building upon each element learned at each stage of the reimbursement process. Students will learn to carefully glean pertinent data to code accurately from review and analysis of: a.) Superbills, b.) Provider's notes, c.) Referral authorization forms, and d.) New patient information forms. CONTENTS 1 Insurance Overview 2 HIPPA's Privacy Rule Overview 3 Source Documents 4 Introduction to Coding-Guidelines Overview 5 Coding Diagnoses: ICD-9-CM 6 Coding Diagnoses: ICD-10-CM 7 Coding Procedures: CPT 8 Coding Procedures: ICD-9-CM Volume 3 and ICD-10-PCS 9 Complete Coding Practice: ICD-9-CM and CPT 10 Health Claims Form CMS-1500 11 Electronic Claims Management: Using Patient Accounting Software 12 Working with Insurance Companies 13 Receiving Revenues 14 Complete Coding and Claims Practice Appendix A-Abbreviations Appendix B-ICD-9-CM Offical Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Appendix C-1997 Documentation Guidelines for Evaluation and Management Services Appendix D-Medisoft Advanced, Version 9-Issues and Answers

2008 (January 2007) / 160 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352205-0 / MHID: 0-07-352205-8

www.mhhe.com/careercentral

The Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices builds coding expertise by providing thorough practice, tips, and reinforcement in code selection and linkage. This supplementary workbook offers extensive opportunities for students to practice ICD-9-CM (diagnoses) and CPT/HCPCS (procedures) coding using the standard code reference manuals. Unique coding linkage coverage reviews and practices reporting diagnosis and procedures codes correctly together for compliant coding. The exercises build from one-line diagnostic/procedural statements to case studies. The Workbook also contains three comprehensive examinations covering ICD-9-CM, CPT/HCPCS, and Code Linkage topics. The Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices is designed to help users master the information needed to pass the coding certification exams and become employable. The precise and tightly focused nature of the workbook helps instructors to readily gauge students' levels of coding proficiency. NEW TO THIS EDITION Answers to workbook exercises are available on the passwordprotected Instructor's site on the Valerius/Medical Insurance 3e Online Learning Center. Updated Information: The workbook includes the latest ICD and CPT codes. Case Studies: Each section contains case studies to provide practice coding from medical documentation. Review and Practice: Updated Coding Compliance Coverage provides review and practice so students learn to link diagnosis and procedure codes correctly. Coding Quizzes test students' understanding of guidelines and prepare students for the coding certification exams.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

228

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 228

11/13/2007 2:28:51 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Medical Law & Ethics

LAW & ETHICS FOR MEDICAL CAREERS 4th Edition

By Karen Judson, Carlene Harrison, International College and Sharon Blesie Hicks 2006 (April 2005) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302263-5 / MHID: 0-07-302263-2

Part 2 Administrative Responsibilities 4 Telephone Procedures and Scheduling 5 Records Management 6 Written Communications Part 3 Patient Records 7 Patient Medical Records 8 Insurance and Coding 9 Billing, Reimbursement, and Collections Part 4 Practice Finances and Management 10 Practice Finances 11 Office Management Appendix A Introduction to MediSoft

http://www.mhhe.com/judson4e

Law and Ethics for Medical Careers, 4th edition, provides an overview of the laws and ethics you should know to help you give competent, compassionate care to patients that is within acceptable legal and ethical boundaries. The text can also serve as a guide to help you resolve the many legal and ethical questions you may reasonably expect to face as a student and, later, as a health care practitioner. The text features pertinent legal cases, anecdotes, and sidebars related to health-related careers. Content has been updated and special attention has been paid to legislation affecting health care. CONTENTS Part 1 The Foundations of Law and Ethics 1 Introduction to Law and Ethics 2 Working in Health Care 3 Law, the Courts, and Contracts Part 2 Legal Issues for Working Health Care Practitioners 4 Professional Liability and Medical Malpractice 5 Defenses to Liability Suits 6 Medical Records and Informed Consent 7 Privacy Law and HIPAA Part 3 Professional, Social, and Interpersonal Health Care Issues 8 Physicians' Public Duties and Responsibilities 9 Workplace Legalities 10 The Beginning of Life and Childhood 11 Death and Dying 12 Ethics for Health Care Practitioners

Medical Terminology

NEW

MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN HEALTH WITH STUDENT CD-ROM

By David Allan, Michelle Buchman, Everest College and Karen Lockyer

2008 (March 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327294-8 / MHID: 0-07-327294-9

http://www.mhhe.com/allanmedlanguage

MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN HEALTH CARE Combining the Time-Tested A & P Approach with a New Contextual Approach Promotes Active Learning Chapters in the textbook are organized by body system in accordance with an overall anatomy and physiology (A & P) approach. Lessons introduce and define terminology through the context of A & P, pathology, and clinical and diagnostic procedures/ tests. The organization of the body systems into Chapters is based on an "outside to inside" sequence that reflects a physician's differential diagnosis method used during an examination. To provide students with an authentic context, the medical specialty associated with each body area or system is introduced along with the anatomy and physiology. Students actually step into the role of an allied health professional associated with each specialty. Patient cases and documentation are used to illustrate the real-life application of medical terminology in modern health care: to care for and communicating with patients, and to interact with other members of the health care team. The A & P organizational approach, used in conjunction an authentic medical setting and patient cases, encourages student motivation and facilitates active, engaged learning. Each Chapter is structured around a consistent and unique framework of pedagogic devices. No matter what the subject matter of a Chapter, the structure enables students to develop a consistent learning strategy, making Medical Language for Modern Health Care a superior learning tool. FEATURES Focus on "modern" medicine Includes Chapters such as genetics and CAM that are not found in other books.

Medical Office Procedures

MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES WITH DATA DISKS AND PROJECTS CD-ROM 6th Edition

By Karonne Becklin 2006 (January 2005) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320108-5 / MHID: 0-07-320108-1 Medical Office Procedures is a text-workbook that introduces and teaches medical assisting administrative tasks; teaches records management, medical communications, and scheduling skills; and describes procedures for preparing patients' charts and bills. Practice management and finances are also addressed. Multi-day simulations provide real-world experience with physician dictation. CONTENTS Part 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant's Career 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant 2 Medical Ethics, Law, and Compliance 3 Computer Usage in the Medical Office

229

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 229

11/13/2007 2:28:51 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Lesson-based approach. Chapters are divided into Lessons, coverage of which can be taught in a 50-minute installment. Each is supported by a 50-minute Lesson plan in the Instructor's Manual that pulls all teaching information and materials together into a scripted, times presentation. Self-contained spreads. Each spread covers one topic only, each spread a complete unit that includes text, work analyses/definitions, and exercises. Contextualized, real-world approach. A virtual medical facility, complete with medical practices, practitioners and patients, provides the contextual framework for presenting terms. Each Chapter represents the language of whichever specialty is covered by that Chapter, for example "Respiratory System: The Language of Pulmonology." Real-world scenarios throughout Chapters provide immediate application of and context for terms. Terms presented within the context of anatomy and physiology. Chapters are organized by body systems, and terms are introduced within the context of the body's anatomical structures and/or physiological processes. Frequent, innovative exercises. Variety of exercises appear on each spread, at the end of each Chapter, on the CD-ROM, and on the Online Center. Some exercises simulate documentation in the medical record. End of Chapter exercises include all taxonomy levels and meet all Chapter objectives. Strong supplements package. To include: Student CD-ROM with interactive, applied spread exercises and term pronunciations; Online Learning Center for students with exercises and web research activities, and instructor resources; Instructor's Manual (PRINT) with 50-minute Lesson plans, assignment masters, and testbank masters; Instructor Productivity CD-ROM with customizable Lesson plans, PPT slides, electronic image collection, testbank in an EZ test generator program; Online medical terminology curriculum; online medical terminology train-the-trainer course. CONTENTS Chapter 1: welcome Chapter 2: anatomy of word building Chapter 3: the body as a whole:the language of primary care Chapter 4: integumentary system:the language of dermatology Chapter 5: special senses: seeing and hearing-the language of opthalmology an otology Chapter 6: musculoskeletal system: the language of orthopedics Chapter 7: digestive system: the language of gastroenterology Chapter 8: cardiovascular system: the language of cardiology and hematology 2008 (February 2007) / 608 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-333505-6 / MHID: 0-07-333505-3 Chapter 9: respiratory system: the language of pulmonology Chapter 10: nervous system: the language of neurology Chapter 11: urinary system: the language of urology Chapter 12: male reproductive system: more language of urology Chapter 13: female reproductive system and breast: the language of gynecology and obstetrics Chapter 14: endocrine system: the language of endocrinology Chapter 15: lymphatic and immune systems: the language of immunology Chapter 16: growth and development: the language of pediatrics Chapter 17: aging: the language of gerontology Chapter 18: rehabilitation medicine: the language of rehabilitation Chapter 19: mental health: the language of psychology and psychiatry Chapter 20: infection: the language of infectious diseases Chapter 21: genetics: the language of dna Chapter 22: nutrition: the language of nutrition Chapter 23: complementary and alternative medicine: the language of cam

NEW

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY A Programmed Approach with Student CD/Flashcards/ Online Learning Center

By Paula Bostwick

http://www.mhhe.com/medtermprogrammed

Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach is the ideal resource for instructors and students wanting a concise and systematic approach to learning the language of health care. Recognizing that students learn medical terminology by constructing and deconstructing words into their parts, the authors have built this process into the text and the numerous exercises. The approach builds and constantly reinforces skills needed to deal with increasingly complicated terms. A body systems organization is used, providing a clear content framework for the text. Each body system Chapter separates words into easily learnable groups: major parts of each system; word parts related to each system; and diagnostic, pathological, surgical and pharmacological terms. Carefully chosen Chapter features help bring the subject to life, and add an on-the-job perspective. Case-study information is built into examples, and real medical documents are used whenever appropriate. Internet references are included throughout, to emphasize the importance of online resources and tools. While most activities are straight-forward practice exercises, word-building and critical thinking skills are also built in. Wherever possible, material on Complementary and Alternative Medicine ("CAM") is included to highlight this growing area of medicine. In addition to the text, students will be able to access a wealth of electronic resources to aid their studies: The Student CD-ROM will include a suite of activity-based learning tools: crossword puzzles, "Hangman" game, "Concentration", term to definition matching, audio feedback, and "That's Epidemic", an activity focusing on pathology terms. Exercises are gradable online, or can be used for self-paced review. The Online Learning Center website ("OLC") will provide a set of additional self-test questions; Chapter study outlines; web links of interest; and additional wordbuilding activities. An optional Spanish/English audio CD ROM is available, which includes pronunciations of key medical terms in both languages. English-language audio CD ROMs (2) are also available

230

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 230

11/13/2007 2:28:51 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

as an optional package item; these include pronunciation of all terms included in the text. Instructors will also finds a wealth of teaching & learning resources for their classes: The Instructor's Manual ("IM") will contain answers to all exercises, teaching strategy suggestions, and discussion of word-building techniques. The Instructor Productivity Center CD ROM ("IPC") will contain the IM in electronic form; PowerPoint presentations for each Chapter; and electronic test generator and test banks (with 300 questions). FEATURES Programmed methodology provides a streamlined, time-effective way to learn basic terminology. Word-building skills are presented in the opening Chapters, then used extensively with each Body System Chapter. Body systems organization is used to structure the text. Real-life case studies and medical records are used throughout the text, to provide a career context for the terminology being learned. Bound-in Student CD ROM provides readers with a wealth of motivating medical terminology games and activities. OLC website contains study resources, self-tests and additional activities for students; and resources for instructors under password protection. Optional audio CD sets--English-language, and Spanish/English-are available for packaging with the text. Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) terms are included in the text. Internet Chapter features provide practical tips on how to use the web. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Learning Terminology Chapter 2 Prefixes and Suffixes in Medical Terms Chapter 3 Body Structure Chapter 4 The Integumentary System Chapter 5 The Musculoskeletal System Chapter 6 The Cardiovascular System Chapter 7 The Respiratory System Chapter 8 The Nervous System Chapter 9 The Urinary System Chapter 10 The Female Reproductive System Chapter 11 The Male Reproductive System Chapter 12 The Blood System Chapter 13 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 14 The Digestive System Chapter 15 The Endocrine System Chapter 16 The Sensory System 2008 (May 2007) / 1408 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351096-5 / MHID: 0-07-351096-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334727-1 / MHID: 0-07-334727-2 (with Student CD) Kevin Dumith has teamed up with Myrna Breskin to compile the McGraw Hill Allied Health Dictionary. With Kevin's long experience working as a medical terminology instructor in a career college and with Myrna's background as a lexicographer, the dictionary has the combined experience of these two people directing a staff that has written a truly useful reference book. This dictionary will be the only one on the market specifically aimed at the allied health level. This important distinction makes it a very salable product for a student population that has traditionally found the learning of medical terminology one of the most challenging in the allied health curriculum. It is written for the student who finds the higher level dictionaries written for the health care practitioner too difficult to understand and to navigate. the definitions are clear and concise. The only etymologies given are useful word-building breakdowns that reinforce this skill necessary to understanding medical terms. The appendices make this reference a tool that will follow the allied health student into the workplace as a "keeper" for a long time to come. There is a 32-page insert of anatomy plates that cover the body systems with beautiful illustrations as well as instructive and helpful text. FEATURES Simple straightforward definitions in understandable language with cross-referencing done meticulously. Cross-referencing is a very important part of dictionaries. In many Stedman's dictionaries, for example, you are sent to entries that don't exist or words are defined with medical terms not in the dictionary. Our dictionary uses common language as much as possible or uses medical terms that appear in the dictionary or are explained where they are used. Extensive coverage of anatomy groups (such as tables of muscles, bones, and nerves at those entries) and an overview 32-page 4-color insert of anatomy art and text. Warnings are put at all abbreviations that are no longer allowed to be handwritten in medical documents so as to avoid medical errors. An appendix of these abbreviations is also included. A straightforward comprehensive pronunciation system with as few symbols as possible enables the user to clearly pronounce medical terms-a skill that is essential in allied health careers. Appendices of essential allied health reference material such as lab values, combining forms, abbreviations, and so on round out this comprehensive book. Four-color illustrations appear throughout the book and illustrate medical concepts appropriate to the allied health level. Student CD-ROM to accompany the McGraw-Hill Allied Health Dictionary. It will contain searchable list and audio pronunciations for all terms in the Dictionary. CONTENTS Introduction How to use this dictionary

NEW

MCGRAW-HILL MEDICAL DICTIONARY FOR ALLIED HEALTH

By Kevin Dumith, Sanford Brown Institute

231

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 231

11/13/2007 2:28:51 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Letters a-z Anatomical plates 1-32 Appendices Combining forms, prefixes, and suffixes Abbreviations and medical errors Normal laboratory values Spanish terms Weights and measures Dietary guidelines Reference appendices will make this a valuable reference tool for use in medical terminology and related courses. CONTENTS Unit 1 Communication Using Medical Terms, How Medical Terms Are Formed, Legal and Ethical Issues, Communication in Healthcare Unit 2 Prefixes Unit 3 Suffixes Unit 4 Terms in the Integumentary System Unit 5 Terms in the Musculoskeletal System Unit 6 Terms in the Cardiovascular System Unit 7 Terms in the Respiratory System Unit 8 Terms in the Nervous System Unit 9 Terms in the Urinary System Unit 10 Terms in the Female Reproductive System Unit 11 Terms in the Male Reproductive System Unit 12 Terms in the Blood System Unit 13 Terms in the Lymphatic and Immune Systems Unit 14 Terms in the Digestive System Unit 15 Terms in the Endocrine System Unit 16 Terms in the Sensory System Appendix A Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes Appendix B Normal Laboratory Values Appendix C Sample Medical Documents

NEW

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY WORD BUILDER AND COMMUNICATIONS WORKBOOK WITH FLASHCARDS

By Nina Thierer, Ivy Tech Comm College of Indiana-Ft Wayne and Kevin Dumith, Sanford Brown Institute 2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331544-7 / MHID: 0-07-331544-3 Nina Thierer has teamed with Kevin Dumith to bring to market a workbook that will complement a number of allied health products, especially the Allied Health Dictionary and the medical terminology textbooks published by McGraw-Hill. The Medical Terminology WordBuilder and Communications Workbook emphasizes the dual tasks of word building and communication--the prime learning difficulties for most students in medical terminology and related courses. Particularly in the private career colleges, these two areas are where schools are putting the bulk of their emphasis in an attempt to make their students valuable employees in their allied health careers. The workbook is chock-full of exercises, case studies, and verbal and written communication work that will guide the student through realistic simulations of job activities and job search tasks. FEATURES The organization of the workbook by body systems makes it usable with McGraw-Hill products as well as with most medical terminology texts on the market. This free-standing item will sell into markets that use everything from Chabner to programmed texts to no text at all, just resource materials. The workbook's design is usable as a write-in, self-study guide or as a companion to various texts and resources. The workbook is also usable for students working primarily on computer. Each unit begins with a review of the word parts used to build words in a particular body system. This is immediately followed by a number of activities aimed both at word building and basic body system knowledge. Word games such as word finds, crosswords, or word jumbles are featured in every unit to provide fun learning activities for each body system. These word games require and reinforce body system knowledge at all learner levels. Each of the body system units has a realistic case study that emphasizes the ability to communicate with coworkers, clients, supervisors, job interviewers, and so on. The communication exercises require basic telephone and writing skills with an emphasis on polite, accurate communications. These case studies include many letters and forms similar to ones used in most health care facilities. The way the case studies are structured, they can be used by everyone from the most inexperienced beginning student to students in the final stages of their courses about to start the job search.

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY ESSENTIALS With Student & Audio CD's and Flashcards

By Nina Thierer, Ivy Tech Comm College of Indiana-Ft Wayne and Lisa Breitbard, Sunrise Senior Living 2007 (January 2006) / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325644-3 / MHID: 0-07-325644-7

http://www.mhhe.com/medtermess

Essentials of Medical Terminology is a precise, completely up-to-date, student-oriented text that is ideal for the one-semester course in Medical Terminology. The text emphasizes real world applications of the vocabulary of medicine, and students will see current medical events reflected in this book. The main text is accompanied by an outstanding selection of supplementary learning resources. Essentials of Medical Terminology concentrates on just the key terms and concepts that can be taught in a half-year course. Its clean, uncluttered design keeps readers' attention focused on learning these basic terms, and definitions are kept concise. The interactive Essentials of Medical Terminology Student CD-ROM, and Audio Program CD-ROMs (2-disk audio CD set), linked directly to the text and its selection of terms, are included with each copy of the text. They provide a powerful suite of learning tools geared to the diverse learning styles of today's students. A Spanish-English Audio CD-ROM is also available for student purchase. The Student CD-ROM is set up by text Chapter, and includes a variety of games and skill-building activities such as key terms with audio, flash cards, word building, multiple choice and true/false questions, matching, crossword puzzles, and a game called "That's Epidemic". A progress review component records and prints student progress reports. The CD-ROM is ideal for reviewing terms, for group activities, and for courses that have a self-study component. CONTENTS To the Student Getting the Most Out of Your Textbook Chapter 1 Learning Terminology Chapter 2 Prefixes and Suffixes in Medical Terms Chapter 3 Body Structure Chapter 4 The Integumentary System Chapter 5 The Musculoskeletal System Chapter 6 The Cardiovascular system Chapter 7 The Respiratory System Chapter 8 The Nervous System Chapter 9 The Urinary System

232

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 232

11/13/2007 2:28:52 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Chapter 10 The Female Reproductive System Chapter 11 The Male Reproductive System Chapter 12 The Blood System Chapter 13 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 14 The Digestive System Chapter 15 The Endocrine System Chapter 16 The Sensory System Chapter 17 Terms Pharmacology Appendix A--Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes Appendix B--Abbreviations- Ones to Use and Ones to Avoid Appendix C--Normal Laboratory Values Appendix D--Medical Terminology Style Index

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY Language for Health Care with Student and Audio CD's and Flashcards, 2nd Edition

By Nina Thierer, Ivy Tech Comm College of Indiana-Ft Wayne 2006 (December 2005) / 802 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327295-5 / MHID: 0-07-327295-7

http://www.mhhe.com/medterm2e

Medical Terminology: Language for Health Care provides the comprehensive coverage needed for a 2-term or intensive 1-term Medical Terminology course. It provides clear instruction on the basics of anatomy and physiology, using a body systems approach, and making use of extensive new line art figures and photos. The text includes both clinical and administrative office examples and cases that provide a realistic context for introducing terms and definitions. The up-todate coverage includes a new Chapter on Alternative Medicine, and information on HIPAA guidelines. The student textbook comes with a free Student CD-ROM with interactive exercises and activities, and a 2-CD Audio Program for building pronunciation skills. Wordbuilding exercises are included in every body system Chapter. CONTENTS How to Use This Program 1 Learning Terminology 2 Prefixes and Suffixes in Medical Terms 3 Body Structure 4 The Integumentary System 5 The Musculoskeletal System 6 The Cardiovascular system 7 The Respiratory System 8 The Nervous System 9 The Urinary System 10 The Female Reproductive System 11 The Male Reproductive System 12 The Blood System 13 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems 14 The Digestive System 15 The Endocrine System 16 The Sensory System 17 Human Development 18 Terms in Oncology--Cancer and Its Causes 19 Diagnostic Imaging, Radiation Oncology, and Surgery 20 Terms in Psychiatry 21 Terms in Dental Practice 22 Terms in Pharmacology 23 Terms in Complementary and Alternative Medicine Appendix A--Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes Appendix B--Abbreviations--Ones to Use and Ones to Avoid Appendix C--English Glossary Appendix D--Spanish Glossary Appendix E--Normal Laboratory Values Appendix F-Medical Terminology Style Index

INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY WITH STUDENT AUDIO CD-ROM

By Pam Besser, KCTCS Jefferson Comm and Tech College and J Patrick Fisher 2006 (May 2005) / 543 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302261-1 / MHID: 0-07-302261-6

http://www.mhhe.com/besser

This text-workbook gives students a firm foundation in medical terminology meanings and pronunciations. It provides a concise presentation of terms reinforced by practice exercises. It can be used in a short course or a review course of medical terminology or as a self-paced text. CONTENTS Part 1 Learning About Medical Words 1 Suffixes 2 Prefixes 3 Numbers, Amounts, Colors and Positions Part 2 Systems of the Body 4 Integumentary System 5 Respiratory System 6 Digestive System 7 Cardiovascular System 8 Hematic and Lymphatic Systems 9 Urinary System 10 Male Reproductive System 11 Female Reproductive System 12 Nervous System 13 Endocrine System 14 Musculoskeletal Systems 15 Special Senses Part 3 Medical Specialties 16 Medical Specialties 17 Psychiatric Terminology Appendices A. Selected Medical and Chemical Abbreviations B. Selected Abbreviations used in Pharmacy and Prescription Writing C. Common Latin and Greek Singular and Plural Endings D. Common Prefixes E. Common Suffixes F. Common STDs for Male and Female Glossary / Index

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

233

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 233

11/13/2007 2:28:52 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Nurse Assisting / Long Term Care

THE EFFECTIVE NURSING ASSISTANT 2nd Edition

By Ruth Ann Stratton, Roanne Mancari, Glencoe McGraw-Hill 2007 (May 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-874477-8 / MHID: 0-07-874477-6 The Effective Nursing Assistant is a skill-based program that integrates academics with the National Health Care Skills Standards to enable students to pursue nursing assistant certification. It also includes a section on home health care for students who want to become home health aides, and a section on general patient care for those who choose to work in acute or general care settings. CONTENTS Unit 1 Health Care Workplace Basics Chapter 1--The Nursing Assistant Chapter 2--Workplaces in the Health Care Industry Chapter 3--Getting a Job as a Nursing Assistant Chapter 4--Legal Rights and Ethics Chapter 5--Patient Needs Chapter 6--Safety Chapter 7--Vital Signs Unit 2 The Human Body Chapter 8--Human Growth and Development Chapter 9--Health and the Human Body Chapter 10--Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 11--Infection Control and Standard Precautions Unit 3 Medical Communication Chapter 12--Medical Terminology Chapter 13--Observing, Reporting, and Recording Unit 4 Patient Care Chapter 14--Care of the Patient's Room Chapter 15--Admission, Transfer, and Discharge Chapter 16--Body Mechanics Chapter 17--Emergency Care Chapter 18--Examinations and Therapies Chapter 19--Elimination and Sample Collection Chapter 20--Caring for the Surgical Patient Chapter 21--Patient Rehabilitation Unit 5 Long-Term Care Chapter 22--Personal Care in a Long-Term Care Facility Chapter 23--Caring for Patients with Chronic Illnesses Chapter 24--Assisting the Elderly in Long-Term Care Unit 6 Home and Special Care Chapter 25--Home Health Care Chapter 26--Nutrition Chapter 27--Understanding Mental Health Chapter 28--Nursing Assistant Specialties Chapter 29--Caring for the Terminally Ill Chapter 30--Death and Postmortem Care

Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED

NEW

PEDIATRIC FIRST AID, CPR AND AED 2nd Edition

By National Safety Council NSC

2008 (September 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329701-9 / MHID: 0-07-329701-1 No matter how careful you are, kids get hurt. The National Safety Council can help you handle, the usual bumps and bruises, as well as more serious injuries and sudden illnesses. And because no one wants to see children get hurt in the first place, you will get tips on preventing injuries. The NSC's pediatric emergency care programs were the first to focus specifically on how injuries affect babies and young children. The updated curriculum assures that you are learning the latest emergency care techniques. The program meets first aid and CPR certification requirements for all 50 states and conforms to the latest guidelines for CPR. NEW TO THIS EDITION Suitable for 8 1/2 to 9 1/2 hour course Includes all topics from the NSC's Standard First Aid, CPR and AED course, adapted to the special needs of infants and children. Information on: Common minor childhood problems and injuries Child abuse and neglect Children with disabilities Common childhood illnesses Preventing illness and infection Preventing injuries Making places safe for children Instructor Kit includes: Instructor's Manual Instructor's CD-ROM Course preparations on DVD Student Manual CONTENTS Introduction: Why Learn Injury Prevention and First Aid? PART ONE: FIRST AID Chapter 1- Take Action in an Emergency Chapter 2- Basic Life Support Chapter 3--Bleeding and Wound Care Chapter 4--Shock Chapter 5 ­ Burns Chapter 6--Serious Injuries Chapter 7--Bone, Joint, and Muscle Injuries Chapter 8--Sudden Illness

234

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 234

11/13/2007 2:28:52 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Chapter 9 ­ Poisoning Chapter 10--Heat and Cold Emergencies Chapter 11 ­ Common Minor Childhood Problems and Injuries Chapter 12 ­ Child Abuse and Neglect PART TWO: CHILDHOOD ILLNESSES Chapter 13 ­ Common Childhood Illnesses PART THREE: PREVENTING ILLNESS AND INJURY Chapter 14 ­ Preventing Illness and Infection Chapter 15 ­ Preventing Injuries Chapter 16 ­ Making Places Safe for Children Index Chapter 18: Psychotropic Drugs Chapter 19: Antineoplastic Drugs Chapter 20: Drugs for the Pediatric Patient Chapter 21: Drugs for the Geriatric Patient Appendix A-Abbreviations Glossary Index

NEW

Pharmacology for Health Professions

NURSING SPECTRUM DRUG HANDBOOK 2009 4th Edition

By Patricia Dwyer Schull 2008 (June 2008) / 543 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-154877-9 / MHID: 0-07-154877-7 Published in cooperation with the #1 Nursing periodical (NurseWeek); the third edition of the Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook continues its focus on ease of use and patient safety. Created through the advise and feedback from over 60 nurses from around the world, this drug handbook was created from scratch with nurses' needs in mind. The Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook is also the ONLY major drug handbook to include for FREE a PDA download of the full guide to all purchasers.

NEW

ADMINISTERING MEDICATIONS 6th Edition

By Donna Gauwitz 2008 (October 2007) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352085-8 / MHID: 0-07-352085-3 Administering Medications: for Pharmacology for Health Careers is designed to teach the safe administration of medications to health care students entering medical assisting and other allied health care professions. This textbook speaks directly to students and encourages students to identify and apply the concepts learned. NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW-Pediatric chapter NEW! 4-color design with updated color photos and figures NEW! Added intravenous section to the Parenteral Medications chapter Expanded Representative Drugs table with the top 50 drugs bolded in every table NEW! Added more drug calculations to the chapters CONTENTS Chapter 1: Orientation to Medications Chapter 2: Principles of Drug Action Chapter 3: Measurement and Dosage Calculation Chapter 4: Administering Parenteral Medications Chapter 5: Medication Therapy Chapter 6: Vitamins, Minerals, and Herbs Chapter 7: Antibiotics and Antifungals Chapter 8: Drugs for the Eye and Ear Chapter 9: Drugs for the Skin Chapter 10: Drugs for the Cardiovascular System Chapter 11: Drugs for the Respiratory System Chapter 12: Drugs for the Gastrointestinal System Chapter 13: Drugs for the Urinary System and Fluid Balance Chapter 14: Drugs for the Reproductive System Chapter 15: Drugs for the Endocrine System Chapter 16: Drugs for the Musculoskeletal System Chapter 17: Drugs for the Nervous and Sensory System

NURSING SPECTRUM DRUG HANDBOOK 2008

By Patricia Dwyer Schull 2007 (June 2007) / 1375 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-148994-2 / MHID: 0-07-148994-0

http://www.nursesdrughandbook.com

An Ultra-Convenient, Safety-Focused Drug Guide Written for RNs by RNs. Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook delivers instant access to concise, need-to-know information on more than 3,000 brand-name and 1,000 generic drugs. Carefully updated and based on feedback from nurses worldwide, the Handbook is an essential tool in ensuring the safest, most effective drug administration possible. CONTENTS Foreword Preface and User's Guide Drugs A-Z Safe Drug Administration Photo Gallery of Common Tablets & Capsules Drug Classes Vitamins and Minerals Herbs and Supplements Appendices

235

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 235

11/13/2007 2:28:52 PM

ALLIED HEALTH

Phlebotomy

CONTENTS Chapter I Introduction to Phlebotomy Chapter II Blood, Function, and Circulation Composition Chapter III Equipment for Specimen Collection Chapter IV Performing Venipuncture and Dermal Puncture Chapter V Specimen Handling and Processing Chapter VI Special Phlebotomy Procedures Chapter VII Risk Management Appendices Appendix A Competency Checklists Appendix B Standard Precautions Appendix C Review Body Systems Appendix D Answer Key Glossary Index

NEW

PHLEBOTOMY FOR HEALTH CARE PERSONNEL WITH STUDENT CD-ROM 2nd Edition

By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming and Antonio C Wallace, Advanced Career Training 2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330977-4 / MHID: 0-07-330977-X Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel, Second has been updated to include the CLSI standards and OSHA regulations. The text is now four-color and includes all new photographs and illustrations. It includes information about customer service and phlebotomy procedures in multiple health care environments or situations in addition to the traditional clinic setting. Emphasis is made on regulatory agencies, standards, and certification. Quality control and reporting/treatment procedures for accidental injuries are addressed in the text. Patient education and troubleshooting techniques are prominent features of the text. The instruction in the text is directly linked to the CD-ROM included in the text to reinforce skills and techniques. The can be used in the classroom as well as independent and distance learning. NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! Text is now 4-color. Updated information added about waived office procedures. Added information on safety needles. The updated Student CD-ROM provides video, audio, and illustrations with interactive exercises to bring the competencies presented in the text to life. Key terms are defined and pronounced correctly. Practicing Law & Ethics, Providing Safety and Infection Control, Patient Education and Communication, and Troubleshooting Activities include critical-thinking questions. There are also drag-and-drop exercises in each chapter to reinforce the student's knowledge of anatomy, supplies, and equipment discussed in the text. Interactive Questions provide additional review and suggest areas for improvement. The CD-ROM can be used for traditional, hybrid, and distance learning classes. CD has plenty of practice activities with various strips.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

Troubleshooting features identify problems which may arise for the phlebotomist and provide suggested solutions. These help promote critical thinking and prepare students for real life situations. Safety and Infection Control features provide tips and techniques to provide safe care to patients and prevent the spread of infection. Patient Education and Communication provides suggestions for communicating effectively, both orally and in writing, and provides for patient education related to Phlebotomy. Law and Ethics features provide information about HIPAA, legal responsibilities, limitations, and implications, as well as performing duties within established ethical practices. Critical Thinking and Interactive Questions provide review and suggest areas for improvement.

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

236

HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 236

11/13/2007 2:28:53 PM

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES ACLS/Advanced Cardiac Life Support .............................................................243 EMT Paramedic................................................................................................240 First Responder ................................................................................................240 Homeland Security ...........................................................................................239 FIREFIGHTING ................................................................................................244

237

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services237 237

11/13/2007 2:30:36 PM

NEW TITLES

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

2009

The Paramedic The Paramedic Workbook with Student CD Chapleau Hsieh 9780073520711 9780073205328 0073520713 007320532X 240 241

2008

Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Professionals with Student CD Campbell Delve Productions McKenna Palin 9780073044378 9780073220697 9780073019710 9780073317748 0073044377 0073220698 0073019712 0073317748 239, 242 243 243 239

238

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services238 238

11/13/2007 2:30:36 PM

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

Emergency Medical Services

CONTENTS Introduction Chapter 1. Recognition and Emergency Medical Response Chapter 2. Chemical Agents used in Terrorist Attacks Chapter 3. Biological Weapons I Chapter 4. Biological Weapons II Chapter 5. Radiological or Nuclear Incidents Chapter 6. Incendiaries and Explosives Chapter 7. Clandestine Drug Laboratories Chapter 8. Putting it All Together Practical Skills Skills Chapter 1. Selection and Use of Personal Protective Equipment Skills Chapter 2. Decontamination of Patients Skills Chapter 3. Use of Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK) Skills Chapter 4. Use of the Anthrax Test Kit Skills Chapter 5. Use of Chemical Agent Detectors Skills Chapter 6. Use of Radiation Detection Equipment Skills Chapter 7. Scenario Review Appendix: Acronyms

Homeland Security

NEW

HOMELAND SECURITY AND EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE

By John Campbell

2008 (March 2007) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304437-8 / MHID: 0-07-304437-7 Homeland Security and Emergency Response is a first edition product for McGraw-Hill Higher Education. The book and its ancillaries are being developed and designed to meet the needs of a 16 hour course by the same name. If focuses on providing information on recognizing threats, acting on threats, and providing patient care as well as the communication that must occur when a threat to homeland security occurs. Threats covered include Biological, Nuclear, Chemical, Incendiary and Explosive threats. Additional information on Clandestine Drug Laboratories is also covered. The information is easy-to-read and step-by-step procedures for using related equipment and skills are included. The primary market for this product suite and course include those in emergency medical services (paramedics, EMT-Basics, First Responders), police, and those in fire. FEATURES This text is divided into two distinct sections ­The first 8 Chapters cover concepts. The remaining 7 Chapters are a compilation of skills (personal protective equipment, decontamination, use of nerve agent antidote kit, use of anthrax test kit, use of chemical agent detectors, use of radiation detectors, practical response situations) which outline the steps involved in performing each skill. The student will be taught these skills using the same equipment he/she would use in real life situations. Each of the first 8 Chapters begin with a Case Study to grab the student's attention. There are "It Happens" boxes that contain "real world" information about content. There are several end of Chapter elements that highlight important areas for the student to retain: 1. Pearls ­ this is a list of key summary points for the Chapter. These are "tips to remember" in the field. 2. Case Study Conclusion ­ this is a continuation of the case study at the beginning of the Chapter. 3. Case Study Discussion ­ this leads the class through a discussion of the preceding case. 4. Want to Know More? ­ this section will be a list of bibliographical references and suggested learning sources.

NEW

CATASTROPHE PREPARATION AND PREVENTION FOR LAW ENFORCEMENT PROFESSIONALS WITH STUDENT CD

By Phil Palin, Teleologic Learning Company 2008 (October 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331774-8 / MHID: 0-07-331774-8 Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement is a multi-media product for Homeland Security designed for law enforcement personnel. This spiral-bound worktext contains a link to an online simulation game called "San Luis Rey" and a CD-ROM containing selected government documents and excerpts from McGraw-Hill reference texts. Instructors can use the wealth of material in the CD-ROM to adjust the length of the course. It can be taught in a single day or two-day course or expanded into a full semester. The worktext guides the student through the material and links the learning experience from the different formats. The simulation-based program is sponsored by the Office for Domestic Preparedness and Department of Homeland Security to build a common, minimum level of preparedness among the nation's first responders and related homeland security professions in fulfilling the National Homeland Security Strategy. Its goal is to support the ability of every jurisdiction in the United States to 1) develop capacity in preventing terrorism, 2) demonstrate coherence with a common standard of practice in prevention of terrorism; and 3) ensure that every jurisdiction has a basic ability to recognize crucial links between prevention, response, and recovery. FEATURES The flexibility of this program allows instructors to teach it in a 1 2, or semester long course. During the course, learners participate in an online simulation game where they will have to detect and prevent a terrorist attack. Failure has dire consequences for them and the fictional jurisdiction of San Luis Rey. The game challenges learners to move beyond response-oriented training and think about what it takes to prevent a terrorist attack.

239

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services239 239

11/13/2007 2:30:36 PM

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

CONTENTS Orientation Chapter 1--Introduction Chapter 2 ­ Recognize Threats Chapter 3 ­ Share Information Chapter 4--Collaborate Chapter 5 ­ Manage Risk Chapter 6 ­ Decide to Intervene Chapter Review Apply What You Have Learned Acknowledgments Works Cited Appendix ­ San Luis Rey General Index

EMT Paramedic

NEW

THE PARAMEDIC

By Will Chapleau, Angel Burba, Peter Pons, David Page, Inver Hills Community College

First Responder

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352071-1 / MHID: 0-07-352071-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320533-5 / MHID: 0-07-320533-8 (with Drug Reference Guide, Mandatory Package)

EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONDER First Responder in Action with Student CD-ROM, Student DVD and Pocket Guide

By Barbara Aehlert 2007 (March 2006) / 604 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302260-4 / MHID: 0-07-302260-8

http://www.mhhe.com/chapleau1e

Ever since the first EMT book was written, there have been two philosophies chosen by the authors for the reader: One type is to provide for the minimal required information and to meet only the minimum standards required by the profession. At the other end of the spectrum is the philosophy that is written to be all-inclusive. This will give the student reader (and ultimately patient care provider) the strongest knowledge possible. If you or your family were to become sick or injured in the middle of the night, in the blowing snow or in the cold rain, do you want the EMT taking care of you to be the very best they possibly could be or simply one who has taken the course to "get by"? This book is not a "get by" book. This book is not written by "get by" authors. This book is not edited by "get by" editors. Just open this book and look at the four editors--four better people in the United States to write such a book could not have been chosen. FEATURES In the age of evidence-based medicine, it is important that a text be referenced to the science that supports the knowledge and standards of practice within the field. Throughout the text, when a statement of fact is made, you'll find the science to support the statement in the notes at the end of each chapter. DOT objectives are listed at points in the text where they are covered. Each chapter begins with Need to Know Objectives. These are things every Paramedic should know that will described in the chapter The experience of this author team bring you "Nice to Know". These are pieces of information that enhance the material being studied and the patient interactions. "Connection Boxes" throughout the text direct the reader to related information in other chapters. When applicable, the reader will find do/ask tables at the beginning of a chapter. These will guide readers through actions and questions appropriate to the patients the chapter will describe. CONTENTS Part 1-Foundations 1. The ems profession 2. The well-being of the paramedic 3. Professional ethics 4. Legal issues 5. Clinical decision making

http://www.mhhe.com/aehlertemr

Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action, 1st edition by Barbara Aehlert, RN, provides the first responder student with must-know information. This product is the only product that integrates the didactic and skills information. First Responder training is the entry level of emergency medical services. This full-color, well-illustrated textbook/workbook combo is the only first responder product written by an EMS educator who is an experienced author. It includes information on the medical management of the results of current national security threats. CONTENTS Module 1: Preparatory 1 Introduction to the EMS System 2 The Well-Being of the Emergency Medical Responder 3 Legal and Ethical Issues 4 The Human Body 5 Lifting and Moving Patients Module 2: Airway 6 Airway and Breathing Module 3: Circulation 7 Circulation Module 4: Patient Assessment 8 Patient Assessment Module 5: Illness and Injury 9 Medical Emergencies 10 Bleeding and Soft-Tissue Injuries 11 Injuries to Muscles and Bones Module 6: Childbirth and Children 12 Childbirth 13 Infants and Children Module 7: EMS Operations 14 EMS Operations Appendices Appendix 1: Weapons of Mass Destruction: Awareness and Response Appendix 2: Rural and Frontier EMS Appendix 3: Special Populations

240

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services240 240

11/13/2007 2:30:36 PM

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

6. Medical terminology 7. Anatomy overview 8. Physiology overview 9. Safety and scene size-up Part 2-Foundations of communication and assessment 10. Therapeutic communications and history taking 11. The normal physical examination Part 3-Foundations of critical care: caring for the sick patient 12. Airway management, ventilation, and oxygenation 13. Shock overview 14. Patient assessment 15. Pharmacology 16. Medication administration and iv 17. Documentation & communication Part 4-Trauma 18. Mechanism of injury 19. Hemostasis and hermorrhagic shock 20. Head, face, and neck trauma 21. Thoracic trauma 22. Abdominal trauma 23. Spinal trauma 24. Skeletal trauma 25. Soft tissue and muscle trauma 26. Burn trauma 27. Trauma patients and trauma systems Part 5-Medical Issues 28. Pulmonary 29. Cardiology 30. Neurology 31. Endocrinology, electrolytes, and acid/base 32. Allergies and anaphylaxis 33. Infectious and communicable diseases 34. Gastroenterology 35. Toxicology 36. Urology 37. Hematology 38. Environmental conditions 39. Eyes, ears, nose, and throat 40. Behavioral and psychiatric disorders 41. Obstetrics and gynecology Part 6-Special Populations 42. Neonatology 43. Pediatric patients 44. Geriatric patients 45. The abused and neglected 46. Patients with special challenges 47. Patients with chronic illnesses 48. Patients from diverse cultures Part 7-Operations 49. Ambulance operations 50. Medical incident command 51. Rescue awareness 52. Teamwork and operational interface 53. Hazardous materials incidents 54. Special events and mass gatherings 55. Responding to wmd events Glossary / Index

NEW

THE PARAMEDIC WORKBOOK WITH STUDENT CD

By Arthur Hsieh and Kevin Boone

2009 (January 2008) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320532-8 / MHID: 0-07-320532-X

Website: http://www.mhhe.com/chapleau1e

The Paramedic Manual is not a traditional workbook in that it goes beyond the simple "review and test" approach of most workbooks. Instead, this manual supports the students' exploration of the art and science of prehospital medicine by providing a rich palette of learning tools, images, and even video to better explain concepts and techniques. The Paramedic Manual speaks clearly and directly to the paramedic student. The material in each chapter revolves around "Need To Know" (NTK) objectives; those that the authors of both the Textbook and Manual felt were absolutely necessary for the paramedic student to master before moving on to the next section or chapter. All features in the Manual were designed to ensure that learners can successfully master these NTK objectives. Multimedia tools on the accompanying DVD create an educational space that is rich with information. FEATURES Skills--This section presents Step-by-Steps, illustrated instructions for performing key skills. Accompany skill sheets for these and additional skills are provided in the back of the book. Ample vignettes and progressive case studies, followed by critical thinking questions (answers at the end of each chapter), effectively review basic concepts, encourage students to build on and apply new information, and require the learner integrate what he or she has been learning into real-world practice. Problem-Based Learning (PBL) cases ­ These unique cases are designed to be challenging and open-ended--just like many EMS patients. The learner must work his or her way through the case, using not just the manual and textbook, but often other resources that must be found and researched. In the process, the student will learn about the process of learning itself. Activities--Self-directed, student-centered activities provide alternative methods for mastering the chapters' main concepts. Many are designed for use with partners and small groups. The student CD that accompanies the manual provides skills ­ Step-by-Steps in a PowerPoint format that show skills being correctly performed using Quicktime video. Text "bubbles" and arrows point to key aspects of skill performance CONTENTS Part 1-Foundations Chapter 1-the ems profession Chapter 2-The well-being of the paramedic Chapter 3-Professional ethics Chapter 4-Legal issues Chapter 5-Clinical decision making Chapter 6-Medical terminology Chapter 7-Anatomy overview Chapter 8-Physiology overview Chapter 9-Safety and scene size-up Part 1 problem-based learning case

241

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services241 241

11/13/2007 2:30:37 PM

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

Part 2-Foundations of communication and assessment Chapter 10-Therapeutic communications and history taking Chapter 11-The normal physical examination Chapter 12-Airway management, ventilation, and oxygenation Part 2 problem-based learning case Part 3-Foundations of critical care: caring for the sick patient Chapter 13-Shock overview Chapter 14-Patient assessment Chapter 15-Pharmacology Chapter 16-Medication administration and iv Chapter 17-Documentation Part 3 Problem-based learning case Part 4-Trauma Chapter 18-Mechanism of injury Chapter 19-hemorrhage and hemorrhagic shock Chapter 20-Head, face, and neck trauma Chapter 21-Thoracic trauma Chapter 22-Abdominal trauma Chapter 23-Spinal trauma Chapter 24-Skeletal trauma Chapter 25-Soft tissue and muscle trauma Chapter 26-Burn trauma Chapter 27-Trauma patients and trauma systems Part 4 Problem-based learning case Part 5-Medical Chapter 28-Pulmonary Chapter 29-Cardiology Chapter 30-Neurology Chapter 31-Endocrinology Chapter 32-Allergies and anaphylaxis Chapter 33-Infectious and communicable diseases Chapter 34-Gastroenterology Chapter 35-Toxicology Chapter 36-Urology Chapter 37-Hematology Chapter 38-Environmental conditions Chapter 39-Eyes, ears, nose, and throat Chapter 40-Behavioral and psychiatric disorders Chapter 41-Obstetrics/gynecology Part 5 Problem-based learning case Part 6-Special populations Chapter 42-Neonatology Chapter 43-Pediatric patients Chapter 44-Geriatric patients Chapter 45-The abused and neglected Chapter 46-Patients with special challenges Chapter 47-Patients with chronic illnesses Chapter 48-Patients from diverse cultures Part 6 Problem-based learning case Part 7-Operations Chapter 49-Ambulance operations Chapter 50-Medical incident command Chapter 51-Rescue awareness Chapter 52-Teamwork and operational interface Chapter 53-Hazardous materials incidents Chapter 54-Special events and mass gatherings Chapter 55-Responding to the wmd events Chapter 56-Military paramedicine Part 7 Problem-based learning case Appendices Skill sheets Answers and rationale Answers to problem-based learning cases Resources

NEW

HOMELAND SECURITY AND EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE

By John Campbell

2008 (March 2007) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304437-8 / MHID: 0-07-304437-7 Homeland Security and Emergency Response is a first edition product for McGraw-Hill Higher Education. The book and its ancillaries are being developed and designed to meet the needs of a 16 hour course by the same name. If focuses on providing information on recognizing threats, acting on threats, and providing patient care as well as the communication that must occur when a threat to homeland security occurs. Threats covered include Biological, Nuclear, Chemical, Incendiary and Explosive threats. Additional information on Clandestine Drug Laboratories is also covered. The information is easy-to-read and step-by-step procedures for using related equipment and skills are included. The primary market for this product suite and course include those in emergency medical services (paramedics, EMT-Basics, First Responders), police, and those in fire. FEATURES This text is divided into two distinct sections ­The first 8 Chapters cover concepts. The remaining 7 Chapters are a compilation of skills (personal protective equipment, decontamination, use of nerve agent antidote kit, use of anthrax test kit, use of chemical agent detectors, use of radiation detectors, practical response situations) which outline the steps involved in performing each skill. The student will be taught these skills using the same equipment he/she would use in real life situations. Each of the first 8 Chapters begin with a Case Study to grab the student's attention. There are "It Happens" boxes that contain "real world" information about content. There are several end of Chapter elements that highlight important areas for the student to retain: 1. Pearls ­ this is a list of key summary points for the Chapter. These are "tips to remember" in the field. 2. Case Study Conclusion ­ this is a continuation of the case study at the beginning of the Chapter. 3. Case Study Discussion ­ this leads the class through a discussion of the preceding case. 4. Want to Know More? ­ this section will be a list of bibliographical references and suggested learning sources. CONTENTS Introduction Chapter 1. Recognition and Emergency Medical Response Chapter 2. Chemical Agents used in Terrorist Attacks Chapter 3. Biological Weapons I Chapter 4. Biological Weapons II Chapter 5. Radiological or Nuclear Incidents Chapter 6. Incendiaries and Explosives Chapter 7. Clandestine Drug Laboratories Chapter 8. Putting it All Together Practical Skills Skills Chapter 1. Selection and Use of Personal Protective Equipment Skills Chapter 2. Decontamination of Patients Skills Chapter 3. Use of Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK)

242

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services242 242

11/13/2007 2:30:37 PM

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

Skills Chapter 4. Use of the Anthrax Test Kit Skills Chapter 5. Use of Chemical Agent Detectors Skills Chapter 6. Use of Radiation Detection Equipment Skills Chapter 7. Scenario Review Appendix: Acronyms

ACLS/Advanced Cardiac Life Support

NEW NEW

PARAMEDIC REVIEW DVD AND CD-ROM

By Delve Productions, Inc

ACLS BASICS AND MORE WITH STUDENT CD & DVD

By Kim McKenna

2008 (February 2007) / 224 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-301971-0 / MHID: 0-07-301971-2 2008 (January 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322069-7 / MHID: 0-07-322069-8 A paramedic student needs a review product that contains both all testable certification skills and the ability to test and assess the didactic course material. Paramedic Plus Review combines both skills (all ALS skills) and a didactic review of all paramedic material in a DVD and CD-ROM format. It can be used by a student studying for their written and practical exam or by an instructor for classroom teaching of the skills. FEATURES The DVD includes videos which provide review of steps and procedures of each testable skill plus a didactic review. Passing the paramedic course and National Registry written and practical skills examinations will be stressed. DVD skills performed according to national standards. Well-known and proven development team. CONTENTS Well-Being Lifting and Moving Patients Airway Patient Assessment Bleeding and Soft Tissue Injuries Injuries to Muscles and Bones Child Birth Neonatology Infants and Children Geriatrics Abuse & Assault Pharmacology Venous Access/Meds Advanced Airway Techniques EMS Operations Assessment Based Management The textbook will provide rhythm strips and numerous drug tables for essential review. Textbook will be packaged with a DVD. The accompanying DVD will contain the following information in a video format: 10 scenarios reflecting the "core" ACLS cases and 4 scenarios reflecting topics covered in the advanced ACLS course. Additionally, the DVD will include skills that are not part of the scenarios (e.g., CPR). CONTENTS Section I ­ Introduction to ACLS hapter 1 ­ Passing ACLS Chapter 2 ­ ACLS Fundamentals Chapter 3 ­ Respiratory Distress and Arrest Chapter 4 ­ Public Access Defibrillation Chapter 5 ­ ECG Rhythms and ACLS Algorithms Chapter 6 ­ Acute Coronary Syndromes Chapter 7 ­ Acute Ischemic Stroke Section II ­ ACLS for Experienced Providers Chapter 8 ­ Advanced Acute Coronary Syndromes Chapter 9 ­ Toxicology in ACLS Chapter 10 ­ Special Resuscitation Situations Appendices Appendix A: ACLS Medication Table Appendix B: Common ACLS Abbreviations ACLS-Basics and More contains the "Cliff Notes" of the ACLS Provider Course, as well as essential info from the advanced resuscitation course. The textbook provide 60 illustrations, including approximately 20 rhythm strips for essential review. It also features 19 essential treatment algorithms. Appendices include a comprehensive medications table and a listing of common ACLS abbreviations. For each medication within the appendix, the following information is provided: action, uses, adult dose, common side-effects, and notes. In addition, within the medications table, ACLS medications and medication details for the experienced provider are italicized. The textbook is packaged with a DVD that provides the most common scenarios the end-user may encounter in the field. It is also packaged with a CD that contains multiple-choice, self-test questions with answer key and rationales. Authored by a knowledgeable ACLS provider and DVD experts. FEATURES The textbook contains a streamlined or "Cliff Notes" approach of the ACLS Provider Course, as well as essential information from the advanced resuscitation course.

243

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services243 243

11/13/2007 2:30:37 PM

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

Firefighting

SAFE FIREFIGHTING - FIRST THINGS FIRST WITH STUDENT DVD

By Steve Kidd and John Czajkowski of Delve Productions, Inc and Garry Briese, International Association of Fire Chiefs 2007 (July 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-312397-4 / MHID: 0-07-312397-8 Safe Firefighting: First Things First, is the initial orientation and training for beginning firefighters who will not be going inside to fight a structure fire. It will empower the beginning firefighter with the ability to assist on most exterior firefighting and emergency rescue operations. At this level, the firefighter will need tight supervision and will only have the capabilities to assist the next two levels of firefighters trained in this program. By providing condensed entry-level training to the newest firefighter recruit, the fire department can get personnel safely involved in some fire department emergency operations sooner, while you complete your more advanced training. This approach is a great help for fire departments that are in dire need of personnel, particularly volunteer departments. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Welcome to the Fire Service Chapter 2--First Aid and CPR Chapter 3--Protective Equipment Chapter 4--Pre-Connected Attack Lines Chapter 5--Response Safety and Vehicle Crashes (No Entrapment) Chapter 6--Extinguishing Small Fires Chapter 7--Ground Cover Fires Chapter 8--Passenger Vehicle Fires Chapter 9--Supply Hose Lines Chapter 10--Large Attack Lines Chapter 11--Single Family Dwelling Fires (Two Story, Exterior Attack)

Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. Kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Examination Copy Request Form available on the back pages of this catalog. Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.com

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES

INVITATION TO PUBLISH

244

HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services244 244

McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing manuscript for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to [email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

11/13/2007 2:30:38 PM

TITLE INDEX

A

ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD Administering Medications, 6e Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e A&P Animations Collection (CD-ROM) AIDS Update 2008, 2e Analysis of Biological Development, 2e Anatomy & Physiology, 8e Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Health, 2e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual t/a Saladin, 4e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Complete Version, 8e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 4e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Intermediate Version, CAT, 6e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Short Version, 8e Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CDs 1-4 Complete Series Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 4e Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 3e Animal Behavior, 5e Animal Diversity, 4e Animal Sciences: The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4e ARIS for General Chemistry Access Card Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Atlas to Human Anatomy (An) Astronomy Demystified Astronomy for the Utterly Confused Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e McKenna Gauwitz Booth McGraw-Hill Stine Kalthoff Seeley Booth Wise Benson Gunstream Benson Benson Medical College of Ohio Medical Colllege of Ohio Medical College of Ohio Saladin Gunstream Drickamer Hickman Campbell WCB/McGraw-Hill Stone Strete Gibilisco Jones Fix 243 235 220 38, 47, 55 92 94 28 221 33 34 26 34 34 37, 47, 54 36, 47, 53 35, 46, 53 29 24 116 121 19 167 39 41 145 144 143

B

Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student's Survival Guide, 2e Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e Basic Histology: Text & Atlas, 11e Basic Life Support: Healthcare and Professional Rescuers Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Biology Biology, 9e Biology, 8e Gilbert Brophy Junqueira National Safety Council Brown Brown McKee Dolphin Brooker Mader Raven 163 140 56 211 86 87 163 73 70 69 72

249

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 249

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

Biology: An Australian Focus, 3e Biology: Concepts and Investigations Biology Demystified Biology Digitized Video Clips Biology: Dimensions of Life Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Biology of Invertebrates, 5e Biology of Viruses, 2e (The) Biotechnology Demystified Biotechnology: DNA to Protein: A Laboratory Project in Molecular Biology Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e Knox Hoefnagels Layman McGraw-Hill Presson Vodopich Pechenik Voyles Walker Thiel National Safety Council Prothero 65 59 35 76 64 74 118 92 99 99 211 202

C

Cardiology Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Case Studies for the Medical Office, 4e Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Professionals with Student CD Changing Landscapes of Singapore Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Dynamics Chemistry Chemistry, 9e Chemistry Animations Library Version 2.0 DVD, 4e Chemistry: A World of Choices, 2e Chemistry Demystified Chemistry In Context, 6e Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e Chemskill Builder Online: Version 2, 2e Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e College Physics, 2e Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: Laboratory Dissection Guide, 4e Complete Diagnosis Coding Book (The) Computers in the Medical Office with Student CD-ROM, 5e Concepts in Biology, 13e Concepts of Biology Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e Conceptual Introduction Chemistry Contemporary College Physics: 2001 Update, 3e Contemporary Nutrition, 7e Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach Contemporary World Regional Geography, 2e Blausen Medical Communications 37 Sanderson Palin Teo Houston Burdge Chang McGraw-Hill Kelter Williams American Chemical Society Silberberg Spain Booth Giambattista Kent Kardong Safian Sanderson Enger Mader Beiser Bauer Jones Wardlaw Wardlaw Bradshaw 212 239 188 171 156 158 162 150 160 149 157 162 222 133 120 119 226 212 59 60 139 151 134 104 105 191

250

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 250

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 3e CPR & AED, 2e CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card Cooper Cooper National Safety Council National Safety Council 160 161 213 213

D

Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e Dictionary of Bioscience, 2e Dictionary of Chemistry, 2e Dictionary of Earth Science, 2e Dictionary of Geology and Mineralogy, 2e Dictionary of Physics, 3e Digital Zoology Version 2.0 CD-ROM Dinosaurs: The Textbook, 5e Discovery Channel Video Series DVD Bevington McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill Houseman Lucas Discovery Channel 141 30 160 196 198 128 76, 122 195 178

E

Earth Science: Understanding Environmental Systems Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e Economic Botany, 3e Effective Nursing Assistant, 2e (The) Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Electrocardiography In Ten Days, 2e Electronic Health Records Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action with Student CD-ROM, Student DVD and Pocket Guide Environmental Geology, 8e Environmental Science Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Essentials of Biology Essentials of the Living World, 2e Essentials of World Regional Geography Experimental and Applied Physiology Laboratory Manual, 8e Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e Exploring Geology Exploring the World Ocean Montgomery Kaufmann Cunningham Enger Seeley Mader Johnson Bradshaw Pflanzer Garland Arny Reynolds Chamberlin 197 178 175 177 24 65 62 190 52 169 142 205 200 Spencer Molles Simpson Stratton Berkeley Physics Booth Ferry Hamilton Aehlert 197 179 116 234 140 214 216 216 240

251

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 251

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

Evolution of the Earth, 7e Prothero 199

F

Farm Management, 6e Fast and Easy ECGs with DVD First Aid Taking Action First Aid with Pocket Guide, 2e Foodwise 1.2 CD-ROM, 6e Forest Measurements, 5e Foundations in Microbiology, 6e Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry Foundations of Parasitology, 7e From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office with Student Data CD, 5e Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e Fundamentals of Ecology, 2e Fundamentals of Human Physiology Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics Kay Shade National Safety Council National Safety Council McGraw-Hill Avery Talaro Talaro Denniston Roberts Newby Goldberg Madhab Fox Sverdrup Reif 16, 17, 18 216 211 217 107 16 84 85 153 118 227 151 179 48 202 141

G

General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e General Ecology Laboratory Manual, 8e General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e General Zoology Laboratory Manual, 14e General Zoology Laboratory Manual to accompany Zoology, 6e Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e Genetics Demystified Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e GIS Applications in Forestry and Natural Resources Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences (The) Chang Cox Denniston Lytle Miller Brooker Willet Hartwell Bettinger McConnell 157 180 152 124 124 95 97 96 15 195

H

Hands On Chemistry Laboratory Manual Harlow and Harrar's Textbook of Dendrology, 9e HIPAA for Allied Health Careers Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response Paradis Hardin Newby Shier Shier Campbell 162 15 227 23 29 239, 242

252

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 252

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

How to Solve Physics Problems and Make the Grade How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry How to Study Science, 4e Human Aging: Biological Perspectives, 2e Human Anatomy, 2e Human Anatomy, 2e Human Anatomy, 6e Human Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual: Fetal Pig Dissection, 3e Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy by McKinley Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Human Anatomy Laboratory Textbook, 7e Human Atlas (Formerly Interactive Clinical Resource CD-ROM), 2e Human Biology, 10e Human Genetics, 8e Human Geography, 10e Human Physiology, 10e Human Reproductive Biology, 3e Hyperclinic 2 CD-ROM for Windows, 2e Oman Goldberg Milligan Digiovanna McKinley Saladin Van De Graaff Martin Eckel Wise Benson 136 150 78 55 41 42 43 32 44 45 46

Blausen Medical Communications 37 Mader Lewis Fellman Fox Mader Tomalty 75 98 186 49 56 92

I

Inquiry into Life, 12e Insurance Coding and Electronic Claims for the Medical Office Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Integrated Science, 4e Interactive Laboratory and Biological Simulations: Version 2.0, 2e Interactive World Issues CD-ROM Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e Introduction to Biostatistics Introduction to Forest and Renewable Resources, 7e Introduction to Genetics Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e Introduction to Geography, 11e Introduction to Hydrogeology Introduction to Limnology Introduction to Medical Terminology with Student Audio CD-ROM Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Mader Safian Hickman Tillery Raineri Cambridge Studios Booth Kardong Glover Sharpe Hyde Chang Getis Deming Dodson Besser Sverdrup Stern 63 228 120 129 68, 70, 74, 76 187 225 181 180 15 96 185 187 200 181 233 201 113

253

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 253

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

L

Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 9e Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 3e Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e Lab Manual to accompany Physical Science, 7e Lab Manual to accompany Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Atlas of Anatomy and Physiology, 5e Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e Laboratory Exercises in Organismal and Molecular Microbiology Laboratory For General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e (A) Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Applications, 12e Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 9e Laboratory Manual by Hendrickson to accompany General, Organic & Biochemistry, 5e Laboratory Manual for Applied Botany Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 13e Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 5e Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 12e Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 6e Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology, 11e Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry into Life, 12e Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 8e Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity, 4e Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 13e Latin America and the Caribbean, 4e Law & Ethics for Medical Careers, 4e Life, 6e Living World, 5e (The) Mader Tillery Tillery Jones Tillery Wise Eder Lutterschmidt Alexander Henrickson Fox Morello Hendrickson Levetin Zumberge American Chemical Society American Chemical Society Enger Enger Patton Mader Martin Martin Mader Mader Stern Wise Hickman Levin Hickman Hickman Clawson Judson Lewis Johnson 69 130 130 206 127 30 40 50 91 154, 155 52 89 154, 155 114 206 149 149 66 67 26 67 25 32 76 66 114 31 123 199 123 123 191 229 68 62

M

Mader's Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Manual of Mammalogy with Keys to Families of the World, 3e (A) Map Use and Analysis, 4e Longenbaker Martin Campbell 23 116 189

254

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 254

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

Marine Biology, 7e Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM with Student CD-ROM Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e Math and Dosage Calculations for Medical Careers with Student CD-ROM, 2e McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Astronomy, 2e McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health McGraw-Hill's The New MCAT with CD-ROM MediaPhys Version 3.0: An Introduction to Human Physiology, 3e Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies with Student CD-ROMs, 3e Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures (without A&P Chapters), 3e Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Exams with Student CD, 3e Medical Billing & Coding Demystified Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM Medical Office Procedures with Data Disks and Projects CD-ROM, 6e Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/Flashcards/Online Learning Center Medical Terminology Essentials with Student & Audio CD's and Flashcards Medical Terminology: Language for Health Care with Student and Audio CD's and Flashcards, 2e Medical Terminology World Builder and Communications Workbook with Flashcards Meteorology, 2e Microbes in Motion III CD-ROM, 3e Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 5e Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Microbiology Experiments: A Health Science Perspective, 5e Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e Microscale and Miniscale Organic Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, 2e Modern Analytical Chemistry Molecular Biology, 4e

Castro Abbott Price Booth McGraw-Hill Dumith Hademenos Stavraky Booth Booth Moini Burgos Newby Allan Becklin Bostwick Thierer Thierer Thierer Danielson Delisle Nester Cowan Kleyn Harley Schoffstall Harvey Weaver

117 218 185 220 146 231 167 37, 55 223 224 212 226 228 229 229 230 232 233 232 189, 200 77 86 83 90 88 166 170 93

N

Natural Disasters, 6e New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Student CD-ROM Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2008 Nutritional Assessment, 4e Nutrition Almanac, 6e NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 CD-ROM Standalone NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 Online Standalone, 6e Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 8e Abbott Saeger Schull Schull Lee Dunne ESHA Research McGraw-Hill ESHA Research McGraw-Hill Williams 198 219 235 235 109 106 106 107 107 108 109

255

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 255

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

Nutrition for Healthy Living Nutrition Throughout The Life Cycle, 4e

Schiff Worthington-Roberts

103 108

O

Online Standard FA, CPR & AED with Student Workbook & Access Card, 2e Optics, 3e Organic Chemistry, 7e Organic Chemistry, 2e Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e Organic Chemistry Demystified Orthopedic Atlas CD-ROM, 2e National Safety Council Ghatak Carey Smith Atkins Bloch 214, 217 142 165 166 164 164

Blausen Medical Communications 38

P

Paramedic (The) Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM Paramedic Workbook with Student CD (The) Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e Pathways to Astronomy: Solar System (Volume 1) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM Pathways to Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies (Volume 2) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM Pathways to Astronomy with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM (Version 3.1) Patient Billing with Student CD-ROM & Floppy Disk, 5e Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e Perspectives in Nutrition, 7e Perspectives of Modern Physics Perthes World Atlas Petrology: The Study of Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks, 2e Ph.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Photo Atlas for General Biology, 2e Physical Chemistry, 6e Physical Geography Laboratory Manual Physical Geology, 7e Physical Geology, 12e Physical Science, 7e Physical Universe, 12e (The) Physics Physics, 7e Physics Demystified Physics for Poets, 5e Physics for the Utterly Confused Chapleau Delve Productions Inc Hsieh Nowak Schneider Schneider Schneider Sanderson National Safety Council Wardlaw Beiser Klett International Raymond Stephens Booth Strete Levine Lemke Carlson Plummer Tillery Krauskopf Giambattista Tippens Gibilisco March Oman 240 243 241 56 144 145 144 226 234 106 140 186, 187, 191 203 36, 54 236 77 168 188 203 204 128 127 132 137 134 131 135

256

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 256

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 5e Plants and Society, 5e Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 5e Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques Practicing ECGs Prescott/Harley/Klein's Microbiology, 7e Prescott's Principles of Microbiology Principles of Botany Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e Principles of General Chemistry Principles of Genetics, 7e Principles of Quantitative Chemical Analysis Process Geomorphology, 4e

Griffith Levetin Shade Olson Watson Shade Willey Willey Uno Cunningham Silberberg Tamarin De Levie Ritter

131 115 215 217 217 215 82 81 113 176 159 98 170 198

Q

Quantum Mechanics, 3e Quantum Mechanics Demystified Schiff McMahon 142 141

R

Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 3e Relativity Demystified Reproduction Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Grine McMahon 44 133

Blausen Medical Communications 38

S

Safe Firefighting - First Things First with Student DVD Schaum's A-Z Biology Schaum's A-Z Chemistry Schaum's A-Z Physics Schaum's Easy Outline Beginning Chemistry Schaum's Easy Outline of Biology Schaum's Easy Outline of College Physics Schaum's Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology Schaum's Easy Outline: Organic Chemistry Schaum's Easy Outlines: College Chemistry Schaum's Outline of Analytical Chemistry Schaum's Outline of Applied Physics, 4e Schaum's Outline of Astronomy Schaum's Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e Kidd Indge Hunt Chapple Goldberg Fried Bueche Van De Graaff Meislich Rosenberg Gordus Beiser Palen Goldberg 244 77 159 134 152 78 135 40 164 160 170 134 146 150

257

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 257

11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX

Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics II Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics I Schaum's Outline of Biochemistry, 2e Schaum's Outline of Biology, 2e Schaum's Outline of College Chemistry, 9e Schaum's Outline of College Physics, 10e Schaum's Outline of General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Schaum's Outline of Genetics, 4e Schaum's Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e Schaum's Outline of Immunology Schaum's Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics Schaum's Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students Schaum's Outline of Microbiology Schaum's Outline of Modern Physics, 2e Schaum's Outline of Molecular Biology Schaum's Outline of Optics Schaum's Outline of Organic Chemistry, 3e Schaum's Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e Schaum's Outline of Physical Science, 2e Schaum's Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science Schaum's Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students Schaum's Outline of Quantum Mechanics Schaum's 3000 Solved Problems in Biology Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit C - Conservation Laws Constraint Interactions, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit E - Electromagnetic Fields, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit N - Laws of Physics are Universal, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit Q - Matter Behaves Like Waves, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit R - Laws of Physics are Frame-Independent, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit T - Some Processes are Irreversible, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics - 6 Unit Package, 2e 3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry 3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry 3,000 Solved Problems in Physics Solve Saladin: Anatomy & Physiology Crossword Puzzles Specially Prepared for Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 4e by Ken Saladin Standard First Aid, CPR and AED with Pocket Guide, 2e

Halpern Halpern Kuchel Fried Rosenberg Bueche Odian Elrod Van De Graaff Pinchuk Wells Steiner Alcamo Gautreau Stansfield Hecht Hademenos Metz Beiser Browne Hademenos Zaarur Bernstein Tate Moore Moore Moore Moore Moore Moore Moore Goldberg Meislich Halpern Reeder

135 136 163 78 152, 158 133 155 97 41 94 129 140 92 140 94 142 164 170 129 139 139 141 70 27 137 137 138 138 138 138 138 150 167 136 40

National Safety Council

214

258

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 258

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

TITLE INDEX

T

Taxonomic Wall Chart, 12e Hickman 122

U

Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide United States and Canada: The Land and the People, 2e (The) University Chemistry Lovett Getis Laird 159 192 156

V

Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e Vertebrate Biology Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 4e Virtual Anatomy Dissection Review CD-ROM, Version 2.0 Visual Atlas for Anatomy & Physiology to accompany Saladin's A&P, 3e (A) Widmaier Linzey Kardong Waters McGraw-Hill 49 119 119 38, 48 40

W

Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD Broyles Broyles 51 25, 30, 39, 43, 51

Z

Zoology, 7e Miller 121

259

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 259

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

A

Abbott Abbott Aehlert Alcamo Alexander Allan American Chemical Society American Chemical Society American Chemical Society Arny Atkins Avery Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM with Student CD-ROM Natural Disasters, 6e 218 198

Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action w/Student CD-ROM, Student DVD & Pocket Guide 240 Schaum's Outline of Microbiology Laboratory Exercises in Organismal and Molecular Microbiology Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM Chemistry In Context, 6e Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 5e Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e Forest Measurements, 5e 92 91 229 149 149 149 142 164 16

B

Bauer Becklin Beiser Beiser Beiser Beiser Benson Benson Benson Benson Berkeley Physics Bernstein Besser Bettinger Bevington Conceptual Introduction Chemistry Medical Office Procedures with Data Disks and Projects CD-ROM, 6e Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e Perspectives of Modern Physics Schaum's Outline of Applied Physics, 4e Schaum's Outline of Physical Science, 2e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Complete Version, 8e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Intermediate Version, CAT, 6e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Short Version, 8e Human Anatomy Laboratory Textbook, 7e Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e Schaum's 3000 Solved Problems in Biology Introduction to Medical Terminology with Student Audio CD-ROM GIS Applications in Forestry and Natural Resources Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e 151 229 139 140 134 129 34 34 34 46 140 70 233 15 141 37 37 38 38 164 220 221 222 214 225 220

Blausen Med. Communications Cardiology Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Blausen Med. Communications Human Atlas (Formerly Interactive Clinical Resource CD-ROM), 2e Blausen Med. Communications Orthopedic Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Blausen Med. Communications Reproduction Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Bloch Booth Booth Booth Booth Booth Booth Organic Chemistry Demystified Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Health, 2e Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM Math and Dosage Calculations for Medical Careers with Student CD-ROM, 2e

260

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 260

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

Booth Booth Booth Bostwick Bradshaw Bradshaw Brooker Brooker Brophy Brown Brown Browne Broyles Broyles Bueche Bueche Burdge Burgos Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies with Student CD-ROMs, 3e Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures (without A&P Chapters), 3e Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/Flashcards/Online Learning Center Contemporary World Regional Geography, 2e Essentials of World Regional Geography Biology Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e Benson's Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e Schaum's Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD Schaum's Easy Outline of College Physics Schaum's Outline of College Physics, 10e Chemistry Medical Billing & Coding Demystified 223 224 236 230 191 190 70 95 140 86 87 139 51 25, 30, 39, 43, 51 135 133 156 226

C

Cambridge Studios Campbell Campbell Campbell Campbell Carey Carlson Castro Chamberlin Chang Chang Chang Chapleau Chapple Clawson Cooper Cooper Cox Cowan Cunningham Cunningham Interactive World Issues CD-ROM Animal Sciences: The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4e Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response Map Use and Analysis, 4e Map Use and Analysis, 4e Organic Chemistry, 7e Physical Geology, 7e Marine Biology, 7e Exploring the World Ocean Chemistry, 9e General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e Paramedic (The) Schaum's A-Z Physics Latin America and the Caribbean, 4e Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 3e General Ecology Laboratory Manual, 8e Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e 187 19 239, 242 189 189 165 203 117 200 158 157 185 240 134 191 160 161 180 83 175 176

261

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 261

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

D

Danielson De Levie Delisle Delve Productions Inc Deming Denniston Denniston Digiovanna Discovery Channel Dodson Dolphin Drickamer Dumith Dunne Meteorology, 2e Principles of Quantitative Chemical Analysis Microbes in Motion III CD-ROM, 3e Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM Introduction to Hydrogeology Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Human Aging: Biological Perspectives, 2e Discovery Channel Video Series DVD Introduction to Limnology Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Animal Behavior, 5e McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health Nutrition Almanac, 6e 189, 200 170 77 243 200 153 152 55 178 181 73 116 231 106

E

Eckel Eder Elrod Enger Enger Enger Enger ESHA Research ESHA Research Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy by McKinley Laboratory Atlas of Anatomy and Physiology, 5e Schaum's Outline of Genetics, 4e Concepts in Biology, 13e Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 12e NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card 44 40 97 59 177 66 67 106 107

F

Fellman Ferry Fix Fox Fox Fox Fried Fried Human Geography, 10e Electrocardiography In Ten Days, 2e Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e Fundamentals of Human Physiology Human Physiology, 10e Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Applications, 12e Schaum's Easy Outline of Biology Schaum's Outline of Biology, 2e 186 216 143 48 49 52 78 78

262

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 262

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

G

Garland Gautreau Gauwitz Getis Getis Ghatak Giambattista Giambattista Gibilisco Gibilisco Gilbert Glover Goldberg Goldberg Goldberg Goldberg Goldberg Gordus Griffith Grine Gunstream Gunstream Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e Schaum's Outline of Modern Physics, 2e Administering Medications, 6e Introduction to Geography, 11e United States and Canada: The Land and the People, 2e (The) Optics, 3e College Physics, 2e Physics Astronomy Demystified Physics Demystified Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student's Survival Guide, 2e Introduction to Biostatistics Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry Schaum's Easy Outline Beginning Chemistry Schaum's Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e 3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry Schaum's Outline of Analytical Chemistry Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 5e Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 3e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 4e Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 3e 169 140 235 187 192 142 133 132 145 134 163 180 151 150 152 150 150 170 131 44 26 24

H

Hademenos Hademenos Hademenos Halpern Halpern Halpern Hamilton Hardin Harley Hartwell Harvey Hecht Henrickson Hendrickson Hickman Hickman McGraw-Hill's The New MCAT with CD-ROM Schaum's Outline of Organic Chemistry, 3e Schaum's Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics II Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics I 3,000 Solved Problems in Physics Electronic Health Records Harlow and Harrar's Textbook of Dendrology, 9e Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e Modern Analytical Chemistry Schaum's Outline of Optics Laboratory For General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e (A) Laboratory Manual by Hendrickson to accompany General, Organic & Biochemistry, 5e Animal Diversity, 4e Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e 167 164 139 135 136 136 216 15 88 96 170 142 154, 155 154, 155 121 120

263

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 263

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

Hickman Hickman Hickman Hickman Hoefnagels Houseman Houston Hsieh Hunt Hyde

Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity, 4e Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 13e Taxonomic Wall Chart, 12e Biology: Concepts and Investigations Digital Zoology Version 2.0 CD-ROM Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Dynamics Paramedic Workbook with Student CD (The) Schaum's A-Z Chemistry Introduction to Genetics

123 123 123 122 59 76, 122 171 241 159 96

I

Indge Schaum's A-Z Biology 77

J

Johnson Johnson Jones Jones Jones Judson Junqueira Essentials of the Living World, 2e Living World, 5e (The) Astronomy for the Utterly Confused Contemporary College Physics: 2001 Update, 3e Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e Law & Ethics for Medical Careers, 4e Basic Histology: Text & Atlas, 11e 62 62 144 134 206 229 56

K

Kalthoff Kardong Kardong Kardong Kaufmann Kay Kelter Kent Kidd Klett International Kleyn Knox Krauskopf Kuchel Analysis of Biological Development, 2e Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: Laboratory Dissection Guide, 4e Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 4e Environmental Science Farm Management, 6e Chemistry: A World of Choices, 2e Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e Safe Firefighting - First Things First with Student DVD Perthes World Atlas Microbiology Experiments: A Health Science Perspective, 5e Biology: An Australian Focus, 3e Physical Universe, 12e (The) Schaum's Outline of Biochemistry, 2e 94 119 181 119 178 16, 17, 18 150 120 244 186, 187, 191 90 65 127 163

264

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 264

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

L

Laird Layman Lee Lemke Levetin Levetin Levin Levine Lewis Lewis Linzey Longenbaker Lovett Lucas Lutterschmidt Lytle University Chemistry Biology Demystified Nutritional Assessment, 4e Physical Geography Laboratory Manual Laboratory Manual for Applied Botany Plants and Society, 5e Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e Physical Chemistry, 6e Human Genetics, 8e Life, 6e Vertebrate Biology Mader's Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide Dinosaurs: The Textbook, 5e Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e General Zoology Laboratory Manual, 14e 156 35 109 188 114 115 199 168 98 68 119 23 159 195 50 124

M

Mader Mader Mader Mader Mader Mader Mader Mader Mader Mader Madhab March Martin Martin Martin Martin McConnell McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill Biology, 9e Concepts of Biology Essentials of Biology Human Biology, 10e Human Reproductive Biology, 3e Inquiry into Life, 12e Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 9e Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry into Life, 12e Fundamentals of Ecology, 2e Physics for Poets, 5e Human Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual: Fetal Pig Dissection, 3e Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology, 11e Manual of Mammalogy with Keys to Families of the World, 3e (A) Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences (The) A&P Animations Collection (CD-ROM) Biology Digitized Video Clips Chemistry Animations Library Version 2.0 DVD, 4e Dictionary of Bioscience, 2e Dictionary of Chemistry, 2e 69 60 65 75 56 63 69 67 76 66 179 131 32 25 32 116 195 38, 47, 55 76 162 30 160

265

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 265

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill McKee McKenna McKinley McMahon McMahon Medical College of Ohio Medical Colllege of Ohio Medical College of Ohio Meislich Meislich Metz Miller Miller Milligan Moini Molles Montgomery Moore Moore Moore Moore Moore Moore Moore Morello

Dictionary of Earth Science, 2e Dictionary of Geology and Mineralogy, 2e Dictionary of Physics, 3e Foodwise 1.2 CD-ROM, 6e McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Astronomy, 2e NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 CD-ROM Standalone NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 Online Standalone, 6e Visual Atlas for Anatomy & Physiology to accompany Saladin's A&P, 3e (A) Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD Human Anatomy, 2e Quantum Mechanics Demystified Relativity Demystified Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CDs 1-4 Complete Series Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online Schaum's Easy Outline: Organic Chemistry 3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry Schaum's Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e General Zoology Laboratory Manual to accompany Zoology, 6e Zoology, 7e How to Study Science, 4e Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Exams with Student CD, 3e Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e Environmental Geology, 8e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit C - Conservation Laws Constraint Interactions, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit E - Electromagnetic Fields, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit N - Laws of Physics are Universal, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit Q - Matter Behaves Like Waves, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit R - Laws of Physics are Frame-Independent, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit T - Some Processes are Irreversible, 2e Six Ideas that Shaped Physics - 6 Unit Package, 2e Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 9e

196 198 128 107 146 107 108 40 163 243 41 141 133 37, 47, 54 36, 47, 53 35, 46, 53 164 167 170 124 121 78 212 179 197 137 137 138 138 138 138 138 89

N

National Safety Council National Safety Council National Safety Council National Safety Council National Safety Council National Safety Council Basic Life Support: Healthcare and Professional Rescuers Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e CPR & AED, 2e CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card First Aid Taking Action First Aid with Pocket Guide, 2e 211 211 213 213 211 217

266

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 266

11/13/2007 2:34:36 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

National Safety Council National Safety Council National Safety Council Nester Newby Newby Newby Nowak Online Standard FA, CPR & AED with Student Workbook & Access Card, 2e Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e Standard First Aid, CPR and AED with Pocket Guide, 2e Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 5e From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office with Student Data CD, 5e HIPAA for Allied Health Careers Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e 214, 217 234 214 86 227 227 228 56

O

Odian Olson Oman Oman Schaum's Outline of General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 5e How to Solve Physics Problems and Make the Grade Physics for the Utterly Confused 155 217 136 135

P

Palen Palin Paradis Patton Pechenik Pflanzer Pinchuk Plummer Presson Price Prothero Prothero Schaum's Outline of Astronomy Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Professionals with Student CD Hands On Chemistry Laboratory Manual Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 6e Biology of Invertebrates, 5e Experimental and Applied Physiology Laboratory Manual, 8e Schaum's Outline of Immunology Physical Geology, 12e Biology: Dimensions of Life Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e Evolution of the Earth, 7e 146 239 162 26 118 52 94 204 64 185 202 199

R

Raineri Raven Raymond Reeder Interactive Laboratory and Biological Simulations: Version 2.0, 2e Biology, 8e Petrology: The Study of Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks, 2e Solve Saladin: Anatomy & Physiology Crossword Puzzles Specially Prepared for Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 4e by Ken Saladin Reif Reynolds Ritter Roberts Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics Exploring Geology Process Geomorphology, 4e Foundations of Parasitology, 7e 141 205 198 118 68, 70, 74, 76 72 203 40

267

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 267

11/13/2007 2:34:37 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

Rosenberg Rosenberg

Schaum's Easy Outlines: College Chemistry Schaum's Outline of College Chemistry, 9e

160 152, 158

S

Saeger Safian Safian Saladin Saladin Sanderson Sanderson Sanderson Schiff Schiff Schneider Schneider Schneider Schoffstall Schull Schull Seeley Seeley Shade Shade Shade Sharpe Shier Shier Silberberg Silberberg Simpson Smith Spain Spencer Stansfield Stavraky Steiner Stephens Stern Stern Stine New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Student CD-ROM Complete Diagnosis Coding Book (The) Insurance Coding and Electronic Claims for the Medical Office Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 4e Human Anatomy, 2e Case Studies for the Medical Office, 4e Computers in the Medical Office with Student CD-ROM, 5e Patient Billing with Student CD-ROM & Floppy Disk, 5e Nutrition for Healthy Living Quantum Mechanics, 3e Pathways to Astronomy: Solar System (Volume 1) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM Pathways to Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies (Volume 2) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM Pathways to Astronomy with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM (Version 3.1) Microscale and Miniscale Organic Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, 2e Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2008 Anatomy & Physiology, 8e Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Fast and Easy ECGs with DVD Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide Practicing ECGs Introduction to Forest and Renewable Resources, 7e Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e Principles of General Chemistry Economic Botany, 3e Organic Chemistry, 2e Chemskill Builder Online: Version 2, 2e Earth Science: Understanding Environmental Systems Schaum's Outline of Molecular Biology MediaPhys Version 3.0: An Introduction to Human Physiology, 3e Schaum's Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students Ph.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e AIDS Update 2008, 2e 219 226 228 29 42 212 212 226 103 142 144 145 144 166 235 235 28 24 216 215 215 15 23 29 157 159 116 166 162 197 94 37, 55 140 36, 54 113 114 92

268

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 268

11/13/2007 2:34:37 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

Stone Stratton Strete Strete Sverdrup Sverdrup Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Effective Nursing Assistant, 2e (The) Atlas to Human Anatomy (An) Photo Atlas for General Biology, 2e Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e 39 234 41 77 202 201

T

Talaro Talaro Tamarin Tate Teo Thiel Thierer Thierer Thierer Tillery Tillery Tillery Tillery Tillery Tippens Tomalty Foundations in Microbiology, 6e Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e Principles of Genetics, 7e Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Changing Landscapes of Singapore Biotechnology: DNA to Protein: A Laboratory Project in Molecular Biology Medical Terminology Essentials with Student & Audio CD's and Flashcards Medical Terminology: Language for Health Care with Student and Audio CD's and Flashcards, 2e Medical Terminology World Builder and Communications Workbook with Flashcards Integrated Science, 4e Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 3e Lab Manual to accompany Physical Science, 7e Physical Science, 7e Physics, 7e Hyperclinic 2 CD-ROM for Windows, 2e 84 85 98 27 188 99 232 233 232 129 130 130 127 128 137 92

U

Uno Principles of Botany 113

V

Van De Graaff Van De Graaff Van De Graaff Vodopich Voyles Human Anatomy, 6e Schaum's Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology Schaum's Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Biology of Viruses, 2e (The) 43 40 41 74 92

269

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 269

11/13/2007 2:34:37 PM

AUTHOR INDEX

W

Walker Wardlaw Wardlaw Wardlaw Waters Watson WCB/McGraw-Hill Weaver Wells Widmaier Willet Willey Willey Williams Williams Wise Wise Wise Wise Worthington-Roberts Biotechnology Demystified Contemporary Nutrition, 7e Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach Perspectives in Nutrition, 7e Virtual Anatomy Dissection Review CD-ROM, Version 2.0 Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques ARIS for General Chemistry Access Card Molecular Biology, 4e Schaum's Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e Genetics Demystified Prescott/Harley/Klein's Microbiology, 7e Prescott's Principles of Microbiology Chemistry Demystified Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 8e Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual t/a Saladin, 4e Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Lab Manual to accompany Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 8e Nutrition Throughout The Life Cycle, 4e 99 104 105 106 38, 48 217 167 93 129 49 97 82 81 160 109 33 45 30 31 108

Z

Zaarur Zumberge Schaum's Outline of Quantum Mechanics Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 13e 141 206

270

HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 270

11/13/2007 2:34:37 PM

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)

60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354

Please include me in your mailing list for information on McGraw-Hill books. Please email information on McGraw-Hill books to my email address at

www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

I am already on your mailing list but my address has changed. Please update my record to the following new address.

Name

(Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)

Position Department University Address

Postal Code Tel Email address Fax

Electrical Engineering Accounting Advertising Business Management Finance & Investment Marketing Economics Human Resource Management Insurance & Real Estate Training Computing Aeronautical & Aerospace Engg Architecture & Urban Planning Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Construction Electronics & Communications General Engineering Industrial & Plant Engineering Mechanical Engineering Medical Science Dentistry Nursing Agriculture Biology Chemistry Forestry Geography & Geology Physics & Astronomy Zoology Mathematics & Statistics Art & Humanities Education

English English as a 2nd Language/ELT Foreign Language Health & Nutrition History Law Library Science Mass Communication Music Philosophy & Religion Physical Education Political Science Psychology Sociology Please return by fax at (65) 6862 3354 to McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Singapore office.

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)

60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354

Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in this catalog for text adoption consideration, please complete this request form and fax to your local McGraw-Hill office (see inside back cover for fax number) or to McGrawHill Singapore. Requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill reserve the right to refuse any requests which do not relate to teaching. Please make copies of this form if necessary.

www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

Name Department University Address

Room #

Tel Email address

Fax

Please indicate ISBN No, Author & Title 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Course Name Subject Decision Date Current Text Used Individual Decision Enrolment Commencement Date Group Decision

We publish digital solutions

McGraw-Hill Higher Education offers a wide variety of online products categorized by content, course management systems, and online assessment. Content products offer online McGraw-Hill coursework that complements the textbook. Course management systems offer different ways to actually deliver that McGraw-Hill digital content. And online assessment products focus on how well students are doing in class. No matter which product our customers choose, they count on unparalleled service that answers every question through the life of the adoption.

CONTENT

Online Learning Center

These new and improved sites offer instructors an instant online presence with a ready-to-go Website that ties directly to their book. Students can visit the site for key terms, quizzes, exercises, and more. Instructors can have this book-specific content delivered in PageOut of other course management systems like Blackboard or WebCT.

COU RSE M A N AGE M E N T S YS T E M S

ARIS

McGraw-Hill's ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. It is available for the subjects in our Life Science, Physical Science and selected Engineering subject areas.

M U LTI M E D I A

Anatomy & Physiology Revealed

APR is a unique multimedia study aid designed to help your students learn human anatomy using interactive cadaver dissection and review key physiology concepts through animations.

www.aprevealed.com

Presentation Center

The McGraw-Hill Presentation Center is an easy-to-use, powerful tool, located within the text's website. You can find extensive library of digital resources, developed to enhance your course.

aris.mhhe.com

MediaPhys: An Introduction to Human Physiology Version 3.0 CD

This dynamic program offers 16 complete modules featuring detailed explanations, high-quality illustrations, and animations to provide students with a thorough introduction to the world of physiology. MediaPhys is filled with interactive activities and quizzes to help reinforce physiology concepts that are often difficult to understand.

MathZone

McGraw-Hill's MathZone is an electronic homework and course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. It is available for our Mathematics and Statistics titles.

EZ Test

Easy-to-use desktop test generator used for creating paper tests. Create paper tests from book specific test banks or write your own algorithmic questions using simple question templates. You can also create multiple versions of the same test.

www.mathzone.com

Ph.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD Ph.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) offers 37 laboratory

simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 37 labs are self-contained experiments. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment.

Third Party Delivery Systems

Course Management Systems like Blackboard and WebCT offer instructors another way to integrate digital McGraw-Hill content into their class. Should they choose one of these Course Management Systems, they can be confident in knowing that delivering McGraw-Hill digital content will be simple to use.

www.mhhe.com/eztest

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 email: [email protected] website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg

C07-000503-X

Science Backcover (Asia).indd 1

11/13/2007 4:08:18 PM

Information

untitled

277 pages

Find more like this

Report File (DMCA)

Our content is added by our users. We aim to remove reported files within 1 working day. Please use this link to notify us:

Report this file as copyright or inappropriate

30774

You might also be interested in

BETA
tat78135_fm_i-xx.indd
untitled
Microsoft Word - Document1
Neurosciences